BHeiney
Mon, 08/07/2023 - 18:44
Edited Text
Undergraduate Bulletin 1969-70
BEOOMSBURG
STATE
COLLEGE
1869-1969 One Hundred Years
Of Teacher Education
BLOOMSBURG
STATE COLLEGE
UNDERGRADUATE
BULLETIN
1969-1970
Serving the
Commonwealth
of Pennsylvania
for
130 years
ACCREDITED BY
The Middle
States Association of Colleges
The Pennsylvania
The National Council
and Secondary Schools
State
Board of Education
for the Accreditation of Teacher Education
The College welcomes
qualified
and
religious,
ethnic,
students,
staff
from
all
faculty,
racial,
and socio-economic backgrounds.
Published March, 1969
Second Class Postage paid
at
Bloomsburg, Pennsylvania 17815
.
CONTENTS
Academic Calendar
4
General Information
Admissions
7
17
Fees and Financial Aid
Student Life
35
Academic Regulations
Course Descriptions
Curriculums
23
49
61
145
Administration and Faculty
Index
220
202
11
CALENDAR FOR ACADEMIC YEAR
1969-1970
Summer
Sessions
1969
PRE SESSION
Classes Begin
Monday, June 9
Session Ends
Friday, June 27
MAIN SESSION
Monday, June 30
Classes Begin
Session
Ends
Friday, August 8
POST SESSION
Monday, August
Classes Begin
Session
Ends
1
Friday, August 29
First Semester
1969
Monday, September
Registration
Tuesday, September 9
Registration
Registration
—
Tuesday, September 9
Evening Students
Classes Begin at 8:00
Registration
A.M.
— Graduate
Wednesday, September 10
Students
Wednesday, September 10
_
Classes Begin for Graduate Students
Thursday, September
Thanksgiving Recess Ends
Christmas Recess Begins
Christmas Recess Ends
Final Examination
Commencement
at
Week
at 8:00
A.M.
Monday, December
12:00
Noon
Friday,
at
Begins
at
8:00
A.M.
Week Ends
Semester Ends
at
12:00
at 12:00
Noon
Noon
16
Saturday, January 17
for both Graduate Saturday, January
and Undergraduate Students
5
Monday, January 12
Friday, January
.
Final Examination
....
1
December 19
Monday. January
A.M.
8:00
1
Tuesday, November 25
Thanksgiving Recess Begins After Last Class
First
8
17
Second Semester
1970
Registration
Monday, January 26
Classes Begin
Tuesday, January 27
Registration
—
Evening Students and Graduate Students Monday, January 26
Registration
Tuesday, January 27
Classes begin for Graduate Students
Tuesday, January 27
Noon
Wednesday, March 25
Easter Recess Begins at 12:00
Easter Recess Ends at 8:00
A.M.
Week Begins
Examination Week Ends
Final Examination
Final
Classes
End
for
at 8:00
Graduate Students
A.M.
at
...
Friday,
Saturday,
at
12:00
Noon
Noon
and Commencement
Second Semester Ends
Baccalaureate
Wednesday, April
Saturday,
12:00
Summer
Saturday,
Sunday,
May
May
May
May
May
1
15
23
23
23
24
Sessions
1970
PRE SESSION
Monday, June
Classes Begin
Session
Ends
8
Friday, June 26
MAIN SESSION
Classes Begin
Monday, June 29
Session Ends
Friday, August 7
POST SESSION
Classes Begin
Session Ends
Monday, August
10
Friday, August 28
GENERAL INFORMATION
Academy,
Literary Institute, State
College, and then State College
ment
Normal School,
State Teachers
— such has been
the develop-
Bloomsburg since its inception in 1839. Seventeen years
old, the Academy became the Bloomsburg Literary Institute in 1856.
The institution was recognized as a State Normal School in 1869
but remained privately owned until 1916 when it was purchased by
the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
Transition from Normal
School to State Teachers College came in 1927 when the authority
to confer the Bachelor of Science degree in Education was granted.
Finally, in I960, the institution became Bloomsburg State College.
of
Undergraduate degrees are
now
offered in Education, Business,
and the Social Sciences. The Graduate
both Master of Arts and Master of Education degrees.
the Humanities, the Natural
Program
offers
Today, Bloomsburg State College has more than 3700 undergraduates and is growing rapidly.
The construction of new buildings is one sign of this growth.
A sixty-eight acre new campus will
are the
more than double
investigations of new
expanding curricula, and participation
in vigorous efforts to
soon be rising adjacent to the present one;
existing facilities.
ideas,
More important
it
will
improve education.
Bloomsburg has a faculty excellently qualified in terms of academic training and teaching experience. More than 30% hold doctor's degrees.
Bloomsburg is, moreover, a school where the possibilities of fruitful student-faculty contact are dependent upon the
student's interests and not on the scheduling difficulties of an overworked professor.
8
A BRIEF HISTORY OF
BLOOMSBURG STATE COLLEGE
Bloomsburg State College began in 1839 when a private academy was opened in Bloomsburg. During the next two years, under the leadership of C. P. Waller, a graduate of Williams College,
it
became a
ler
left
in
until 1856,
successful and well-established school.
After Mr. Wal-
1841, the academy continued through varied fortunes
when
burg Literary
it
was chartered and incorporated
as the
Blooms-
Institute.
The following decade was
a period of struggle for the Institute,
but in 1866 the election of Professor Henry Carver as principal
Under
brought a change.
his strong leadership
new
policies
were
300 students was erected. This
building, the present Carver Hall, was dedicated with gala observance by the townspeople and students on April 4, 1867. Memestablished and a building to instruct
bers of the
first class at
the
new
school
—
including D.
—
J.
Waller,
George E. Elwell, and Charles Unangst
by popular subscription raised $1,200 in a single week for a bell which called the stu-
Jr.,
dents to classes.
In the autumn of the same year, a view of the
the
hill
new
school on
"ablaze with lights" suggested to John P. Wickersham, State
Superintendent of Public Instruction, that the location would be ideal
for a State
Normal School whose establishment
was then pending.
in the Sixth District
After necessary negotiations, official action, and
new dormitory, the school became the BloomsInstitute and State Normal School on February 19,
the construction of a
burg Literary
1869.
The next
eight years were trying ones that included the resig-
nation of Professor Carver, two interim principalships, a
totally destroyed the dormitory,
In Dr. Griswold's administration
the school began paying expenses and constructed a
the original part of the present Waller Hall.
J.
Waller,
Jr.,
in
1877
that
and the short-term principalship of
Dr. T. L. Griswold (1873-1877).
Dr. D.
fire
The
new
dormitory,
installation of
as principal, brought thirteen years
of stability and growing prosperity to the school.
Dr. Judson P. Welsh became principal in 1890,
ler
resigned to
become
when Dr. Wal-
State Superintendent of Public Instruction.
Additions to the four-story dormitory and to the gymnasium were
built
under Dr. Welsh, and Science Hall was opened
in 1906, short-
ly after his resignation.
Dr. Waller returned as principal in 1906.
In 1916 the Blooms-
burg Literary Institute and State Normal School was purchased by
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania becoming the Bloomsburg State
Normal School. In 1920, at the age of 74, Dr. Waller retired.
the
The emphasis
by
its
Normal School was changed
of instruction at the
next principal,
Dr.
Charles H.
Fisher
(1920-1923), from
secondary and college preparatory work for special teachers to
time education of teachers.
er as principal
Under
Dr. G. C. L. Riemer followed Dr. Fish-
and remained
a State Teachers College in
full-
in office until the institution
became
May, 1927.
Haas (1927program of teacher
the administration of President Francis B.
1939), the college
made
great advances in the
Eighteen acres of land were
education and in the physical plant.
added to the college plant; several buildings were constructed, including a laundry, the elementary training school, the gymnasium,
the junior high school, and the shop and maintenance building; and
other construction
gust, 1939, to
work was completed.
Dr. Haas resigned in
Au-
assume, for the second time, the duties of State Super-
intendent of Public Instruction for Pennsylvania.
Dr. Harvey A. Andruss,
who had
organized and directed the
Department of Business Education and had served as Dean of Instruction from 1937-1939, was appointed to succeed Dr. Haas as
president.
During the next two decades the campus was enlarged,
new buildings were added, and the number of students and faculty
quadrupled.
Early in 1960, Bloomsburg became a State College.
same year
the college received approval
In the
from the State Council of
Education to inaugurate a program of graduate studies leading to
the Master of Education degree.
The 1968-69
college
year marks the
100th year of teacher
education at Bloomsburg, the 130th anniversary of the founding of
the college, and the 30th anniversary of the administration of Presi-
dent Andruss.
At
the present time the college
rapid but controlled expansion.
A
is
passing through a period of
long range campus plan for
building and development, originally prepared in 1957 but since re-
10
campus and construction of
On the lower campus this has
vised, calls for renovation of the lower
an entirely new upper campus.
meant, in approximately the
last ten years, the
construction of three
women's dormitories, two men's dormitories, two science and classroom buildings, the college Commons, the Haas Auditorium, and
the Andruss Library.
In the near future the lower campus will also
have a second Dining Hall, another classroom building, another
women's dormitory, a new Student Center, and additional parking
areas.
The upper campus, formerly the Bloomsburg Golf Course,
will have new athletic facilities, more dormitories, more classrooms,
and more parking areas. Within less than a decade these facilities
(both campi) will accommodate some six thousand students.
COLLEGE BUILDINGS
The lower campus, which
and FACILITIES
currently contains
all
facilities
for
and recreation, consists of approximately 60 acres
and is bound by Penn Street, Second Street, and Light Street Road.
A recently purchased tract of 68 acres of land, which was formerly
the Bloomsburg Country Club, is located north of Light Street Road,
a short distance from the lower campus.
This area, the upper
campus, has a magnificent view and will eventually provide sites
living, learning,
for
all
varsity intercollegiate athletic activities,
as well as parking
and related facilities. The
Bloomsburg State College campus overlooks the town of Bloomsburg and the picturesque Susquehanna River.
The many new
buildings intermingle with the older buildings, reflecting the growth
areas, dormitories, classroom buildings,
of the institution.
CARVER HALL,
named
for
Henry Carver,
stands at the entrance to the college campus.
the oldest of the college buildings.
Its
the
first
Built in 1867,
it
is
white bell tower and pillared
The
number
entrance are an attractive introduction to the campus.
ing contains an auditorium
principal,
which seats 900 and a
build-
of ad-
ministrative offices including those of the President, the Assistant
to the President, the Registrar, the Director of Financial Aid,
the Business
and
Manager.
WALLER HALL,
was named
for Dr. D. J. Waller, Jr., prin-
cipal of the college for twenty-seven years.
It
is
four stories high
with a frontage of 165 feet and a wing span enclosing a patio and
11
fountain, which are fronted by
mark and gathering
Long Porch,
a familiar
campus land-
The ground
place over the years.
floor con-
tains a lobby, the guest suite, the College Store, Duplicating
and
offices for the
Dean
of Instruction, the
Dean
Room,
of Students, the
Director of Secondary Education, the Comptroller of
Community
Alumni Association, and the Superintendent of Buildand Grounds. The spacious lobby, with its comfortable furni-
Activities, the
ings
ture, is a favorite
hibits.
meeting place and
frequently used for art ex-
is
Faculty and student mailboxes and the central telephone
exchange are also located
The second
in this building.
floor provides office space for faculty offices,
many
student organizations, and the Infirmary which has registered nurses
in attendance.
The Alumni Room,
is
located on the
furnished as a reception
room
embroidered with the college
The Faculty Lounge,
Waller Hall,
It
is
floor of Waller Hall,
and faculty. College
well as two beautiful tapes-
for alumni
trophies are displayed in this room, as
tries
first
seal.
situated adjacent to the
Alumni
Room
in
an attractively furnished room reserved for faculty.
contains lounge chairs, sofas, and an apartment-style kitchen unit.
Faculty committees frequently meet in this room.
The Husky Lounge,
gymnasium, adjoins Waller Hall
on the northwest side. In addition to the Snack Bar, tables, and
booths, there is a battery of vending machines which provide a wide
selection of food and beverages for students.
"Husky" is one of
the most popular meeting places on campus.
The offices of the
College Community Government Association and the Director of
Student Activities are located near its main entrance. An extension
of
Husky
is
a former
an attractive television lounge.
SCIENCE HALL,
rooms, faculty
offices,
built in
1906, contains classrooms, lecture
and the Day Men's Lounge.
Originally built
been used more recently as a
general classroom building.
In the basement is the Day Men's
Lounge which is furnished and equipped to supply a restful atmosphere for the commuting men students. This building will be defor science classes, the building has
molished
in
1970
to furnish a site for a recreation area.
BENJAMIN FRANKLIN,
and faculty
offices, also
which
is
used for college classes
houses the offices of the Director of Ad-
missions, the Director of
Development and Public Relations, the
12
Director of the Elementary Division, the Director of Placement,
and the Director and Supervisors of Student Teaching. The Day
Women's Lounge and classrooms occupy large areas of the basement.
NAVY HALL
for
its
V-12
was made
Officer Training
available to the United State
Program during World War
contains eleven classrooms as well as faculty offices.
Navy
II.
It
In 1961 the
ground floor was completely remodeled to provide facilities for the
Department of Special Education. This area includes clinics for
Speech and Hearing therapy, reading improvement, and psychological services.
A
large area designed for group activities
and
clini-
augments the more specialized functions of the department. The offices of the Director of Graduate Studies, and two
language laboratories are located on the first floor along with an
cal observation
Arts and Crafts Center.
HARTLINE SCIENCE CENTER, named
for Professor Daniel
"Old Guard" faculty member, his wife (also on
the faculty), and their son, Dr. H. Keffer Hartline, the 1968 Nobel
Prize laureate and recipient of the B.S.C. Alumni Distinguished
Service Award.
This air-conditioned building completed in 1968
S.
Hartline, former
contains laboratories, classrooms, seminar rooms, several large lec-
Data Processing Center,
for study and research in
ture rooms, faculty offices, facilities for the
an exhibit area, and special
facilities
science.
COLLEGE COMMONS,
a dining hall built in 1956,
accom-
modates 800 students who dine at tables with places for eight; a
continuous glass wall on the south side of the building creates a
light and airy atmosphere for its attractively decorated interior.
A
partially underground passage connects the lobby of Waller Hall
with the Commons.
The latest facilities in cooking and refrigeration are used to provide a tasteful selection of food prepared by a
national catering service.
NORTH HALL,
1960, has complete
room
is
facilities for
200 men.
A
large lounge
and
in
TV
located on each floor with food vending machines in the
ground floor lounge.
laundry
a three story men's residence completed
Coin-operated
machines provide complete
facilities.
SOUTH HALL,
to the College
300 women adjacent
September, 1967. The
a four story residence for
Commons, was completed
in
13
structure has lounge
and recreation areas, post
office boxes,
an
in-
ter-communication system, storage areas, study rooms, administrative offices,
and an apartment for a resident counselor.
EAST HALL
and WEST HALL, two residence halls with ac500 women, were occupied for the first time in
commodations for
1964. Each hall, divided
into four wings,
recreation rooms, lounge areas
four stories high with
Special features include large
automatic hydraulic elevators.
fully
is
on each
floor, post office boxes, in-
ter-communication systems, storage areas for luggage, and well-furnished study rooms.
ELWELL HALL,
named
after
Judge William Elwell and
his
son George E. Elwell, both former trustees of the college and the
judge's grandson, G.
a
men's residence
Edward
Elwell, a former French instructor,
hall facing East
Second
Street.
is
This nine story
accommodations for 690
men, an apartment for a member of the Dean of Men's staff, two
apartments for resident advisors, and has recreation rooms, lounges,
a TV room, guest rooms, study rooms, two automatic elevators,
laundry rooms, a mail room, and storage areas.
structure,
completed
1968,
in
provides
CENTENNIAL GYMNASIUM
Second
Street at the top of the hill.
This building contains a large main
gymnasium seating 1,200 to 2,000, two auxiliary gymnasiums, locker rooms, swimming pool, athletic offices, and complete office and
classroom facilities for the Department of Health and Physical Edulocated
is
on
East
The Director of Athletics and the nine varsity athletic
teams at Bloomsburg State College will continue to use Centennial
Gymnasium as their headquarters until the new gymnasium-field
cation.
house
is
completed on the upper campus.
SUTLIFF HALL, named
Dean
of Instruction,
fourteen
is
for
William Boyd
Sutliff,
a former
Gymnasium and has
The first floor houses
adjacent to Centennial
classrooms plus faculty offices.
classrooms and laboratories for the teaching of science courses and
eight specialized classrooms are located
struction in business education.
Business Education Division
ANDRUSS LIBRARY,
Navy Hall and
is
The
on the second
floor for in-
office of the Director of the
located on the second floor.
completed
in
August, 1966,
is
located
Benjamin Franklin building. The library
includes seating for 750 readers, shelving for 200,000 volumes, two
general classrooms, a seminar room, a curriculum materials center,
near
the
14
and special
facilities
for audio-visual education.
cost in excess of $1,000,000, the
library
is
Constructed
at
a
completely air-condi-
tioned.
HAAS AUDITORIUM
near
it
Navy Hall and
is
is
located at the end of Spruce Street
air-conditioned.
Completed
in
August. 1967,
has a main floor and balcony seating 2,000 people, a projection
room, classrooms and specialized work and practice rooms for
music, debating, and drama groups, lounges, areas for exhibits and
display purposes, and offices for faculty.
PRESIDENT'S RESIDENCE,
located on Light
Road
home of
Street
end of the main campus, was originally the
U. S. Senator Buckalew from 1863-1869. The surrounding area is
attractively landscaped to further enhance the architectural structure.
at the northeast
HEATING PLANT,
on the northwest corner of the
lower campus, has been recently enlarged and fully modernized to
take care of the increased needs of the present and proposed building additions on the lower campus.
LAUNDRY,
vides the best
situated
located between East Hall and North Hall, pro-
modern equipment
for handling the
laundry needs
of the college.
MAINTENANCE BUILDING
jacent to the laundry and
is
is
a
modern brick building
ad-
used for maintenance and storage pur-
poses.
PURCHASING AND RECEIVING DEPARTMENT
north side of Light Street
DILLON HOUSE,
for faculty offices.
Road
is
on the
opposite the Heating Plant.
opposite the President's Residence,
is
used
ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE
Bloomsburg
State
College
seeks
students
character and intelligence that will
fields of teaching, business,
who
fit
with the
them
qualities
of
for leadership in the
science and the liberal arts.
Students
seek admission to the college must meet the following require-
ments.
Applicants must be graduates of approved secondary schools
or must have
Credentials
made
equivalent preparation as determined by the
Evaluation Division of the
Pennsylvania Department
of Public Instruction.
A
detailed
record will be
examination of the applicant's secondary school
made by
and the College
the following paragraph, is done
college authorities.
Board Examinations described
in
to determine the applicant's capacity to
This,
perform satisfactory college
work.
must complete the Scholastic
Aptitude Test, the English Composition Achievement Test, and the
Mathematics (Levels I or II) Achievement Test of the College Entrance Examination Board.
Candidates who expect to major in
one of the following subjects must complete a third Achievement
Test in one of the appropriate areas listed here:
All
candidates
for
admission
Proposed College Major or
Area of Concentration
Physics
Required College Board
Achievement Test
Chemistry
Chemistry
Chemistry
History
French
American History and Social Studies or
European History and World Cultures
French
German
German
Spanish
Spanish
Biology
Biology
18
Applicants whose proposed major
is
not
among
those listed above
are required to complete only the Scholastic Aptitude test,
English Composition and Mathematics Achievement
ments for taking these
tests
tests.
and the
Arrange-
must be made by the applicant.
must have satisfactory character and personality
proper attitudes and interests as determined by the
Applicants
traits as well as
high school principal, guidance director, or other school officials
acquainted with the student.
Applicants must submit, through their personal physician, a report on their health and current physical condition.
is
form (available from the admissions
and must be approved by the college physician. No student
to be
office)
will
made on
This report
a prescribed
who
be admitted
which would impair
has, in the opinion of the college, disabilities
pursue a normal college program.
his ability to
Applicants for special curricula
may
be required to take appro-
priate aptitude tests in their special field of interest.
Although a personal interview
didates, the college
may
is
not a requirement for
all
can-
request that a candidate report for an in-
terview at a time designated by the Director of Admissions.
The following
credentials
must be
in the candidate's file before
admissions consideration can be given:
1.
Application for admission and application fee
—
filed
by applicant.
2.
A
A
Physical examination form
—
filed
by the physician.
3.
High School transcript and personality
by High School.
4.
The
official
rating
—
filed
results of the applicant's Scholastic Apti-
tude test of the College Entrance Examination Board
—
filed at the student's request
Examination Board
by the College Entrance
in Princeton,
New
Jersey.
Necessary application materials, as well as a detailed instrucPersonal
tion sheet, will be forwarded to applicants upon request.
interviews
may
be arranged by contacting the Director of Admis-
These interviews may be scheduled on Monday through Friday 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. and on Saturday from 9:00 a.m. to noon.
sions.
CONDITION OF ADMISSION
Upon
entering
Bloomsburg
State College
ed to sign a pledge similar to the following:
all
Freshmen
are ask-
19
As
a condition of admission,
I
will
acquaint myself with the
and regulations of Bloomsburg State College as set
forth in the College catalog and/or student handbooks and I agree
to be governed by these rules, policies, and regulations during the
rules, policies,
period of
my
enrollment.
REQUIREMENTS FOR TRANSFER STUDENTS
who wish
Bloomsburg State College must
be in good standing (academically and otherwise) at the institution
previously attended, must have a record of honorable dismissal or
completion of their work at that college or university, and must have
Students
to transfer to
a cumulative quality point average of C-plus or better.
Generally, not
more than 60
transfer credits will be accepted.
All transfer candidates must complete their final
30
credits in resi-
dence at Bloomsburg State College.
Transfer students follow the admissions procedures for
applicants and must also
1.
A
file
new
the following additional credentials:
complete college transcript(s)
—
filed
by the previous
college or university at the applicant's request.
2.
A
clearance form
—
to
be obtained from the Bloomsburg
Office of Admissions and to be completed by the appropriate
official at the
3.
A
letter
previous college or university.
explaining in detail the student's reasons for wish-
ing to transfer to
Bloomsburg
State College.
These procedures must be completed by June
fall semester, and by January 1 for admission
The
1
for admission to the
to the spring semester.
applications of students meeting the transfer requirements
and completing the necessary transfer procedures will receive the
same consideration as those of other new candidates, but the applicant must demonstrate better-than-average results on the Scholastic
Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board and have
personal characteristics pointing to success as a student at Bloomsburg.
READMISSION OF FORMER STUDENTS
Students
who have
attended
Bloomsburg
have withdrawn for acceptable reasons
may
State
College
and
request readmission by
Admissions Office for an Application for
student who has interrupted his normal progress
writing directly to the
Readmission.
Any
of studies (has failed to complete either Fall or Spring Semester),
20
and wishes to re-enroll for a subsequent semester, must request
admission before the deadlines
below.
listed
who have
All those seeking readmission
re-
attended other colleges
or universities since leaving Bloomsburg must send a complete trans-
Admissions
cript to the Director of
at
Bloomsburg.
All readmission applications must be filed not later than June
1
for the fall semester or January
1
for the spring semester.
EVALUATION OF CREDITS
All evaluations are
made by
the
Dean
of Instruction after the
student has been admitted and are subject to change according to
any revisions made
in the
requirements for graduation.
Courses to be transferred must have been completed in an
accredited college or university, must carry a
"C" or
better grade,
must be within the general framework of the student's proposed
curriculum at Bloomsburg and must be comparable in content and
in scope to courses offered at Bloomsburg State College.
No
student
may
obtain a Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of
Arts degree at Bloomsburg without a
minimum
residence of one
year in the curriculum in which the student intends to graduate.
Correspondence courses are not offered or accepted by Bloomsburg State College.
All evaluations are tentative until a student has satisfactorily
completed
at least
one
full
semester at Bloomsburg.
Present Bloomsburg students desiring to take work at any other
institution
must make written application
to the
for approval in advance, otherwise credits
may
Dean
of Instruction
not be accepted.
OPPORTUNITIES FOR VETERANS
The educational opportunities
Law 90-77
for Veterans authorized by Public
(Veterans Pension and Readjustment Assistance Act of
1967), and, in special cases Public Law 87-815, are available. Veterans of at least 281 days of continuous active duty any part of
January 31, 1955 or who were released from
active duty after January 31, 1955 for a service connected disability,
which occurred
may
after
use their eligibility for educational benefits.
The
college co-
operates with the Veterans' Administration in offering the regular
degree curriculums in the arts and sciences and to those desiring to
teach in the fields of elementary, secondary, business, or special
education.
21
Graduates of approved four year high schools are admitted to
these educational programs upon application, in conformity with the
established entrance requirements.
Veterans
who
may
are not graduates of four-year high schools
be admitted to the college under certain provisions as
set forth in
The Pennsylvania Plan for Evaluation of Secondary Credentials, for Examinations and for the Issuance of the High School
Equivalent Diploma under Act Number 212, Approved May 15,
1945, issued by the Department of Public Instruction, September 7,
Bulletin
I,
who
Veterans
1945.
tor of
desire information should contact the Direc-
Admissions to determine whether or not they are
admission under
To
eligible for
this plan.
qualify
for
educational benefits under the G.
I.
Bill
of
Veterans are required to present a Certificate for Education and Training, secured from the nearest Regional Veterans
Rights,
all
Administration Office, at time of original registration.
The
college does not accept credits for courses taken under the
United States
Armed
Forces Institute Program, but credits earned
in residence or in extension
sities will
work
at accredited colleges or univer-
be evaluated for transfer by the Dean of Instruction.
All
evaluations are tentative until the student has been in residence for
one semester.
ENROLLMENT TRENDS
Number
of Different Students
Regular Students
Part-time Students
Summer
1963
2047
129
1965
2454
200
1967
3110
260
1475
1843
2118
(2390)
(2756)
(3389)
3651
4497
5488
Session Students
No. of Different Students
Total Enrollment
Totals
Adjusted Enrollment on Full-Time Basis
Regular Students
Part-time Students
Summer
Session Students
Totals
2047
46
2454
3110
87
631
67
777
982
2724
3298
4179
FEES AND FINANCIAL AID
The
official
paid
expenses
by students attending Bloomsburg
State College are described in the following order: fees, deposits,
refunds, miscellaneous expenses.
aid
programs available
tion of the catalogue
brief discussion of the financial
Bloomsburg
at
is
A
closes this chapter.
This sec-
alphabetically and numerically divided for
easy reference.
A.
I.
Community
UNIFORM FEES
Activities Fee
This fee covers the cost of student
tures, entertainments,
It
amounts
to
activities
in athletics, lec-
student publications, organizations, et cetera.
$25 a semester.
Students taking extension courses,
or regular session students taking less than eleven credit hours,
secure the benefits of the
payment of the
II.
1.
Community
Activities
Program by
may
the
fee.
Basic Fees
Semester of eighteen weeks
(a) Students in each curriculum are charged the following
These
fees
Section
were
#2008
set
by the Board of Trustees
of the School
Laws
fees.
as provided in
of Pennsylvania.
Regular
Special
Totals
$175
(none)
$175
Secondary Education
175
(none)
175
Business Education
175
$12
187
Business Administration
175
(none)
175
Special Education
175
$10
185
175
(none)
175
Elementary Education
Arts
And
Sciences
(b)
Students taking eleven or less credit hours shall pay at
the rate of
$15 per
credit hour; students taking twelve or
hours shall pay the regular basic fees; basic fees for
credit
special curriculums shall be prorated
more
or
(c)
more
credit
on the
basis of a twelve
hour load.
Students taking extension courses shall pay at the rate
$15 per credit hour, provided that the regular fees for
special curriculums shall be prorated on the basis of a twelve
of
credit
2.
hour load.
Summer
(a)
in
Sessions
Students will be charged at the rate of $15 per credit hour
Teacher Education, and $15 per
credit
hour
in
And
Arts
VI for a definition of
A minimum fee of $45
Sciences; out-of-state students (see item
pay $25 per
out-of-state)
will
credit hour.
be charged for Pennsylvania students and $75 for out-of-
state students.
(b) Students registering late shall pay a Late Fee of $10 which
will
not be credited to the basic fee charge.
(c)
In addition to the above fees, students in the special curri-
be required to pay a fee to cover the cost of ma-
culums
will
terials,
supplies,
equipment, and special services used
in
the
laboratories or clinics of the special curriculums.
— $2 per three-week
Education Fee — $5 per three-week
Business Education Fee
Special
(d)
session.
session.
Students enrolled for periods of instruction differing from
the schedule pay fees in addition
on a pro
rata basis of the
schedule of fees provided for the regular three-weeks
summer
session.
III.
Housing Fees
On-campus dormitory rates for students will be $162 per onehalf semester and $54 for a three-weeks summer session.
This includes rooms and meals.
1.
(a)
Students expecting to occupy dormitory rooms in Septem-
ber must pay $162 (one-half of the housing fee for a semester)
before August 15.
The remainder, $162, must be paid before
November.
(b) For the purpose of meeting the requirements of those
students
who
live
off-campus but board
at the college, the
hous-
25
ing rates shall be divided as follows: $8 for
room and $10
for
table board.
2.
The
and lodging is: breakfast
$1.50.
$1.25, and room
daily rate for transient meals
65^, lunch
— 85
o,
dinner
—
—
—
Damage Fees
IV.
Students shall be responsible for damages, breakage,
loss,
or
delayed return of college property.
V. Infirmary Fee
After three days in the college infirmary, boarding students
be charged an additional $1 for each day in excess of that
shall
period.
Day
board
students
who may
the rate of $3
at
be admitted to the infirmary shall pay
a day, starting with the
first
This
day.
charge includes the regular nurse and medical service, but does not
include special nurse or special medical services.
VI. Fees
For Out-Of-State Students
Students whose legal residence
is
outside of the State of Penn-
sylvania are charged at the rate of $25 per semester hour of credit.
A
more
detailed definition of
who
is
an out-of-state student
may
be obtained by writing to the college Business Office.
If
out-of-state
students are enrolled in a special curriculum,
they shall not pay the special fees as found in
to
II,
$25 per semester hour of
the regular fee of
1-a, in addition
credit,
as
stated
in the preceding paragraph.
Degree Fee
VII.
A
fee
of $5
shall
be paid by each candidate for a degree
to cover the cost of diploma.
VIII.
One
Record of Transcript Fee
dollar ($1) shall be charged for the second
and each sub-
sequent transcript of records.
IX.
No
Delinquent Accounts
student shall be enrolled, graduated, or receive a transcript
of his record until
all
previous charges have been paid.
X. Fee for Late Registration and/or Course Change
Each student completing registration or requesting a change of
course or courses after the date officially set for registration
may
be
26
required to pay a late registration or change of registration fee of
$10.
XI. Schedule
A
Change Fee
$2 fee for students who, once they have conferred with
and have decided on
the scheduling officer
change
their schedules,
their class schedules for personal or other considerations.
XII. Special Clinical Services
Initial
1.
screening
—
diagnostic evaluation of reading skills
which includes selected standardized reading
Lavell
tests,
Co-Ordination Test, and tele-binocular examination
—
Hand-Eye
$15.
2.
Reading Clinic Services twice a week per semester
3.
Six- week
4.
Parent conference (per session)
Summer
—
$45.
Session (not to exceed one hour daily)
$45.
—
—
$5.
DEPOSITS
B.
(Subject to change without notice)
An
Application Fee of $10, payable to the Commonwealth,
made by
be
shall
all
applicants; this
student requests registration.
When
a student
is
It is
amount
shall
be paid when the
not repayable.
approved for admission
to the college, the
following fee must be paid:
1.
An Advance
This fee
is
Registration Fee of twenty-five dollars ($25).
payable to the
credited to basic fees.
2.
fee
is
Commonwealth
It is
of Pennsylvania, and
is
not refundable.
A
Community Activities Fee of fifty
payable to Community Activities, and
($50).
This
represents the
Com-
dollars
munity Activities Fee for the year.
Students
who were
not in attendance in a prior semester,
when
readmitted to college, are required to pay the Advance Registration
Fee and the Community Activities Fee.
Returning students
munity
If
Activities, in
shall
pay a deposit of $50, payable
advance of
to
Com-
their registration.
any fees other than the Activities Fees are paid by bank
must be made out for the
being paid, and drawn payable to the order
drafts, post office orders, or checks, they
exact
of the
amount which
is
Commonwealth
of Pennsylvania.
All post office orders pay-
27
ing'such fees must be
sylvania.
If
drawn on
the Activities
Fee
the. Post Office at Harrisburg,
is
not paid in cash, a separate order
must be drawn payable to Community Activities.
for these fees must be drawn on the Post Office
Any
Paul
Penn-
Post office orders
Bloomsburg.
at
other inquiries relating to fees should be addressed to Mr.
G.
Martin,
Business
Manager,
Bloomsburg
College,
State
Bloomsburg, Pennsylvania 17815.
OTHER THAN AS SPECIFIED ABOVE, MAY BE CHARGED BY A STATE COLLEGE.
NO OTHER FEES OR
DEPOSITS,
SUMMARY OF EXPENSES
C.
(Subject to
The
Change without Notice)
cost of one semester for students living at
Basic Fee
Housing Fee (Board and Room)
Community Activities Fee
Books and Supplies (Estimated)
Home
College
$175
75
$175
324
25
75
$275
$599
(none)
25
Total
Business students pay $12 additional.
Special Education students pay
$10
additional.
Out-of-state students pay $25 per semester hour of credit.
D.
I.
REFUND AND REPAYMENT POLICY
The Application Fee
will
not be refunded for any reason
whatsoever.
II.
The Advance Registration Fee
of $25 will not be re-
funded for any reason whatsoever.
III.
1.
The Community Activities Fee
Repayment
policy
—
All requests for repayment of the
munity Activities Fee must be
troller of
Community
Activities before
ment involves the following
second semester
(a)
is
in writing in the Office of the
September
college year, or
ComComp-
1,
if
the repay-
February
1,
if
only the
involved.
Freshmen and/or New Incoming Students
(1) A repayment of $50 will be granted
new incoming students who have had the
to
Freshmen or
offer of admis-
28
sion withdrawn by the college, have been inducted into
the
Armed
Forces, or prevented from enrollment because
of illness as certified by a physician.
This
is
not an auto-
make written
Community Activities
matic policy and persons so affected must
application to the Comptroller of
before September
1.
Freshman or other new incoming student decides not to come to Bloomsburg for reasons of his own,
he will be granted a repayment of $25 if he makes written application to the Comptroller of Community Activi(2)
ties
(b)
Any
If
a
before September
student
who
1.
has completed at least one semester
at
and paid the following year's Community Activities Fee in advance and then decides not to return to Bloomsburg will receive a repayment of the full $50
if written request is received by September 1, or $25 for the
second semester if written request is received by February 1.
Bloomsburg
State College
—
Students who, once having begun
Refund policy
fall, do not complete the school year:
2.
(a)
Any
classes in the
student temporarily suspended, indefinitely suspend-
ed, or dismissed for
academic
failure during the
college
year will not receive a refund of any portion of the fee
for the semester so involved.
(b)
It
a student voluntarily withdraws from the college before
the
may
first
nine
week period
ends, in the
semester, he
receive a refund of $12.50 for the second nine weeks
plus $25
for the second semester or a total of $37.50,
assuming written application
before the end of the
IV.
first
Other Fees
will
first
is
made
to the Comptroller
semester.
not be repaid except for personal illness
or for such other reasons as
may
be approved by the Board of
Trustees (see below).
1.
Repayment
suspended,
will
not be
indefinitely
made
to
suspended,
students
who
dismissed,
or
are temporarily
who
voluntarily
withdraw from college for any cause whatsoever.
2.
Repayment may be made
in the case of personal illness
which
is
by an attending physician or for other such reasons as
may be approved by the Board of Trustees for the amount of the
certified to
29
housing and contingent fees paid by the student for that part of the
semester which the student does not spend in the college.
MISCELLANEOUS EXPENSES
E.
At the time of application new students are furnished with a
summary of estimated expenses for the current college year. The
payment of all fees is due as directed by the Business Office. The
college reserves the right to withhold
record of any student
who
is
all
in arrears in the
The
other charges, including student loans.
a time
payment
plan,
information regarding the
and students
payment of
fees or
college does not offer
living in college residence halls
are required to pay one half of the semester housing fee before
August 15; the remainder must be paid before November
A
statement of student accounts will be mailed prior
billing
each semester.
to registration
All accounts must be paid as direct-
ed by notice which accompanies the
comply with
1.
this
requirement
billing statement.
will eliminate a student
Failure to
from
registra-
tion.
Keys
Each
room key
refunded when the key
student secures a
This deposit
is
or locker key for one dollar.
or lock
is
returned.
Baggage
Incoming baggage should be clearly marked with the owner's
name and "Bloomsburg State College, Bloomsburg, Pennsylvania."
Guests
Arrangements for room guests at residence halls must be approved by the Dean of Women or the Dean of Men. The guest
rates
are
as
follows:
breakfast,
$ .65;
luncheon,
$ .85;
dinner,
$1.25; room, $1.50.
Books and Supplies
Books and supplies
may
Students
store
is
are estimated
at
$75 for each semester.
secure books and supplies at the College Store.
This
operated on a cash basis.
College Banking
The Community
Library,
that they
is
Activities Office, located in Waller Hall,
prepared to handle deposits of cash for students
may
secure small amounts of
money
at
in
Old
order
convenient times.
so
Notice of Withdrawal
Students leaving the college must notify the Office of the
Dean
Dean of Instruction of their withRegular charges will be made until the notice of withforwarded to the Business Office by the Dean of Instruc-
of Students and the Office of the
drawal.
drawal
is
tion.
Physical Education Uniforms
Students must wear regulation uniforms for all physical education classes.
These are to be purchased in the College Store.
Laundry
The College has discontinued personal laundry
service with the
exception of bed linens which are supplied by the college.
Coin-
operated washers and dryers are available in college dormitories
community. Commercial laundry service
the town of Bloomsburg.
and
in the
is
available in
Student Residence
Students not living at
ed by the college, must
They must not
home and
live in the
leave dormitory
homes approvrooms are available.
not working in
dormitories
if
rooms vacant before
the end of the
semester.
Residence on Campus
Each dormitory room
beds,
is
furnished with double-decker or single
mattresses and pillows, dressers,
Sheets, pillow cases,
a
study table,
and
chairs.
and white spreads are furnished for the beds.
Students must provide the following equipment:
2.
A
A
3.
Blankets or bed comforters.
4.
Towels.
5.
Metal wastebasket.
6.
Study lamps (approved by college).
1.
mattress pad for mattress 36 by 75 inches.
cloth or plastic cover for pillow 21 by
27 inches.
Resident Students Living Off Campus
In situations where dormitory housing
may
not be available,
upon notification from the college, students are required to select
off campus rental accommodations from lists of college inspected
and approved rooms and apartments in the town of Bloomsburg.
SI
approved
Lists of
Dean
the
of
Each
off
Men
campus housing may be obtained from
or the
Dean
of
Women.
resident student living off
agreement with
into a written
his
either
campus
is
required to enter
householder or landlord covering
the period of proposed tenancy, using Student
Housing Agreement
forms provided by the college.
F.
STUDENT FINANCIAL AID
The Director
of Financial
Aid
responsible for the adminis-
is
student financial aid program at Bloomsburg State
tration of the
College.
All entering students are advised to
file
a Parents' Confidential
Statement with the College Scholarship Service of Princeton,
Jersey,
New
and to designate the Director of Financial Aid, Bloomsburg
State College as the recipient of copies of the Parents' Confidential
These forms may be obtained from high school guidance counselors or from the College Scholarship Service, Box 176,
Statement.
Princeton,
quired of
New
all
Jersey.
A
Parents' Confidential Statement
who wish
entering students
to
is
be considered for
refi-
nancial aid available through the college.
Financial aid opportunities
fall
into three categories; loans, stu-
dent employment, and scholarships and grants.
For up-to-date
in-
formation and directions on our various financial aid programs,
please consult Student Financial
Aid
at
Bloomsburg
State College,
a brochure available from the Office of the Director of Financial
Aid.
Placement
Bloomsburg meant teacher
placement.
With the graduation of students from the Arts and
Sciences Program Bloomsburg is also sending graduates into nonUntil 1966 the term "placement" at
teaching fields in ever increasing numbers.
We
made.
are very proud of the record which our graduates have
And
the Placement Service has
had
its
job
made
easier
by
this record.
Many
new
Most of the graduates to date have entered the field
The following tables indicate the success of the Place-
graduates.
of teaching.
ment
Service.
satisfied
employers return each year to recruit
32
Table
I
— How Many
Teach?
Number
Available
Education
for
Number
Percent
Year
Graduates
Teaching
Teaching
Teaching
1963
395
381
344
1965
475
450
423
1967
510
474
442
Table
aries for
in
Table
II
gives an indication of
how
90%
92%
93%
the average starting sal-
our teachers have changed over the same years referred to
I.
Table
II
—
How Much Do They
Earn?
Range of
Average
Year
Beginning
Teachers
1963
344
$4656
$3600
-
8400
1965
423
4981
4200
-
5900
1967
405
5320
4500
-
6300
Starting
Salary
Beginning Salaries
These figures indicate that beginning teachers from Bloomsburg State College are
in great
demand.
The
figures available for
and Science graduates reflect comparable success in obtaining gainful employment.
In this way Bloomsburg spells sucthe Arts
cess.
STUDENT
The
faculty
LIFE
and administration of Bloomsburg State College are
well aware that a college education
of academic
excellence.
classroom, but in
all
is
more than
just the pursuit
Education takes place not only
in
the
Campus life
room experience
places where students interact.
includes such things as residence hall and dining
(where a student can spend more than half of
his time) in addition
to the opportunity to participate in various social
in the extra-curricular activities
and cultural events
program.
Consequently, a wide variety of
activities
and services have
been developed to afford every student an opportunity to explore
and
It
fulfill
his individual potential in
hoped
is
that
in
them each student
expression of his talents so that he
and serve
an atmosphere of congeniality.
may
will
find
a
place
for
the
better understand himself
his fellow students.
Guided by
this
hope, the
members
of the
Dean
of Students
on the needs of the individual as well as
community with the intention of assisting young men and
more fully develop as they progress toward their various
staff focus their attention
the entire
women
to
goals.
Although the Dean of Students, the Deans of
Men
and Women,
and their respective staffs are responsible for maintaining an environment which emphasizes integrity and consideration of others,
their successes are largely determined by the extent of student participation and cooperation.
In the final analysis it is the students
who determine the quality of student life and develop the moral
fiber of the institution.
36
Housing
Housing assignments are made for men and women through
the offices of the Dean of Men and Women respectively.
New students receive room assignments based on their date of acceptance
All applications or requests for college approved
at Bloomsburg.
housing must go through the Dean of
Men
or
Women's
office.
There
are no private agents involved in housing.
The college reserves
deems appropriate.
rooms and roommates
All students housed on campus eat in the
as it
There are approximately 800 women and 900
College Commons.
men in residence on the campus. Some Freshmen women are
housed in college approved residences in the community, all other
Freshmen reside on campus.
Residence Halls
At Bloomsburg
the right to assign
State College a variety of living arrangements
Study rooms and "quiet hours" in each residence
are
available.
hall
provide an atmosphere for independent study while recreation
rooms and
television lounges afford opportunities for relaxation
and
enjoyment.
residence hall vacancies occur after assignments have been
If
made, commuters
will receive preference over
off-campus residents
Commuters may place their names on a priority
list in the Dean of Men's or Dean of Women's Office for residence
As vacancies occur, commuters will be assigned
hall housing.
in
filling
them.
by the respective deans.
must be understood that these commuter assignments will
be temporary and are in effect for only the remainder of the
academic year at which time the person assigned to the dormitory
It
room
will
return to
commuter
status.
This rule does not apply under extreme emergencies, extenuating circumstances,
Each
hall
is
or during
summer
staffed with a
sessions.
Dean
or Assistant Dean, a
Resident and student Resident Advisors.
experienced adults
who work
ministration of the hall.
of the
Dean
of
Men
and
The Head Residents
are
with the Deans in overseeing the ad-
Resident Advisors are carefully selected
and screened upperclassmen assigned
small groups of students.
Head
They
Women
are
to live with
and help counsel
under the direct supervision
and play an important
role in the
establishment of a rapport that contributes to the student's general
welfare.
3?
The
residence
have their
halls
own governing
are responsible for establishing, implementing
tions in conjunction with the
Dean
bodies
which
and enforcing regula-
of Students
staff.
Off Campus Housing
The
area
in
some private residences in the Bloomsburg
limited number of undergraduate students are
college utilizes
which a
Each
housed.
of these residences
is
approved for student housing
by the Pennsylvania Department of Labor and Industry.
Students living in these college approved residences are held
same manner as other resident stuDean of Men and Women's staff super-
responsible to the college in the
A
dents.
member
of the
and periodically
vises
visits
these residences.
College Infirmary
Nurses are on duty 24 hours a day in the college Infirmary.
They
give first aid,
dents,
ments.
make appointments with
and supply medication for
and minor
who because of an illness can not remain
may stay in the Infirmary over night.
Counseling Services
The Counseling Center
educational,
vocational,
ail-
in their
offers professional counseling regarding
personal,
located on the second floor
services are available at
at
colds, sore throats,
Students,
residence halls,
It is
area doctors for stu-
and emotional problems.
of Waller Hall, room 210, and its
social,
no charge
to all regularly enrolled students
Bloomsburg.
Those in need of counseling services are not just the marginal
or immature students.
Frequently the exceptionally able and conscientious students reap the benefits of professional help from counseling.
The content
of counseling interviews
is
confidential.
For students who exhibit need of psychiatric evaluation and/or
therapy, the Counseling Center maintains a consultive service with
a psychiatrist.
Appointments
the Center or through the
for this service
Dean
may
be obtained
at
of Students Office.
Community Government Association
The Community Government Association cooperates with
administration
regulating
all
in
promoting personal and group responsibility
student affairs.
the
in
38
The College Council, which meets
the second
and fourth Mon-
day of every month, acts as the executive board of the Community
Government Association. The Presidents of the following groups
automatically become members of the council: Association of Resident Women; Day Women's Association; Day Men's Association;
Men Resident's Association; Senior, Junior, Sophomore, and Freshman Classes; Editor of The Maroon and Gold. The College Council
administers the affairs of the association and formulates
Association of Resident
The Association
living in the three
in
downtown
ments.
Its
its
policies.
Women
Women
of Resident
consists
women
of the
female residence halls on campus, the freshmen
houses, and the senior
purpose
one of
is
women
initiating
Bloomsburg apartand carrying on cooperative
in
government among the resident women as well
standards of social and academic achievement.
as
encouraging high
Day Women's Association
The Day Women's Association
is
an organization of commuters
not living in the college residence halls or college housing in the
town of Bloomsburg.
The governing body
is
the
Official
Board
consisting of a President and Vice-President elected by the entire
and two representatives from each
promote the general welfare of the day
association,
is
to
operate with the other student organizations
class.
purpose
Its
women and
in
matters
to
co-
affecting
the general welfare of the institution.
Day Men's Association
The Day Men's Association
is
an organization of
men who com-
The Governing Board consists of a President, Vice-President, Secretary, and Treasurer.
The
association carries on a varied program of activities for its own
mute from
homes
their
to the college.
welfare and for the benefit of the college community.
Men
Resident's Association
The Men
men
Resident's
Association
men
is
the
governing body
for
accommodations in the town of Bloomsburg as well as those living in campus
residence halls.
Its administrative body is composed of a PresiBy means of this
dent, Vice-President, Secretary, and Treasurer.
resident
students including
organization, the
men
living in rented
cooperate with the administration in fostering
personal and group responsibilities.
—
39
EXTRA-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES
All students are required to take part in one extra-curricular
activity
one semester each year.
The
extra-curricular activities dur-
ing the past year included the following:
Amateur Radio Club
The Bloomsburg State College Amateur Radio Club is an organization composed of students interested in the art of Amateur
Radio Communications.
Requirements for admission are an interest in "Ham Radio Communication," a desire to be a "Ham"
radio operator, and a satisfactory standing in the college.
American Chemical Society
(Columbia
Chapter) serves to make the student aware of the work of the
chemist.
It also serves to provide exchange of ideas by joint meetings and to see what is done on other campuses in this organization.
The American Chemical Society-Student
It
official
provides current literature for the student by
weekly organ of the society
zation
to
also
at
some
of the
This organi-
Society.
provides the student an opportunity to
chemists in the field
way
The Journal of Chemical and
society, upon graduation, are
Members of this
become members of the Senior
Engineering News.
eligible
Affiliate
hear the top
of their meetings.
Archaeology Club
The purpose
of the
BSC
Archaeology Club
is
to
combine
widespread interest in the hobby of collecting the Indian
which abound
artifacts
Susquehanna Valley. All students and faculty
membership, provided they are willing to join the
in the
are eligible for
group
the
conducted digging for
in carefully
The Club's main
activity
is
scientific purposes.
and systematically excaIndoor meetings will be
to locate
Bloomsburg area.
held during the winter months so that members may compare collections, discuss techniques, and come in contact with professional
and advanced amateur archaeologists from neighboring archaeological societies and museums.
vate Indian sites in the
Athenaeum Club
The purpose
of the
Athenaeum Club
is
to provide all interest-
ed students with an opportunity to listen to the great musical classics.
With regard
to the actual selections to
tion will be given to requests
be played, ample considera-
by members for excerpts that are
vant to their current course work in music.
rele-
uo
B Club
B Club
women's recreational organization on campus.
The members of B Club plan, organize, and administer all the women's intramural-extramural activities for two purposes:
the
is
Providing an opportunity for
1.
all
women
students to par-
ticipate in competitive sports.
Fostering activities which contribute to better use of leisure
2.
time.
Further information
is
obtainable in the
Extramural Handbook or
in Office
9 of
Women's IntramuralCentennial Gym.
Chess Club
The Chess Club provides students with an opportunity
and
to learn
improve their game. Beginners and experienced
players are welcome.
The Chess Club conducts regulation tournaments.
All members are eligible to try out for the Chess Team
which competes in the Eastern Pennsylvania College Chess League
and a number of weekend tournaments. An important function of
to play chess
the
Club
is
to train students
can
fulfill
and
YMCAs.
Circle
to
this
need
in their
how to run chess tournaments
own communities at recreation
K
is
a Kiwanis affiliated organization serving the Col-
The purpose of this organization
a spirit of cooperation among members of the club in
College and Community.
and Community.
Membership
a
first
centers
K
Circle
lege
so they
come,
organization
first
is
is
open
to all
to foster
serving the
good standing on
the membership capacity of the
male students
served basis, until
is
in
reached.
Concert Choir
The Concert Choir is the mixed choral group of the college
community.
Members must attend rehearsals regularly and participate in all performances to retain membership.
The calendar
for the year includes concerts, tours, television,
and possible record-
ings.
—
two subsidiary groups
Madrigal Singers and Men's Glee Club.
The Madrigal Singers are selected by the director, but the Men's Glee Club is open to all men in-
The Concert Choir
terested in singing.
also has
41
Council for Exceptional Children
The Council for Exceptional Children
main function
tional children.
improve educational opportunities for excep-
to
is
It
an organization whose
is
contributes significantly to the professional back-
ground of persons who work with them and helps
ous
activities for the
to coordinate vari-
advancement of the cause.
Membership in the Alpha Chapter of the Council
tional Children on campus is open to any student who
Excep-
for
is
enrolled
and others who are interested
in developing their understanding of the problems of children and
youth with exceptionalities. Members must attend meetings regularin the Division of Special Education,
ly
and participate
in the activities of the organization.
Dramatic Club ("Bloomsburg
Players")
This organization provides experience for
to learn theatre arts.
work as well as act
work are open to the
to
Technical and business
students
all
who wish
are the only requirements.
and a willingness
Casting and crew
The
club's activities in-
entire student body.
skills
clude four major productions per year as well as workshop plays.
Forensic Society
The purpose
of the Forensic Society
in all types of forensic activities.
is
to
encourage an interest
Intercollegiate competition
is
pro-
moted in: novice and varsity debate, discussion, oratorical contests,
extemporaneous speaking contests, impromptu speaking, after-dinner
speaking, oral interpretation festivals, and legislative assemblies.
Participation in the speaker's bureau affords an opportunity to speak
before local civic and community groups.
German Club
The German Club was
established for the purpose of reinforc-
ing student knowledge acquired in the classroom.
Attention
is
given to increasing appreciation of
Membership is open
taken) any course in German.
tural aspects.
ing
German
to all students taking
cul-
(or hav-
Harmonettes
The Harmonettes comprise
singing and developing musical
a group of
skills.
women
with interest in
The musical
selections
may
range from show tunes to the semi-classical.
The Harmonettes
participate in the Christmas
grams, assemblies and other special performances.
and Spring pro-
42
Huski Club
The purpose of the Huski Club is to provide an enjoyable
It is to proactivity for members of the faculty and student body.
mote leadership, introduce techniques of skiing and to cultivate an
interest in the sport.
The requirements
and other winter
for
membership include an
interest in skiing
sports.
International Relations Club
The International Relations Club is an organization of students
interested in current events and problems in the world today.
The
purpose of this club is to develop among its members an interest
and a greater knowledge and understanding of national and international affairs.
Requirements for membership are regular attendance
and participation
ings
in the club's
at
meet-
programs.
Le Cercle Francais
Le Cercle Francais, organized
who
in
1961, welcomes any student
has a genuine interest in improving his
language and enlarging his appreciation of
ture.
Club
slides,
trips to
activities
all
facility
in the
French
aspects of French cul-
include a French dinner,
French films and
productions by French theatrical groups, discussion,
guest speakers, field trips and tutoring service.
Literary
in
&
Film Society
Formerly the English Club, The Literary and Film Society is
its second year at BSC.
It provides a series of more than a dozen
acclaimed American and foreign films each year.
The
Society pub-
The Footnote, a literary and film review, which is distributed
to members at each film showing.
Other projects have been discussion groups and poetry readings.
Membership is open to all
members of the college community.
lishes
Maroon and Gold Band
The Maroon and Gold Band provides high
quality musical
and
marching entertainment during the football season through its select
marching unit. As a concert ensemble, it presents campus and area
concerts of symphonic band repertoire.
Membership
open to those students having instrumental background in the band medium.
Personnel is then screened on the
basis of band preparation and experience, ability, technical skill and
is
instrumentation needs.
us
Color Guard and Majorette units complement the Marching
Band.
Mathematics Club
A new organization,
in
this
group aims
to
stimulate an interest
mathematics beyond the classroom, and to acquaint members
with the possibilities of using mathematics in their future careers.
All students
who have completed
a calculus course are eligible for
membership.
Phi Beta Lambda
Phi Beta Lambda is an organization of students of the Business
Education Department.
The aims of this club are: to develop
qualities of leadership;
commercial clubs
in
to
promote
interest
the
in
organization of
high schools; to train teachers in the organizing
of such clubs to encourage scholarship through contests; to serve
needs of the Department of Business Education
at
Bloomsburg
State
means of gaining contact with other schools and
become conversant with modern business methods
encourage social contact; and to develop promptness
College; to furnish
associations; to
and systems; to
and the ability
to accept responsibility.
eligible for this club.
ship in
NOTE: At
least
good standing are required
All business students are
two semesters of member-
for admission to Pi
Omega
Pi,
the business fraternity.
Philosophy Club
The Philosophy Club provides
ideas in problem areas of concern to
forum
all men.
a
for the
Its
aim
exchange of
is
to encour-
age critical thinking and reflection with respect to problems in the
areas of values, morality, belief and knowledge.
Physics
Club
The
purpose of the organization
shall
be the advancement and
knowledge of the science of physics and its application to
human welfare," quoted from the Constitution of the BSC Student
diffusion of
American Institute of physics.
Membership is open to all students who
Section of the
are taking a course in
Physics.
Science Club
The Science Club
consists of
of the student
and physical sciences.
promote a general interest
are interested in the biological
of this organization are to
members
body who
The purposes
in all fields of
science and to create a better understanding of science.
Member-
ship requirements consist of regular attendance and participation in
the club programs.
At
the
end of each college year, the club goes on an
all-day
field trip to a place of scientific interest.
Spanish Club
The Spanish Club has been organized
for the purpose of de-
The
veloping the use of conversational Spanish.
club's
program
is
designed to develop the appreciation of such aspects of Spanish
Membership
culture as art, music, literature, etc.
is
open
to those
students with a sincere interest in improving their personal abilities
in the
Spanish language.
Student PSEA
Organized to acquaint students with different aspects of teaching,
the Oscar Bakeless Chapter of the
promote professional
interests
and
Student
activities,
to
PSEA
foster
intends to
professional
educational standards, and to illuminate some complexities of teachAll students are eligible for membership.
er-student relationships.
This chapter sponsors various projects for the benefit of the general college
community.
Studio Band
The Studio Band is a stage band composed of College Community members.
Members must attend rehearsals regularly and
participate in all performances to retain membership.
The calendar
for the year includes concert tours, campus performances, television
and possible recordings.
Varsity Club
The Varsity Club
in
is
composed
any authorized intercollegiate
of
sport.
men who have won a letter
All students who have re-
ceived such an award are eligible for membership.
Founded upon
a basis of athletic ability, the club's purposes are to advance ideals
of sportsmanship
fellowship
terest
in
and scholarship,
among men
intercollegiate
to
encourage brotherhood and
of similar interests, and to
athletics
and
to
promote an
in-
maintain pleasant athletic
relationships with other educational institutions.
Veterans Association
The purpose of the Veterans
Association
is
to give veterans an
opportunity to share fellowship and pursue
common
ing as a voice for veterans in the college
community and keeping
interest
by
act-
veterans informed of their government benefits and responsibility.
PUBLICATIONS
Maroon and Gold
Published twice weekly by a student
the college paper
staff,
keeps the student body informed of current college happenings.
Obiter
The
Obiter, published each year by the college community, con-
tains a review of the activities of the year, with pictures of the
students,
pus,
organizations,
fraternities,
sports
cam-
and academic
as-
pects of the college.
Olympian
Students
publish
this
literary
magazine.
In
this
publication
contributors will find an outlet for literary expression in the fields
Unpublished work of nationally-known writ-
of poetry and prose.
ers
is
sometimes included as a special feature.
Pilot
This
an annual handbook, edited jointly by a student editor
is
and the Dean of Students, which informs students about college life
It serves as a guide to freshmen and also as an
at Bloomsburg.
information booklet for upper classmen.
Placement Brochure
An
annual publication of the Placement Service,
this
brochure
contains photos of graduating seniors, plus personal data of interest
to
employing
officers.
HONORARY AND PROFESSIONAL
Many
national
honorary
FRATERNITIES
and professional
fraternities
which
and advance educational ideals through scholarship, social
efficiency, and moral development have chapters on the Bloomsburg
foster
Among them
campus.
are:
Kappa Delta
Pi (Coeducational
Hon-
Phi Sigma Pi (Professional Education
Fraternity for Men), Alpha Psi Omega (Coeducational Dramatic
Fraternity), Gamma Theta Upsilon (Coeducational Geography
or Society in Education),
Lambda (Coeducational Business FraterKappa Delta (Coeducational Debate Fraternity), Pi
Fraternity),
nity),
Omega
Pi
Phi Beta
Pi (National Business Teacher Education
Honor
Society),
Sigma Alpha Eta (Honor Speech and Hearing Fraternity), Sigma
"
46
(Coeducational English Fraternity), Phi Alpha Theta
(National Honor Society in History), and Delta Phi Alpha (Co-
Tau Delta
educational
Society in German).
Honor
Social Fraternities
The
Council serves as the governing body of
Interfraternity
on campus.
the seven social fraternities
from the various
sentatives
composed
is
and
social fraternities,
rushing and pledging regulations and
grams and events
It
of repre-
responsible for
is
activities,
coordination of pro-
for the various fraternities,
and investigation of
by the IFC and the College.
violations of the rules devised
Mem-
bership includes the following:
Delta Omega Chi
Delta
Phi Sigma Xi
Pi Epsilon Chi
Kappa Epsilon
Beta Sigma Delta
Sigma Iota
Pi
The
Inter-Sorority Council
The purposes
ber sororities.
Omega
body
the governing
is
for
all
mem-
of the Inter-Sorority Council include
coordination of rushing and pledging
ship,
Pi
activities,
promotion of scholar-
and the enhancement of friendships and
tween sororities and individual women.
social
relations be-
Membership includes
the
following:
Rho
Chi Sigma
Tau Sigma
Delta Epsilon Beta
Theta Gamma Phi
Pi
AND
SERVICE FRATERNITIES
Alpha Phi Omega
men
in the fellowship of the
Scout Oath and Law, to develop Leadto provide Service to humanity.
own
is
the campus,
Membership
Mu
is
in
based on the high ideals of service to
community, and world.
assemble college
least a 2.0
in-
country.
Lambda Alpha
to
purpose "to assemble college
open to all college men regularly enrolled in the
who have been affiliated with Scouting nationally or
Membership
stitution
its
promote Friendship, and
ership, to
their
has as
SORORITIES
is
open
women
to
in
the
The purpose
spirit
of the sorority
of service
to
humanity.
Sophomore and Junior women having
cumulative average.
is
at
U7
OFF CAMPUS STUDENTS
It
is
expected that resident students living off campus will con-
duct themselves with the same decorum expected of other resident
students and that they will comply with the house rules and regulations of their householders or landlords.
An
Assistant
Dean
of
Men
and an Assistant Dean of
Women
supervise the housing of resident students living off campus.
Commuting (Day) Students
Day room
who do
facilities are
provided for
women and men
students
not live on the campus or in off campus rental housing ap-
proved for resident students.
The women's day room
is
located in the lower level of the
Benjamin Franklin building.
Comfortable lounge furniture provides for rest and relaxation. Locker space and facilities for study are also available.
Curriculum Materials Center
in
the
The men's day rooms are on the basement
Hall.
The spacious lounge has facilities for study,
and storage.
floor of Science
recreation, lunch,
^.-•V
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
Prior
class
to the beginning of each semester, the student prepares a
schedule with the help of a faculty advisor.
After this
schedule has been approved by the divisional director involved,
it
Data Processing Center and handed to the
student at registration.
Any changes in this schedule must be approved by the director of the curriculum in which the student is enrolled.
At the end of each semester, members of the faculty record
grades on course cards, which become the basis of the permanent
will
be printed
the
in
record of each student.
Class Attendance
A
student
expected to attend punctually every class
is
laboratory for which he
is
registered.
It is
the responsibility of the
student to hand to the instructor an absence report form at the
class
and
first
meeting following the absence.
If the
absence report
is
approved, the student
may make up
work he has missed during his absence. However, the effect
absence upon course requirements is determined by the instructor.
Absence report forms may be purchased at the College Store.
is advisable to have absence report blanks on hand.
the
of
It
Change of Schedule
Adjustments
in class
schedules
may
be made during the
first
ten days of any semester by the Divisional Directors with the ap-
proval of the
Dean
of Instruction.
A
fee
of $2 will be charged
for each individual schedule change.
After the second week, students dropping a course from their
schedule will receive an "E" on their permanent record card in the
Office of the
Dean
the course
dropped.
is
of Instruction
if
they are not passing at the time
If passing, the
grade of
"W"
will
be given.
50
Students wishing to drop a course from their schedules must receive
written approval of the instructor before presenting the request to
Dean of Instruction. All withdrawals must be approved by the
Dean of Instruction. Students are not permitted to withdraw from
the
a course after nine weeks.
Transfer of Division of Enrollment
In order to be eligible for transfer from one division to another,
a student should have at least a 2.00 cumulative average (although
for freshmen certain justifiable exceptions to this requirement
be made).
The
step
first
may
for the student to bring a note of par-
is
which he is enrolled, which is to be attached to a special form for Approval of
Divisional Transfer.
On this special form the student must obtain
ental permission to the Director of the Division in
the following signatures
:
( 1 )
the signature of his current Divisional
Director, (2) the signature of the
Dean
of Students (required only
from Business Administration
Teacher Education), (3) the signature
in the case of a student transferring
or the Arts and Sciences to
of the Director of the Division to which the student
transfer,
(4) the signature of the
should be
filed
Dean
is
intending to
of Instruction.
This form
during the semester immediately preceding that
which the transfer
is
in
to take effect.
Provision for Superior Students
A
above
student whose
may
work
petition the
for a semester averages 3.0
Dean
— "B," or
of Instruction for approval to schedule
course work in addition to that normally scheduled for that semester
(16 credit hours).
Progress Reports and Records
For the purpose of reporting the progress of each student, each
semester is divided into periods of nine weeks. During each period
the instructor hands to the Dean of Instruction a special deficiency
report at any time the student is not doing satisfactory work.
At
the end of twelve weeks a report of "D" or "E" grades is made to
the parents of each student.
At the end of the semester final grades are reported, recorded
upon the permanent progress card of each student, and filed. The
report
is
then sent to the parents.
Any
parent not receiving such a
report at the end of the semester should notify the
tion so that a duplicate
may be
mailed.
Dean
of Instruc-
51
Grading System
The system of grading used
is
E
as follows:
—
A
— very
in this college
—
B
high;
high;
C
and
its
interpretation
— average; D — low;
W—
a with-
failure involving repetition of the entire course.
drawal, approved by the
Dean
of Instruction while the student
— work not handed
Incomplete
passing the course.
in,
is
or material
does not satisfy the instructor's standards or the course requirements.
Quality Point System
For
For
For
For
For
each semester hour
A
carries
4 quality
each semester hour
B
carries
3
each semester hour
C
carries 2 quality points.
each semester hour
D
carries
each semester hour
E
carries
grade of
W
Incomplete
is
A
To be
is
1
points.
quality points.
quality point.
quality points.
not considered in computing quality points.
not considered in computing quality points.
graduated, a student must have a quality point average
of not less than 2.0.
Removal of "Incompletes"
Each
instructor listing
shall file with the
Dean
an incomplete
at the
end of a semester
of Instruction a detailed statement of the
steps to be taken by the student for the removal of such grade.
A
printed form
must be secured at the office of the
Dean of Instruction to be used when an incomplete has been removed. It is the responsibility of the student to have this form signed by the instructor removing the incomplete, and to present it to
the
Dean
of Instruction for recording.
removed within one calendar
grade automatically becomes an E and the course must be
// the
year, the
(blue)
grade "Incomplete"
is
not
repeated.
Prerequisite for Student Teaching
A
student
is
eligible for
assignment to student teaching
if
he
has attained a quality point average of 2.0 in not less than 90 credit
hours.
Residence Required for Graduation
The minimum period of residence at this college is one year
or its equivalent.
Former students certified for teaching by having
completed two or three years of college work who are candidates
52
for the
Bachelor of Science Degree
in
Education, must complete
at
one half of the remaining work required for the degree in residence at Bloomsburg. Residence credit may be earned in the classes
least
of a regular semester, in
summer
school, or in Saturday classes for
teachers-in-service.
Requirements for Graduation
The conferring of the degree
of Bachelor of Science in
Educa-
or any other degree which the Bloomsburg State College
tion,
is
authorized to grant, and the Application for the Pennsylvania Teaching Certificate require the following:
1
— Completion
of 128 semester hours of credit in a specified un-
30 hours of graduate credit
courses required for the degree of Master of Education.
dergraduate
2
—
curriculum,
or
All students must satisfactorily complete
a
minimum
in
of five
semester hours of Physical Education and Health.
3
— Emotional
lege social
4
evidenced by active participation in col-
and academic
—
member
— High moral
activities.
Personality traits considered by the college to be adequate for
of the teaching profession.
a
5
stability, as
The
and
ethical standards of conduct.
college reserves the right to withhold the degree or the ap-
plication for a certificate to teach in the
sylvania
if
Commonwealth
of Penn-
one or more of these conditions for graduation are not
met.
All candidates for degrees are individually responsible for meeting all the requirements for graduation outlined above.
Physical Education Requirements
All students are required by the College to complete a minimum of five semester hours of health and physical education to
Students should complete HPE 100 and HPE
receive a degree*.
101 during their first year at Bloomsburg State College.
*
Students
the
who have passed
the
Chairman of the Department
age of thirty should consult with
of HPE in planning their physical
education program.
Men with
months of active military service may enroll
the #200 series and pass the swimming proficiency
at least six
in one course in
test (minimum).
53
All students enrolled in a Physical Education Activity Class
must wear non-marking sneakers and regulation uniforms.
uniforms may be purchased in the College Bookstore.
Each student
is
is
passed, the student
given a
may
swimming
proficiency
If
test.
These
the test
then elect an advanced section of Aquat-
(HPE 151 or 152) or
If the
the #200 courses.
Aquatics (HPE 150).
ics
select
an additional course from one of
student must enroll in
test is failed, the
All students must elect one semester hour credit from the
may
#200
two hours from this area if
These courses
they have passed the swimming proficiency test.
may also be selected as elective hours by upper class students. If
a student elects more than one course from the #200 series,
series of courses.
Students
elect
subsequent courses must contain two different
activities.
Academic Probation
At
the end of each grading period a student
who
has a quality
point average of less than 2.0 will be placed on probation until the
end of that grading period he has
not attained a 2.0 average, he may be given an opportunity to meet
with a faculty committee composed of the director of his curricular
division and a minimum of three instructors chosen by the divisional
next grading period.
If at
the
director.
The purpose
of this kind of meeting
is
two-fold
:
( 1 )
to enable
the student to determine the cause of his apparent failure,
(2) to
enable the faculty committee to assess the professional interest and
promise of the student, and to determine whether or not the student
will
be able to profit educationally by remaining in college.
action of any faculty committee
Dean
is
The
subject to the approval of the
of Instruction and the President of the College.
The
privilege of meeting with a faculty
committee
tended to a student only one time during his attendance
will
be ex-
at the col-
lege unless extenuating circumstances should warrant a second con-
ference.
Changes In Academic Policies
Several important changes in the academic policies of Blooms-
burg State College, which directly affected students
college after
September 1968, became
who
entered the
effective during the
second
These changes, developed
semester of the college year 1968-1969.
by the Faculty-Student Committee on Academic Affairs during the
college year 1967-1968. have been approved by it,e administration.
One
new
of the
may
regulations states that a student
Furthermore,
peat a course in which he has earned a passing grade.
may
during his undergraduate years a student
not re-
repeat only four (4)
courses in which he has earned a grade of "E" (failing).
In order to provide greater opportunities for
new
students to
achieve a quality point average of 2.0 or better, a freshman will be
given two
full
semesters as well as a
summer
of study in order to
achieve a cumulative quality point average of 2.0 or better by the
time they have completed 64 credit hours
(the
mid-point of the
degree program: Vi x 128) in order to be allowed to continue.
A
change
in the
applicable to students
method
who began
1968. has also been approved.
all
credits
scheduled,
computing quality point averages,
of
their college
Students will
including
for
credits
average will then be computed by dividing
the quality
points earned.
September.
1968
manner
will
September
in
now be "charged"
repeated;
courses
all credits
who were
Students,
have
program
for
the
scheduled into
enrolled prior to
averages computed in the same
their
as in past years.
Placement Tests
Every new student entering Bloomsburg
quired to take a battery of
studies, science,
State
College
is
re-
covering English, reading, social
tests
mathematics, and contemporary
affairs.
The
results
of the tests are converted into percentiles, both local and national,
and are projected on a graph called a
available through the office of the
dent
is
These
profile.
Dean
of Students.
profiles are
Every
stu-
given an opportunity to review his profile with a professional
counselor, noting the areas of his strength and weakness.
He
sees
himself in relation to the group of students entering Bloomsburg
State College, as well as to the national
liberal arts colleges
group of students entering
and pre-professional schools.
Testing Programs
In addition to the Placement Tests,
each freshman to take such
tests as the
Information provided by the
who encounter problems
tests
in their
is
the
may
Deans may
college
College
require
advise.
issued in counseling students
academic and
social adjustment.
55
A
may
battery of achievement tests
also be administered to
all
sophomore students to determine the student's academic progress
and to provide information for further guidance. A careful study
of each individual student by selected faculty members is recommended before the end of the sophomore year.
The
college also administers the Graduate
Record Examination
measure the academic achievement of the student, as well as the
This battery of tests is
effectiveness of the instructional program.
to
given prior to the senior year and the student
is
responsible for pay-
ing the costs of the examination.
Bloomsburg State
following Graduate Record
All candidates for undergraduate degrees at
College are required to complete
the
Examinations:
GRE APTITUDE TEST
GRE ADVANCED TEST
The Advanced Test
shall be
completed
in the student's
area of
specialization or in a field related to his specialization.
The
ter or
administered three times a year during the semes-
tests are
term
in
which the student
gree
requirements.
($6)
dollars
is
the
is
The payment
responsibility
scheduled to complete his de-
examination fee of
of the
of the
six
student.
STUDENT TEACHING
An Overview
Faculty and administration of Bloomsburg State College consider the student teaching assignment to be the culmination of four
years of preprofessional education leading to
For
this
teacher-certification.
reason, an entire semester of the academic program
each student
is
reserved for student teaching.
A
student teaching
assignment requires that the student spend the entire day from
day through Friday
in
supervised educational
schools, for the duration of one semester.
ing Professional Practicum.
is
for
activities
in
Monpublic
Student teaching, includ-
offered for twelve semester hours of
credit.
In order to orient student teachers more effectively to public
school programs, the calendar of schools to which they are assigned
is
followed.
However, the college calendar
will
determine opening
and closing dates for student teaching assignments.
56
Student Teaching Centers
In meeting
its
responsibility for providing high quality gradu-
ates for the teaching profession, the college carefully selects student
teaching centers and cooperating teachers.
Students in Elementary,
and Business Education are assigned
Secondary,
located schools in the
Commonwealth
to
conveniently
of Pennsylvania.
Students
White Haven
State School and the Selinsgrove State School and Hospital and to
the public schools of Lycoming. Schuylkill. Chester, and Montgomery Counties through the offices of the superintendents of those
in the Division of Special
Education are assigned
to the
Student teachers are also assigned to the Harrisburg Cleft
counties.
Palate Clinic.
As
greater
numbers
of students are assigned to student teach-
ing through increased enrollment, other centers will be developed.
may
student
be assigned to a school
semester, or he
districts
may
district or
A
county for an entire
be re-assigned in mid-semester to other school
or counties.
PROGRAM OF GRADUATE STUDIES
Bloomsburg
State College
is
authorized by the State Board of
Education of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
gram of graduate
offer
studies in Biology. Business Education.
tary Education. English. French.
Studies
to
a
pro-
Elemen-
German, History. Reading.
Social
(including Geography). Spanish, Special Education for the
Mentally Retarded. Speech, and Communication Disorders.
Upon
completion by a student of the requirements established
by the Graduate Council of the college, the Master of Education
The program of
or the Master of Arts Degree will be conferred.
graduate studies leading to the Master of Education Degree has as
primary purpose the increasing of the competency of professional
its
personnel in the field of education, while the Master of Arts Degree
is
designed as the second step leading toward the traditional doc-
trine in a selected discipline.
Persons desiring to enroll in graduate courses must
plication
the
for
file
an ap-
admission and meet the requirements established by
Graduate Council.
Students wishing to earn the Master of
Education or Master of Arts Degree must,
admission to candidacy for the degree.
in
addition,
request
57
The following
fees* are applicable to the
program of graduate
studies:
$10
Application Fee
(Payable
time of application for ad-
at
mission to graduate courses. Not refundable or applicable
to
graduate tuition.)
Graduate Tuition Fee
Out of
State
Activities
Fee
Fee (summer term only)
$20
$25
per sem.
hr.
per sem.
hr.
$ 3
per three-
week
$ 6
session
per six-
week
session
Graduation and Diploma Fee
$10
cap, gown, and hood)
(Not including rental of
Detailed information relating to the program
the Graduate Studies Bulletin.
Requests for
is
contained in
this bulletin, for appli-
cation forms, and for additional information concerning the program
should be addressed
State College,
to:
Director of Graduate Studies, Bloomsburg
Bloomsburg, Pa. 17815.
SUMMER SESSIONS
The summer
sessions are designed primarily to enable
Penn-
sylvania teachers to advance professionally and to meet the certifi-
cation standards approved by the State
of the courses offered will
Board of Education. All
be on a college level, and will be of par-
ticular interest to the following:
(
1
)
Undergraduates qualifying for advanced standing or the
removal of conditions.
(2) Teachers-in-service qualifying for (a) advanced state certification,
cation,
(b) the degree of Bachelor of Science in Edu-
and (c) the Permanent College
Certificate.
(3) College graduates qualifying for state certification through
courses in education and student teaching.
Students attending the
summer
sessions
may
semester hours as there are weeks in the session.
All fees are subject to change without notice.
schedule as
many
58
summer sessecondary level to work
Special opportunities will be provided during the
sions for persons certified to teach
toward certification which
will
on the
include teaching on the elementary
level.
The enrollment
in the
summer
session will be limited to teach-
ers-in-service, presently-enrolled students of the college,
who have been
in
attendance at an accredited college.
and others
Students
from other colleges enrolling at Bloomsburg for the first time should
present evidence of having attended another college and a written
statement from their college certifying that they are in good aca-
demic standing.
A
copy of the current summer session bulletin
will
be sent upon
submission of a request addressed to the Registrar of the College.
—
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
— Introduction
Art 101
A
ART
to
Art
3
consideration of the great works of
art,
cr.
hrs.
past and present,
with an analysis of the structure of art as determined by civilization,
communication, and expression.
Art 301
Children's Art
An
3
cr.
analysis of the art of children with the corresponding
to stimulate the
attitudes of discovery,
hrs.
ways
communication, and inven-
tion at the various age levels.
— American Art History
Art 311
A
cr.
hrs.
detailed study of the history of the visual arts in America.
— European Art History
Art 321
A
3
3
detailed study of the history of the visual arts
pean continent from the Greek era
Art 331
A
hrs.
on the Euro-
to the nineteenth century.
Oriental Art History
detailed study of the
cr.
3
history of the
visual
arts
in
cr.
hrs.
Japan.
China. India, and the countries of the Near East.
Art 341
A
— History
of
Modern Art
3
detailed study of the contemporary
movements
cr.
in art
hrs.
from
the nineteenth century to the present.
Art 397
— Drawing
The course
3
I
will consist of a basic
analysis
cr.
hrs.
and understanding
of form, structure and personal expression in drawing.
Art 398
— Drawing
The course
as well as
will
3
II
cr.
hrs.
emphasize experimentation with various media
development
Prerequisite: Art 397.
in
composition and individuality in drawing.
—
62
Art 399
— Drawing
The course
will
3
III
develop individual creativity and
ability in
what will become future personal involvement
Prerequisite: Art 398.
ing, stressing
Art 401
cr.
3
Painting I
hrs.
drawin
cr.
art.
hrs.
Introduction to form and color through studio experience.
—
3
Painting II
Art 402
Continued sensitive development toward a maturing
painting.
Prerequisite: Art 401.
Art 403
— Painting
3
III
Advanced work planned
for
individual
needs.
cr.
hrs.
in
style
cr.
hrs.
Prerequisite:
Art 402.
Art 404
— Sculpture
I
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
Studio exploration of three-dimensional expression.
Art 405
— Sculpture
II
Continued sensitive development toward a maturing
sculpture.
Art 405
—
style
in
Prerequisite: Art 404.
3
Sculpture III
Advanced work planned
for
individual
needs.
cr.
hrs.
Prerequisite:
Art 405.
Art 411
Ceramics
I
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
Introduction to ceramic processes and design.
Art 412
— Ceramics
II
Emphasis upon quality ceramic design, throwing on the wheel,
experiments in decorative processes and mixing clays and glazes.
Prerequisite: Art 411.
Art 413
— Ceramics
III
Advanced work planned
Art 450
— Art
Designed
Education
to
in
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
for individual needs.
the Elementary School
explore the theories and techniques behind
the
use of art in the elementary school.
Art 499
Visual Aesthetics
Directed study of the "silent image" emphasizing
cern with environmental relationships.
3
cr.
artistic
hrs.
con-
63
BIOLOGY
103
Biol.
— General Biology
3
I
cr. hrs.
Emphasizes major principles and theories in the structure and
function of plants and animals at levels of organization and development from
molecule
ecosystem.
to
Class
and
discussions
laboratory studies are included.
104
Biol.
A
role to
— General Biology
3
II
hrs.
cr.
study of the plant and animal phyla with emphasis on their
An
man.
ecological evolutionary development of biology
designed to acquaint the non-science student with an appreciation
of living organisms.
Biol.
210
The
—
Prerequisite:
Invertebrate Zoology
3
phyla of invertebrate
principal
systems in which they participate.
211
Biol.
—
Biol.
are
physiology,
hrs.
cr.
studied
in
their role in the eco-
course for biology majors.
103.
Vertebrate Zoology
The biology
ogy,
A
animals
and
relation to their anatomy, classification,
Prerequisite:
103.
Biol.
3
cr. hrs.
of the vertebrate animal with emphasis in morphol-
and development.
aspects of each class will be covered.
and preserved specimens
Evolutionary
and ecological
Laboratory work with
living
will familiarize students with representative
individuals of the major classes of this important group. Prerequisite:
Biol.
103, 210.
Biol.
220
— General Botany
3
I
cr.
hrs.
General consideration of the plant kingdom with emphasis on
anatomy,
plant
Prerequisite:
areas.
Biol.
221
The
Biol.
plant
placed upon
Biol.
the phylogenetic development
Biol.
in
220.
and concepts pertaining
patterns, limiting factors, habitat studies,
the species, interspecies,
210, 220.
and
the taxonomic system.
— General Ecology
Principles
cr. hrs.
Emphasis is
cycles of plants representing the various taxonomic
Prerequisite:
331
3
II
kingdom showing
life
and other related
103.
— General Botany
arrangement of the plants
levels.
economic botany,
physiology,
and community
3
to
cr.
hrs.
energy flow succession
and population studies
level.
Prerequisites:
at
Biol.
64
Biol.
341
—
Genetics
The study
3
The
of inheritance in living things.
hrs.
cr.
practical appli-
cation of genetic principles in animal breeding, in plant propagation,
improvement of the human race is emphasized. Stress is
placed upon the mathematical and molecular concepts of modern
and
in
The course
genetics.
Prerequisites:
is
fundamental for
is
103, Biol.
Biol.
210 or 211,
all
biological
students.
220. Math.
Biol.
116
suggested but not required.
Biol.
351
The
to
be
the
the
— Molecular
3
hrs.
cr.
integration of chemical and physical concepts applicable
functional aspects of biological systems.
361
The
—
Emphasized
between molecules and the organism.
interrelation
requisites: Biol.
Biol.
Biology
103,
Chem.
micro-organisms
Pre-
Ill, or consent of the instructor.
Microbiology
metabolism,
will
3
cultivation,
and
identification,
on
cr.
control
hrs
of
Consideration will be given to their distribution in
and fungi.
nature and the
importance of their beneficial
activities
harmful effects
on man.
103 or consent of instructor.
Biol.
emphasis
Prerequisite:
Biol.
viruses,
as well as
3
cr. hrs.
study of animal reproduction and development with particular
emphasis on the vertebrates.
of the maturation of the
starfish,
bacteria,
— Embryology
371
A
with
frog,
germ
Laboratory work includes the study
and the early development of the
Prerequisites: Biol. 210 or consent
cells
and the chick.
of instructor.
Biol.
381
—
Vertebrate Physiology
3
cr.
hrs.
The functions of tissues, organs, and systems and their chemical
integration.
Emphasis will be on mammalian circulation, respiration,
digestion, metabolism, renal function, reproduction,
Prerequisites:
Biol.
411
A
Chem.
111. or consent of instructor.
— Systematic Entomology
field
and adult
Biol. 211.
3
insects.
Attention
is
hrs.
Prerequisites:
given to mounting and preparing
Biol.
103 and 104 or Biol. 210.
—
413
Ornithology
The basic biology of birds with emphasis on
Saturday morning
identification in the field.
requisite:
cr.
course covering collection and identification of larval
insects for study.
Biol.
and endocrines.
3
cr.
their ecology
field
trips.
one year of biology or consent of the instructor.
hrs.
and
Pre-
65
— Ichthyology
414
Biol.
and laboratory study of the
Field
fishes
hrs.
cr.
of the streams and
of this area including their collection, taxonomy, anatomy,
rivers
and ecological methods.
Biol.
331.
Biol.
415
A
sis
3
on
— Biology
Recommended:
of the Arthropods
3
hrs.
cr.
study of the prominent arthropod classes with special emphaStudies of functions, morphology, histology, embry-
Insecta.
and metamorphosis.
ology,
dissection,
416
A
Laboratory
preservation of tissues,
Prerequisites: Biol.
insects.
Biol.
Biol. 482.
Prerequisite:
—
Parasitology
study of parasites in
210 or 211.
Biol.
417
—
stress
techniques of
and experimentation with
210 and
Biol. 416.
and treatment.
Prerequisites:
Field Zoology
Animals observed and
live
3 cr. hrs.
relation to human disease. Epidemiology
of parasitic diseases; their prevention
Biol.
will
3
classified in the field.
the natural history of terrestrial vertebrates.
cr. hrs.
Emphasis
The study
is
on
of man's
upon and management of wild vertebrates and their cultural
and economic value. Prerequisite: Two years of biology or consent
effect
of the instructor.
Biol.
—
Plant Physiology
420
The study of how plants
plant growth and behavior.
Recommended:
Biol.
421
The
—
Biol. 421,
Plant
3
function:
cr.
hrs.
the processes involved in
Prerequisites:
Biol. 212,
Chem. 111.
Chem. 331.
Anatomy
3
cr.
hrs.
and structural features of vascular plants are
studied with emphasis on origin, development, and function. Fundamental concepts concerning gross, histological, and physiological
cells, tissues,
aspects are correlated in terms of growth, patterns of differentiation,
and maturation of plant
parts.
of laboratory per week.
Two
hours of lecture and three hours
Prerequisite:
Biol.
220 or permission of
instructor.
Biol.
422
A
—
Field Botany
3
cr. hrs.
study of the Flora found in Columbia County and vicinity.
Emphasis is upon identification of plants in the field and on the
use of taxonomic keys. A variety of habitats are explored on field
trips.
Prerequisite:
Biol. 220.
66
432
Biol.
An
and
— Fresh Water Biology
advanced course
relationship
their
3
in the biology of streams, lakes,
to
health
the
cr. hrs.
and ponds
and welfare of the country.
Biol. 210, 220, or permission of the instructor.
Prerequisites:
—
433
Plant Ecology
3 cr. hrs.
The study of plants and their interactions with the environment.
Emphasis is placed on populations and communities and their
Biol.
Practical experience
respective successions.
Prerequisite:
trips.
441
Biol.
A
Biol.
is
gained during
field
331.
— Evolution
3
hrs.
cr.
study of the mechanics of evolution; the nature and behavior
of genes, factors affecting gene frequencies, environmental factors,
speciation mechanisms, and population analysis. Prerequisite: Biol.
341.
443
Biol.
A
— Cytology
study
3
the
of
cells.
structural, biochemical,
include
and function of cytoplasmic and
Emphasis will be placed upon ultra-
and cytogenetic
various techniques for
preparation.
hrs.
structure
nuclear organelles of
will
cr.
Prerequisite: Biol. 341,
aspects.
cell,
Laboratory studies
chromosome, and
Chem.
111.
tissue
Recommended:
Chem. 331.
Biol.
452
The
radiation
— Radiation
principal effects of ionizing radiation
on
research;
Biol.
341,
Biol.
453
A
its
3
Biology
radiation
of
sources
Chem. 332, Math.
—
and other types of
and
detectors.
relationship
to
life
the
Prerequisite:
116, or consent of instructor.
Physiological Chemistry
study of the
hrs.
Applications of isotopes in biological
living systems.
use
cr.
3
cr.
hrs.
processes with emphasis on chemistry and
functional
aspects
of tissues
and systems.
Consideration will be given to biologically important compounds
and
Biol.
their effects
471
on
function.
— Histology
3
cr. hrs.
A
study of vertebrate tissues from the various body systems.
Laboratory studies will include the use of prepared slides, color
Two hours
photomicrographs, and basic histological techniques.
Prerequisites:
of lecture and three hours of laboratory per week.
Biol.
103,211.
67
Biol.
A
classes.
—
Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy
3 cr. hrs.
comparative study of the morphology of the vertebrate
Laboratory work includes anatomical study of Lamprey,
482
the dogfish shark,
and the
Prerequisites: Biol.
cat.
210 or consent
of instructor.
Biol.
492
— Research Topics
in
1-3
Biology
cr. hrs. to
he arranged
SUMMER ELECTIVES AT THE MARINE SCIENCE LABORATORY*
MSL 120— Introduction to Oceanography
MSL 240— Marine Biology
MSL 245— Marine Ecology
MSL 260 — Field Methods in Oceanography
MSL 250 — Invertebrate Zoology
MSL 320 — Physical Oceanography
MSL 325— Marine Geology
MSL 330 — Chemical Oceanography
MSL 420— Marine Micropaleontology
MSL 425 — Marine Geophysics
*
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Please check with Dr. Wendelin Frantz or Dr. Donald
Rabb
cr.
hrs.
cr. hrs.
cr. hrs.
cr. hrs.
cr. hrs.
cr. hrs.
cr. hrs.
cr. hrs.
cr.
hrs.
cr. hrs.
for full par-
ticulars.
BUSINESS
Bus. 101
— Introduction
to Business Organization
and Finance
3
cr.
hrs.
Business activity with attention to types of business organization,
managerial controls utilized in business and financing of business
enterprises.
Bus. 201
—
Elementary Typewriting I
2
cr.
hrs.
Presentation and mastery of the keyboard and operating parts
of
the
typewriter;
stroking
techniques
instruction in preparing business letters,
and control emphasized;
manuscripts, carbon copies,
envelopes, business forms, and cards; teaching techniques.
Bus. 202
— Elementary
Typwriting II
2
cr.
hrs.
and cards;
multiple carbon work, preparation of manuscripts, tabulation, and
legal forms; preparation of stencils and liquid process masters;
Production techniques; typing
teaching techniques.
Bus. 211
—
Prerequisite:
Elementary Shorthand
letters,
Bus.
I
envelopes,
201.
3
cr.
hrs.
Gregg Shorthand Diamond Jubilee in
which theory is presented with dictation woven into an integrated
course; fluent reading and writing of familiar and unfamiliar material.
Beginning course
in
68
Bus. 212
— Elementary
Shorthand
3
II
cr.
hrs.
Development of ability to read shorthand notes; fluency of
writing and correctness of outlines stressed; dictation and transcription teaching methods and techniques.
Prerequisite: Bus. 211.
Bus. 221
—
Principles of Accounting I
3
Development of the accounting cycle covering both
merchandising
activities
special journals
of a sole
and special
cr. hrs.
service
and
proprietorship; consideration of
ledgers, accrued
and deferred items, and
business papers.
Bus. 222
—
Principles of Accounting II
3
cr.
hrs.
Further development of the accounting cycle; recording, summarizing, and interpreting financial data for partnerships and corporations; development of an understanding of the voucher system.
Prerequisite: Bus. 221.
Bus. 241
— Salesmanship
3
Fundamental principles underlying the
salesman in relation to
of the
tion
his
cr.
hrs.
sales process; considera-
firm,
his
goods and
his
customers; a study of the approach, demonstration, and close of
individual sales transactions.
Bus. 301
— Advanced Typewriting
Advanced
2
application of typewriting
cr.
hrs.
Accuracy, speed,
skills.
and job techniques; spelling, grammar, and principles of teaching
stressed.
Coordinated with Advanced Shorthand for those students
seeking certification in shorthand.
Bus. 311
Prerequisite:
Bus. 202.
— Advanced Shorthand
3
cr.
hrs.
Practice in dictation and transcription of shorthand, with speed
and accuracy stressed; grammar, shorthand penmanship, and principles of teaching of shorthand.
Bus. 312
—
Prerequisite:
Bus. 212.
3
Secretarial Practice
Stenographic
and
secretarial
activities:
dictation
of
cr.
type
hrs.
of
correspondence; study of problems and procedures encountered in
business offices; consideration of office etiquette; supervised secretarial
work
Bus. 321
in school offices.
Prerequisite: Bus. 311.
— Intermediate Accounting
Preparation and
interpretation
3
I
of
principal
cr.
hrs.
accounting state-
ments; theoretical discussion of the standards of good accounting
Prerequisite: Bus. 222.
practice, with emphasis on current items.
69
— Intermediate Accounting
Bus. 322
3
II
cr.
hrs.
Further discussion of the standards of good accounting practice
emphasis on non-current items; solution and discussion of
various contemporary accounting problems; detailed analysis of
with
major financial statements of business organizations.
Prerequisite:
Bus. 321.
Bus. 323
A
— Accounting
Management Decision
3 cr. hrs.
management problems of depreciation methods,
study of the
valuation of good
will,
uation, the price level
for
hidden balance sheet reserves, inventory eval-
and
budget and actual
historical cost,
costs,
and tax planning. The flows of cost accounting, financial accounting, and tax accounting are considered.
The case study approach is
used to study concepts, applications, and systems.
Prerequisites:
Bus. 221 and 222.
—
Bus. 331
Legal
Business
rights
and
Law
3
cr.
hrs.
principles
of
law
I
fundamental
liabilities;
applicable to business transactions with specific consideration of law
as
it
and
pertains to contracts, bailments, personal
real property,
sources of law and the judicial system.
sales;
Bus. 332
and
— Business Law
3
II
Fundamental principles of law
they
as
pertain
to
cr. hrs.
guaranty
and surety contracts, insurance, principal and agency relationships,
employer-employee relationships, bankruptcy proceedings, estates
and trusts, and various forms of business organization. Prerequisite:
Bus. 331.
Bus. 333
— Business Correspondence and Reports
Review of
essentials of
3
cr.
hrs.
grammar; study of the vocabulary of
business; preparation of business forms; writing business letters of
various types; preparation of personal data sheets; organization and
preparation of business reports.
Bus. 334
Prerequisite:
— Business Mathematics
Bus. 202.
3
cr. hrs.
Basic concepts and principles related to fundamental business
operations.
Credit, insurance, taxes, selling
the interpretation of statistical data;
and finance, investments,
methods of teaching business
arithmetic in the secondary school.
Bus. 341
—
Retail
Management Concepts
3
cr. hrs.
Presents a view of retailing as a dynamic sphere of business,
characterized by the necessity of adapting
demographic
characteristics
of
trade
its
operations to changing
areas.
Competitive
retail
70
problems
and
established
in
considered
are
innovational
layout,
arise
the
in
methods.
company
formulating specific
location,
they
as
between
struggle
Considerations
such factors as
include
policies
involved
promotion, service, and personnel.
Analyses of
actual case situations develop student ability to apply sound principles
to
management
current retail
211, Econ. 212, Bus. 342.
Bus. 342
— Marketing:
Taught
Principles
practice.
in
Econ.
Prerequisite:
Spring.
and Practices
3
cr. hrs.
Studies the structure of the business system of distribution of
materials and products.
Both functional and institutional aspects
are covered. Agricultural, industrial, and consumer products sectors
Also studied are the significance of
of the economy are reviewed.
and qualitative changes in population characteristics.
Trade-channel, price, and other marketing policies are taken up to
quantitative
provide a background for the establishment of individual firm decisions.
Bus. 343
Prerequisite: Econ. 211, Econ. 212.
— Business Finance
data
Financial
are
3
analyzed
for
the
solution
of
cr.
hrs.
managerial
problems in finance, security contracts, capital structures, cost of
capital, security underwriting and marketing; management of working
capital, use of the capital
are studied
Bus. 344
market, dividend policy and asset valuation
and discussed.
Prerequisite:
— Management Processes
The study
Emphases:
3
cr.
hrs.
of fundamentals of organization and administration.
planning,
direction,
business activities, structuring of
Bus. 345
Bus. 221 and 222.
coordination
and
management and
controlling
of
supervision.
— Personnel Management
3
cr.
hrs.
and current practices in the selection, placement, training-development, evaluation, compensation and motivation of employees at all levels in business firms. Prerequisite: Economics 21
Policies
1
and 212.
Bus. 401
— Records Management and
Office
dictating
and
Office Machines
transcribing
machines;
3
cr. hrs.
adding-listing
machines; printing, rotary, and key-driven calculators; filing systems,
business papers, and office procedures; teaching methods and techniques.
Bus.
412
Prerequisite:
—
Business Education 202.
Touch Shorthand
3
cr.
hrs.
Dictation and Transcription involving the use of a machine,
keyboard shorthand system. Development of limited proficiency in
71
the
and techniques for teaching machine
Prerequisite: Bus. 301 or consent of the instructor.
use of a touch system
shorthand.
— Cost Accounting
Bus. 421
The elements
3
cr.
hrs.
of production costs using the job order system,
and the standard cost system; development
interpret the meaning of cost data.
Prerequisite:
the process cost system,
of the ability to
Bus. 222.
Bus.
— Auditing Theory and Procedure
422
Principles, standards, procedures,
3
cr.
hrs.
and techniques applicable
to
and public auditing; consideration of the audit report and
development of working papers for preparation of the report.
internal
Bus. 222.
Prerequisite:
— Federal
Bus. 423
Procedures
in
Tax Accounting
accounting as
3
cr.
by Federal tax laws;
dictated
study of laws governing the preparation of Federal Income
returns for individuals and small businesses.
Bus.
Tax
Prerequisite: Bus. 222.
—
State and Federal Tax Problems
424
Group and individual assignments selected from
areas of advanced tax accounting:
hrs.
3
cr. hrs.
the following
partnerships and corporations,
Pennsylvania corporate taxes, estates and
trusts,
reporting to govern-
mental agencies.
Lectures, discussion of issues, intensive practice
in the solution of
problems.
Bus.
— Advertising
442
Prerequisite:
Bus. 422 and 423.
Management:
Organization and Planning
Surveys the entire
and
function
among
the
field
advertising
cr.
hrs.
both as a marketing
medium.
Examines the relationships
agencies, and media.
Both printed and
promotional
advertisers,
of
3
Develops the creative approach,
media are explored.
strategy, and tactics applicable to the direction of demand by the
individual firm; readings and selected exercises for report and
discussion are assigned; review of social, ethical, and legal aspects.
Prerequisite: Econ. 211, Econ. 212, Bus. 342. Taught in Fall
broadcast
Bus. 443
—
Sales
Management
the
Management
3
of the sales of the materials and products from
viewpoint of the individual business enterprise
States.
cr. hrs.
Special emphasis
is
in
the
United
placed upon the market-concept; the
manager in modern marketing and his line and
staff responsibilities; management of sales divisions and territories;
selection, supervision, compensaorganization of the sales force
role
of the sales
—
72
and
tion,
motivation.
emphasized as a basis
Demand-pull rather than supply-push is
for contemporary practices in Sales Manage-
ment. Prerequisite: Econ. 211, Econ. 212, Bus. 342. Taught
Bus. 444
— Marketing Management
Group and
3
individual marketing research studies.
the search of both
documented sources and
in Fall
cr. hrs.
These
entail
the results of field work.
Students are encouraged to follow various fields of interest such
as
Management,
greatest
for
Distribution, Advertising
motivation and benefit.
projects by the instructor
is
required.
and Marketing Practices
approval of research
Prior
All class
members
will par-
and written presentations; discussion and evaluation
Prerequisite: Bus. 342 and two of the following: Bus.
ticipate in oral
of projects.
341, Bus. 442, Bus. 443; with the consent of the instructor.
in
Taught
Spring
Bus. 445
— Business Report
Writing
The organization and preparation
in business firms.
Techniques of
3
cr.
hrs.
of reports of the types used
and pre-
collecting, interpreting,
senting information useful to management.
Prerequisite:
junior or
senior standing.
Bus. 446
— Business
3
Policies
cr. hrs.
Sound business principles and policies are studied in relation
to daily decision and policy making by the upper level of management.
Financial, production, marketing and other functions of
Quantitative methods and the techniques
business are discussed.
contributed by the various subject fields of business and economics
are applied to selected case problems.
required of
Bus. 447
all
Prerequisite: senior standing,
seniors.
— Research
Studies in
Management
3
cr.
hrs.
and preparation of a
Student selection of a problem relating
Identification of a problem, investigation,
on an individual basis.
to some field of Business Administration: accounting, finance, adPrevertising, marketing, general and personnel management.
requisite: senior standing and consent of the instructor.
report
Bus.
448
The
making.
— Advanced Cost Accounting
3
utilization of cost data for planning, control
The extension
of
methods and procedures
estimated and distribution cost systems.
222 and 421.
cr.
hrs.
and decision
to
Prerequisite:
standard,
Bus.
221,
73
Bus. 449
— CPA
The
Problems
3
cr.
hrs.
application of procedures for the solving of a cross-section
complex accounting problems, and the discussion of related theory
and practice. Emphasis is placed upon advanced financial, cost,
governmental, tax and other kinds of accounting problems; the discussion of professional standards, ethics, accounting criteria and
of
Prerequisite: Bus. 323, 421, 422, 423, or consent of
other factors.
instructor.
Bus. 450
An
— Introduction
to
Data Processing
3
cr.
hrs.
introduction and basic orientation to the field of business
data processing.
Content to include information on the history and
applications of business equipment used in data processing,
how
the
equipment works, and an understanding of data systems and procedures. The machines that will be used in this course are the keypunch, interpreter, collator, sorter, reproducing punch,
and com-
puter.
— Introduction
Computers and Programming 3 cr. hrs.
An introduction to computer training and programming for
the computer.
The various methods of programming will be inBus. 45
cluded
and
1
in this course.
Courses
Students will be required to write, assemble,
programs
test actual
in
to
in the
computer.
economics available
Prerequisite: Bus. 450.
to business students.
—
Economics
Econ. 212 —
Economics
Econ. 313 — Labor Economics
Econ. 412 — Public Finance and Macro-Economics
Econ. 413 — Money and Banking
Econ. 423 — History
Economic Thought
Econ. 211
Principles of
3
cr.
hrs.
Principles of
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
4
cr.
hrs.
of
CHEMISTRY
Chem. Ill
— General Chemistry
I
Basic principles of chemistry:
emphasis on atomic structure,
periodic tables, chemical bonding, the states of matter and chemical
calculations; laboratory practice in techniques,
of chemical problems.
methods and solution
6 hours/week: 3 class, 3 lab.
7U
— General Chemistry
Chem. 112
A
4
11
hrs.
cr.
Chem. Ill: study of the elements by periodic
groups; introduction to modern inorganic chemistry including coordination compounds: introduction to organic chemistry; laboratory
or equiPrerequisite: Chem.
emphasizes qualitative analysis.
continuation of
1
1
1
6 hours/week: 3 class, 3 lab.
valent.
—
Chem. 221
A
Qualitative Inorganic Analysis
3
hrs.
cr.
study of the systematic identification and separation of the
common
cations and anions.
The theory
of ionization, mass action,
and chemical equilibrium as it applies to analytical chemistry. PreOffered in
requisite: Chem. 112.
7 hour/week: 1 class, 6 lab.
summer
sessions only.
—
Quantitative Analysis
4 cr. hrs.
Chem. 222
The fundamental principles of gravimetric and volumetric analysis,
with development of ability in performing quantitative chemi-
cal calculations.
Prerequisite:
Chem.
112.
8
hours/week: 2
class,
6 lab.
—
Chem. 225
Water Analysis
The chemical, physical, and
ysis.
cr.
hrs.
biological aspects of water anal-
Laboratory exercises include the examination of water from
hydro
the entire
1
2
Prerequisite:
cycle.
Chem.
112.
4 hours/week:
class, 3 lab.
Chem. 331
— Organic Chemistry
4
I
cr.
hrs.
Fundamental principles of organic chemistry. Molecular structure, stereo-chemistry and reactions of hydrocarbons and their derivatives.
Reaction mechanisms and syntheses emphasized.
Prerequisite: Chem. 112; Secondary Biology majors may enter with
only Chem. Ill but Chem. 112 also is recommended.
6 hours/
week: 3 class, 3 lab.
Chem. 332
A
— Organic Chemistry
continuation of
common
functional
4
II
Chem. 331, with emphasis on
groups,
synthesis
and
cr.
hrs.
reactions of
Modern
mechanism.
spectroscopic methods and the interpretation of spectra introduced.
Prerequisite:
Chem. 331.
6 hours/week: 3 class, 3 lab.
—
Chem. 351
Industrial Chemistry
The application of chemistry
ating efficiency,
3
cr.
hrs.
modern industry. The operequipment, and methods of attacking new probto
75
Each student
lems of industry through research.
selects a simulat-
ed research problem to be developed experimentally and prepares an
and written report.
oral
hours class/week, plus
Chem.
Prerequisites:
112, Phys.
—
laws and kinetic theory;
first,
Prerequisites:
Chem. 412
— Physical Chemistry
A
of
Gas
of chemistry.
Laboratory experiments to
Chem. 222, Phys. 212, Math.
4
II
Chem. 411:
binary
solutions;
cr.
Laboratory experiments to
Prerequisite:
Chem. 421
A
Chem. 411. 6 hours/week:
illustrate
hrs.
colligative
properties; conductance; electromotive force; reaction kinetics;
possibly crystals.
hrs.
cr.
6 hours/ week: 3 class, 3 lab.
212, or consent of the instructor.
continuation
4
second, and third laws of thermody-
namics; free energy and equilibrium.
the above.
3
field trips.
Chem. 411
Physical Chemistry I
The study of the theoretical foundations
illustrate
112.
and
the above.
3 class, 3 lab.
— Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
3
cr.
hrs.
course designed to enlarge the student's knowledge of the
chemical and physical properties of inorganic substances as related
to
atomic structure,
Prerequisite:
Chem. 422
A
electronic
Chem. 222.
—
3
and bond energies.
configuration,
hours class/week.
Qualitative Organic Analysis
3
cr.
hrs.
compounds. The analysis of carbon compounds accomplished by means
of separation and identification.
Methods and techniques studied,
applications to industry and scientific research emphasized.
Prerequisite: Chem. 332.
7 hours/week: 1 class, 6 lab.
laboratory course in the qualitative analysis of organic
Chem. 424
— Instrumental Analysis
3
cr.
hrs.
This course covers the theory and applications of some of the
instrumental methods of analysis currently in use in
anal-
Topics include chromatography, spectrophotom-
ytical
chemistry.
etry,
polarography,
A
modern
electro-analysis,
nuclear
magnetic
resonance,
Prerequisites:
Chem.
222 and some contact with physical chemistry, or consent of
instruc-
and others.
tor.
laboratory-centered course.
7 hours/week:
1
class,
6 lab.
—
Chem. 426
Inorganic Preparations
The preparation and isolation of
2
selected inorganic
cr.
hrs.
compounds
of an unusual nature employing whatever advanced or specialized
76
techniques are required
— such
as high
vacuum,
inert atmospheres,
Chem.
high temperatures, and non-aqueous conditions. Prerequisite:
421 completed or concurrent, or consent of the
6 hours
instructor.
lab/week.
—
Advanced Organic Chemistry
Chem. 433
Advanced theory, stereochemistry and utility
3
hrs.
cr.
of organic reac-
Reactive intermediates; carbonium ions, carbanions, and free
tions.
radicals emphasized.
Prerequisite:
mission of the instructor.
3
Chem. 332; Chem. 412 or
per-
hours class/week.
—
Organic Synthesis
3 cr. hrs.
Chem. 434
Advanced syntheses of organic compounds; development of
technique; use of laboratory instruments; correlation of theory with
Prerequisite:
practice.
Chem. 332.
7 hours/week:
class,
1
— Modern Biochemistry
Chem. 441
Chemistry
of
proteins,
lipids,
3
carbohydrates;
metabolism; introduction to enzyme chemistry.
222, Chem. 332; Chem. 412 recommended.
6
lab.
cr. hrs.
intermediary
Prerequisite:
Chem.
5 hours/week: 2 class,
3 lab.
— Chemistry Seminar
Topics
Chem. 491 —
Chem. 490
1
Special
May
1 to
3
cr.
hr.
cr. hrs.
take the form of a directed laboratory or library oriented
on one or more topics of mutual interest to student
and instructor. Not intended as a research course but an extension
Registraof some topics into a second semester might become so.
tion by consent of the instructor and Department Chairman.
investigation
Chem. 492
— Chemical Research
3
cr. hrs.
Laboratory investigations of selected problems for advanced
students.
Registration by consent of the instructor and Department
Chairmen.
COMMUNICATION DISORDERS
Com.
Dis. 101
—
Clinical Voice
Elective course for
and
in
articulation.
voice
all
and Diction
1
cr.
hr.
students seeking improvement of voice
Included in the course are generalized instruction
production
and
articulation
as
guidance with personal speech problems.
well
as
individualized
77
—
Com.
Dis.
dents'
own performance
Voice and Diction
152
3 cr. hrs.
The mechanical aspects of speech production are studied and
principles of speech therapy are illustrated in relation to the stu-
and time elements.
terms of voice quality, pitch, articulation,
in
Ear-training
are emphasized.
pective clinicians or teachers
Com.
— Phonetics
251
Dis.
The
3
International Phonetic Alphabet
study of the sounds of speech.
reading
and self-improvement of pros-
is
cr.
hrs.
used as a basis for
Students develop competence in
and transcription of symbols, with a view to practical
application in recording defective sounds during articulation testing.
—
Com. Dis. 252
Speech Pathology
The neurophysiological bases
studied
age
Com.
and
speech
are
background for consideration of
may
factors,
interfere with
of
traumatic
social,
injuries
and
normal communication.
Dis. 251.
— Speech Pathology
253
Dis.
language
hrs.
of communication skills for respec-
and constitutional
disease processes that
Prerequisite:
Norms
provide
levels
environmental
Com.
of
cr.
fundamental to the understanding of pathologies
as
language and speech.
tive
3
I
3
II
cr.
hrs.
and techniques for identifying communication disorders are outlined. Research findings are explored
for the continuing development of the most effective therapeutic
measures and means of habilitation and rehabilitation. Prerequisite:
procedures
Evaluative
Com.
Dis. 252.
—
Com. Dis. 276
Introduction to Audiology
3 cr. hrs.
The causes, evaluation techniques, and rehabilitative procedures
for the various
speech,
auditory,
cussed.
The
habilitation
Com.
types of hearing problems are explored.
and educational factors are
of parent, educator, and specialist in the
psychological,
roles
program are
—
Related
dis-
re-
investigated.
Methods and Practicum
3 cr. hrs.
Materials and methods applicable to clinical practicum and
Dis.
practice
351
Clinical
teaching
are
demonstrations by the
to
discussed.
staff
Opportunities
are provided.
for
observing
Students are required
compose sample lesson plans and evaluation
reports.
These
experiences are culminated with the students doing closely supervised therapy with milder cases of speech
Prerequisites:
Com.
Dis.
and hearing disorders.
152, 251, 252, 253, 276.
78
Com.
—
352
Clinical Practicum:
Communication Disorders
Dis.
Students
continue
supervised
3
clinical
work
and
given
are
increasing responsibility and experience with cases of greater
Prerequisite:
plexity.
Com.
Com.
hrs.
cr.
com-
Dis. 351.
—
3 cr. hrs.
Psycho-Linguistics
360
Language is studied as a psychological phenomenon.
The
nature and acquisition of meaning, and the learning of systems are
investigated.
The influences of verbal and nonverbal antecedent
conditions on both verbal and nonverbal learning are discussed.
Descriptive models of language mediators in behavior are reviewed.
Dis.
Prerequisites:
Com.
361
Dis.
Com.
—
Dis.
152, 251, 276.
Clinical
Problems of
Communication Disorders
3
cr.
hrs.
Practical considerations of day to
day problems encountered
by the speech clinician in clinical and public school programs are
discussed.
Areas of interest would include organization and ad-
and client management.
and State mandated special service pro-
ministration, scheduling, evaluative criteria
Law
Pennsylvania School
grams are
also considered.
Com.
376
Dis.
— Auditory Training and Speech Reading 3
cr.
hrs.
Current teaching methods for educating children and adults
with moderate and severe hearing losses are investigated.
parative
analysis
Prerequisites:
Com.
Dis.
402
Com.
—
made
is
of
prevailing
theories
week
is
full
com-
and techniques.
Dis. 251, 276.
Clinical Experience
and
Professional Practicum (Student Teaching)
A
A
12
cr.
hrs.
semester program of 30 hours of speech correction per
provided for each student.
Prospective
teachers
of the
speech and hearing handicapped gain experience by working with
professional people in the field.
Com.
Dis.
452
— Anatomy
of Speech
and
Hearing Mechanisms
3 cr. hrs.
Embryology, anatomy, neurology, and physiology of the larynx
and ear are studied. The actual processes involved in human speaking and hearing are explored.
A co-operative lecture series is developed for the students by the medical
Center.
Prerequisite:
Com.
Dis. 351.
staff at
Geisinger Medical
79
Com.
Dis.
466
— Advanced
Clinical Practicum
3
(Internship)
Clinical experience with
Differential diagnostic
more complex
disorders
and therapeutic procedures
with cerebral palsy, aphasia, auditory impairments,
Com.
requisites:
hrs.
provided.
for use in cases
cleft palate,
Case studies and research are
stuttering are covered.
is
cr.
utilized.
and
Pre-
Dis. 351, 352.
—
3 cr. hrs.
Psychology of Speech and Hearing
Com. Dis. 467
The developmental aspects of language, normal and abnormal
speech, and hearing patterns of individuals are discussed in relation
Current educational and therapeutic trends and
to their personality.
practices are reviewed.
Com.
471
Dis.
— Seminar
Pathological
in
conditions
are investigated in
Com.
Prerequisite:
some
Dis. 351.
Speech Pathology
resulting
detail,
3
cr.
hrs.
communication problems
in
and remedial techniques are con-
sidered in relation to current research findings.
Students are given
orientation to various types of clinical settings and to a projection
of needs for services.
Com.
Com.
Prerequisites:
Dis. 252, 253, 351, 352.
—
Measurement of Hearing Loss
3 cr.
472
The anatomy and physiology of the hearing mechanisms
Dis.
are
Etiology of hearing losses, interpretation of audiometric
studied.
evaluations
and available
Laboratory experience
evaluations
is
provided.
—
Com. Dis. 475
The physical
rehabilitative
procedures
of speech.
Prerequisites:
Com.
audiometric
3
cr.
hrs.
properties of acoustic signals are considered as
Phonetic instrumentation
is
The
and subsequent reception
introduced in relation to the
application of principles of
speech science to speech therapy and other areas
Com.
discussed.
Dis. 276, 376.
Introduction to Speech Science
and synthesis of speech.
requisites:
are
in the administration of clinical
factors that affect the nature of production
analysis
hrs.
is
discussed.
Pre-
Dis. 152, 251, 252, 253, 276, 376.
ECONOMICS
—
Economics I
3 cr. hrs.
Microeconomics: Laws of markets.
Operation of market
system compared with alternative economic systems.
Determination of wage, interest, rent, and profit rates.
Behavior of com-
Econ. 211
Principles of
80
and monopolistic economic units compared.
Beneficial
and detrimental government interferences in a mixed economic
petitive
system.
—
Econ. 212
Economics
Principles of
3
II
cr. hrs.
Macroeconomics: Study of factors determining the level of
employment, prices, and gross national product. G.N.P. accounting.
Monetary policy and fiscal policy affecting the level of prices, G.N.P.
and employment.
International trade and finance.
Economic
development.
(Economics 211 and 212 are prerequisites
for
all
succeeding
courses in the department.)
— Business and Economics Mathematics
Econ. 246
3
cr.
hrs.
Introduction to the basic mathematical tools most frequently
employed
economics and business,
in intermediate
geometry,
functions,
algebra,
analytical
calculus,
mathematics of finance, and linear
Econ. 313
The
e.g.
elementary
and integral
programming.
differential
— Labor Economics
3
practical questions in our
modern
cr.
hrs.
industrial organization
management and labor unions; the economic life of
members of the working force. The history of organized labor and
the growth of theories in management; current policies in the national
in the fields of
and
governments to control industrial
state
Econ. 333
—
International
Economics
3
Pure theory of international trade.
trade,
free
exchange;
trade,
capital
monetary system;
Econ. 346
Study of the gains from
international
liquidity
statistics,
shortage.
Statistics I
3
cr. hrs.
averages, dispersion, elementary statistical
and measurement of
ships as applied to business and economic problems.
inference, index numbers, time series
Econ. 411
cr. hrs.
and protection; balance of payments; foreign
movements; the dollar and the international
— Business and Economics
Descriptive
relations.
— Intermediate Micro-Economics
relation-
3
cr. hrs.
Theory of how a competitive market system determines the
composition of output, allocation of resources, and distribution of
Comparison of theoretical and actual behavior of comincomes.
petitive,
monopolistic, and oligopolistic firms.
81
Econ. 412
— Public Finance and Macro-Economics
3
cr. hrs.
Theory of determination of G.N. P., employment, and price
Federal, state, and local fiscal policy in the light of modern
level.
theory; principles of taxation and government spending; manage-
ment of the national
— Money and Banking
Econ. 413
tices
to
debt.
3
cr.
hrs.
The
historical
and
principles, the principles of banking, with special attention
background and development of monetary prac-
commercial banking and credit regulations, and current monetary
and banking development.
— Business and Government
Econ. 415
A
for
3
cr.
hrs.
survey of government policies for maintaining competition,
reducing competition,
regulation
substituting
for
place of
in
The
competition and for substituting public for private enterprise.
various government policies will be tested in the light of economic
theory and historical experience.
— Contrasting Economies
Econ. 422
3
cr. hrs.
Theories of capitalism and socialism with special emphasis on
Marxian theory.
of capitalism,
— History
Econ. 423
The
Comparison of theoretical and actual performance
socialism, and communism.
of
Economic Thought
3
cr. hrs.
economic theories propounded in the past and
their effect on present day thinking about economic, business, and
political systems.
The surplus value theory, economic planning as
a part of government responsibility, relations of family budgets to
Engel's Law, government responsibility for employment, and rent
control.
Prerequisites: For Bus. Ed. Students
Econ. 211. 212.
For other students
Hist. 112, 113, and Econ. 211, 212.
different
—
—
— Economic Growth
Econ. 434
of
Underdeveloped Areas
A
of
3
study of stagnating economies.
underdevelopment;
role of capital, labor,
operative
resistances
to
of
in a
development
— Business and Economics
analysis,
hypothesis,
contingency
theories
economic growth;
setting.
3
Statistics II
Sampling and sampling distributions, estimation
tests
hrs.
population growth, and technological advance;
development planning; trade
Econ. 446
Topics include:
cr.
decision
tables,
making,
analysis
regression
of
variance
cr. hrs.
probability,
and correlation
and computer
82
applications,
designs of experiments in selected fields of business
and economics.
Soc.
466
For
— Research Methods
in the Social
a description of this course see
arts students
course.
3
Sciences
Sociology 466.
cr. hrs.
Liberal
concentrating in economics will receive credit for this
Prerequisite:
Psy.
460
and
permission
of
Economics
Department.
Econ. 470
— Senior Seminar
3
cr. hrs.
Discussion of current literature on economic theory and eco-
nomic policy. Each student reads one journal article a week on
which he writes a report and defends it in the seminar.
EDUCATION
— Methods and
Ed. 202
Materials
in
Elementary School Science
Emphasis
in
elementary
is
A
Includes
science.
periences of children and
new
the
environmental
hrs.
ex-
areas where the experiences of chil-
Prerequisite: Phys. 103 and Bio. 103.
— Educational Media
Ed. 301
cr.
placed on the major methods and materials used
school
dren are limited.
3
comprehensive study of
2
all
communicative media.
cr.
hrs.
Oppor-
tunity to develop skills in the use of various audio-visual materials
in education
is
provided during the laboratory periods. Prerequisite:
Ed. 393 and Psy. 371.
— Educational Measurements and Evaluation
Ed. 311
The
Methods
3
cr.
hrs.
principles of testing in the various fields of subject matter.
of grading and problems involved, representative standard-
ized tests,
and the vocabulary of measurement.
Prerequisite:
Psy.
371.
Ed. 321
A
— Early Childhood Education — Nursery
3
cr.
hrs.
study of the needs of three, four and five year old children
and experiences adapted to what is known about growth needs at
Emphasis will be placed on "Operation Head
these age levels.
Start" as a critical point in the poverty cycle.
ed with the
and education which will
opportunities and achievements.
Prere-
fields of health, social services
improve both the
quisite: Psy. 211.
child's
Activities associat-
83
Ed. 322
— Early Childhood Education — Kindergarten
This course
is
3
hrs.
cr.
a study of the physical, mental, emotional, and
social levels of the kindergarten age child, paying attention to the
environmental factors that foster child growth.
It
emphasizes the
kindergarten program set up to meet the needs of this age child
and
need for
ies,
them with
to provide
is
Psy. 211
the
physical education and health.
literature,
art,
happy beginning of
Kinder-
Prerequisite:
a lifetime of learning.
of Secondary Education
Including Guidance
Problems
3
particular emphasis
in teaching with
upon
cr.
hrs.
the
first
years includes problems of pupil growth and development,
culum, and counseling.
Ed. 362
will
or Ed. 322.
— Problems
Ed. 361
background of experience they
later ventures into reading, arithmetic, science, social stud-
music,
garten
the
— Problems
in the
The
393 and Psy. 371.
of Business Education
Secondary School
of
objectives
placement,
Prerequisite: Ed.
curri-
follow-up;
3
secondary
business
administration
of
education:
the
business
cr.
hrs.
guidance,
department;
physical layout, equipment, supplies, selection of testbooks; curri-
culum and
its
and measurements; current trends
Prerequisite: Ed. 393 and Psy. 371.
development;
in business education.
— Teaching
tests
Reading in the Elementary Grades 3 cr. hrs.
Developmental reading from readiness through the entire elementary school curriculum. Principles, problems, techniques, and
Ed. 371
of
materials used in the total elementary school program.
Prerequisite:
Ed. 393 and Psy. 371.
Ed. 372
— Foundation
of
The reading program
Reading Instruction
in
the
3
cr.
hrs.
secondary school, including the
areas of comprehension speed, study
skills,
library skills, recreation
and enrichment, and method of using information.
Development
of an elementary or a secondary school reading program required
of each student.
Ed. 373
Prerequisite: Psy. 371.
— Diagnostic and Remedial Reading
3
cr.
hrs.
Diagnostic and remedial procedures in the area of reading, emphasizing both standardized and informal techniques.
and/or secondary school teachers.
371 and/or Ed. 372 or Ed. 374.
elementary
Designed for
Prerequisite:
Ed.
Ed. 374
— Teaching
of Reading in
Academic Subjects
Developing the understanding and
developing reading
2
cr.
improving techniques for
Em-
applicable to the secondary school.
skills
hrs.
phasis on readiness, comprehension, silent reading, and oral reading
through secondary school academic subjects.
self to
English teachers
who wish
The course
lends
it-
certification in the area of read-
ing.
— Reading
Ed. 375
for the Socially Disadvantaged Child 3 cr.
Methods and materials needed
vantaged child (K-12).
may be
as they
tion
for the instruction of the disad-
Techniques and theories
be presented
will
applied to help the socially disadvantaged child func-
more adequately
in the
— Learning and
Ed. 391
hrs.
school environment.
3
the Learner
The psychological foundations
cr.
hrs.
of education: a study of individ-
ual differences, learning theories as applied to classroom situations,
and mental growth, personality development and mental
hygiene.
Systematic observation and participation in the public
physical
Prerequisite: Psy. 101
schools.
Ed. 392
—
Historical
and
and Soc. 211 or Soc. 224.
Intellectual
Foundations of
American Education
A
3
hrs.
study of the development of American education in the per-
spective of history.
political,
The focus
is
upon
the variety of forces
economic, religious, intellectual
educational system, and emphasis
is
— which have
placed upon a
—
social,
shaped the
critical
examina-
primary source materials.
tion of
—
Ed. 393
A
cr.
Social Foundations of Education
3
cr.
hrs.
Major areas
study of social processes underlying education.
covered include an examination of the current social forces affect-
American culture, the impact
of social stratification on education, and role of the teacher in a
period of rapid social change. Prerequisite: Psy. 101 and Soc. 211
ing education, the place of school in
or Soc. 224.
Ed. 394
A
urban
— Education
careful
setting.
in
Urban Society
3
cr.
hrs.
and systematic study of the problems of education
An
analysis of conditions of
life
in
in
urban society
with special reference to social and economic deprivation as they
relate
to
education.
Curriculum problems resulting from
technological and cultural upheaval.
The course
is
signed for students planning to teach in urban schools.
social-
primarily de-
85
Ed. 395
— Curriculum and
Instruction in the
6
Elementary School
Curriculum study, methods and practices
and
in the
Includes educational media.
social studies.
cr.
language
Prerequisite:
hrs.
arts,
Ed.
393 and Ed. 391 or Psy. 371.
Ed. 396
— Curriculum and
Instruction in the
6
Secondary School
cr.
hrs.
A
team approach to the preparation of secondary teachers with
the combination of broad curricular studies and specific teaching
techniques.
Within the general curriculum and instruction the focal
areas
are
curricular
studies,
educational
tional skills, testing, planning,
and educational media.
of actual classroom observation
The following methods
decision-making,
is
an integral part of
A
instruc-
program
this course.
on the above areas
sections concentrate
and provide practical experiences and more depth study
in
their
particular disciplines:
Ed. 396 (A) "Teaching of English
Secondary School"
in the
Ed. 396 (B) "Teaching of Mathematics
in
the
Secondary School"
Ed. 396 (C) "Teaching of Biological Science in the
Secondary School"
Ed. 396 (D)
"Teaching of Physical Science
in the
Secondary School"
Ed. 396 (E) "Teaching of Social Studies in the
Secondary School"
Ed. 396 (F) "Teaching of Speech in the Secondary School"
Ed. 396 (G) "Teaching of Geography in the
Secondary School"
Ed. 396 (H) "Teaching of Business Subjects in the
Secondary School"
Ed. 396 (I) "Teaching of French in the Secondary School"
Ed. 396 (J) "Teaching of
German
in the
Secondary School"
Ed. 396 (K) "Teaching of Spanish in the Secondary School"
Prerequisite: Ed.
Ed. 397
393 and Ed. 391 or Psy. 371.
— Science and Mathematics
in the
Elementary School
A
with
3
cr.
hrs.
course designed to provide prospective elementary teachers
the
methods, materials,
skills,
understandings,
and
attitudes
86
which
will help
them
to
science and mathematics.
principles of
Biol.
meet the needs of children
Emphasis
modern mathematics.
will
in the areas of
be placed on the scientific
Prerequisite: Phys. 103
and 104.
103 and 104, and Math. 231 and 232.
Ed. 398
— Mathematics
for
Elementary Teachers
Mathematical concepts essential
in the
ary programs in the elementary school.
— Student Teaching
Ed. 401
Scheduled on
per week.
full
minimum
12
cr.
hrs.
30 hours
participating experience at two
of
areas of the elementary curriculum as
Association with carefully selected master teachers.
possible.
Ed. 402
hrs.
Prerequisite: Ed. 397.
semester basis with a
many
cr.
teaching of contempor-
Elementary School
in the
Opportunities for direct
grade levels and in as
3
— Student Teaching
Scheduled on
full
Secondary School
in the
semester basis with a
minimum
12
cr.
hrs.
of 30 hours
per week. Requires the construction or adaptation of a resource unit
by the student teacher during this period as well as daily
planning and guided observation.
Students are exposed to actual
teaching and other experiences to give them a wide sampling of the
for use
activities of the professional teacher.
Ed. 403
— Student Teaching
in the
in
Business Subjects
12
Secondary School
cr.
Supervised educational activities in the secondary school.
hrs.
Stu-
dents observe and teach in actual classroom situations through the
cooperation of business department
in various student
teaching cen-
ters of the College.
Ed. 411
—
Professional Practicum
Operated
orientation to
concurrently
with
Student
and
hrs.
includes
in
and classroom management.
— Curriculum Development
An
Teaching
cr.
Student Teaching, planning, professional growth
service, placement, school law,
Ed. 421
2
3
cr.
hrs.
examination of current curricular offerings of elementary
Emphasis placed upon philosophical, social,
political and technical trends in the community, nation, and the
world, and the effect they have upon the role of the teacher and the
and secondary schools.
school
in
curriculum development.
87
— Independent Study
Ed. 431
3
cr.
hrs.
cr.
hrs.
Admission only by consent of Department Chairman.
—
Ed. 432
This course
is
designed to acquaint students with current ob-
methods and materials
jectives,
3
Social Studies in the Elementary School
the
in
area of Social Studies,
they are encountered in the elementary school.
as
Consideration will
be given to the psychological and sociological needs of children as
they are related to the development of a social studies program in
the
modern
school.
— Language Arts
Ed. 433
This course
is
in the
Elementary School
to
cr.
hrs.
intended to introduce students to the broad spec-
trum of subjects called the language
opportunity
3
become
familiar
Students are given the
arts.
with
problems,
methods,
tech-
niques and materials related to instruction in the several branches
of this major area of the elementary school curriculum.
— Workshop
Ed. 441
A
in
3-6
Education
cr.
study of selected areas in elementary or secondary education
including research by individual students in a special teaching
Prerequisite: 9 credits in education
— Pupil Personnel
Ed. 451
A
hrs.
field.
and teaching experience.
Services in the Public School 3
cr.
comprehensive study of the pupil personnel services
hrs.
in the
elementary and secondary schools which include the areas of school
attendance,
school health programs,
logical services
and guidance
pupil
transportation,
psycho-
services.
EDUCATION OF THE DEAF
EOD. 201
—
of the
The
the
History, Education
and Guidance
Deaf
3
history of education of the deaf
is
The
reviewed.
cr.
hrs.
place of
deaf in the community from ancient times to the present
studied from social, economic and political viewpoints.
is
Important
bibliographic materials from the field are introduced.
EOD.
351
— Language
Principles
for the
and techniques of teaching language
mary and school-age deaf
duced
4
Deaf
child are studied.
well as to deaf children with multiple handicaps.
hrs.
to the pre-pri-
The student
to the leading systems of teaching language
cr.
to
is
intro-
the deaf as
88
EOD. 352
— Teaching Speech
Normal development
of
to the
speech
4
Deaf
reviewed.
is
cr.
hrs.
Principles
and
techniques for teaching speech by analytical and synthetic methods
Speech defects
are studied.
common
to the
hearing impaired are
considered in terms of etiology, evaluation and therapy.
EOD. 353
— Teaching Elementary
Subjects to the Deaf
4
cr.
hrs.
and methods of teaching reading to deaf children
the lower and higher grades are studied.
Methods of teaching
Principles
in
subjects such as arithmetic, social studies and science are consider-
ed with emphasis on methodology for use
advanced grades.
EOD. 366
in the
intermediate and
— Classroom Practicum
3
cr.
hrs.
Students are provided with the opportunity to observe, com-
pose lesson plans and teach supervised lessons
deaf children.
Prerequisite:
Com.
Dis. 351,
in
EOD.
a classroom
of
201, 351, 352,
353.
EOD. 403
— Student Teaching
Thirty hours per
week
ence with deaf children.
12
Prerequisite:
Experience
EOD. 461
EOD.
— Problems
hrs.
of supervised student teaching experiis
provided by working with
professional people assigned to varied environments
field.
cr.
common
to the
366.
of Education of the
3 cr. hrs.
Deaf
Practical considerations of day to day problems encountered by
the teacher in public and private school programs are discussed.
Areas of interest would include organization and administration,
scheduling problems, classroom management, current trends and research and state regulations and laws.
ENGLISH
Eng. 101
— English Composition
3
cr.
hrs.
Close study of reading and writing to produce proficiency
in
Frequent themes, intensive study of the principles of rhetoric
both.
and grammar.
Eng. 102
A
— English Composition
continuation of English
effective diction, tone,
and book reviews,
and
a term
101,
cr.
hrs.
with increasing emphasis on
In addition to regular compositions
style.
paper
3
is
required.
Prerequisite: Eng. 101.
89
Eng. 103
— English Composition
3
cr.
hrs.
Similar to English 102 but reserved for incoming freshmen
who
have been exempted from English 101 on the basis of performance
on entrance examinations and other criteria. Content and require-
ments of
this
course are substantially the same as those for English
102.
Eng. 202
— Creative
3
Writing
cr.
hrs.
and five original poems receive critical analysis by the instructor and by the class in group disForm, metrics, imagery, and diction are evaluated.
cussion.
At
least three original short stories
Eng. 203
An
— Introduction
3
to Journalism
introduction to journalism through an emphasis
on
cr.
hrs.
principles
Development of journalism, theory
and techniques of reporting.
and practice of its principles; organizational patterns of news stories,
methods of gathering news and writing various types of news stories, fundamentals of editing, relation of news reporting to mass
media.*
Eng. 204
A
— Feature Writing
3
cr.
hrs.
study of the methods of writing successful articles for news-
Emphasizes techniques of gathering informaStudy and distion and developing various types of feature articles.
papers and magazines.
cussion of published articles.*
Eng. 207
— Survey
of
World Literature
Acquaints the students with
many
works of the western world and with
literary
cr.
hrs.
of the most important literary
significant literary genres
and
movements.
Eng. 208
A
3
— Survey
of
World Literature
continuation of English 207,
more recent date than those
in
generally
English 207.
3
cr.
hrs.
covering works of
Considerably more
collateral reading.
Eng. 209
—
Literary Genres
3
cr.
hrs.
Designed for English majors and concentrators, replacing General
form
Education requirement of English 207.
Emphasizes
literary
as a vehicle for expression of ideas.
Students who take these courses may qualify for the Certificate in
Journalism.
See note on page 91.
90
Eng. 231
—
3
British Writers
hrs.
cr.
Required second-semester course for English majors. Selections
from Chaucer, Spenser, Shakespeare, Bacon, Donne, Milton, Dryden. Swift, Pope, Boswell, and Johnson.
Eng. 232
—
3
British Writers
Required third-semester course for English majors.
from Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, Keats,
Browning, Arnold, Shaw, Yeats, and
Eng. 249
semester.
Selections
Tennyson,
Eliot.
— Shakespeare
3
Required for English majors,
hrs.
cr.
to
be taken
in
hrs.
cr.
third or fourth
Study of eighteen of Shakespeare's plays with emphasis
on Shakespeare
and playwright, and attention to conditions
of the Elizabethan Theater and to the history of the Shakespearean
as poet
text.
Eng. 301
The
—
Introduction to
Mass Communications
3
cr.
hrs.
mass communications: theories and realities of the
freedom of the press; growth of the print media; media of radio,
television, and film; mass communications industries and professions;
education for mass communication.*
Eng. 302
role of
— Advanced Composition
3
cr.
hrs.
Designed for English majors and concentrators, though other
Aims
students are admitted.
to develop in the student a greater
mastery over the elements of effective writing.
to the
problem of evaluating
Eng. 307
An
— Russian
given
3
cr.
introduction to the "golden age" of Russian literature
plays,
and short
works
as well as to the
stories.
— Ideas
Readings
in
hrs.
—
English of novels, poems,
Attention given to ideas reflected in the
medium through which
they are dramatized.
in Literature
Examines such recurrent concepts in literature as
between freedom and fate, the place of good and evil in
of things, and the role of the individual in society.
'
is
writing.
Literature in Translation
from Pushkin to Sholokhov.
Eng. 312
Attention
3
cr.
hrs.
the conflict
the
scheme
Students who take these courses may qualify for the Certificate in
Journalism.
See note on page 91.
91
Eng. 316
— Children
s
Examination and study of
on
3
Literature
hrs.
emphasis
literature for children, with
criteria for selecting literature for the
cr.
classroom and the library,
suggestions for presenting literary works in the elementary classroom,
and basic
literary concepts.
Eng. 321
— Short
An
3
Story
cr.
hrs.
introduction to the French, Russian, English, and American
short story, through reading
and analysis of representative samples.
One original
known short
required of each student.
Eng. 322
to
short story and one oral critical analysis of a wellstory
may be
— Modern Drama
3
cr.
hrs.
Major Continental, English, and American plays from Ibsen
Beckett, with emphasis on contemporary attitudes, themes, and
structure as contrasted with those of traditional dramatists.
Eng. 324
A
— Modern Novel
3
cr.
hrs.
modern novelists, exclusive of American and
Russian writers, as their work reflects developments in fictional
art. particularly in the most dominant modes of realism, naturalism,
study of major
impressionism,
and
Begins
expressionism.
turn-of-the-
the
in
Mann,
century novel of Conrad and moves through the writings of
Proust, Lawrence, Kafka, Woolf, Joyce, and/or one or
two others
of the instructor's choice.
^CERTIFICATE IN JOURNALISM
A. The Certificate: This form
attests to the student's
having com-
It implies introducrequirements specified below.
tory preparation of the student for publications activities in
teaching or in business.
pleted the
B. Requirements:
1.
and 301.
Satisfactory completion of English 203, 204,
These courses are given
in
sequence each
in a one-and-one-half year cycle.
plied
the
to
student's
General
Two
of
Education
fall
and spring
them may be aprequirements
in
One of the
Humanities and Social Sciences respectively.
courses may be counted in an English major's required 12
credits of electives.
2.
Completion of
member
at least
of the staff
Olympian.
two years of satisfactory service as a
of the Maroon and Gold, Obiter, or
92
Eng. 325
— Poetry
3
cr.
hrs.
Designed to permit student exploration of the genre, under
guidance of instructor. The nature of poetry
its aims, how it is
—
created, historical
and individual changes and variations
in
manner
and matter.
— Modern Poetry
Eng. 326
An
3
cr.
hrs.
movements through
study of Emily Dickinson, T. S. Eliot, E. E. Cummings, Robert
Lowell, Allen Ginsberg, Thomas Hardy, Gerard Manley Hopkins,
W. B. Yeats, W. H. Auden, Dylan Thomas, and other poets.
introduction to contemporary poetic
Eng. 332
A
— Blake and Yeats
3
in this search
complete mythological systems
perhaps the most original and
English literature.
in
— Early and Middle English
Eng. 341
3
Literature
cr.
hrs.
study of Beowulf and other Old English works in translation
and of medieval chronicles and romances including
the
hrs.
study of two great poets united by their search for a vision
and by having created
A
cr.
Green Knight and Le Morte
Eng. 342
d'
Gawain and
Sir
Arthur.
— Early English Drama
Early
native
drama,
3
including
miracle
and
mystery
cr.
hrs.
plays,
Elizabethan dramatists: Heywood,
morality plays, and interludes.
Marlowe, Kyd, Jonson, Webster, Middleton, and Ford.
Eng. 343
— Chaucer
3
Study of Chaucer's major poetry, with practice
reading
literary
speaking and
achievement and his humanism.
— The Renaissance
in
The non-dramatic prose and
last
hrs.
Middle English and with major emphasis on Chaucer's
Eng. 347
the
in
cr.
quarter of the century.
England
3
cr.
hrs.
verse of the period, emphasizing
The humanists: Erasmus, More,
Ascham; Renaissance forms and ideas in Lyly,
Sidney, Spenser, Daniel, Drayton, Shakespeare, Marlowe, Chapman,
Greene, and others.
Castiglione, Elyot,
Eng. 352
—
1
7th Century Literature
3
Poetry and prose, beginning with Jonson.
of
Donne and Jonson
in
hrs.
rival traditions
such poets as Herbert, Vaughan, Quarles,
Cowley, Herrick, and Marvell.
Browne, Taylor,
The
cr.
Fuller, Baxter,
Principal
prose writers:
Bunyan, and Dryden,
Burton,
Eng. 354
A
— Milton
3 cr. hrs.
comprehensive study of the poetry and prose of John Milton.
— Restoration and Later Drama
Eng. 356
3
cr.
hrs.
Wycherley, Etherege, Congreve, Farquhar, Dryden, and Otway,
consideration
with
of
Moliere's
influence
in
Restoration
drama.
Eighteenth century sentimental comedy and tragedy, and reaction
against
Goldsmith and Sheridan.
in
it
Trends
in
century
19th
drama.
Eng. 357
—
1
8th Century Literature
3
cr.
hrs.
Survey of literature of the Augustan Age in England: Addison
and
Pope, Boswell, and Johnson; forerunners of the
Swift,
Steele,
Romantic Revival; beginnings of the British novel; the plays of
Addison, Steele, Sheridan, and Goldsmith.
— 18th Century Novel
Eng. 358
Emphasizes
major
novels
novel from picaresque to
Defoe,
Richardson,
hrs.
Fielding,
realistic.
— 19th Century Novel
The major
3
cr.
hrs.
British writers of the Victorian Period, with supple-
mentary readings
Eng. 364
of
cr.
and Austen; traces the development of the English
Smollett, Sterne,
Eng. 363
3
in
the
works of the great Continental
— 19th Century
Literature
novelists.
3
cr.
hrs.
Covers the major poets such as Wordsworth, Keats, Tennyson,
Arnold, as well as major prose writers: Hazlitt, Lamb, DeQuincey,
Peacock,
Newman, Huxley,
Eng. 381
— American
Carlyle, and others.
3
Literature
cr.
hrs.
American Literature from its Colonial beginnings
Civil War, with emphasis on the writers of the American
Surveys
through the
Renaissance.
Eng. 382
— American
3
Literature
cr.
hrs.
Continues English 381, covering major writers and significant
social
and
Eng. 385
literary
movements up
to the present day.
— The American Novel
3
cr.
hrs.
development of the novel in America from its
beginnings about 1800 to the present.
Emphasizes highlights of
Studies
the
form, theme, and reflections of American literary and social move-
ments.
novel.
Some
attention to parallel developments in the
European
94
Eng. 386
— Later American Prose
3
cr.
hrs.
Covers representative writers from the late 19th Century to
the present: Veblen, Steffens, Hearn, Mencken, Babbitt. More,
Brooks, Lippmann, and others. Stresses political, social, and artistic
milieu.
Eng. 40 1
A
—
Structure of English
3
cr.
hrs.
descriptive study of the phonology, morphology, syntax, and
graphic formulas of
modern American
English.
Eng. 402
— History
Eng. 403
— Generative-Transformational Grammar
Language
3 cr. hrs.
A descriptive study of the causes and effects of phonemic,
morphological, syntactic, and semantic change in the English
language from the Anglo-Saxon conquest to the present.
of the English
3
cr.
hrs.
Explores the most recent theories of grammatical analysis and
pays particular attention to transformational grammar.
Prerequisite:
Eng. 401, or permission of instructor.
Eng. 405
—
3
Criticism
cr.
hrs.
For advanced students majoring in English. Examines works
of major critics: Plato, Aristotle, Longinus, Sidney, Boileau, Coleridge, and others.
Applies critical principles to literary texts.
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
FRENCH
Fr.
101
— Beginning French
3
cr.
hrs.
no previous study of French)
An organic approach is undertaken which uses well integrated
texts and tapes in a student-culture confrontation consisting of
authentic French situational conversations and readings, structural
analyses, and practice in speaking, understanding, reading, and
(for students with
gradually writing, with weekly laboratory sessions integrated with
the program.
Fr.
102
— Beginning French
Continues the development of basic
3
skills
in
cr.
hrs.
understanding
and speaking with increased emphasis upon reading and written
assignments through the use of the same tape-articulated text, outside readings,
frequent dictations, and thematic compositions.
95
Fr.
— Intermediate
103
French
3
cr,
hrs.
two or more years of French background)
Continues the above approach with appropriate review, pattern
practice, exercises in inflectional and structural variations, based
upon an intermediate college text and appropriate outside readings
(for students having
published for this purpose, with weekly laboratory sessions integrated
with the program.
Fr.
— Intermediate French
104
The above
appropriate
selections
qualified,
of
cr.
hrs.
same texts is enriched with
including two modern plays and
upon
process, based
works
3
fiction,
the
from authors of proven stature and, for students who are
outside reports on the shorter works of major French
authors.
Fr. 201.
— Advanced Conversation and Grammar
While the audio-lingual approach continues
tation
and practice
versation text
Fr.
is
hrs.
to serve in presen-
which are analyzed and discussed and
whose models provide standards
grammar
cr.
reviewing the difficulties of the language, the
in
text presents literary selections
ing of the
3
and thematic reworkcurrent college-level French con-
for imitation
A
points.
selected for this purpose.
— Advanced Conversation and Prose
202
Composition
A
3
second more advanced composition
versation and composition
assignments
and
work begun
stressing
hrs.
cr.
text continues the con-
French 201, with longer
grammatical points which still
those
in
present difficulty to the class.
Fr.
210
— The Culture and
This course
ing
of
regional
is
to
Fr.
French geography,
idiosyncracies,
hrs.
cr.
government,
and
history,
The
customs,
a
basic text
vivid
is
education,
sense
of
the
arts,
cur-
enriched with a limited
of outside readings in paperback and perhaps a class trip
see an authentic
220
3
designed to give students a thorough understand-
rent scene in France.
number
France
Civilization of
French
play.
— Contemporary French
3
Literature
cr.
hrs.
This course begins with an anthology of selected literary works
published for this purpose, and
novels in unabridged form.
is
enriched with plays and short
Except for
analogies to English this course
is
difficult
nuances and useful
conducted entirely
in
French.
96
—
3 cr.
The Modern French Novel
Selected modern French novels are read and discussed by
Fr. 301
individual reports.
A
and
Fr.
of French Literature I
3
the development of French genres through the
to give the student
cr. hrs.
Prerequisite:
— The History
321
Fr.
220.
of French Literature II
3
19th and 20th centuries.
— Moliere and Racine
401
cr. hrs.
Pre-
320.
Fr.
requisite:
18th century
an insight into works to which he should
Continues the above for the
Fr.
202.
survey course, primarily for majors in French, intended to
later return.
Fr.
Prerequisite:
— The History
320
show
the
Potential honor students are assigned additional novels for
class.
Fr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
This course shows the development of the seventeenth century
from the plays of Jodelle and Corneille.
theatre
cipal plays of Moliere
Fr.
and Racine.
stressing the prin-
Prerequisite: Fr. 320.
— Proust and Gide
407
A
course based on
3
critical
student editions of
A
la
cr.
hrs.
recherche
du temps perdu of Proust and of the Journals and principal novels
of Gide. illustrating the impact of these two masters upon the
novelistic
genre.
—
3 cr. hrs.
409
Phonetics, structure and analysis of French
Using a handbook based upon the most recent formulations
of French linguistics, this course analyzes the language empirically
and through themes and compositions.
Fr.
Fr.
410
—
The History of Ideas
from R. Descartes
to
in
French
A. Comte*
3
cr.
hrs.
This course traces the development of ideas from the regulae
of Descartes through the contributions of Gassendi.
Pascal,
Pierre
Bayle. the Enclopedists, Condorcet. Saint-Simon to the positivistic
summation of Auguste Comte.
Fr.
415
The
—
The Genres of Classicism*
plastic
arts,
music,
architecture,
ciocite set the tone for literary discussion of
the
Maximes
of
De
la
in a successive year.
cr.
hrs.
and the mores of pre-
La
Princesse de Cleves,
Rouchefoucauld, and typically
and poetry.
To be taught
3
classical
drama
97
— Balzac and Flaubert
420
Fr.
A
works and
principal
lives
in
the
French
novel,
cr.
hrs.
emphasizing
the
of each author.
— Rousseau through Stendhal*
421
Fr.
study
contrastive
3
3
hrs.
cr.
This course confronts the question of genius in writers
who
anticipated ideas of a later age and stresses Rousseau's Emile and
Neveu de Rameau,
Confessions, Diderot's
Bayle's
Le Rouge
et le
noir and Chartreuse de Parme.
422
Fr.
— The
Romantic
Spirit in
3
France*
cr.
hrs.
This course outlines the seventeenth and eighteenth century
origins of
Romanticism, the contributions of Rousseau and Cha-
teaubriand, the doctrines of Hugo, and the floruit of Romanticism in
the nineteenth century.
430
—
The French Theatre
Based upon suitable plays from
Fr.
and Genet,
theatre of Ionesco
and
library readings
431
A
—
the
course
in
cr.
hrs.
medieval period to the
is
enriched by lectures
on the history of the theatre and by the
ment of current plays
Fr.
this
3
assign-
paperback.
Rabelais, Montaigne,
and
the Renaissance*
3
cr.
hrs.
course that deals with the principal writings of Rabelais, the
essays of Montaigne, and the principal efforts of the Pleiade.
Fr.
435
—
The French Enlightenment
3
cr.
hrs.
This course introduces the student to the principal philosophers
of the eighteenth century, explains the culmination of their efforts
and discusses crucial works of
Montesquieu, Voltaire, Diderot, D'Alembert, Condillac, LaMettrie,
and Condorcet.
the
in
Fr.
440
A
Encyclopedia of Diderot,
— French Poetry
3
course, chronological in development which
several volumes of the finest
French poetry and
is
is
cr.
hrs.
based upon
open only
to
majors.
Fr.
499
— Directed Readings
Open only
*
To be taught
to
honor students and advanced majors
in a successive year.
3
in
cr.
hrs.
French.
98
SUMMER ELECTIVES
Fr.
Fr.
Fr.
— Intermediate French
201 — Advanced Conversation and Grammar
204 — Seminar
France
104
in
Six to eight
weeks
in
French University.
a
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
6
cr.
hrs.
This study-prac-
ticum permits the student to get native instruction in the native
The
setting.
students
summer course
housed
are
in
for foreign students.
Daily and weekend excursions
to places of interest are included in the program.
from Bloomsburg accompany the group
tors
Two
keep records of progress.
participation
Fr.
Fr.
in
this
and attend the
dormitories
Resident evalua-
and
to assist students
semesters of French are required for
program.
— The Culture and
220 — The Contemporary
210
Civilization of
France
Literature of France
3
cr. hrs.
3
cr. hrs.
GERMAN
Ger.
— Beginning German
101
3
hrs.
cr.
(For students with no previous study of German)
An
texts
organic approach
and tapes
authentic
in
German
is
undertaken which uses well integrated
student-culture
a
confrontation
situational conversations
consisting
and readings, structural
analyses, and practice in speaking, understanding, reading,
ually
writing,
with weekly laboratory
of
sessions
and gradwith the
integrated
program.
Ger. 102
— Beginning
German
3
Continues the development of basic
skills in
cr.
hrs.
understanding and
speaking with increased emphasis upon reading and written assign-
ments through the use of the same tape-articulated
outside
text,
readings, frequent dictations, and thematic compositions.
Ger. 103
(for
— Intermediate
students
German
3
having two or more years of
cr.
German
hrs.
back-
ground.)
Continues the above approach with appropriate review, pattern
practice,
exercises
in
inflectional
upon an intermediate college
published for this purpose,
grated with the program.
text
with
and structural variations, based
and appropriate outside readings
weekly laboratory sessions
inte-
99
Ger.
104
—
Intermediate
The above
German
process, based
upon
3
cr.
hrs.
same texts is enriched with
including two modern plays and
the
works of fiction,
selections from authors of proven stature and, for students who are
qualified, outside reports on the shorter works of major German
appropriate
authors.
Ger. 201
— Advanced Conversation and Grammar
3
cr.
hrs.
While the audio-lingual approach continues to serve in presentation and practice in reviewing the difficulties of the language,
the text presents literary selections which are analyzed and discussed
and whose models provide standards for imitation and thematic
reworking of the grammar points. A current college-level German
conversation text
Ger. 202
—
is
selected for this purpose.
Advanced Conversation and
Prose Composition
A
3
cr.
hrs.
second more advanced composition text continues the con-
versation and composition
work begun
in
German 201,
with longer
assignments (including "Texte
zum Nacherzaehlen" ) and
those grammatical points which
still
Ger. 210
— German
This course
is
stressing
present difficulty to the class.
Culture and Civilization
3 cr. hrs.
designed to give students a thorough understand-
ing of the geography, government, customs, education, arts, regional
and history of the German speaking countries as
idiosyncracies,
well as to provide the students with a vivid sense of the current
scene in these countries.
Ger. 220
— Contemporary German
Literature
3
cr.
hrs.
Reading and analysis of representative dramatic, prose, and
poetic works of major German, Swiss, and Austrian authors of the
Ger.
twentieth
century.
Ger. 301
— Nineteenth Century German Drama*
Prerequisite:
201.
3
cr.
hrs.
Reading and analysis of representative dramatic works of major
German, Swiss, and Austrian authors of the nineteenth century.
Prerequisite:
Ger.
220.
Ger. 302
— Nineteenth
century.
Prerequisite:
Century Prose and Poetry
3 cr. hrs.
Reading and analysis of representative prose and poetic works
of the major German, Swiss, and Austrian authors of the nineteenth
*
To be taught
Ger. 220.
in a successive year.
100
— History
Ger. 320
of
German
3
Literature I
cr.
hrs.
and discussions of representative works from the
following periods: Old High German, Middle High German, RenReadings
aissance, Reformation, Baroque,
and Enlightenment.
Prerequisite:
Ger. 220.
—
History of German Literature II
continuation of German 320.
survey of
Ger. 321
A
ture
A
from the Enlightenment
to
the
3
cr.
German
cussions of selected works representative of each period and
ment.
litera-
Readings and
present.
hrs.
dis-
move-
Prerequisite: Ger. 320.
— Enlightenment and Storm and
Ger. 401
A
study of the major
Lessing, Goethe, Schiller
periods.
Prerequisite:
Ger. 402
—
A
Ger. 321.
Novalis,
Tieck,
— Conversation,
Ger. 409
lyric,
and Romanticists.
Classicists
Analysis of
hrs.
dramatic,
Classicism and Romanticism
Schiller,
cr.
and prose works of
and other important writers of these two
lyric,
study of the major
Goethe,
3
Stress
3
other
Prerequisite:
Structure,
hrs.
and prose works of
dramatic,
and
cr.
German
important
Ger. 321.
and
German
3
cr.
hrs.
Using a handbook based upon the most recent formulations
of
German
linguistics, this
course analyzes the language empirically
and through conversations and compositions.
German major
An
introduction
poetry from
credits in
Ger. 421
A
from
its
German
—
senior
or minor.
— German Poetry*
Ger. 420
German
Prerequisite:
to
its
the
3
cr.
hrs.
major trends and characteristics of
beginnings to the present.
Prerequisite:
9
literature.
The Radio Play
3
cr.
hrs.
study of this genre in Germany, Switzerland, and Austria
beginnings to the present. Prerequisite: 9 credits in
German
literature.
Ger. 499
— German
Honors Course*
3
Individual readings and conferences
nated by the instructor.
department chairman.
To be taught
Prerequisite:
Open
only to
in a successive year.
on a
cr.
hrs.
special topic desig-
permission of instructor and
German majors and
minors.
101
SUMMER ELECTIVES
— Intermediate German
3
3
Ger. 104 — Intermediate German
Ger. 202 — "Texte zum Nacherzaehlen" and Composition 3
Ger. 103
cr.
hrs.
cr.
hrs.
cr. hrs.
RUSSIAN
— Elementary Russian
Ru. 101
(For students with no
3
previous study of Russian)
An
cr.
hrs.
audio-lingual approach toward the rapid development of
vocabulary
pronunciation,
acceptable
frame of reference.
accumulation
in
a
textual
Understanding and speaking are stressed, but
students learn to read and write the Cyrillic alphabet.
— Elementary Russian
Ru. 102
3
Continuation of the development of the basic
speaking,
standing,
reading,
— Intermediate
writing.
is
perfected.
Russian (For students with two or more
years in Russian study, or the completion of 102)
Maximum
class
use of the
bring about good comprehension
modus
vivendi
is
of under-
Reading is stressed
recognizing whole phrases
and
somewhat more to develop the faculty in
Pronunciation
toward more rapid reading.
Ru. 103
skills
cr. hrs.
spoken language
and speech.
A
is
3
cr. hrs.
designed
text
to
on Soviet
read outside class and discussed in class in the
Russian language.
— Intermediate Russian
Ru. 104
A
during
cultural
this
3
cr.
hrs.
reader and selected fiction stories are completed
semester.
Students should begin to comprehend
the
spoken language without translating and are expected to be able
to begin conversing in Russian on simple themes.
Ru. 210
— Excerpts From Russian
Selections from well
Pasternak
Ru. 211
will
known Russian
be read and discussed
— Excerpts From
3
Literature
writers
hrs.
from Pushkin
to
in class in Russian.
Science and Technology
Selections from Russian scientific
cr.
3
cr.
hrs.
works dealing with physics,
chemistry, biology, cosmonautics, and others will be read and discussed in class in Russian.
102
SPANISH
— Beginning Spanish
Span. 101
{For students with no
3
previous study of Spanish)
An
audio-lingual approach toward the
rapid
cr.
hrs.
development
in
speaking, understanding, reading, and gradually writing, with weekly
laboratory
sessions
integrated
with
the
program.
— Beginning Spanish
Span. 102
3
Continuation of the development of basic
ing,
skills
reading, writing, with an increase in the
writing,
dictations,
and
thematic
— Intermediate Spanish
Span. 103
cr.
hrs.
of understand-
amount
of reading,
compositions.
(For students with two or
more years of Spanish background)
3
cr.
hrs.
Continue the above approaches with appropriate review. Outreading
side
is
comprehension,
104
Span.
introduced
in
and
writing,
— Intermediate
an
expanding
literary
of the course.
3
Spanish
good mastery of the language
hrs.
at the
end
3
cr.
hrs.
audio-lingual approach will continue in presentations and
positions stress correct writing forms,
Prerequisite: Span.
Span. 202
—
and grammatical
Conversation
in the
Written comstructures.
104 or equivalent.
more advanced composition
work begun
in
cr.
Prerequisite: Span. 103.
practice in reviewing the difficulty of the language.
A
speech,
Cultural reading, plays and
— Grammar and Composition
Span. 201
The
of
appreciation.
Continue the above approaches.
short novels leading to a
mastery
3
cr.
text continues the conversation
previous course (201), with longer assignments
written Spanish, developing longer conversations and free
positions.
Span. 210
hrs.
Prerequisite:
com-
Span. 201.
— Culture and
Civilization of Spain
Designed to give students a thorough
3
cr.
hrs.
understanding of the
soul of Spain through geography, government, customs, education,
fine
zines
arts,
and
history.
Current events are viewed through maga-
and newspapers; and perhaps a
Spanish play.
class trip to see
an authentic
10S
—
Span. 301
A
Literature of Spain
3
hrs.
general study of literature of Spain, primarily for Spanish
majors, intended to give incentives towards
literary
cr.
work from
more appreciation
of
epoca primitiva", to the "literatura contem-
"la
poranea."
—
Span. 302
Literature of Spanish- America
of Spanish-American
Selections
3
cr.
hrs.
from Columbus
literature
to
the present time.
—
Span. 304
The
3
theatre of the golden century:
Molina, and Calderon de
—
Span. 305
Don
This course,
Part
la
hrs.
Lope de Vega, Tirso de
Two
3
Mancha.
finest
cr. hrs.
Prerequisite: Span. 304.
3
of Spain
cr.
hrs.
development and based upon
Spanish poetry, is open only to majors.
chronological
volumes of the
in
—
Span. 414
Spanish Literature of the
Centuries
and
XV
XIV
This course
will
concentrate on the
Don Juan Manuel and
Hita", and Rimado de
For the
de Baena,
—
Quijote de
— The Poetry
Span. 411
cr.
Barca.
la
Oro
Siglo de
Cervantes,
several
— Part One
Oro
Siglo de
XV
el
el
3
XIV
cr.
hrs.
Century: El Infante
desarrollo de la prosa, "El Arcipreste de
Palacio.
Century: the humanismo,
Marques de
Santillana,
la
poesia,
el
Cancionero
Juan de Mena, and Jorge
Manrique's "Coplas."
Span. 499
— Directed Readings
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
6
cr.
hrs.
SUMMER ELECTIVES
— Intermediate Spanish
Span. 201 — Grammar and Composition
Spain
Span. 204 — Seminar
Span. 104
in
Eight weeks in Spain at the University of Madrid.
This study-
practicum permits the student to get native instruction
in the native
setting.
The
summer course
students
are
housed
in
for foreign students.
records of progress.
and attend the
Daily and weekend excursions
to places of interest are included in the
Bloomsburg accompanies the group
dormitories
program.
to
assist
An
evaluator from
students
and keep
104
GEOGRAPHY AND EARTH SCIENCE
Geog. 101
— World
Physical Geography
3
cr. hrs.
Considers earth-sun relationships, land masses, oceans, landforms, weather and climate, and natural resources as elements and
controls related to the adjustments
Geog. 102
A
— World
man makes
to his environments.
Cultural Geography
3
hrs
cr.
course designed to show the close relationship that exists be-
tween man, land, culture, and economic
activities.
—
Economic Geography
Geog. 121
The economic regions of the world together with
3
cr. hrs.
their relation-
ship to current world economic problems.
Geog. 223
The
— Geography
of
Anglo-America
3
cr. hrs.
physical setting, present inhabitants, occupations, resources,
present use of resources, and future outlook for Anglo-America.
Geog. 224
The
States
is
— Geographic
Influences in American History 3
relationship between the historical
and the natural environment
portrayed.
Geog. 225
movements
as a stage
in the
cr. hrs.
United
on which the action
Prerequisite: Hist. 218.
— Weather and Climate
3
cr. hrs.
The interrelationships between the elements of weather and climate. The functional application of these basic elements is elaborated upon through a study of climatic realms.
—
Geography of Europe
Geog. 233
Europe's physical characteristics, topography,
systems, resources, population, and trade.
Geog. 243
The
of Asia
its
cr. hrs.
transportation
3
physical characteristics of Asia and
economic
cr. hrs.
social, cultural,
and
aspects.
Geog. 244
A
— Geography
3
— Geography
of Latin
America
3
regional study of South America, Central
islands of the Caribbean Sea.
The human and
cr.
America and
hrs.
the
physical factors of
the geographic environment.
Geog. 245
The
— Geography
of Africa
3
cr. hrs.
physical geographic elements (climate, soils, natural vege-
physiography and water) as they relate to agriculture, grazing, mining, manufacturing, transportation, communication,
and political boundaries for all of Africa.
tation, minerals,
105
Geog. 246
The
— Geography
physical and
of the Soviet
human geography
some emphasis upon
ied along with
Realm
3
of the Soviet
cr. hrs.
Union
stud-
is
the relationship between that
country and the so-called "satellite" nations.
Geog. 323
—
Political
Geography
This course includes an analysis of the factors
human, and economic
the political
Geog. 353
map
— which
3
—
physical,
influence the changing pattern of
of the world.
— Physiography
The study
cr. hrs.
3
cr. hrs.
of the dynamic, tectonic, and graduational forces,
which, in conjunction with climatic and biologic forces, have shaped
the earth into
modifying
Geog. 354
The
— Cartography
use,
355
S.
A
present form and are constantly refashioning and
it.
globes, charts,
E.
its
3
and interpretation of maps,
and geographic diagrams are presented.
models,
construction,
— Meteorology
cr. hrs.
3
cr. hrs.
study of the atmosphere and the laws and underlying prin-
ciples of atmospheric changes.
Geog. 356
— Climatology
3
cr.
hrs.
Climate, (temperature, moisture, pressure and winds, air masses
and storms) and the distribution of varied climates over the
earth.
Prerequisite: E.S. 355.
E.
S.
357
— Physical Geology
The landscape
The agencies
classification
Geog. 358
3
continually at
work changing
the earth's forms,
and interpretation of rocks, and the evolution of
— Conservation
of Natural Resources
to
3
Conservation of
lands, waters, minerals, the air,
and human resources.
359
An
—
Oceanography
the
life.
cr. hrs.
our economy and to our very
of this nation's vital resources.
S.
hrs.
in relation to the structure of the earth's crust.
The extreme importance
E.
cr.
lives
soils, forests, grass-
3
cr.
hrs.
introduction to the geologic, chemical, and physical aspects
of the ocean basins.
topographic features,
of investigation.
Emphasis will be on ocean basin structure,
wave motion, current circulation, and methods
106
E.
361
S.
—
Historical Geology
3
cr. hrs.
Chronology of earth history as interpreted from rocks and fossils.
Maps, slides, specimens, films, field trips, and correlative reading supplement lectures.
Prerequisite: Biol. 103-104 or E.S. 357.
Geog. 363
— Urban Geography
This course
framework
logical
E.
365
S.
is
3
cr. hrs.
designed to provide a conceptual and methodo-
in
which
to
view the process of urbanization.
— Geomorphology
3
cr. hrs.
The study of major land features and the processes that help to
form them with particular emphasis on their relationship to the underlying geologic formations and structures.
Laboratory and
field
trips included.
E.
367
S.
A
— Rocks and Minerals
study of the
common
3
cr. hrs.
minerals and rocks, their origins, oc-
currences, associations, and identifying characteristics.
E.
S.
368
—
Stratigraphy
and Sedimentation
The processes and agents which form,
3
cr. hrs.
and deposit
transport,
sediments and the geologic interpretation of the resulting rocks.
E.
S.
369
An
—
Structural Geology
3
analysis of rock deformation based
upon the
cr. hrs.
principles of
rock mechanics and utilizing data from field investigations.
E.
S.
45
1
—
Field Techniques in Earth
and
3-6
Space Science
cr. hrs.
Intensive field training in the use of equipment and techniques
in the areas of geology,
astronomy, meteorology, and cartography.
Permission of the instructor required to enroll.
E.
S.
—
Astronomy
453
The solar system, its physical
interesting
phenomena
3
characteristics
cr. hrs.
and motions, the
of our galactic system, and those of extra-
galactic space, together with the study of constellations. Prerequisite:
Math. 101 or Math. 111.
Geog. 492
— Geography Seminar
3
cr.
hrs.
Student pursues in depth such areas as the geographic literature,
techniques, and the practical application of Geography.
mum
of 21 credit hours in
(A
mini-
Geography must be completed before a
student schedules this course).
107
SUMMER ELECTIVES AT THE MARINE SCIENCE LABORATORY*
MSL 120— Introduction to Oceanography
MSL 240 — Marine Biology
MSL 245 — Marine Ecology
MSL 260 — Field Methods in Oceanography
MSL 250 — Invertebrate Zoology
MSL 320 — Physical Oceanography
MSL 325— Marine Geology
MSL 330 — Chemical Oceanography
MSL 420 — Marine Micropaleontology
MSL 425 — Marine Geophysics
*
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Please check with Dr. Wendelin Frantz or Dr. Donald
Rabb
cr.
hrs.
cr. hrs.
cr.
hrs.
cr. hrs.
cr.
cr.
cr.
cr.
cr.
cr.
hrs.
hrs.
hrs.
hrs.
hrs.
hrs.
for full par-
ticulars.
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
HPE
1
— Personal and Community Health
00
2
cr.
hrs.
and understandings concerning perThe course is structured around a
sonal and community health.
weekly mass lecture followed by a one-hour weekly meeting in small
Provides
basic
concepts
groups for discussion.
HPE
—
101
Physical Fitness Education
(separate for men and women)
Men
.
.
Theory and practice
.
in
I
cr.
hr.
one team sport (either soccer
or speedball), tumbling, gymnastic apparatus, and a
physical
level of
Women
.
.
.
fitness
to
fitness
(either
fitness test
determine the fitness level of each student, con-
— Aquatics
work
to
improve
this level,
and a post-
measure the improvement.
(co-educational)
The swimming program
is
sport
hockey or volleyball), a physical
test to
the student
the
each student.
centrated
150
given to determine
This course consists of one team
field
HPE
test
is
1
divided into two parts.
hr.
cr.
In Part
I,
taught the proper method of adjusting to the water,
rhythmic breathing, floating, finning, treading water, surface diving,
a standing front dive,
II
and the nine basic swimming strokes.
Part
emphasizes water safety and provides the opportunity for Senior
Lifesaving.
HPE
151
A
Aquatic games are also included
— Advanced Aquatics
in the
program.
(co-educational)
1
cr.
hr,
review of swimming strokes, lifesaving techniques, and an
opportunity to qualify for
tification.
Red Cross Water
Safety
Instructor cer-
In addition, emphasis will be placed on pool
ment, basic scuba, competitive and synchronized swimming.
manage-
108
HPE
152
—
Swimming
Survival
(co-educational)
cr.
1
hr.
and practice in techniques of personal survival.
Skills taught include rhythmic breathing, swimming strokes necessary for survival, drownproofing float, and an emphasis on building
Instruction
personal endurance and confidence under adverse conditions.
safety
is
emphasized and an opportunity
is
Water
provided for the acquisi-
tion of Senior Lifesaving Certificates.
The following courses are intended
to develop knowledge, skill,
and
appreciation of the activity being taught. Primary emphasis has been
placed on those activities possessing "Lifetime" recreational values.
— Archery and Badminton (Co-ed)
202 — Archery and Bowling (Co-ed)
203 — Archery and Golf (Co-ed)
204 — Archery and Square Dance (Co-ed)
205 — Badminton and Bowling (Co-ed)
206 — Badminton and Golf (Co-ed)
207 — Badminton and Square Dance (Co-ed)
208 — Bowling and Golf (Co-ed)
209 — Bowling and Square Dance (Co-ed)
210 — Golf and Square Dance (Co-ed)
211 — Bowling And
(Co-ed;
212 —
And Square Dance (Co-ed;
HPE 222 — Dancing (Co-ed)
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE
201
Billiards
fee required)
1
cr.
hr.
1
cr.
hr.
1
cr.
hr.
1
cr.
hr.
1
cr.
hr.
1
cr.
hr.
1
cr.
hr.
1
cr.
hr.
1
cr.
hr.
1
cr.
hr.
1
cr.
hr.
fee required)
Billiards
1
cr.
hr.
1
cr.
hr.
Area of Interest students in Elementary School Health and PhysiEducation must complete the following courses: HPE 301, 302, 303,
320, 321, 331, 410, 411, and 412.
cal
Secondary Majors securing the "Coaching Concentration" within
the Department of Health and Physical Education must complete the
following courses: HPE 242, 409, and select six credit hours from
courses numbered 251
and one elective).
HPE
242
—
—
258
Physiological
(one team sport, one individual
and Medical Aspects of
Athletic Coaching
A
sport,
3
cr.
hrs.
study of basic anatomical and physiological factors affecting
movement, endurance,
strength,
and conditioning
in
sports.
In-
a thorough investigation of medical concepts such as pro-
cluded
is
tective
equipment, training, care of
medical research relating to athletics.
injuries,
safety
problems, and
109
HPE
— Techniques
251
of Coaching Baseball
Development of individual
skills
2
cr.
hrs.
and techniques of teaching and
coaching baseball.
HPE
— Techniques
252
of Coaching Basketball
2
cr.
Analysis of techniques and development of personal
hrs.
skills
in
basketball.
HPE
253
— Techniques
Advanced
of Coaching Football
cr.
hrs.
and defensive
each position; organizational methods and coach-
instruction
fundamentals for
2
and practice
in
offensive
ing principles.
HPE
256
— Techniques
of Coaching Cross Country,
Track, and Field
Advanced
2
instruction
and practice; rules and
cr.
hrs.
officiating tech-
niques; organizational methods for conducting meets, tournaments,
and
clinics;
HPE
257
coaching principles.
— Techniques
Advanced
of Coaching Wrestling
instruction
and practice;
rules
and Golf 2
and
cr.
hrs.
officiating tech-
niques; organizational methods for conducting meets, tournaments,
and
clinics;
HPE
258
coaching principles.
— Techniques
of Coaching
Swimming and Tennis
Strategy, techniques,
in
swimming and
HPE
262
2
cr.
hrs.
and theory for interscholastic competition
tennis.
— Women's Extramural Program
2
cr.
hrs.
Provides knowledge and practice in application of coaching
and
officiating techniques for
HPE
301
— Basic
women's team
sports.
Activities I
Elementary Physical Education
1
cr.
hr.
This course consists of instruction and participation in ele-
mentary school rhythms, dance,
will
HPE
and movement exploration.
It
include classroom and laboratory work.
—
302
Basic Activities II
Elementary Physical Education
I cr. hr.
Instruction and practice in elementary school conditioning
exercises; stunts and tumbling; games of low organization including
running, circle tag, and classroom games; relays; and games for
Includes both classroom and laboratory work.
special occasions.
110
—
HPE
303
Basic Activities 111
Elementary Physical Education
cr.
1
hr.
and practice in ball-type activities (elementary),
lead-up games to team sports, simple team games, team sports,
skill testing, and physical fitness testing.
Includes classroom and
Instruction
laboratory work.
HPE
— Methods and Materials
311
in
Elementary School
Health and Physical Education
3
cr.
hrs.
This course provides principles and procedures to meet the
needs and interests of elementary age children in the area of health
The program
and physical education.
and physical education;
health
of
objectives
includes basic philosophy and
basic
motor
skills
necessary for participation in elementary school physical education;
and
opportunities
develop enrichment
to
Laboratory experience
education.
Area of Concentration
HPE
320
is
in
the
included.
area
of
Not open
health
to
HPE
students.
— Health and
Safety in the Elementary School 2
cr.
hrs.
Provides students with health knowledge and training in the
areas
elementary
of
environment
school
and
health
appraisal,
techniques for teaching elementary school health, the elementary
school
health
program,
and safety education
in
the
elementary
school.
HPE
321
—
This course
who needs
Aid and
First
is
2-3
Safety
training in first aid
aid emergencies,
of safety in
modern
and
331
A
will
society.
Instructor certification
HPE
hrs.
designed for the elementary-secondary teacher
and
safety.
Students will be given
preparation and practice in the recognition and treatment of
first
cr.
may
common
be given an understanding of the role
Red Cross Standard Advanced and
be obtained.
— Recreational Education
2-3
cr.
hrs.
discussion of and practice in recreation activities used in
Emphasis is placed on recreation
planning, techniques of leadership, and worthy use of leisure time.
school and playground situations.
HPE
333
— School Camping and Outdoor Education
3
cr.
hrs.
The course is designed to acquaint students with the scope
of organized camping and the acquisition of and practice in the
basic skills required of teachers involved in camping and outdoor
education training.
Field experiences are included.
Ill
HPE
—
400
Seminar in Elementary School Health
and Physical Education
Primarily designed for the in-service teacher
3-6
who
cr.
hrs.
wishes to
acquire the latest knowledge and techniques in health and physical
education at the elementary school
level.
Not open
Area
to
of
Concentration students.
HPE
409
A
—
Principles
and Problems of Secondary
School Athletics
3 cr. hrs.
study of coaching techniques necessary to plan and promote
programs.
athletic
The course
includes history, organization, and
administration, business procedures, public relations, and formulation of policy.
HPE
410
A
— The Planning and Administration
of Elementary
School Health and Physical Education
3 cr. hrs.
study of the philosophy, objectives, values, and techniques
necessary to plan and evaluate
a
sound program
in
health and
physical education for the elementary school.
HPE
411
A
— Adapted
study
of
the
Physical Education
3
cr.
handicapped child and techniques used
hrs.
in
Emphasis is placed on the
kinesiological analysis of human motion and body mechanics as
applied to programming physical education activities for the
recognizing and meeting his problems.
atypical.
HPE
412
— The Teaching
HPE
420
— Techniques
and Physical
Education in the Elementary Grades
3 cr. hrs.
Methods, materials, and practice in teaching health and
physical education for primary, intermediate, and upper grades.
Area of Concentration and in-service teachers only.
A
of Health
Health and Physical
Education for Special Education Teachers
3 cr. hrs.
course to develop sound principles and procedures for meetin
ing the physical, emotional, and social needs of the mentally retarded
in health
and physical education.
HISTORY
Hist.
1 1 1
— World History
to
Surveys development of
world from
earliest times to
studied, with emphasis
other cultural systems.
upon
1500
3
man and
1500.
his
cr. hrs.
culture throughout
the
All the great civilizations are
the interaction of Western
Europe with
112
—
112
World History 1500 to 1815
3 cr. hrs.
Survey of political, social, economic, and cultural forces in the
Western and non-Western world, with emphasis on the interaction
Hist.
1500
of major cultural systems from
Hist.
113
— World History
Survey of
since
Hist.
3
economic, and cultural forces
political, social,
ance of non- Western world in
1815.
1815
since
post-Napoleonic period.
to
cr. hrs.
at
work
Emphasis upon increasing importthe development of the modern world.
—
218
United States and Pennsylvania Survey
3 cr. hrs.
Major and usually recurring political, social, and economic
problems are emphasized.
Hist.
—
312
Classical
World
3
cr. hrs.
Study of the ancient world from the ancient Near East to the
fall
Roman Empire
of the
in the
upon Greece, Rome, the rise of
Western European civilization.
Hist.
314
West, with an intensive emphasis
Christianity,
and
their influence
on
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
— Medieval Europe
3
cr. hrs.
Study of the peoples and countries which emerged following the
fall
Roman Empire
of the
in the
West; a
critical analysis of feudal-
ism and manorialism, the development of Western institutions, and
of the church and temporal authorities to the late 14th century. Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
Hist.
318
— England
to
1688
3
cr. hrs.
and cultural life in England to the
Glorious Revolution, especially the growth and evolution of English
Political,
institutions
requisite:
Hist.
319
6
economic,
social,
and the emergence of England
cr. hrs.
Pre-
of history.
— England
Political,
as a world power.
social,
since
1688
3
cr. hrs.
economic, and cultural development in Eng-
land from the Glorious Revolution to the present with emphasis
upon the development of democracy, the Industrial Revolutions, and
Prerequisite: 6 cr.
the growth and decline of the British Empire.
hrs. of history.
Hist.
322
— Renaissance and Reformation Eras
Political, social,
economic,
literary, artistic,
3
and
cr. hrs.
intellectual de-
1300 in Italy and including the spread of the
Renaissance throughout Europe; also a critical study of the Protest-
velopments from
ca.
113
ant and Catholic reformations in relation to the political, economic,
and cultural developments
social,
324
Western Europe
in the 16th
and
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
17th centuries.
Hist.
in
— The Age
of Absolutism,
1600-1789
3
cr. hrs.
Rise of the modern nation states, the growth of absolutist power
Eastern and Western Europe, and the colonial wars between the
in
major Western powers.
— Revolution, Liberalism and
326
Hist.
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
Nationalism, 1789-1914
Causes and
3
French Revolution and the Napoleonic
effects of the
Wars; the conflict of restoration with the
rising tides of nationalism
and liberalism; the unification of Germany and
crises leading to
— Europe
332
Hist.
World War
since
cr. hrs.
I.
diplomatic
Italy; the
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
1914
3
cr. hrs.
Analysis of major political, social, economic, and military as-
European history from World War I to the present. Emphasis upon the problems faced by the present-day world.
Prere-
pects of
quisite:
6
of history.
cr. hrs.
Hist.
348
— Contemporary Europe Culture Tour
Hist.
352
— Latin America
6 cr. hrs.
Professionally guided study tour of Western Europe, usually
scheduled each summer. Research paper required.
After brief
era,
attention
is
summary
since
354
3
cr. hrs.
of course and results of the revolutionary
devoted to the economic,
velopment of individual nations.
Hist.
1820
social,
and
political de-
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
— The Modern Far East
3
cr. hrs.
Survey of Eastern Asiatic civilizations with emphasis upon cultural change and political response in consequence of European expansion and the spread of nationalism.
Prerequisite:
6
cr.
hrs. of
3
cr. hrs.
history.
Hist.
the
356
— Russia
to
1917
Survey of Russia from the beginning of the Russian State in
ninth century through the Kievan, Muscovite, and Imperial
periods to the Bolshevik Revolution of 1917.
geographical,
political,
Emphasis placed on
socio-economic, and cultural factors which
contribute most to an understanding of present-day Russia.
quisite:
6
cr. hrs.
of history.
Prere-
m
Hist.
358
— Modern Africa
Surveys
the
3
transformation
of
the
societies
Africa from colonialism to national independence.
cr. hrs.
of
cr. hrs.
Sub-Sahara
Prerequisite:
6
of history.
— The Near and Middle East
1800
3 cr. hrs.
Beginning with the gradual dismemberment of the Ottoman
Empire and the extension of European interests in the nineteenth
Hist.
362
since
century, surveys the West's continuing involvement in the area and
the rise of nationalism.
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
—
Colonial Period of America to 1783
3 cr. hrs.
372
European colonization in the New World with attention to the
establishment and development of England's thirteen colonies and
emphasis upon the problems which produced conflict between the
colonies and the British Empire resulting in the American RevoluHist.
tion.
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
—
Early National Period of the United States
374
3 cr. hrs.
Confederation, Federalist, and Jeffersonian
Major periods
analyzed as
administrations, War of 1812, Era of Good Feelings
to their contributions to the establishment of the United States from
Hist.
1783 to 1828.
—
—
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
—
American Expansion and Disunion,
376
1828-1865
3 cr. hrs.
Study of Jacksonian Democracy, Manifest Destiny, and the
Mexican War; the issue of slavery and expansion, and the Civil War.
Hist.
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
— Emergence
1865-1898 3 cr. hrs.
Study of economic, social, cultural, and political problems
inherent in the transformation of the United States from an agrarian
Prerequisite: 6 cr.
nation into a modern industrial world power.
Hist.
378
of Industrial America,
hrs. of history.
Hist.
382
— Early Twentieth Century
United States, 1898-1932
Survey of domestic and
international
United States from the Spanish-American
United States as
issues
War
cr. hrs.
concerning the
to the Great Depres-
Era and its contributions,
a world power, World War I and
sion, with analysis of the Progressive
role of the
3
the
the
115
League of Nations, expansion of the American economy, and the
tensions of the
Hist.
1920's.
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
— Contemporary United
384
States,
1932
3
to the Present
Study of the Great Depression with
World War
its
ramifications on
cr. hrs.
Amer-
problems of the cold war, and
domestic issues from the Truman Presidency to the present. Varying
interpretations of the era examined to understand conflicting views
ican
entry into
life,
Prerequisite:
of the present.
II,
6
cr.
hrs.
of history.
—
388
Pennsylvania
3 cr. hrs.
Examines in depth major contributions of Pennsylvania to
national life and contrasts significant movements on the state level
with those on the national.
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
Hist.
Hist.
— Diplomatic History
391
of the
United States to 1898
A
critical analysis of
3
cr. hrs.
United States foreign relations from the
Colonial period to the 1898 war with Spain, with emphasis upon
the
development
of, the role of
mental foreign policies.
392
in,
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
— Diplomatic History
of the
United States since 1898
A
critical analysis of
considered in
3
United States foreign relations from the
in
involvement of the nation in world
status of a great
—
cr. hrs.
1898 to the present. To the study of factors
History 391 is added an emphasis on the increasing
war with Spain
396
and the peculiar
America which have profoundly influenced funda-
conditions in
Hist.
public opinion
world power.
affairs in its transition to the
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
and Constitutional Problems 3 cr. hrs.
A topical approach to various political and constitutional
problems of American life. Selected problems or periods, and their
causes and effects, will be intensively studied.
Prerequisite: 6 cr.
Hist.
Selected Political
hrs. of history.
Hist.
399
A
— Bibliography and Research
3
cr.
hrs.
and exercises in
location and use accompany a careful analysis of the problems and
review of basic historical bibliography
tools of historical research
methods. Prerequisite: 9
and a practical application of research
cr. hrs.
of history or consent of instructor.
116
— Central Eastern Europe
412
1815
3 cr. hrs.
Survey of the political and cultural development of the nations
of Europe which lie between Germany and Italy on the west and
Russia on the east since their emergence as independent nation-states
in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.
Prerequisite: 9 cr. hrs.
Hist.
Offered for undergraduate or graduate credit.*
of history.
Hist.
— Diplomatic History
421
since
Europe from 1815
to
of
1919
3
cr.
hrs.
and relations of the
European nations from the Congress of Vienna to the First World
War. Prerequisite: 9 cr. hrs. of history. Offered for undergraduate
study
Analytical
foreign
of
policies
or graduate credit.*
Hist.
— Diplomatic
422
History of Europe since 1919
3
cr. hrs.
Analytical study of foreign policies and relations of the Great
Powers during the Interwar Years
— League
of Nations,
and reparations, disarmament, causes of World
War
war debts
—
II
the
diplomacy of the Second World War, and the origins and evolution
of the cold war.
Prerequisite: 9 cr. hrs. of history.
Offered for
undergraduate or graduate credit.*
Hist.
—
428
Intellectual History of
Europe
since the Enlightenment
Changes
in currents
3
of thought during the period are related
economic, and social developments.
to political,
given to various
9
Prerequisite:
cr.
interpretations
hrs.
cr. hrs.
Special attention
of major intellectual
of history.
movements.
Offered for undergraduate or
graduate credit.*
Hist.
—
452
3
Soviet Russia
Critical analysis of the political, social,
cr. hrs.
economic, and cultural
evolution of the Soviet Union, and a study of Soviet foreign policy
and
international
relations.
Prerequisite:
9
cr.
hrs.
of
history.
Offered for undergraduate or graduate credit.*
Hist.
454
A
rise
— China and Japan
survey of the
in the
political, social,
Twentieth Century
cr. hrs.
and economic problems
of these nations to international power.
of history.
3
in the
Prerequisite: 9 cr. hrs.
Offered for undergraduate or graduate credit.*
Graduate credit can be received only by making application and being admitted to graduate standing, and registering through the Office
of Graduate Studies.
117
456
Hist.
—
the
Selected Problems in Africa and
Near and Middle East
3
Intensive study of critical social, political, and
lems of the contemporary peoples and nations
requisite: 9 cr. hrs. of history.
cr. hrs.
economic probPre-
in these regions.
Offered for undergraduate or gradu-
ate credit.*
47 1
Hist.
—
Industrial History of the United States
Survey of industrial growth of the United States
political, social,
and cultural
3
cr. hrs.
in relation to
institutions with special attention to the
development of resources, technology, transportation, consumer products,
and modern
Prerequisite:
9
cr.
hrs. of
3
cr. hrs.
Offered for undergraduate or graduate credit.*
history.
Hist.
industrial problems.
472
— History
of
Labor
in the
United States
Surveys the problems of labor from the colonial period to the
upon
present, with emphasis
role in national
the development of unions and their
Prerequisite:
life.
9
cr.
Offered
of history.
hrs.
for undergraduate or graduate credit.*
Hist.
481
— United
and
States Social, Cultural,
Intellectual History to
1860
3
cr. hrs.
the development of a
Studies impact of English institutions,
American society, and the divergence of the cultures of the
North and the South with emphasis upon Puritanism, the Enlightenment, and Transcendentalism.
Prerequisite: 9 cr. hrs. of history.
distinct
Offered for undergraduate or graduate credit.*
Hist.
482
— United
States Social, Cultural,
and
Intellectual
History since 1860
Modern American
3
social
and cultural
institutions
contemporary systems of thought are analyzed.
hrs. of history.
cr.
hrs.
and major
Prerequisite:
9
cr.
Offered for undergraduate or graduate credit.*
MATHEMATICS
Math. 101
— Fundamentals
This course
is
of Mathematics
3
cr. hrs.
designed to convey an appreciation of a selec-
tion of mathematical applications in
modern
civilization
while in-
creasing the student's competence in coping with mathematical situations of everyday living.
Graduate credit can be received only by making application and being"
admitted to graduate standing, and registering through the Office
of Graduate Studies.
118
— Pre-Calculus
Math. 110
This course
is
a preparatory one for those students
meet the requirements
of
4
to begin the calculus sequence.
elementary algebraic functions
and
relations,
cr. hrs.
who do
It is
not
a study
exponential
and
logarithmic functions, circular functions and inverse functions.
— College Algebra
Math. Ill
3
cr.
hrs.
Designed to strengthen and increase the concepts developed in
secondary school algebra. Emphasis is placed on the study of functions, matrices,
Math. 112
and determinants.
— Trigonometry
3
Designed to have the student become proficient
cr. hrs.
in the use of
Also includes complex numbers and vec-
trigonometric functions.
Prerequisite: Math. 111.
tors.
Math. 116
— Introductory
3
Statistics
cr.
hrs.
This course aims to develop the ability to read, interpret, and
construct tables of statistical data; to compute values for the vari-
ous
statistical
the
biological
quisite:
tinuity;
Biological
sciences.
sciences
skills
of statistics to
majors only.
Prere-
Math. 111.
Math. 211
A
measures; and to apply the basic
— Calculus
critical
the
4
I
cr.
hrs.
study of the cartesian plane, functions, limits and con-
derivative,
differentials
and applications; and anti-de-
rivatives.
Math. 212
A
— Calculus
critical
4
II
cr.
hrs.
study of the definite integral and application; conic
sections; differentiation of elementary transcendental functions; the
indefinite integral
and techniques of integration.
Prerequisite: Math.
211.
Math. 221
—
Descriptive
and
abilistic distribution.
sity
3
Statistics
inferential
Both
functions are discussed.
statistics
discrete
cr.
hrs.
with emphasis on prob-
and continuous probability den-
Practical training in the calculation of
various statistical measures and the use of automatic calculators
obtained
in
Math. 222
the laboratory.
Prerequisite:
— College Geometry
Sophomore
is
standing.
3
cr.
hrs.
Elementary geometry from an advanced standpoint. Incidence
geometry in planes and space, geometric inequalities, properties of
119
the triangle, the quadrilateral, the circle
and sphere.
Prerequisite:
Math. 112.
Math. 231
— Theory
The use
operations
number
counting
in
numbers,
Math. 232
bases;
— Algebraic and Geometric
and
integers,
and elementary theory of numbers.
mentary education majors only.
different
hrs.
cr.
of language in mathematics, sets and relations; the
elementary
four
3
of Arithmetic
3
Structures
Ele-
cr.
hrs.
Clock arithmetic and modulo systems; rational numbers, decimals, and irrational numbers; measurement of line segments, triangles, circles, area,
and volume.
— Introduction
Prerequisite:
Math. 231.
1 cr. hr.
Computer Programming
An introduction to computer programming using the Fortran
Language with examples chosen from the natural and physical
Math. 241
to
sciences.
Math. 246
—
Field
Work
in
Mathematics
Mathematics takes on new
interest
when
3
it
is
cr.
applicable to
hrs.
life
Instruments used in the field are the slide rule, angle
situations.
mirror, hysometer, and clinometer, plane table, vernier, transit, and
scale drawing.
Math. 311
A
Prerequisite:
Math. 112.
— Intermediate Calculus
critical
study of polar coordinates,
4
cr.
hrs.
parametric equations,
vectors in the plane and space, improper integrals; partial differentiation
and multiple
Math. 312
A
series
—
integration.
Prerequisite:
Math. 212.
3
Differential Equations
cr.
hrs.
study of elementary ordinary differential equations; infinite
and power
series,
and La Place transforms.
Prerequisite:
Math. 311.
Math. 321
— Introduction
Modern
algebra and
to
its
Modern Algebra
3
concepts and terminology.
cr.
hrs.
Subjects
discussed include sets, rings, fields, groups, relations, and functions.
Prerequisite:
Math. 322
Math. 212.
— Linear Algebra
A study of vectors and n-dimensional vector space;
3
cr.
hrs.
determinants,
matrices, linear transformations, quadratic forms, and applications
in
3 -space.
Prerequisite:
Math. 321.
120
— Algebra
Math. 331
for Secondary School Teachers
some
This course will discuss
algebra from an advanced viewpoint.
to
topics
of
of
the
3
topics
cr. hrs.
elementary
of
Consideration will be given
contemporary school mathematics programs.
Pre-
Ed. 352.
requisite:
— Modern Geometry
Math. 332
3
hrs.
cr.
and various non-Euclidean geometries and their
development from postulate systems. Prerequisite: Math. 222.
Euclidean
— Advanced Calculus
Math. 411
A
systematic
calculus
integral
3
and modern approach
of
to
the
cr.
hrs.
differential
and
and transformations.
functions
Prerequisite:
Math. 311.
— Complex Variables
Math. 412
A
hrs.
cr.
rigorous presentation of theory through the differential and
calculus
integral
of
analytic
— Introduction
Math. 421
An
introduction
to
Topology
the fundamentals
pings, compactness, product
Math. 422
An
included
residues,
3
to
Topics included are elementary
Prerequisite:
and conformal
Prerequisite: Math. 311.
functions,
transformations, with applications.
ence.
3
of
general
topology.
set theory, topological spaces,
map-
and metric spaces, nets and converg-
Math. 311.
— Introduction
to
Group Theory
3
cr.
hrs.
Topics
introduction to the fundamentals of group theory.
are
hrs.
cr.
groups and related systems, normal subgroups and
homomorphisms, Abelian groups, permutation groups, automorphisms, and free groups.
Math. 431
An
3
introduction to the theory of numbers.
sian integers,
Math. 432
analysis.
Math. 321.
— Number Theory
are Euclidean
A
Prerequisite:
algorithm,
hrs.
Topics included
congruences, continued fractions, Gaus-
and Diophantine equations.
Prerequisite:
— Elementary Numerical Analysis
computer-oriented
cr.
analysis
of
algorithms
Math. 321.
3
of
cr. hrs.
numerical
Topics discussed include non-linear equations, interpola-
and approximation, differentiation and integration, matrices,
and differential equations. Prerequisite: Math. 311.
tion
121
MUSIC
Music 101
An
— Introduction
to
Music
3
hrs.
cr.
introduction to music listening to develop an understand-
ing of music and the various
media through which
it
is
expressed.
composers, musical forms, and styles con-
Selected masterpieces,
sidered.
APPLIED MUSIC
One
half
hour private lesson per week
Music 171
—
First
name
Semester Applied Music (Course
will
be
oboe, bassoon.)
— Second Semester Applied Music
name
—
hr.
instrument.
flute, clarinet,
Music 173
title
cr.
Those currently offered will be
piano, organ, trumpet, French horn, trombone, tuba,
of
voice,
Music 172
1
(Course
title will
be
will
be
of one of the above instruments.)
Third Semester Applied Music (Course
name
title
of one of the above instruments.)
Each student will be expected to practice five hours a week.
Practice rooms will be assigned according to a schedule set up by
the department.
The number of students who may study will be
by the college facilities available and the teaching faculty.
Therefore, approval must be given by the department chairman be-
limited
fore a student
At
may
be admitted to an applied music course.
the end of each semester, the student
minimum requirements
musicianship
music
as
in
determined
sight-reading,
is
expected to meet
technique,
by examinations
before
and
general
the
applied
faculty.
—
Music 221
History of Music
3 cr. hrs.
Music from Bach to the present day with emphasis upon active
listening and the development of a musical vocabulary.
Music 231
— Ear Training and
3
Sight Singing
cr.
Recognition of melodic, rhythmic, and harmonic patterns.
tation of melodic
Music 232
A
and harmonic
— Harmony
3
study of music theory including tonic,
board experiences
will
Dic-
intervals.
I
dominant harmonies leading
hrs.
to altered chords
be included.
cr.
hrs.
subdominant,
and
and modulation. Key-
122
Music 233
A
— Harmony
continuation of
3
II
Harmony
I
cr.
hrs.
including the study of the super-
In addition to keyand mediant harmonies.
board experiences and the development of rhythmic vocabulary and
harmonic dictation, selected compositions will be analyzed. Preretonic,
submediant,
quisite:
Harmony
Music 241
—
I.
Class Piano
Group piano
ing and playing
3
cr.
hrs.
Emphasis on creatsongs, and on sight reading.
instruction for the beginner.
accompaniments
for
—
Music 251
Concepts for Music Listening
3 cr. hrs.
Examination of styles, techniques, and mediums. Comparisons
of musical objectives and philosophies of schools, eras, and individual composers.
Development of critical attitudes and listening techniques.
Prerequisite: Music 101.
Music 311
A
— Music
Activities in the
Elementary School 3
cr.
hrs.
course designed to provide the prospective elementary teach-
ers with the skills, understanding,
and
to function effectively in the area of
Emphasis
contained classroom.
is
attitudes
music as
which
it is
will help
them
related to the self-
placed on personal music de-
velopment, an understanding of the basic musical content, the de-
velopmental growth process in music, desirable musical experiences
for children,
effective organization of these experiences.
— Music
Romantic Era
study of nineteenth century European music.
Music 322
A
and
Music 323
of the
— Twentieth Century Music
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
Trends and development of contemporary music, with emphasis
on
selected representative works.
Music 324
A
— American Music
3
cr.
hrs.
study of the works of selected American composers with ref-
erence to characteristics indigenous to American music.
Music 341
— Choral Techniques
3
cr.
hrs.
Class voice instruction with emphasis on the development of
techniques and
abilities
necessary for participation in choral groups.
Principal attention will be given to tone production, proper breathing,
and appropriate
literature.
123
—
3 cr. hrs.
Literature and Materials of Music
Music 412
Designed primarily for elementary majors who have an area of
Provides a broad knowledge of the music prointerest in music.
gram content in the elementary grades. Review basic texts, recordDevelops
ings, filmstrips, films, sources of literature, and materials.
a repertoire of songs, rhythmic activities, and other musical information representing a core foundation for the elementary music curriculum.
Music 311.
Prerequisite:
Music 461
— Directed Study
3
Individual study under the direction of a
department faculty which
may
may
hrs.
of the music
extend areas normally covered in
Pre-student teaching classroom experi-
specialized music courses.
ence
member
cr.
also be included.
NURSING
NED. 301
— Public School Nursing
3
I
cr.
hrs.
Public school nursing, as a branch of public health nursing,
is
considered in
The
course.
this
fields of responsibility,
historical
background, various
and the problems and limitations of the pro-
new
fession are discussed along with
techniques of handling public
school health problems.
NED. 303
A
— Public School Nursing
II
3
cr.
hrs.
study of physical, emotional, and social problems affecting
the health of the school child
and the methods that may be employ-
ed by home, school, and community
in helping to solve health
prob-
lems with emphasis on the nurse as co-ordinator in the use of
local,
and federal resources.
state,
NED. 304
— Public Health Nursing
Historical
I
3
cr.
fundamental principles, organizational
background,
framework, problems of community participation, and trends
lic
hrs.
in
pub-
health nursing.
NED. 305
A
nomic
—
3
Nutrition
cr.
hrs.
review of basic principles of nutrition with relation to ecofactors
and cultural food patterns with special emphasis on
the nutritional needs of the school-age child.
NED. 306
An
— Family Case
Work
3
cr.
hrs.
overview of social welfare and interviewing principles for
school nurses.
Case
histories
and interviewing situations are
select-
12J,
ed for
case
critical
discussion to acquaint the student with application of
work methods
— Community Health
NED. 309
A
3
I
cr.
hrs.
study of the various facets of community health including
background, environmental concern, and methods of con-
historical
Reference
trol.
in school nursing practice.
will
be made to contemporary and future problems
dealing with radiation, air-water pollution, and space.
— Modern Communicable Diseases
NED. 310
A
3
cr.
hrs.
study of current practices and the role of the school nurse
communicable disease prevention and control with emphasis on
the relationships between physical, socio-economic, and biologic enin
vironment.
PHYSICS
— Basic Physical Science
Phys. 101
An
3
introduction to physics, chemistry, and astronomy.
cr.
hrs.
Topics
include elementary mechanics, energy, the solar system, electricity
and magnetism, sound, light, atomic structure, radioactivity, heat
and kinetic theory, the periodic table and chemical properties, simple
chemical
topics.
Laboratory to
reactions.
This course
is
some
illustrate
and Special Education.
Phys. 103
A
—
the
designed for students other than
majors in the Secondary program, and for those
tion
of
4 hours/week: 2
above
science
Business Educa-
in
class,
2 lab.
3
Principles of Physical Science I
two-term laboratory "discovery" type of course
cr. hrs.
in the physi-
cal sciences designed for non-science majors, especially for students
Emphasis on the physics and
elementary teaching program.
in the
chemistry of the solid state with a constant attempt to correlate observed properties of matter with theoretical models of
First
term topics include the behavior of waves and of
its
structure.
light, crystals,
and motion. Enrollment limited to students
the elementary program.
4 hours/week: 2 class, 2 lab.
kinetic theory, forces,
in
Phys. 104
A
ergy,
—
continuation of Phys. 103.
forces
inside
matter,
ionic crystals, molecules,
Phys. 103.
3
Principles of Physical Science II
Second term topics include en-
electrons
in
motion,
and covalently bonded
4 hours/week: 2
class,
cr. hrs.
2
lab.
atomic structure,
solids. Prerequisite:
125
— Introductory Physics
Phys. Ill
A
hrs.
cr.
non-calculus approach to the basic principles of mechanics,
the physics of fluids,
is
4
I
and heat and thermodynamics.
designed to meet the requirements of students
in
This course
the
General
Science and Biology programs and for students in Liberal Arts not
majoring
in Physics or
Phys. 112
A
6 hours/week: 3 class, 3 lab.
Chemistry.
— Introductory Physics
4
II
continuation of Phys. 111.
Prerequisite:
Phys.
1 1 1
hrs.
Includes the basic principles of
sound, geometrical and physical optics,
netism.
cr.
and
and mag6 hours/week: 3
electricity
or equivalent.
class, 3 lab.
Phys. 211
A
— General Physics
4
I
hrs.
treatment, using calculus, of the principles of mechanics, the
physics of fluids, and heat and thermodynamics.
signed for majors in Physics and in Chemistry.
212 completed or concurrent.
Phys. 212
A
cr.
— General Physics
This course
is
de-
Prerequisite: Math.
6 hours/week: 3 class, 3 lab.
4
II
cr.
hrs.
Includes the principles of sound,
continuation of Phys. 211.
geometrical and physical optics, and electricity and magnetism. Prerequisites:
Phys. 211, and Math. 212 completed.
6 hours/week:
3 class, 3 lab.
Phys. 225
— Demonstrations
in the
Physical Sciences
3
cr.
hrs.
Designed to give the science student or in-service teacher practical
ics,
experience for conducting demonstration experiments in physchemistry, general science, and earth science.
The course
will
emphasize the use of materials, apparatus, and films characteristic
of the
new program
in science
such as
PSSC
Physics,
CHEM
Study,
Earth Science Curriculum Project, and the Physical Science Program.
Prerequisites:
valent.
4 hours/ week: 2
Phys. 310
An
electron,
—
Physics
class,
112, Chemistry
2
112, or their equi-
lab.
Introduction to Atomic Physics
4
cr.
introduction to the fundamentals of atomic structure:
hrs.
the
Bohr's theory of the hydrogen atom, X-rays, the photo-
and other fundamental processes; radioactivity, including natural and artificial transmutation, and an elementary treatment of fission and fusion. Prerequisite: Phys. 212 or Phys. 112
electric
effect,
and approval of Instructor; Math. 212. 6 hours/week: 3
lab.
class,
3
126
— Mechanics
Phys. 311
A
3
course in intermediate mechanics treating
cr.
hrs.
and dynamics of particles and extended bodies, motions of bodies by conservative and dissipative forces, energy relations, impulse and momentum, rotation of a rigid body, angular momentum, and elasticity.
Prerequisites: Phys. 212 or Phys. 112 and approval of Instructor; Math. 311 or concurrent.
3 hours class/week.
—
Phys. 314
An
Electricity
statistics
and Magnetism
4
cr.
hrs.
intermediate-level study of the electric field, potential, die-
and
and alternating currents.
The study of magnetism includes magnetic fields, electromagnetic
induction, and magnetic properties of matter.
A brief introduction
lectric
properties, capacitance,
to electromagnetic
waves
is
direct
included.
Phys. 212 or
Prerequisites:
Phys. 112 and approval of Instructor; Math. 311.
6 hours/week:
3 class, 3 lab.
Phys. 315
—
4
Electronics
cr.
hrs.
and theory of semiconductors and vacuum
tubes with special emphasis on circuitry.
Transistor and electron
tube characteristics are determined and studied for use in ampli-
The
application
and computers. Prerequisites: Phys. 112 or Phys.
212, Math. 212. 6 hours/week: 3 class, 3 lab.
fiers, oscillators,
Phys. 412
— Optics
3
cr.
hrs.
Brief review of geometric optics; extended treatment of topics
in
physical
optics
and spectra.
Instructor;
Phys.
420
An
including diffraction,
Prerequisite: Phys.
interference,
polarization,
212 or Phys. 112 and approval of
Math. 212. 3 hours class/ week.
—
Vibrations and
Waves
3
intermediate-level treatment of simple harmonic,
cr.
hrs.
damped,
and forced oscillations. The study of waves includes the propagation of waves in three dimensions with analysis of reflection, transElectromission, and refraction for various boundary conditions.
magnetic, acoustical, fluid, and mechanical applications are includ-
Fundamental to much of advanced physics.
Phys. 311, Math. 311. 3 hours class/week.
ed.
Phys. 421
An
state.
—
Solid State Physics
Prerequisites:
3
cr.
hrs.
introduction to the physical properties of matter in the solid
Basic quantum concepts, crystal structure, electrons in metals,
electrical
conductivity, semiconductors,
band theory, the p-n junc-
127
Dielectric
tion.
and magnetic properties of matter.
Phys. 314, Math. 312.
Phys. 422
An
3
Prerequisites:
hours class/ week.
— Thermodynamics
3
cr.
hrs.
introduction to the concepts and principles of classical ther-
modynamics.
The first and second laws. Entropy. Thermodynamics of simple systems. Physics of very low temperatures. Pre3 hours class/week.
requisites: Phys. 212, Math. 311.
Phys. 480
An
— History
3
of Physical Science
cr.
hrs.
account of the development of physical science,
historical
and chemistry, from the time of Copernicus to
the present.
The great personalities of science, their ideas, and the
effect their contributions made to man's understanding of the phyparticularly physics
world
sical
will
be studied.
of the physical sciences.
Intended for the prospective teacher
Prerequisite: near completion of a major
in physics or chemistry, or consent of Instructor.
Phys.
490
— Physics Seminar
1
cr.
hr.
POLITICAL SCIENCE
— United
211
Pol. Sci.
A
States
Government
3
cr.
hrs.
American national government with emphasis
on basic concepts, structure, powers, procedures, and problems.
study
—
Elements of Political Science
212
3 cr. hrs.
Emphasis on a mix of empirical and normative theory in order
furnish a conceptual framework as an introduction to the disci-
Pol. Sci.
to
of
pline.
(Either Pol.
Sci.
211 or 212
is
a prerequisite for
all
succeeding
courses in the department.)
Pol. Sci.
A
—
313
State and Local Government
comparison of the states' structural
3
institutions,
cr.
hrs.
together
with an examination of the functions and problems of state, municipal,
and special governmental
Pol. Sci.
The
314
—
Political Parties
structures
units.
and Elections
and functions of
3
cr.
political organizations,
hrs.
minor
campaign financing, theories of voting and voting behavior,
and the history of the development of the American two-party
parties,
system.
128
Pol. Sci.
316
— Public Opinion and Propaganda
3
cr.
hrs.
Various methods and techniques for analyzing, measuring, and
processing public opinion are explored, with opportunity allowed
for
some
and content analysis
Pol. Sci.
Components such
practical experience.
323
tests for
as pressure groups
propaganda are included.
— Comparative European Governments
3
cr.
hrs.
Principles of comparative analysis; social and economic interests;
role
ideology;
of
political
interest
groups,
and electoral
parties
systems; the evolution, structure, organization, and operation of the
governments
of
German Federal
Pol. Sci.
324
—
Great
France,
Britain,
the
U.
the
Republic.
3
International Relations
Political theory of the state, sovereignty,
cr.
hrs
and government, and
The sources
examination of their component parts.
a detailed
and
S. S. R.,
of
national power, the results of national power, in the form of disputes,
and wars, or alliances, balances of power, and settlements
of international law in international courts.
conflicts,
Pol. Sci.
The
352
— Public Administration
useful contributions
made by
3
cr.
hrs.
organizational theory to the
problems of decision-making functions and coordination of program
budgeting and personnel are considered.
—
America 3 cr. hrs.
An examination of organizational forms, functions, and operaEmphasis on
tions of selected countries of Latin America.
Pol. Sci.
424
and
Politics
Institutions of Latin
indigenous institutions.
—
425
Politics and
the Middle East
Pol. Sci.
An
examination
of
Institutions of Africa
and
3
the
history,
structure,
cr.
functions,
hrs.
and
problems of selected countries of Africa and the Middle East.
Pol. Sci.
An
426
—
Politics
and
Institutions of the
Far East
3
cr.
hrs.
examination of the history, structure, functions, and prob-
lems of selected countries of the Far East, including China, Japan,
and India.
Pol. Sci.
433
— History
Important
political
of Political
theorists
Thought
of the past
3
and
their
cr.
hrs.
proposals
with reference to their validity at the time, and their application
and acceptance today.
nationalism,
Liberty, authority, democracy, individualism,
and internationalism.
Prerequisite:
Hist.
112,
113.
129
A
—
451
Pol. Sci.
Constitutional
Law
3
hrs.
cr.
and functions of the
Supreme Court including a case study approach of the Court's
interpretations of the commerce and taxing powers, state-federal
relationships, and civil rights.
Psy.
study
of
the
— Basic
460
For
history,
Statistical
organization,
Method
3
hrs.
cr.
a description of this
course see Psychology 460 under
Psychology course descriptions.
Liberal arts students concentrating
in political science will receive credit for this course.
Prerequisite:
permission of Political Science Department.
—
Soc.
466
3 cr. hrs.
Research Methods in the Social Sciences
For a description of this course see Sociology 466. Liberal
arts
students concentrating in political science will receive credit
for this course.
Prerequisites: Psy.
460 and permission
of Political
Science Department.
470
Pol. Sci.
— Senior Seminar
3
hrs.
cr.
Individual research projects determined in consultation between
student and instructor.
Prerequisites:
15 hours of political science
including Pol. Sci. 433, Psy. 460, Soc. 466, and permission of the
department.
PHILOSOPHY
Phil.
211
—
An
attempt to
3
Introduction to Philosophy
develop systematically
a
number
of
cr.
hrs.
general
which the sciences, in their attempts to specialize, do not encompass. Some of these are forms of argument, kind of knowledge,
topics
nature of reality, individual and social values, and standards of conduct.
Phil.
301
— Ethics
3
cr.
hrs.
Analysis of the criteria for choosing between alternatives; the
relation of
of interests
means and ends; individual and social interests; conflict
and community of interests, justification and genesis of
values, ethical relativism.
Phil.
302
A
— Logic
study of the laws of systematic thinking.
3
cr.
Included
is
hrs.
an
examination of logical forms of argumentation, the syllogism, and
the methodology of the deductive sciences.
ISO
Phil.
303
— Philosophy
Analysis
of
the
3
of Science
logic
of
inquiry
the
in
cr.
and
natural
hrs.
social
sciences: the nature of scientific explanation, problems of causality,
measurement, prediction, and
Phil.
306
A
— Philosophy
critical
analysis
verification.
3
of Religion
of religious
Particular
faith.
cr.
hrs.
attention
is
given to the nature of religion, evidence supporting religious belief,
and problems and challenges
Phil.
309
A
— World
to religion.
Prerequisite: Phil. 211.
3
Religions
cr.
hrs.
study of the beliefs and practices of living religions.
In-
cludes Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, Judaism, Christianity and Islam.
314
—
and Contemporary Philosophy 3 cr. hrs.
A study of significant trends in contemporary Western philosophy; major emphasis on Existentialism. The writings of Freud.
Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, Sartre, Camus and Ayer will be examined.
Phil.
Existentialism
Prerequisite: Phil. 211.
PSYCHOLOGY
Psy. 101
— General Psychology
3
hrs.
cr.
Develops an understanding of how people behave and why they
behave as they do.
Heredity and environment, the nature and func-
and thought, the forces that bring about
various kinds of behavior, and the problems of personal adjustment.
tion of perception, emotions
Psy. 102
— Advanced General Psychology
Designed
to provide students with a
more
3
intensive
hrs.
cr.
and
detail-
ed understanding of psychological processes which are covered
an elementary
clude
tion,
level in
Psychology 101.
human development,
learning,
emotion, and personality theory.
Topics to be covered
at
in-
memory, perception, motivaThe methods and systems of
psychology, both historical and current, will also be explored.
Pre-
requisite: Psy. 101.
Psy. 211
— Child Growth and Development
3
(Child Psychology)
The
principles of
human development which have most
cance for understanding and working with children
school classrooms and activities.
Prerequisite: Psy.
in
101.
cr.
hrs.
signifi-
elementary
131
Psy. 321
—
Tests
and Measures
3
cr.
hrs.
Critique of testing in the elementary and secondary schools, con-
and appraisal of the various instruments of measurement.
Practice in evaluating and selecting tests, in administering and scoring them, and in the analysis and presentation of test results. Attention given to remedial measures for the improvement of instruction
struction
and teacher-made
Psy. 331
A
Prerequisite: Psy. 101.
tests.
— Mental Hygiene and Problems
cr.
hrs.
discussion of the processes necessary for the development of
a healthy mental state.
Practical applications of principles of
good
Field trips to nearby mental institu-
mental hygiene demonstrated.
Prerequisite: Psy. 101.
tions.
Psy. 351
A
It
of Adjustment 3
—
3
Social Psychology
cr.
hrs.
study of the behavior of individuals and groups in society.
and emanatbehave as they
deals with the psychological forces within individuals
ing from the social environment that causes people to
Prerequisite: Psy.
do.
Psy. 371
A
101.
— Educational Psychology
first
3
cr.
hrs.
course in providing for the applications of psychology
Deals with the learner, that which
to the learning situation.
be learned, and the learning processes.
is
to
Consideration of develop-
ment, adjustment, motivation, individual differences, social adaptations,
and
disabilities
abilities
in
of learners.
Prerequisite:
subject areas.
— Foundations
Deals with normal processes and
Psy.
101.
3 cr. hrs.
Contemporary Psychology
Designed to provide basic background for those students who
will have psychology as a major or as a minor field.
An examination
of historical backgrounds and schools of thought in psychology.
Careful examination of methods of investigation and their implicaPsy. 401
of
tions for the various systems of psychology.
Particular regard to
the contributions of the various fields of psychology for education.
Prerequisite: Psy.
Psy.
406
101.
— Psychology Seminar
3
Designed for students who have adequate
ability
cr.
hrs.
and back-
ground for the carrying out and reporting of independent research
in the field of psychology.
will
present his
enrollees
and the
In a three-hour session the researcher
paper for the judgments and discussion of the
instructor.
and should be arranged well
Topics are assigned by the instructor
in
advance of the beginning of the
Each semester
have another area of psychology as
the main theme for the researcher.
Prerequisite: Permission of
course.
the
will
instructor.
Psy.
416
The
— Adolescent Psychology
physical,
from age eleven
social,
3
and psychological
to mid-teens
society.
(Formerly Psy. 411)
Psy. 421
—
and
their adjustment in
Prerequisite:
Psy.
youth
of
attributes
hrs.
cr.
dynamic
a
211 or 371.
Individual Mental Tests
3 cr hrs.
The nature of intelligence is studied and ways of measuring it
considered.
Emphasis is placed on understanding the uses of, and
interpretations of results of, commonly used individual intelligence
scales: Binet,
Wechsler, various picture-vocabulary and performance
tests.
Psy. 431
— Abnormal Psychology
3
cr.
hrs.
Mental abnormalities including symptoms, diagnosis, and treatment.
Problem cases and characteristics of handicapped and subnormal children.
Prerequisite: Psy. 101.
Psy.
—
436
The Study of Personality
The nature and organization of personality and
3
cr.
hrs.
dynamic
forces that shape the individual.
Personality types, conscious and
unconscious processes, individual differences, abnormal trends, and
Prerequisite: Psy.
ways of measuring personality characteristics.
the
101.
Psy. 451
— Psychology
3 cr. hrs.
and Industry
business and industry. Included
for Business
Services of the psychologist to
are job analysis, motion studies, selection of
new employees,
transfers,
promotions and terminations, training, problem employees,
morale, and research.
Psy.
Prerequisite: Psy.
101.
456
— Psychology
An
investigation of the basic dynamics of
consideration
of
the
3
of Motivation
concepts,
rating,
principles,
human
cr.
behavior.
hrs.
A
and empirical findings
concerning those basic factors which underlie human motivation.
PreAttention is paid to both innate and acquired behavior bases.
requisite:
Psy.
Psy.
—
101.
460
Basic Statistical Method
Methods of collecting, tabulating, and
3
cr.
hrs.
treating data; measures
of central tendency, deviation, correlation, and graphic representaHypothesis testing, chi-square and
descriptive statistics.
tion;
133
variance techniques will be treated.
cises in
Provision for practical exer-
computation from, and interpretations
An
3
hrs.
cr.
introduction to the methodology of experimental research.
Students delve
into
theory of experimental research,
the
mental design, individual study, and
critical
analysis of complete
— Advanced Experimental Psychology
462
experi-
101.
Prerequisite: Psy.
research.
A
various measures.
— Experimental Psychology
Psy. 461
Psy.
of,
3
hrs.
cr.
The
continuation and an extension of Psychology 461.
student evaluates reports of experiments and research.
There
an
is
involvement in more advanced procedures and techniques of experimental design and practice.
Psy.
466
— Research
Prerequisite: Psy. 461.
Projects in Psychology
3
cr.
hrs.
A
problem of special interest selected and followed by each
student under the immediate supervision of the instructor.
Pre-
Recommendation
requisites:
of the advisor and permission of the
department chairman.
SOCIOLOGY
Soc. 211
—
The
3
Principles of Sociology
and culture, individual and community adjustments,
the light of their origin, development, form,
218
hrs.
basic characteristics of group behavior, the organization
of society
Soc.
cr.
— Religion
in
in
and functions.
American Society
3
cr.
hrs.
Analysis of the relationship between religion and American
social institutions
Anthro. 224
—
and
society.
Prerequisite: Soc. 211.
Cultural Anthropology
3 cr. hrs.
Man's biocultural development and cultural achievement. The
function of elements and configurations of material and non-material
culture in meeting
human
needs.
Cultural processes and the role
of culture in personality formation.
Soc.
233
— Introduction
to Social
Work and
3 cr. hrs.
examination of the modern welfare services, followed by
the Welfare Services
An
the study of
some
of the methods by which social workers help to
from adoption and care for
marital counseling, parole supervision, and community
solve a host of problems which range
the aged to
organization.
13 U
— Contemporary
Soc. 313
Social Problems
3
Urgent social problems and proposals offered for
cr.
their solution.
Topics include social change, personal maladjustment, social
organization,
mobility,
hrs.
dis-
delinquency, racial and economic tensions,
and special problems of youth,
families,
and aging.
Prerequisite:
Soc. 211.
— Racial and National Minority Groups
Soc. 315
An
and
cr.
and minority relations involving
analysis of racial
national,
3
hrs.
racial,
Emphasis
religious minorities in the United States.
be placed on the present system of minority relations with
will
efforts being
made toward
possible adjustments.
Prerequisite: Soc.
211.
Soc.
— Urban Sociology
316
3
Analysis of origin and growth of the city in the U.
cr.
hrs.
Em-
S.
phasis on ecological changes taking place as well as the dynamic
patterns of interaction
on the contemporary scene.
Prerequisite:
Soc. 211.
Anthro. 320
— Contemporary World Cultures
3
Comparative analysis of selected non-European
tic,
hrs.
societies in con-
on the natural and soenvironment, national character, world view, and literary, artisand musical expression.
trasting cultural
cial
cr.
Anthro. 326
and natural
areas.
Stresses
— North American Ethnography and
Archaeology
3
cr.
hrs.
Survey of the cultural types and language distributions of the
North
American
prehistoric
and
early
historic
Prere-
Anthro. 224.
Soc. 331
— Marriage and Family
3
cr.
hrs.
Cultural traditions of the marriage and the family and the
new
problems
society.
Soc.
through
Includes Indians and archaeology of Pennsylvania.
periods.
quisite:
Indian
in
social
behavior these institutions face
Prerequisite:
in
a
changing
Soc. 211.
—
332
Personality in Culture and Society
3 cr. hrs.
Examination of cultural influences on the development of per-
sonality; analysis of personality differences in various cultures.
entation of explanatory hypotheses.
Pres-
135
Soc.
334
A
—
Social
Casework
3
detailed study of representative cases in the field of social
work; techniques of investigation and
Soc.
336
A
hrs.
cr.
criteria for appraisal.
— Child Welfare
3
cr.
hrs.
and comprehensive study of the principal child
The course is directed toward developing a knowl-
historical
welfare services.
edge about, and an understanding
of, society's responsibility in
meet-
ing the varied needs of children.
— Criminology
Soc. 341
3
cr.
hrs.
Theories of causes of crime, includ-
Scientific study of crime.
Volume,
ing physical type, differential association, psychiatric, etc.
scope, and trends in crime; police, administration of justice, rehabili-
and
tation theory
Anthro. 410
—
Graphic
practice.
Prerequisite: Soc. 211.
Primitive Arts
arts,
literature,
3
cr.
hrs.
music, and the dance of ancient and
non-European cultures throughout the world. Slides, films, specimens and recordings will be used. Prerequisite: Anthro. 224.
Anthro. 415
A
ciety.
—
critical
3
Primitive Religion
examination of religion and magic
in
cr.
hrs.
primitive so-
Leading anthropological theories of the forms and functions
of religion in
Anthro. 429
human
—
life
are studied.
Prerequisite: Anthro. 224.
Field Archaeology
3
cr.
hrs.
Field investigation of various aboriginal cultures which have
occupied the valley of the North Branch of the Susquehanna River
Emphasis on excavation of sites in this area,
preceded by orientation to stratigraphic and recording techniques.
Prerequisite: Soc. 224 or 323.
since the glacial age.
Anthro. 430
—
Projects in Field Archaeology
3
cr.
hrs.
Intensive study of problems encountered in archaeological re-
search on the prehistoric creatures of the Susquehanna Valley, as
revealed by excavation and comparative study of finds.
Soc.
442
—
Juvenile Delinquency
3
cr.
hrs.
Examination of social pressures operative upon children
American society which lead to deviant behavior. Factors leading
formation of delinquent personality.
in
to
Methods of treatment and
prevention, juvenile courts, clinics and correctional institutions will
be considered.
Prerequisite: Soc. 211.
136
Anthro. 450
—
Socialization oj the Child in
3
Primitive Society
hrs.
cr.
Life experience and adjustment of the individual through infancy,
Contrasting methods of in-
middle childhood and youth.
troducing children to adult economic, social and religious
activities.
Prerequisite: Anthro. 224.
Psy.
—
Basic Statistical Method
460
For a description of this course
3
see Psychology 460.
arts students will receive credit for this course.
hrs.
cr.
Liberal
Per-
Prerequisite:
mission of Sociology Department.
Soc.
462
—
Sociological Theory
3
hrs.
cr.
Survey of the development of sociological theory from Comte
Comparison of modern schools of thought, including
mechanistic, geographical, analytical, functional, and neo-positivisand Spencer.
Prerequisites:
tic.
12 hours of sociology or permission of instruc-
tor.
Soc.
—
466
Research Methods in the Social Sciences
3 cr. hrs.
Methods and techniques in social science research. Prepara-
tion of research projects, questionnaires, sampling, interviews,
Introduction to methods
for
analysis
and interpretation of
etc.
data.
Liberal arts students concentrating in sociology will receive credit
for the course.
Prerequisite:
12 hours of sociology including Psy.
460.
Soc.
470
— Senior Seminar
3
cr.
hrs.
Individual research projects and reports within selected areas
of sociological interest, such as the family, criminology, social strati-
and ethnic minorities. Prerequisites: 18 hours of sociology
including Soc. 462 and 466, Psy. 460, and permission of the departfication,
ment.
SPECIAL EDUCATION
Spec. Ed. 201
The
mentally
impaired,
The
— Education
educational
retarded,
physically
history
oj Exceptional Children
problems
speech
and
of
exceptional
hearing
handicapped,
and
3
children:
impaired,
emotionally
cr.
gifted,
neurologically
maladjusted.
and philosophy of special education, programs
exceptional children.
hrs.
for
137
352
Spec. Ed.
— Experience with
Emotionally Disturbed
Experience
working
1-3
individually
with
emotionally
children in a state hospital or a clinic setting.
cr.
hrs.
disturbed
Prerequisite:
Per-
mission of instructor.
354
Spec. Ed.
— Experience
with Learning Disabilities 1-3
cr.
hrs.
Experience working individually with children whose learning
present
disabilities
problems.
educational
special
Prerequisite:
Permission of instructor.
Spec. Ed.
450
— Behavior Disorders
3
Psychological development of behavior and
child's school
is
discussed
also
The
performance.
as
emotionally disturbed children.
Spec. Ed. 451
Open
for
455
on the
on the
child
in
educating
101
and 371.
Classroom 3
cr.
hrs.
and in-service classroom
of
children.
methods and
Practical
communication
in
the
classroom
(Required in Teh. M.R. curriculum).
— Learning
3
Disabilities
cr.
hrs.
study of the characteristics and symptoms of specific learning
Students are introduced to diagnostic and educational
disorders.
Emphasis
procedures used with learning disorders.
and conceptual factors
Psy.
Psy.
hrs.
given to language and speech problems
is
improvement
setting are outlined.
A
for the
to students of all curriculums
commonly found among school
Spec. Ed.
approaches
Prerequisites:
— Speech Improvement
teachers; an introduction
attitudes
effect of the school
intervention
are
effect
its
cr.
101
in the
is
on perceptual
development of language. Prerequisites:
and 371.
SPEECH
Speech 103
The
Emphasis
— Introduction
to
Speech
and practice of skills
on sound organization and
study
is
3
in
oral
effective
cr.
hrs.
communication.
language,
with
awareness of different speech patterns, and audience adaptation.
The course
effective
discussion.
includes theory and practice in the requirements for
speaking
and
interpretation
of
literature
and
group
138
— Communication Theory and Rhetoric
Speech 105
Open
hrs.
The course
to all students; required of speech majors.
A
communication.
theories in
survey of behavioral science, seman-
and the philosophy of language.
— Oral
Speech 206
A
the
cr.
both the principles of classical rhetoric and the contemporary
treats
tics,
3
Interpretation of Literature
cr.
hrs.
study of the intellectual and emotional meanings used in
presentation of poetry and prose.
quired for the successful reading aloud
group of
Practice
of
these
in
the skills re-
meanings
to
a
listeners.
— Introduction
Speech 208
A
3
to
3
Theatre Arts
cr.
hrs.
survey of the arts of the theatre: directing, play production,
theatre history, stage design,
broad general background
acting.
The student
is
given a
in theatre.
— Theatre Production
Speech 211
A
and
3
cr.
hrs.
study of the physical aspects of producing a play: scene
make-up properties, stage management, and
business procedures.
The student is thus equipped with the basic
Crew work is assigned.
skills for the technical work of production.
costuming,
design,
— Discussion
Speech 218
A
policy
3
cr.
hrs.
study of the principles and processes of group discussion in
making
problems
in
and interpersonal relations.
leadership and participation are provided.
Practical
situations
— Introduction
3 cr. hrs.
Radio and Television
A survey of communication practices and techniques in the
media of radio and television. The student is given practice in
these techniques, and is provided with a background of their dy-
Speech 23
namics
1
relation to
in
Speech 241
A
modern
society.
— Voice and Diction
3
study of the vocal organs and their function.
who wish
students
no voice
to
improve
their vocal
cr.
hrs.
Designed for
quality and
who have
defects.
Speech 307
A
to
— Business and
Professional Speech
3
cr.
hrs.
study and practice of speech as applied in business and
professional
careers.
and management-labor
Analysis
relations.
of
employer-employee
situations,
139
— Scene Design
Speech 311
A
3
cr.
hrs.
study of the techniques of design and execution of stage
settings with the integration of lighting,
costume, and makeup.
A
survey of the historical development of scene design and staging.
Prerequisite: consent of the instructor.
— Fundamentals
Speech 312
An
of Acting
3
cr.
introduction to the theories and techniques of acting.
hrs.
A
study of the development of the character physically, emotionally,
and
— Creative Dramatics
Speech 318
A
for
Individual and group exercises.
intellectually.
3
hrs.
study of the background and methods of creative dramatics
the
The techniques
teacher.
of psycho-drama,
therapeutic drama, etc. are studied and analyzed.
improvisational form of theatre
—
Speech 319
A
cr.
is
^ocio-drama,
Dramatics as an
emphasized.
3
Children's Theatre
cr.
hrs.
survey of dramatic literature for children and an investigation
into the theories
dramatics
is
Speech 321
The
and techniques of theatre for children.
introduced.
Lab hours
3
cr.
hrs.
basic principles of argument, with practice in debate.
The
Stress
is
on the techniques of
thinking and speaking on controversial issues.
Speech 325
An
required.
— Argumentation
fundamentals of logic are provided.
effective
Creative
— Extempore Speech
3
hrs.
and exMajor emphasis is on the
advanced public speaking course.
ercises in, the four types of speaking.
cr.
Theories
of,
composition and delivery of the extemporaneous speech.
Speech 411
A
— Directing
3
cr.
hrs.
comprehensive study of staging a play, from the selection
of a script
up
and participates
Speech 414
to the
in
opening performance.
classroom projects.
— Costuming
for Stage
Each student
Lab hours
directs
required.
3
cr.
hrs.
Costuming for the theatre through application of historical
developments and elements of design to the requirements of the
theatre.
Lab hours
required.
Speech 415
— History
3
of the Theatre
hrs.
cr.
Study of the major periods of theatrical history from the viewpoint of play and the production.
A
survey of the theatre from the
beginnings in Greece to 1860, with consideration given to the influences of Asiatic and African cultures.
—
Modern Theatre
3 cr. hrs.
Speech 416
Developments in modern theatre practice and philosophy from
Wagner and Appia
is
to the present day.
World
studied, with particular attention to the
theatre since Ibsen
contemporary American
theatre scene.
Speech 421
— Persuasion
3
Analysis of problems of
audience situations.
scientific
A
human
motivation as encountered in
study and practice of both the ethical, and
approach, by the speaker.
Methods
of applying a knowl-
edge of the basis and tools of persuasion presented in
Speech 490
A
matic
hrs.
cr.
detail.
— Speech Seminar: Theatre
3
hrs.
cr.
survey of the field of speech, with special emphasis on dra-
Purpose
art.
is
broaden the student's knowledge
to
special field of learning
in
his
by research and investigative papers and
projects.
Speech 492
A
— Speech Seminar: Public Address
3
cr.
hrs.
survey of the field of speech, with special emphasis on public
address.
Purpose
is
as in
Speech 490.
SUMMER THEATRE PROGRAM
The summer
of 1968
marked
the second year of the Speech
Department Summer Theatre Program. Continuing the precedent
set the previous summer, professional actors joined the Bloomsburg
students and adults from the local area, in the two major productions.
Mercedes McCambridge appeared in "The Glass Menagerie,"
and
Lilia Skala in "I
Remember Mama."
The 1968 Summer Theatre Program
time, graduate courses in Speech.
In this
included,
way
for
the entire
the
first
program
was considerably strengthened, from both the acting and the
tech-
nical point of view.
Participation
in
the
summer program
wishing to study for cultural purposes, and
pursue a degree.
is
open
who may
also
to
those
not desire to
Ul
TEACHING OF THE MENTALLY RETARDED
Teh.
MR.
201
— Introduction
to
Mental Retardation
Overview of behavioral and learning
3
hrs.
cr.
characteristics of the
men-
Etiology of mental retardation with special consider-
tally retarded.
and environmental aspects of the development of the
mentally retarded.
Observations of special classes and field trips
ation of medical
to
institutions
give students understanding of various
to
levels
of
mental retardation and types of programs for them.
Teh.
MR.
303
—
Crafts for All Levels of
4
Mentally Retarded
Laboratory experiences with craft
Use
activities
for
cr.
use with
hrs.
all
and exploration of various media.
Analysis of the crafts experiences for development of
techniques and curricular emphases and correlation with the total
program for the mentally retarded.
levels of the mentally retarded.
Teh.
MR.
351
—
of tools
Special Class Methods:
Primary and Intermediate Levels
A
3
cr.
hrs.
specialized course dealing with organization of instruction
and educable mentally retarded. Major emphasis will
be on curriculum, methods and materials for primary and interfor trainable
with observation of special classes and construction
mediate
levels,
of units
and teaching materials.
Teh.
MR. 352
—
Special Class Methods:
Secondary Levels
A
3
cr.
hrs.
student-centered workshop approach in analysis of methods,
research, and philosophies currently in use in the teaching of the
mentally retarded.
machines related
Practice in the use of various teaching aids and
to student projects in
secondary special classes for
the mentally retarded.
Teh.
MR.
361
— Seminar
in
Teaching the
Mentally Retarded
Everyday
practical
3
cr.
hrs.
problems of teaching special classes for the
mentally retarded are considered.
Organization and administration
of classes, coordination with various personnel serving the students,
and materials will be discussed.
Pennsylvania State School Law and State
mandated special services will be presented. Teacher competence
and problems pertinent to student teaching will be explored.
integration and curriculum problems, facilities, equipment
142
Tch.
MR.
375
— Individual
1-3
Project
Project planned according to
interests
cr.
and needs of the
hrs.
in-
dividual student, in any of the following suggested areas: library research, curriculum study,
work with
in special aspects of educational
individual children, internship
programs.
(Open
to
seniors only
with staff approval).
Tch.
MR. 400
— Workshop
Tch.
MR.
— Student Teaching, M.R.
Problems and
Methods in Special Education
3 or 6 cr. hrs.
Investigations are made of recent developments in the education
of the educable mentally retarded.
The impact of these trends on
methods and techniques of teaching special classes are emphasized.
Topics will vary according to interest and needs of students.
401
in
12
cr.
hrs.
Thirty hours per week of supervised student teaching experi-
ence under the direction of the professional
local
and
Tch.
MR. 432
A
staff in
cooperation with
state school divisions.
— Language Arts
for Special Classes
3
cr.
hrs.
student-centered workshop approach in analysis of methods,
research and philosophies currently in use in the teaching of the
language arts to special classes.
Practice in the use of various teach-
ing aids and machines related to student projects in language arts
applicable to individual needs of children in special classes.
CURRICULUMS
CURRICULUMS
The
IN
TEACHER EDUCATION
overall goal of teacher education
is
to prepare teachers to
contribute to the improvement of society in a three-fold
manner
as active citizens, as educational leaders in their communities,
as
who
guides
help children and youth
become informed,
—
and
active
citizens.
The courses programmed
in
each of the teacher-education cur-
riculums offered at Bloomsburg State College are designed to develop citizen teachers through a well-organized sequence of courses
area of general education, professional education, and spe-
in the
cialization.
GENERAL EDUCATION
The underlying philosophy and
objectives of the general edu-
cation sequence in the teacher education programs were developed
cooperatively with a committee of the Middle States Association of
Secondary Schools and Colleges.
In general, these objectives include the cultivation of
cratic ideals, a
and individual
self-realization.
academic program
lowing:
(1)
and moral values, a sense of
the capability of personal and social adjustment,
sound code of
civic responsibility,
demo-
is
ethical
More
specifically, this
phase of the
intended to develop such qualities as the
fol-
communication; (2) familiarity with general
finding; (3) comprehension of basic scientific prin-
skill
in
methods of fact
ciples and their application; (4) knowledge of our cultural heritage
and its relevance to current social issues; (5) discrimination in the
arts;
(6)
appreciation for diverse intellectual endeavors and their
relationship to one's
well-being.
own
field of interest;
(7) physical and mental
U6
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION
The general
objectives of the professional education sequence,
cooperatively developed by the faculty, are basically the same for
teacher-education curriculums and can be briefly stated: to alert
all
and society and
college students to the needs of youth
ciples of learning applicable to the
to the prin-
meeting of these needs.
An
un-
derstanding of the dynamics of mental hygiene pertaining to youth
and community
is
stressed.
This sequence, which includes student teaching,
proposes to
prepare students for service in the communities and schools by stressing
similarities
among
and contrasts
in
philosophy,
facilities,
and pupils
Modern methods
various school systems and social settings.
of dealing with learners and with the problems encountered in pro-
employment
fessional
made
are
part of the prospective teacher's pro-
fessional preparation.
ACADEMIC SPECIALIZATION
The teacher-education programs
Bloomsburg are based on
at
the concept that academic field specialization
basic to achieving
is
professional as well as individual and social goals.
The academic
which pertain
fields
to the humanities, science,
the arts, mathematics, history and other social sciences, are central
in the experiences
tion,
which provide competence
which the student
will
in fields of specializa-
use in teaching children and youth.
The
prospective teacher as an individual and citizen needs understanding of the academic fields because teaching requires accurate knowl-
edge of relevant facts and values, and
creativity,
The
work of
and
of reflective thinking,
analysis.
areas of specialization
the teacher.
make
First, they
which children and youth
eral education.
skills
a two-fold contribution to the
provide
much
of the content with
will deal as the teacher guides their gen-
Second, the prospective teacher, through concen-
tration or specialization in the
academic
field,
gains that depth of
understanding and insight into one or more areas of knowledge which
is
basic to helping the child with the special interest or abilities to
work more
intensively
on a problem.
DIVISION OF
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
Students in the Elementary Education
wide and
versatile
Division
background of academic and
They must be prepared
to
work
are
cultural
given
a
learnings.
in all of the subject areas of the cur-
U7
riculum with a generation of alert and precocious boys and
They must be
their
in
growth and development and how those problems
the school day
how
problems which children encounter
sensitive to the
Instruction in
their learning.
provided to
is
girls.
affect
program planning and budgeting of
the end that the students will know
to provide for individual differences.
Students in this curriculum are required to choose their elec-
from a sequence of courses* which will give them real depth
one academic subject. This "Area of Concentration" will help
tives
in
equip them to serve as resource persons or team leaders for the
schools in which they teach.
THE FOUR- YEAR ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM
Provisional College Certificates issued
on
the basis of the four-
year elementary curriculum are valid for Kindergarten and Grades
One
to Six inclusive as well as for
Grades Seven and Eight under
the old 8-4 system.
The
(For administrative reasons the sequence of courses is subject to change.
first number after each course refers to clock hours, while the second
indicates the credit hours.)
FIRST SEMESTER
Art
Biology
Art 101-lntroduction
103-General
Biol.
3
to
I
Eng. 101— English Composition _
Geog. 101— World Physical Geography
Hist. 218-U. S. and Pa. Survey
H.P.E.
101-Physical
Fitness
SECOND SEMESTER
Hours
CL
Ed
...
5
3
3
3
2
19
THIRD SEMESTER
Eng. 207-Survey of World Literature
H.P.E. 100-Personal and Com. Health
CR
3
3
3
3
3
1
104
General Biology II
_ 5
Eng. 102— English Composition
3
Geog. 102-World Cultural Geography _ 3
Music 101— Introduction to Music _
3
H.P.E.
150-Aquatics
2
Area of Concentration Elective
3
Biol.
16
19
Hist.
Phil. 211 -Introduction to Philosophy
H.P.E.-Elective
Phys. 103— Physical Science for
3
2
3
Phys.
Elementary Teachers _
101 -General Psychology
Area of Concentration Elective
4
3
3
3
3
20
18
FIFTH SEMESTER
Ed. 393— Social Foundations of Education 3
Maih. 231— Theory of Arithmetic
3
Pol. Sci 211-U. S. Government _
3
Psy. 371— Educational Psychology
3
Area of Concentration Elective
3
Elementary
1
3
1— Principles of Economics
Ill-World History to 1500
104— Physical Science for
Econ. 21
3
2
_
CR
3
3
3
3
1
3
16
FOURTH SEMESTER
3
2
Psy.
Hours
CL
Teachers
3
3
4
Soc. 224— Cultural Anthropology, or
Soc. 21 1— Principles of Sociology
Speech 103— Introduction to Speech
Area of Concentration Elective
3
3
3
19
18
18
18
30
12
30
12
SIXTH SEMESTER
372— Foundation of Reading
3
3
Ed.
3
3
3
Math. 232— Algebraic and Geometric
Instruction
Structures
Psy. 21 1— Child
Growth and
Development
15
15
English
Elective
Area of Concentration Elective
Specialization
Ed.
SEVENTH SEMESTER
395— Curriculum and Instruction
Ed.
397— Science and Mathematics
the
_
EIGHTH SEMESTER
in
Elementary School
the Elementary School
Specialization Elective
Specialization Elective
Elective
8
Ed.
401— Student Teaching,
Professional
in
including
Practicum
3
3
3
17
15
Biology, English, French, Speech, Geography, German, Health and Physical
Education
Mathematics, Music, Physical Science, Psychology, Social Studies, Spanish.
Art
History
148
AREAS OF ACADEMIC CONCENTRATION
Each elementary education student shall be required to take
from 18 to 24 semester hours of work in one of the following areas
which may be considered
Academic Areas Offered:
of academic concentration, 15 of
of general education.
Art
History
Biology
Mathematics
English
Music
French*
General Speech
Geography and Earth Science
Physical Science
Psychology
German*
Social Sciences
as part
Spanish*
Health and Physical Education**
DIVISION OF SECONDARY EDUCATION
Programs of studies
to give students the
necessary to
in
Secondary Education have been designed
academic, cultural, and professional background
make them competent
teachers in their respective fields.
The General Education requirements provide
the prospective teacher
with a broad basis in the Arts and Sciences, while Professional Education, including student teaching, stresses the needs of youth
and
society.
The majors
jective of
and depth
( 1 )
offered in Secondary Education have the dual ob-
giving the student a background of sufficient breadth
to enable
him
to
be a confident and knowledgeable teach-
er in his particular area of preparation,
patible with the above, to provide in his
and (2), where not incomchosen field a basis for the
pursuit of graduate study in the indicated academic discipline or a
related general field.
(For administrative reasons the sequence of courses is subject to change.
The first number after each course refers to clock hours, while the second
Minimum number of credit hours for graduation
indicates the credit hours.
is
*
128.)
Those students who select an area of concentration in a foreign language, having no required
general education credits to apply, might conceivably have to take more than 128 hours
For instance, they must take at least six credit hours of foreign language
for graduation.
literature courses.
**Elementary education majors who wish to secure an Area of Concentration in elementary school
health and physical education must complete these courses: HPE 301, 302, 303, 320, 321, 331,
The 300 series courses in the Area of Concentration must be taken before
410, 411, and 412.
the 400 series courses.
U9
TYPICAL PROGRAM
— Secondary Education
SECOND SEMESTER
FIRST SEMESTER
Hours
Hours
CL
101— English Composition „
Speech 103— Introduction to Speech
Biol. 103-General Biology
Art 101— Intro, to Art or
Music 101— Intro, to Music
Math. 101 -Fundamentals of Math
H.P.E. 100-Personal and Com. Health
Eng.
I
CR
3
3
3
5
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
2
19
17
CL
102— English Composition Hist. 112-World History 1500 to 1815
Geog. 101 -World Phys. Geog
Eng.
3
101 -Physical Fitness Ed
Gen. Ed.— Humanities elective
3
3
2
3
H.P.E.
Electives
FOURTH SEMESTER
218-U. S. and Pa. Survey
101 -Gen. Psychology _
THIRD SEMESTER
Eng. 207-Survey of World Lit
Hist. 113-World History since 1815
Phys. 101— Basic Physical Science
Gen. Ed.— Math, or Science
Hist.
150-Aquatics
H.P.E.
Electives
4
Ed.
1
Pol. Sci.
9
18
16
3
12
3
3
12
18
18
„
the
_
Electives
3
Ed.
3
17
16
3
3
3
3
2
3
6
6
17
16
8
3
6
6
3
6
17
15
30
12
1
211— U.
S.
„
in
_
Government
—
—
EIGHTH SEMESTER
402— Student Teaching in
the Secondary School
(Including Professional Practicum)
30
Total
into
Secondary School
Electives
SEVENTH SEMESTER
212-Prin. of Economics
211-lntro. to Philosophy
SIXTH SEMESTER
396— Curriculum and Instruction
3
3
_ 3
2
9
or
1
3
3
18
FIFTH SEMESTER
Psy. 371— Educational Psychology
Ed. 393-Social Found, of Ed
H.P.E. -Elective
Electives
_
3
3
3
3
or Soc. 224-Principles of
Sociology or Cultural Anthropology
19
Phil.
_
-
Psy.
Soc. 211
Electives
Econ. 211
-
CR
Credit
Hours
12
128
The program listed above illustrates a typical application of the three broad areas of learning
which the prospective high school teacher's education at Bloomsburg is divided.
They are
as follows:
I.
GENERAL EDUCATION
A.
(62 Credits)
Humanities
Art or Music Appreciation
English Composition
3
6
World Literature
3
Philosophy
Speech
3
Humanities elective
3
Total
B.
CR
3
21
Social Sciences
World History
and Pennsylvania
United States Government
World Physical Geography
General Psychology
Economics
*Sociology or Cultural Anthropology
Hist, of United States
6
3
3
3
3
3
3
24
Comprehensive Social Studies majors take both courses.
—
150
CR
Natural Sciences
General Biology
C.
Physical
3
Science
3
Mathematics
3
Science elective (Biology, Mathematics, Earth Science)
3
Total
D.
12
Health and Physical Education*
Personal and Community Health
Physical Education (Fitness, Aquatics, Recreation)
Total
Total General Education
II.
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION
A.
2
3
5
62
(24 Credits)
Foundations
1. Educational Psychology
(Psychological Foundations of Education
including observation and participation)
2. Social Foundations of Education
(Including observation and participation)
Curriculum and Instruction in the Secondary School
Student Teaching in Secondary School
(Including Professional Practicum)
—
B.
C.
Total
III.
Professional
SPECIALIZATION
Education
3
3
6
12
24
(42 Credits)
This block of credits is allocated for study in breadth and depth devoted
to the student's major teaching field.
42
Total Specialization
MINIMUM TOTAL FOR GRADUATION
'
128
The following sequence of 12 semester hours may be used as free electives to proThis block of
vide understandings and skills necessary to coach high school athletics.
work does not lead to certification as a Health and Physical Education Teacher.
REQUIRED COURSES
HPE
HPE
242
409
(6 CRS.)
Physiological & Medical Aspects of Athletic Coaching
Principles & Problems of Secondary School Athletics
ELECTIVES
(6
CRS.)
One course in team sports
One course in individual sports
One additional course in either team or individual sports
TEAM SPORT
SERIES
HPE
HPE
HPE
251
252
253
Techniques of Coaching Baseball
Techniques of Coaching Basketball
Techniques of Coaching Football
HPE
HPE
HPE
256
257
258
Techniques of Coaching Ci'oss Country, Track and Field
Techniques of Coaching Wrestling and Golf
Techniques of Coaching Swimming and Tennis
INDIVIDUAL SPORT SERIES
151
—
ENGLISH
30 Credit Hours
REQUIRED COURSES (18 CRS.)
209
*Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
CL
—Literary
Genres
Writers
Writers
Shakespeare
Advanced Composition
231— British
232— British
—
—
—American Literature, or
Eng. 382 — American Literature
401 — Structure of English, or
Eng. 402 — History of the English
249
302
381
Eng.
Language
ELECTIVE COURSES (Minimum
Group
A —Survey
and Period Courses
307
341
Eng. 209— Literary Genres
Eng. 321— Short Story
Eng. 322— Modern Drama
Eng. 324 Modern Novel
Eng. 325— Poetry
Eng. 326— Modern Poetry
Eng. 342— Early English Drama
Eng. 356 Restoration and Later Drama
Eng. 358— Eighteenth Century Novel
Eng. 363— Nineteenth Century Novel
Eng. 385— The American Novel
Eng. 386 Later American Prose
—
—
—
Group C—Composition and Miscellaneous
Eng. 202— Creative Writing
Eng. 302 — Advanced Composition
Eng. 312 — Ideas
Literature
—
—
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
CL
CR
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Courses
in
Eng. 332— Blake and Yeats
Eng. 403 Generative Transformational
Eng. 405— Criticism
3
of 12 CRS.)
— Russian Literature in Translation
— Early and Middle English Literature
343— Chaucer
347 — The Renaissance in England
352 — Seventeenth Century Literature
354— Milton
357 — Eighteenth Century Literature
364 — Nineteenth Century Literature
381 — American Literature
382 — American Literature
402 — History of the English Language
Group B —Literary Forms Courses
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
CR
Grammar
*Eng. 209 replaces Eng. 207 as General Education requirement for English
majors.
152
D —Speech,
Drama, and Journalism Courses
Speech 206 Oral Interpretation
Speech 208 Introduction to Theatre Arts
Speech 211 Theatre Production
Speech 231 Introduction to Radio and Television
Speech 241 Voice and Diction
Speech 312 Fundamentals of Acting
Speech 321 Argumentation
Speech 411 Directing
Speech 414 Costuming for the Stage
Speech 415 History of the Theatre
Speech 416 Modern Theatre
Eng. 203 Fundamentals of News Reporting
Eng. 204— Feature Writing
Eng. 301 Introduction to Mass Communication
Group
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(No more than one course
Group
E—Developmental
Ed. 372
Ed. 373
in
Group
D
will be counted as
an English
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
elective.)
CR
CL
Reading
— Foundation of Reading Instruction
— Diagnostic and Remedial Reading
3
3
3
3
Note:
These two courses meet the state requirements for certification in
Developmental Reading for the public schools, but are not counted
as English electives.
English majors may substitute 111 for Hist. 112 or 113 in general.
SUMMARY
CR
Education
Professional Education
General
62
Specialization
24
30
12
Electives
128
Total
FRENCH
— 30
Credit Hours
REQUIRED COURSES
(6
CRS.)
— Beginning French
— Beginning French
103 — Intermediate French
104 — Intermediate French
CR
CL
Fr. 101
Fr. 102
4
3
4
3
Fr.
4
3
4
3
Fr. 201
3
3
Fr.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Fr.
ELECTIVE COURSES
Fr.
Fr.
Fr.
Fr.
(24 CRS.)
— Advanced Conversation and Grammar
202 — Advanced Conversation and Prose Composition
210 — Culture and Civilization of France
220 — Contemporary Literature of France
301— Modern French Novel
320— The History of French
Literature
I
—
153
Fr.
321— The
History of French Literature
and Racine
407— Proust et Gide
409— Phonetics
420 Balzac et Flaubert
430 French Theater
— Moliere
Fr. 401
Fr.
Fr.
Fr.
Fr.
Fr.
Fr.
Fr.
II
—
435— The French Enlightenment
440— French Poetry
449— Directed Readings
SUMMER ELECTIVES
(9
Fr.
Fr.
Fr.
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
CRS.)
— Intermediate French
204 — Seminar
France
210— The Culture And Civilization of France
220 — The Contemporary Literature of France
201 — Advanced Conversation and Grammar
Fr. 104
Fr.
3
in
6
6
3
3
3
3
3
3
Students desiring certification to teach will be required to pass a proficiency examination, and complete four courses in French literature including the survey course.
All secondary majors in
French must have 12 credit hours
French
in
literature.
SUMMARY
General
CR
Education
62
Professional Education
Specialization Education
24
30
Electives
12
Total
128
GERMAN
— 30
Credit Hours
REQUIRED COURSES
— Beginning German
— Beginning German
— Intermediate German
— Intermediate German
(6
CRS.)
Ger. 101
Ger. 102
Ger. 103
Ger. 104
CL
CR
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
Ger. 201
3
3
Ger. 202
3
3
Ger.
3
3
3
3
ELECTIVE COURSES
(24 CRS.)
Ger.
— Advanced Conversation and Grammar
—Advanced Conversation and Composition
210 — Culture and Civilization
220— Contemporary German Literature
302 — Nineteenth Century Prose and Poetry
320 — History of German Literature
321 — History of German Literature
401 — Enlightenment
402 — Classicism-Romanticism
409 — Conversation, Structure, Analysis
Ger.
421— The Radio Play
Ger.
Ger.
Ger.
Ger.
Ger.
Ger.
3
3
I
3
3
II
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
—
15
If.
SUMMER ELECTIVES
— Intermediate
104 — Intermediate
Ger. 103
Ger.
Ger. 202
(9
CRS.)
German
German
zum Nacherzaehlen and Composition
Texte
3
3
3
3
3
3
Students desiring certification to teach will be required to pass a proficiency examination, and complete four courses in German Literature including the survey course.
SUMMARY
General
CR
Education
62
Professional Education
Specialization
24
30
12
Electives
Total
128
SPANISH
— 30
Credit Hours
REQUIRED COURSES
— Beginning Spanish
— Beginning Spanish
— Intermediate Spanish
104 — Intermediate Spanish
Span.
Span.
Span.
Span.
101
102
103
Span.
Span.
Span.
Span.
Span.
Span.
Span.
Span.
Span.
Span.
201
202
210
301
302
ELECTIVE COURSES
— Grammar and Composition
— Conversation
— Culture and Civilization of Spain
— Literature of Spain
— Literature of Spanish-America
304— Siglo de Oro — Part One
305— Siglo de Oro — Part Two
411— Spanish Poetry
414 — Early Spanish Literature
499 — Directed Readings
SUMMER ELECTIVES
— Intermediate Spanish
— Grammar and Composition
— Seminar in Spain
(6
CRS.)
(24 CRS.)
(9
CR
CL
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
CL
CR
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
CRS.)
Span. 104
Span. 201
Span. 204
3
3
3
3
6
6
Students desiring certification to teach will be required to pass a proficiency examination.
All secondary majors in Spanish must have 12 credit hours in Spanish
literature.
SUMMARY
General Education
Professional Education
CR
62
Special zation
24
30
Electives
12
i
Total
128
155
—
SPEECH
33 Credit Hours
REQUIRED COURSES (18 CRS.)
—
—
—
—
—
CL
Speech 105 Communication Theory and Rhetoric
Speech 208 Introduction to Theatre Arts
Speech 218 Discussion
Speech 241 Voice and Diction
Speech 321 Argumentation
Sp. Ed. 251— Speech Problems
(Minimum
Group
A — Public
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
206
231
307
325
421
492
of 12
ELECTIVE COURSES
credits, from Groups A and B
—
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Speech)
Address (Maximum of 9 credits)
— Oral Interpretation of Literature
—Introduction Radio and Television
— Business and Professional Speech
— Extempore Speech
— Persuasion
— Speech Seminar (Public Address)
to
— Theatre (Maximum of 9 credits)
211— Theatre Production
311 — Scene Design
318 — Creative Dramatics
319— Children's Theatre
411 — Directing
412 — Fundamentals of Acting
414 — Costuming for the Stage
3
3
3
3
CL
Group B
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
CR
3
415— History of the Theatre
416— Modern Theatre
490— Speech Seminar (Theatre)
CR
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
—
Group C Communication Disorders
(A maximum of 3 credits may be counted from Group C toward a General Speech major)
3
Com. Dis. 152 Voice and Diction
3
3
3
Com. Dis. 251— Phonetics*
3
3
Com. Dis. 252— Speech Pathology
3
3
Com. Dis. 276 Hearing Problems
3
3
Com. Dis. 360 Psycho-Linguistics
—
—
—
—
Group D English
(A maximum of
3 credits
may
be counted from Group
D
toward a Gen-
major)
Engl sh 249 Shakespeare
eral Speech
Engl
Engl
Engl
Engl
3
3
3
3
3
sh 356
3
3
sh
3
3
3
3
3
3
sh
sh
English
*
—
3
Engli sh
322— Modern Drama
342— Early English Drama
— Restoration and Later Drama
401— Structure of English
402 — History of the English Language
405— Criticism
Speech 241
may
be substituted as a prerequisite by Speech Majors.
156
SUMMARY
CR
General Education
Professional Education
62
24
33
Specialization
Electives
9
Total
128
GENERAL SCIENCE — 54
Credit Hours
Graduates of this program will be qualified to teach science through
grade 9.
Since students electing this program will satisfy the science requirements
of the General Education program within the confines of the courses listed
below, they should not take Phys. 101
Basic Physical Science, nor Math.
101
—
— Fundamentals
of Mathematics.
REQUIRED COURSES
(43 CRS.)
CL
Biological Sciences (12)
103— General
Biology I
Biol. 210
Invertebrate Zoology
Biol. 211— Vertebrate Zoology
Biol. 220— General Botany I
Biol.
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
I
6
4
II
6
4
I
6
4
II
6
4
3
3
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
—
Physical Sciences (16)
Chem. Ill General Chemistry
Chem. 112— General Chemistry
Phys. Ill Introductory Physics
Phys. 112 Introductory Physics
—
—
—
Earth Sciences
Geog. 355
Geog. 357
Geog. 453
CR
(9)
— Meteorology
— Physical Geology
— Astronomy
Mathematics (6)
Math. Ill— College Algebra
Math. 112— Trigonometry
ELECTIVE COURSES
(11
CRS.)
Biological Sciences
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
221— General Botany II
331— General Ecology
361— Microbiology
371— Embryology
Biol. 381
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
— Vertebrate
Physiology
413— Ornithology
417— Field Zoology
422— Field Botany
432— Fresh Water Biology
441— Evolution
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
157
Earth
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Scierices
353— Physiography
3
3
354
356
358
359
4
3
— Cartography
— Climatology
— Conservation of Natural
— Oceanography
361— Historical Geology
365 — Geomorphology
Resources
Physical Sciences
Chem. 221 Qualitative Inorganic Analysis
Chem. 222 Quantitative Analysis
Chem. 225 Water Analysis
Chem. 331 Organic Chemistry I
—
—
—
—
Chem. 332— Organic Chemistry
Chem. 351 — Industrial Chemistry
Phys. 225 — Demonstrations in the Physical
II
Notes:
(1)
(2)
Four
3
3
3
3
4
3
7
3
8
4
4
2
6
4
6
4
3
3
4
3
needed to give a minimum of 11
from one field, or they may be dis-
They may be
tributed
among them.
all
of the above courses are given only in the
sions; consult the catalog descriptions.
(3)
3
3
elective courses will be
credits.
Some
Sciences
3
3
Students in this program
may
Summer
Ses-
—
Teaching
take either Ed. 353
Teaching of Physical Sciof Biological Science, or Ed. 354
ence to fulfill the Professional Education requirement in this
area
—
SUMMARY
'
CR
General Education
62
Professional Education
24
42*
Science
Specialization
128
Total
BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE
—
44 Credit Hours
— Basic
— Funda-
Biological Science majors are not required to take Phys. 101
—
Physical Fitness, and Math. 101
Physical Science, H.P.E. 101
mentals of Mathematics. All five required biology courses should be taken
by the end of the sophomore year. Both of the required mathematics courses
and at least two of the required chemistry courses should also be taken by
the end of the sophomore year.
Recommended and elective courses in the
biological sciences would then be taken during the junior and senior years.
REQUIRED COURSES
Biology (15)
103— General
Biology I
Zoology
Biol. 211— Vertebrate Zoology
Biol. 220— General Botany I
Biol. 221— General Botany II
**Biol.
Biol.
*
210
— Invertebrate
(20)
CL
CR
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
from the General Education requirements in science.
by double asterisk are needed to meet the General Education requirements
and do not count toward the 44 credits needed in the Biological Science area of specialization.
Plus
the
**Courses
12
credits
denoted
)
158
Chemistry (12)
*Chem. Ill— General Chemistry
Chem. 331 Organic Chemistry I
Chem. 332— Organic Chemistry II
:;:
—
Ma t he-ma tics
**Math.
**Math.
(
6
I
4
6
4
6
4
3
3
3
3
6
Ill— College Algebra
116— Introductory Statistics
Although Phys. Ill
— Introductory
Physics I is not required of all biology majors, it is highly recommended. Those students who anticipate doing
graduate work in biology should have a minimum of one and preferably two
physics courses. Physics could be scheduled during the junior or senior year.
Credits earned in physics will increase a student's graduation total in excess
of the 128 credits normally required.
CL
Required Core of Biological Science Courses (12)
Select
Biol.
Biol.
any four of the following
Biol.
Biol.
six courses.
331— General Ecology
341— Genetics
5
3
5
3
Molecular Biology
361— Microbiology
5
3
5
3
371— Embryology
381— Vertebrate Physiology
5
3
5
3
Biol. 351
Biol.
CR
—
ELECTIVES
(12 or 9 if physics
was taken)
Of these twelve (12) credits, six (6) must be taken in field-type courses.
Biology majors should expect to attend summer school at least once during
their undergraduate program in order to obtain field courses which are
ordinarily offered during the summer.
Field Courses
Biol.
Biol.
— Systematic Entomology
413— Ornithology
414 — Ichthyology
411
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
Biol.
421— Plant Anatomy
433— Plant Ecology
5
3
Biol.
441
5
3
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
417— Field Zoology
422— Field Botany
432— Fresh Water Biology
Laboratory-Type Courses
415
416
Biol. 420
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
— Biology of Arthropods
— Parasitology
— Plant Physiology
— Evolution
**Courses denoted by double asterisk are needed to meet the General Education requirements
and do not count toward the 44 credits needed in the Biological Science area of specialization.
159
Biol.
443— Cytology
— Radiation Biology
— Physiological Chemistry
471— Histology
482 — Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy
492 — Research Topics in Biology
492 — Research Topics in Biology
452
Biol. 453
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
SUMMARY
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
2
7
3
CR
General Education
Professional Education
60
24
44
Specialization
128
Total
The 128 credit hours represent a minimum requirement for graduation
Secondary Education with a major in Biological Sciences. All biology
majors should plan, if possible, to take additional elective courses in the
Biological Sciences in order to obtain a broad spectrum of courses within the
Students planning graduate study in biology should
discipline of biology.
expect to take courses beyond the minimum established for graduation.
in
CHEMISTRY — 52
Credit Hours
Since students majoring in Chemistry will adequately satisfy the science
requirements of General Education within the requirements of the Chemistry
Basic Physical Science, Math.
program, they should not take Phys. 101
General Biology I.
Fundamentals of Mathematics, nor Biol. 103
101
—
—
—
CR
Chemistry (28)
Chem. Ill, 112— General Chemistry I and II
Chem. 222 Quantitative Analysis
Chem. 331, 332— Organic Chemistry I and II
Chem. 411, 412 Physical Chemistry I and II
8
—
4
8
—
8
Physics (12)
Phys. 211,
Phys. 310
212— General
— Introduction
Mathematics
(
Physics
to
I
and
8
II
Atomic Physics
4
12 ) *
Math. 211, 212— Calculus I and II
Math. 311 Intermediate Calculus
8
—
4
SUMMARY
General Education
Professional Education
Specialization
Free elective
Total
62
24
40
2
128
160
PHYSICS
— 48
Credit Hours
Since students majoring in Physics will adequately satisfy the science
requirements of General Education within the requirements of the Physics program, they should not take Phys. 101
Basic Physical Science, Math. 101
—
—
Fundamentals of Mathematics, nor
Biol. 103
REQUIRED COURSES
—
General Biology
I.
(42 CRS.)
CR
Physics (19)
Phys. 211, 212— General Physics I and II
Phys 310 Introduction to Atomic Physics
Phys. 311
Mechanics
Phys. 314 Electricity and Magnetism
8
—
—
—
Chemistry (8)
Chem. Ill, 112
— General
Chemistry
I
and
4
3
4
8
II
Mathematics (15)*
Math. 211, 212— Calculus I and II
Math. 311 Intermediate Calculus
Math. 312— Differential Equations
8
—
ELECTIVE COURSES
Phys.
Phys.
Phys.
Phys.
Phys.
Phys.
— Electronics
412— Optics
420 — Vibrations and Waves
421— Solid State Physics
422 — Thermodynamics
490 — Physics Seminar
4
3
CR
(at least 6 Credits)
315
4
3
3
3
3
1
SUMMARY
General Education
Professional Education
S peci alization
Free electives
62
24
36
6
128
Total
MATHEMATICS— 33
It
is
strongly
recommended that two
Credit Hours
of
the
science
requirements of
General Education be satisfied with Physics 211 and 212.
CL/
Math.
110— Pre-Calculus
CR
4
4
4
4
(Does not apply to credits for mathematics major.)
REQUIRED (21 CRS.)
Math. 211— Calculus I
Math. 212— Calculus II
Math. 221— Statistics
Math. 222— College Geometry
Math. 311 Intermediate Calculus
Math. 321 Introduction to Modern Algebra
—
—
.\:
Pre-Calculus, Math. 110 (4 credits),
prepared students.
may
4
4
4
3
3
3
4
4
3
3
also be required of insufficiently
161
ELECTIVES
— Introduction to
(Choose 4)
Computer Programming
1
1
Math. 312— Differential Equations
Math. 322— Linear Algebra
Math. 331 Algebra for Secondary School Teachers
Math. 332— Modern Geometry
Math. 411— Advanced Calculus
Math. 412— Complex Variables
Math. 421— Introduction to Topology
Math. 422— Introduction to Group Theory
Math. 431— Number Theory
Math. 432 Elementary Numerical Analysis
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Math. 241
—
—
SUMMARY
62*
General Education
Professional Education
Specialization
24
29
Electives
13
128
Total
:;:
Count Math. 211
—
Calculus
(4 c.h.) as General Education.
I
EARTH AND SPACE SCIENCE — 39
Credit Hours
Earth and Space Science majors are not required to take Math. 101
Fundamentals of Mathematics or Phys. 101
Basic Physical Science.
—
REQUIRED COURSES
(39 CRS.)
CL
Mathematics (6)
Math. Ill— College Algebra
Math. 112 Trigonometry
CR
3
3
3
3
I
6
4
II
6
4
6
4
4
4
3
—
Physics (8)
Phys. Ill — Introductory Physics
Phys. 112 — Introductory Physics
Chemistry (4)
Chem. Ill — General Chemistry
Earth Science (21)*
Geog. 354 — Cartography
E.
355— Meteorology
Geog. 356— Climatology
E.
357— Physical Geology
359 — Oceanography
E.
E.
361— Historical Geology
365 — Geomorphology
E.
451 — Field Techniques in Earth
E.
453 — Astronomy
E.
I
S.
3
3
3
S.
4
3
S.
3
3
S.
3
3
4
3
3
3-6
3
3
S.
S.
and Space Science
S.
Student must complete 7 of the listed 9 courses.
must be included.
*
—
—
Count Math. Ill College Algebra and Phys. Ill
as General Education.
At
least 1 lab course
— Introductory
Physics
I
162
SUMMARY
CR
General Education
Professional Education
62
24
33
Specialization
Electives
9
Total
GEOGRAPHY
and
128
EARTH
and
SPACE SCIENCE
— 45
Credit Hours
Geography and Earth and Space Science majors are not required to take
Math. 101
Fundamentals of Mathematics and Phys. 101
Basic Physical
—
—
Science.
REQUIRED COURSES
(33 CRS.)
CL
Mathematics (6)
Math. Ill College Algebra
Math. 112— Trigonometry
—
Physics (8)
Phys. Ill Introductory Physics
Phys. 112 Introductory Physics
—
—
Chemistry
Chem. Ill
3
3
3
3
I
6
4
II
6
4
6
4
(4)
— General
Chemistry
I
CL
Earth Science (15)*
Geog. 354 Cartography
—
E. S.
Geog.
E. S.
E. S.
355— Meteorology
356— Climatology
357— Physical Geology
359— Oceanography
361— Historical Geology
E. S.
E. S. 365
Geog. 451
Geog. 453
— Geomorphology
— Field Techniques
— Astronomy
in
Earth and Space Science
ELECTIVE COURSES
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
*
At
CR
least 1 lab course
must be included.
4
3
4
3
3
3
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
8
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
(12 CRS.)
— Economic Geography
223— Geography of Anglo-America
233 — Geography of Europe
243 — Geography of Asia
244 — Geography of Latin America
245 — Geography of Africa
246— Geography of the Soviet Realm
323— Political Geography
358 — Conservation of Natural Resources
363 — Urban Geography
121
CR
163
SUMMARY
CR
62
24
33
General Education
Professional Education
Specialization
9
Electives
128
Total
GEOGRAPHY
and
EARTH SCIENCE
REQUIRED COURSES
Basic
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
— 30
Credit Hours
(12 CRS.)
CL
Geography (12)
102— World Cultural Geography
353 Physiography
—
355 — Meteorology
492 — Geography Seminar
Restricted Electives—
At
Group
least one course
must be chosen from each
of
Groups
1,
2,
Earth Science
Geog. 354 Cartography
Geog. 356— Climatology
E.S. 357— Physical Geology
E.E. 359— Oceanography
E.S.
361— Historical Geology
365— Geomorphology
Geog. 451
Geog. 453
Group
— Field Techniques
—Astronomy
in
Earth and Space Science
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
3
3
4
3
3
3
and
3.
4
3
3
3
4
3
3
3
3
3
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Human Geography
2.
—
—
—
Geog. 121 Economic Geography
Geog. 224 Geographic Influences in American History
Geog. 323— Political Geography
Geog. 358 Conservation of Natural Resources
Geog. 363— Urban Geography
Group
3
1.
—
E.S.
CR
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Regional Studies
3.
— Geography of Anglo-America
— Geography of Europe
— Geography of Asia
— Geography of Latin America
— Geography of Africa
— Geography of the Soviet Realm
223
233
243
244
245
246
SUMMARY
General Education
Professional Education
Specialization
Electives
Total
CR
62
24
33
9
128
16 U
COMPREHENSIVE SOCIAL SCIENCES
BASIC SPECIALIZATION REQUIREMENTS
(9
credit
requirements as indicated)
hours plus area
CR
Elements of Political Science
Economic and Cultural Geography
Principles of Economics II
3
3
3
9
The above requirements must be supplemented with more intensive work in
one of the three major areas of emphasis indicated below.
1.
SOCIAL PROBLEMS EMPHASIS
Within the social problems emphasis, the student must select one of
the specialized curricula described. Coupled with the above requirements, this will permit certification in Comprehensive Social Sciences
and the SINGLE subject indicated.
a.
ECONOMICS—21
(1)
Econ.
Econ.
313
314
422
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
313
333
411
412
422
423
434
470
(2)
Soc.
Soc.
Soc.
Soc.
Soc.
Soc.
462
325
326
3
3
3
CR
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Credit Hours
Required Courses (12 CRS.)
Comparative European Governments
OR
—
— International Relations
— Selected Contemporary Cultures OR
— Personality Culture and Society
— Racial and National Minority Groups
— Contemporary Social Problems
323
324
327
332
315
313
in
(2)
Soc.
OR
Elective Courses (12 CRS.)
SOCIOLOGY— 21
(1)
Pol. Sci.
CR
— Labor Economics
— International Economics
— Intermediate Micro-Economics
— Public Finance and Macro-Economics
— Contrasting Economies
— History of Economic Thought
— Economic Growth of Underdeveloped Areas
— Senior Seminar
b.
Pol. iSci.
Required Courses (9 CRS.)
Comparative European Governments
Contemporary Social Problems
Money and Banking
Comparative Economic Systems
—
—
—
—
Pol. Sci. 323
Soc.
Credit Hours
3
3
3
3
Elective Courses (9 CRS.)
— Sociological Theory
— Comparative Non-Literate Cultures
— Indians of North and South America
3
3
3
165
Soc.
233—Social Work and
3
331
3
the Welfare Services
Marriage and the Family
—
316— Urban Sociology
341 — Criminology
233 — Introduction
Social Work
334— Social Casework
327 — Selected Contemporary Cultures
224 — Cultural Anthropology
Soc.
Soc.
Soc.
3
3
3
to
Soc.
Soc.
Soc.
Soc.
c.
POLITICAL SCIENCE—21
(1)
392— Diplomatic
Soc.
313
422
324
323
Pol. Sci.
Pol. Sci.
3
3
Credit Hours
Required Courses (9 CRS.)
Hist.
Econ.
3
History of the U.
S.
Since 1898
— Contemporary Social Problems OR
— Comparative Economic Systems
— International Relations OR
— Comparative European Governments
(If both courses are desired, one
OR
3
may
be counted
in place of a political science elective)
Pol. Sci.
433— History
(2)
of Political
Thought
3
3
Elective Courses (12 CRS.)
— State and Local Government
— Political Parties and Elections
316 — Public Opinion and Propaganda
313
3
Pol. Sci. 314
3
Pol. Sci.
3
Pol. Sci
Pol. Sci.
Pol. Sci.
352— Public Administration
433— History of Political Thought
— Politics
Pol. Sci. 426
d.
3
and Institutions of the Far East
HISTORY-GOVERNMENT— 21
(1)
3
Credit Hours
Required Courses (15 CRS.)
(Minimum of one course from each of the groups below.)
Group (a) : European History
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
318— England
319— England
324— The Age
326
Hist.
332— Europe
Hist.
Hist.
1688
to
Group
CR
3
since 1688
3
of Absolutism, 1600-1789
3
— Revolution, Liberalism and Nationalism, 1789-1914
since 1914
421 — Diplomatic History of Europe, 1815-1919
422 — Diplomatic History of Europe since 1919
412 — Central Eastern Europe since 1815
Hist.
Hist.
3
( b)
:
3
3
3
3
3
Non-Western World History
— Latin
Hist.
America since 1820
354— Modern Far East
3
Hist.
356— Russia
3
Hist.
452
Hist.
358— Modern Africa
362— The Near and Middle East
Hist.
Hist.
352
—
to
3
1917
Soviet Russia
3
3
since 1800
3
166
Group
United States History
Period
Disunion, 1828-1865
378 The Emergence of Industrial America, 1865-1898
382— Early Twentieth Century, 1898-1932
391— Diplomatic History of the U. S. to 1898
392— Diplomatic History of the U. S. since 1898
396 .Selected Political and Constitutional Problems
384 Contemporary United States, 1932 to the Present
(c)
:
374— Early National
376— Expansion and
Hist.
Hist.
—
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
—
—
Hist.
Hist.
Group (d)
:
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
National Polities
— State and Local
314 — Political Parties
Pol. Sci. 313
Government
3
Pol.
and
3
Sci.
Group
Elections
Pol. Sci. 324
International Politics
Relations
3
Pol.
European Governments
3
Sci.
(e)
:
— International
323 — Comparative
(2)
e.
Elective Courses (6 CRS.)
Two courses to be selected by the student from
History and/or Political Science
GEOGRAPHY— 21
(1)
Credit Hours
Required Courses (18 CRS.)
(Minimum of one course from each of the groups below.)
Group (a)
Earth Science
:
E. S.
— Physiography
or
365 — Geomorphology
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
— Economic Geography
358 — Conservation of National Resources
224 — Geographic Influences
American History
323—
Geography
363 — Urban Geography
Geog.
353
Group
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
(b)
Human Geography
:
Political
—
—
—
—
—
—
(2)
313
411
422
3
3
3
3
3
Regional Studies
:
of
Anglo-America
of Latin America
3
3
Europe
3
Asia
of Africa
3
of
of
of the Soviet
3
Realm
3
Elective Courses (3 CRS.)
(One course from one of the five groups below.)
Group (a)
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
3
in
Group (c)
Geography
Geography
Geography
Geography
Geography
Geography
CR
3
121
223
244
233
243
245
246
6
:
Economics
— Labor Economics
— Intermediate Micro-Economics
— Comparative Economic Systems
3
3
3
167
Group (b)
Sociology
:
— Racial and National Minority Groups
—Urban Sociology
— Contemporary Social Problems
315
316
313
Soc.
Soc.
Soc.
Group
(c)
3
3
3
Political Science
:
— State and Local Government
— International Relations
323 — Comparative European Governments
Pol. Sci. 313
3
Pol. Sci. 324
3
Pol. Sci.
3
Group (d) :
History
Hist.
332— Europe
Hist.
352
Hist.
3
Hist.
354— The Modern Far East
358— Modern Africa
384— Contemporary U. S., 1932 to the Present
378— Emergence of Industrial America, 1765-1898
Hist.
452
3
Hist.
Hist.
— Latin
since 1914
3
America since 1820
— Soviet
Group
3
Russia
(e)
2.
3
3
Philosophy
:
302— Logic
Phil.
3
3
HISTORICAL EMPHASIS— 18
Credit Hours
This program, coupled with the General Education requirements, will
permit certification in Comprehensive Social Sciences with a concentration in history.
(1)
Required Courses (12 CRS.)
(Minimum of one course from each of the groups below.)
Group (a)
:
Ancient
to
Early Modern Era
3
Hist.
318— England to 1688
312— The Classical World
314— Medieval Europe
Hist.
322
3
Hist.
Renaissance and Reformation
324— The Age of Absolutism, 1600-1789
372— Colonial United States to 1783
Hist.
Modern Europe
Group (b)
319— England since 1688
Hist.
326
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
3
3
— The
3
3
:
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
— Revolution,
Liberalism
332— Europe since 1914
421—-Diplomatic History of
348 Contemporary Europe
422 Diplomatic History of
—
—
428 — Intellectual
the
and Nationalism, 1789-1914
3
3
3
Europe, 1815-1919
Culture Tour
Europe since 1919
3
6
3
History of Europe since
Enlightenment
3
168
Group
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
(c)
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
The Non-Western World
— Latin
America since 1820
354— The Modern Far East
3
356— Russia to 1917
358— Modern Africa
362— Near and Middle East
3
352
since 1800
— China and Japan in the 20th Century
— Problems in Africa, Near and Middle East
— Soviet Russia
:
3
3
454
456
452
Group (d)
Hist.
:
3
3
3
3
United States
— Early National Period
— Expansion and Disunion, 1828-1865
— Emergence of Industrial America, 1865-1898
374
376
378
3
382— Early Twentieth
384— Contemporary U.
3
Century, 1898-1932
S., 1932 to the Present
388 History of Pennsylvania
391— Diplomatic History of the U. S. to 1898
392 Diplomatic History of the U. S. since 1898
396 Selected Political and Constitutional Problems
—
—
—
(2)
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Elective Courses (6 CRS.)
(One course from two of the five groups below.)
Group (a)
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
313
314
411
412
422
Soc.
Soc.
Economics
— Labor Economics
— Money and Banking
— Intermediate Micro-Economics
— Public Finance and Macro-Economics
— Comparative Economic Systems
Group
Soc.
:
(b)
:
Group
(c)
:
Minority Groups
Pol. Sci.
Pol. Sci.
Problems
Geog.
Geog.
224
323
:
(e)
— Philosophy
Phil.
303
Phil.
306— Philosophy
:
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Geography
— Geographic Influences
— Political Geography
Group
3
Political Science
— State and Local Government
Constitutional Law
352 — Public Administration
324 — International Relations
323 — Comparative Governments
Group (d)
3
3
Pol. Sci. 313
Pol. Sci.
3
Sociology
— Racial and National
316— Urban Sociology
313 — Contemporary Social
315
3
in U. S. History
Philosophy
3
3
CR
of Science
3
of Religion
3
169
CULTURAL EMPHASIS— 18
3.
Credit Hours
This program, coupled with the General Education requirements, will
permit certification in Comprehensive Social Sciences with broad orientation in a specific geographic area.
Required Courses (15 CRS.)
(1)
327
Soc.
— Selected
The other twelve
selecting
Geog.
Hist.
Econ.
Pol. Sci.
ONE
Contemporary Cultures
3
credits in the required courses are to be completed by
of the following four sequences.
Group (a) : Latin America
Geography of Latin America
Latin America since 1820
Economic Growth of Underdeveloped Areas
Politics and Institutions of Latin America
—
—
—
—
244
352
434
424
3
3
3
3
Group (b) : Europe
233 Geography of Europe
332— Europe since 1914
Geog.
Hist.
Econ.
Pol. Sci.
—
422 — Contrasting Economies
323 — Comparative European
Geog.
Econ.
Pol. Sci.
3
3
Governments
3
Group (c) : Far East
Geography of Asia
354— Modern Far East
434 Economic Growth of Underdeveloped Areas
426 Politics and Institutions of the Far East
243
Hist.
3
—
—
—
Group (d)
:
3
3
3
3
Africa
— Geography of Africa
358— Modern Africa
434 — Economic Growth of Underdeveloped
425 — Politics and Institutions of the
245
Geog.
Hist.
Econ.
Pol. Sci.
3
3
Areas
3
Middle East and Africa
3
(2) Elective Courses (3
CRS.)
One course from any one of the above outside
the selected sequence.
HISTORY
— 24
Credit Hours
REQUIRED COURSE
Hist. 399
— Bibliography
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
CRS.)
and Research
ELECTIVE COURSES
Group
(3
(15
CRS.
CL
CR
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
FROM ONE GROUP)
A —European
Survey
World
314— Medieval Europe
318— England to 1688
319— England since 1688
322 Renaissance and Reformation Eras
324— The Age of Absolutism, 1600-1789
312— Classical
—
170
— Revolution, Liberalism and Nationalism,
Hist. 332— Europe since 1914
Group B —Recent Europe
Hist. 319— England since 1688
Hist. 326— Revolution, Liberalism and Nationalism,
Hist. 332— Europe since 1914
Hist. 412 — Central Eastern Europe since 1815
Hist. 326
Hist.
Hist.
CL
1789-1914
1789-1914
421— Diplomatic
422— Diplomatic
History of Europe, 1815-1919
History of Europe since 1919
Intellectual History of Europe since the Enlightenment
Soviet Russia
—
—
Group A —Recent Non-Western World
Hist. 352 — Latin America since 1820
Hist. 428
Hist. 452
CR
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
II.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
354— The Modern Far East
356— Russia to 1917
358— Modern Africa
362— The Near and Middle East
452— Soviet Russia
.'.
since 1800
— China and Japan the Twentieth Century
— Problems in Africa and the Near and Middle East
Group B — The Contemporary World
Hist. 332— Europe since 1914
Hist. 384 — Contemporary United States, 1932
Present
Hist. 392 — Diplomatic History of the U.
since 1898
Hist. 412 — Central Eastern Europe since 1815
Hist. 454
Hist. 456
in
to
S.
Hist.
Hist.
422— Diplomatic History
452— Soviet Russia
— China and
456 — Problems
Twentieth Century
in Africa and the Near and Middle East
Hist. 454
Hist.
III.
Group
Hist.
Hist.
Japan
A — United
Hist.
in the
of America, to 1783
Period of the United States
376 American Expansion and Disunion, 1828-1865
378 Emergence of Industrial America, 1865-1898
382— Early Twentieth Century United States, 1898-1932
384 Contemporary United States, 1932 to Present
Topics and Problems
Hist. 391— Diplomatic History of the United States to 1898
Hist. 392— Diplomatic History of the U. S. since 1898
Hist. 396
Selected Political and Constitutional Problems
Industrial History of the United States
Hist. 471
History of Labor in the United States
Hist. 472
481
United States Social, Cultural and
Hist.
Intellectual History to 1860
—
—
—
—
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
States Survey
372— Colonial Period
374— Early National
—
—
Hist.
Hist.
—
Hist. 388— Pennsylvania
Group B — United States
Hist.
of Europe since 1919
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
171
Hist. 482
— United
CL
CR
States Social, Cultural and
Intellectual History since 1860
3
3
Additional 6 credits to be selected from outside of group of concentration.
ELECTIVES
(18 CRS.)
Single-subject (6 CRS.)
From
ONE
of the disciplines of:
Economics
Geography
Science
Political
Sociology
A
single Foreign
Language 1
Humanities 2
1
Students electing Foreign Language must complete 12 credits unless exception is approved by the Department of History.
2
Among
Art
Art
Art
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Speech
Music
Music
Music
Music
Phil.
Phil.
the courses fulfilling the Humanities block are:
— American
— European
Art History
Art History
331— Oriental Art History
3
231— British
232— British
311
321
Writers
Writers
— Russian Literature in Translation
—American Literature
— American Literature
— The American Novel
— Later American Prose
415— History of the Theatre
221 — History of Music
324 — American Music
322 — Music of the Romantic Era
323 — Twentieth Century Music
307
381
382
385
386
303— Philosophy
306— Philosophy
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
of Science
3
3
of Religion
3
3
General (12 CRS.)
Except for history majors who pursue a foreign language and who will
usually complete only 6 credits of general electives, majors will complete 12
credits in courses approved by their Department of History advisor.
SUMMARY
CR
General Education
Professional Education
62
Specialization
24
24
Electives
18
Total
I?-*
172
AND SCIENCES
DIVISION OF ARTS
OBJECTIVES
The
universally recognized goals of liberal education are those
which relate to the maturation of the individual in knowledge and
wisdom. In terms of the customary three-fold division of knowl-
—
edge
—
Humanities. Social Sciences. Natural Sciences
detailed description of the goals might be as follows:
a
more
(1) to culti-
and judicious attitude towards the
various media of creative expression as communicative of man's
ideas, aspirations, and needs, (2) to develop an awareness of our
social heritage, the relevance of social, political, and economic fac-
vate
a
sensitive,
human
tors to
the present.
analytical
appreciative,
behavior, and the relationship between the past and
(3)
to
provide a basic understanding of
methods of investigation
and of the application of
into the nature of the
modern
scientific discovery to
and
critical
universe
life.
In addition to cultivating the "whole" individual, the Arts and
Sciences Program
is
of a single field in
intended to offer an opportunity for exploration
some depth, not only
as
a
means
to
possible
further education at the graduate level, but also for the value in-
herent in terminal experience of the complexities of any one discipline.
Hence, the Bachelor of Aris curriculum
at
Bloomsburg, lead-
ing to the A. B. degree, offers both exposure in breadth and penetration in depth,
proceeding from the assumption that
many
vital
stable
and tolerant
among
consequences of a more enlightened individual
is
a
the
more
society.
AN OVERVIEW
The Arts and Sciences program
consists of four parts,
I.
II.
which may be
at
Bloomsburg
briefly outlined as follows:
General Education
Core Studies
State College
66-70
Credit Hours
14-18
Credit Hours
in the Social
Sciences, the Humanities or
the Natural Sciences
III.
Additional studies
in the
Core or
Major Area
IV.
Electives
1
6
-
24 Credit Hours
24 Credit Hours
Total Required for the
A.
B.
Degree
128 Credit Hours
1
73
THE GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENT
The General Education requirement is essential to any curriculum in the Arts and Sciences. Its purpose is to prepare all students, whatever their field of concentration or their vocational intentions, for adult
members
life
as
men and women
living private
lives;
of their local communities; and as citizens of the
monwealth, of the nation and of the world.
enrolled in the various divisions
degree in professional education.
to "cross over"
years with a
Thus
from one program
minimum
of difficulty.
it
Com-
The General Education
requirement for students enrolled in Arts and Sciences
that for students
as
is
similar to
is
leading to the
possible for students
to another within the first
two
In order to achieve the pur-
poses of General Education, the following 66-70 hour requirement
has been established:
Credit
Science
(Biology, Chemistry, Physics, or Earth
Science)
Hours
6-8
Art or Music
3
Literature
Philosophy
History of Civilization
Political Science 211 or 212
6
3
Psychology
3
Social Science
(Any two
3
6
of the following: Econ. 211, Econ. 212,
Soc. 211, other Soc, Anthro. 224, Anthro. 323)
English Composition
Introduction to Speech
6
6
3
Mathematics 111, 112, or 211, 212
Foreign Language (Fr., Ger., Span., or Rus. 103-104)
World Geography
Personal Health
Physical Education I, II, III, IV
6-8
6
3
2
4
66-70 Cr. Hrs.
THE CORE REQUIREMENT
The beginning
of specialization or study of material in depth in
and Sciences Program occurs with the student's choice of
one of three broad areas of concentration: Humanities, Social
Following is the
Sciences, or Natural Science and Mathematics.
the Arts
Core Requirement for each
I.
area.
Humanities Core
English 249 Shakespeare
—
Any
additional semester of English Literature
Philosophy 307— Ethics
or Philosophy 302
—Logic
Credit Hours
3
3
3
17U
—
Speech 208 Introduction to Theatre Arts
Argumentation
or Speech 321
Any semester of Art History
Any semester of Music History
—
3
3
3
Total
II.
18
Social Science Core
The general intent of the Social Science Core is to require the comtwo semesters of study in the areas of geography, psychology,
political science, economics, and sociology, plus one semester in anthropology.
A portion of this program is fulfilled by the Social Science
courses in General Education.
(As regards history, two courses are
already required in General Education.)
The Social Science Core conpletion of
sists of the following:
1.
The four courses below which have not been taken
to
complete the General Education requirement.
Political Science 211, Political Science 212
Economics 211, Economics 212
Sociology 211, one additional semester of sociology
Anthropology 224 (or 323)
12
2.
An
additional semester of geography and an additional
semester of psychology
6
18
Total
III.
Natural Science and Mathematics Core
1.
Math. 211 and 212
2.
A
full
Calculus
year of a science that
relevant
a
—
field
is
and
II
(a)
outside of, yet
8
the major and (b) in addition to and in
separate from the year of science taken in
to,
fulfillment of the
Possible
I
selections:
Education Requirement.
Biology,
Chemistry, Physics,
General
Earth Science
6-8
14-16
Total
THE MAJOR-AREA REQUIREMENT
Above and beyond
ments a minimum of 24
three general
the General Education and Core Requirecredit hours
areas of concentration
must be amassed
one of the
(Humanities, Social Science,
Natural Sciences and Mathematics) or preferably
cipline within
in
in
a specific dis-
one of these areas.
For the achievement of
this
Major-Area Requirement,
courses or course sequences are prescribed by
specific
some departments:
175
1.
Biology 1
Nine semesters basic:
Biol.
103— General
Biol.
331— Ecology
Biol.
341
351
361
371
381
Biology I
Biol. 210
Invertebrate Zoology
Biol. 211
Vertebrate Zoology
Biol. 220— General Botany I
Biol. 221— General Botany II
PLUS any four of the following:
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
—
—
— Genetics
— Molecular Biology
—Microbiology
— Embryology
—Vertebrate Physiology
Additional courses, according to advisement:
i.
Field Courses
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
417— Field Zoology
422— Field Botany
Biol.
432
Biol.
ii.
— Fresh
Water Biology
Laboratory Courses
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
2.
— Entomology
413— Ornithology
414 — Ichthyology
411
—Parasitology
420— Plant Physiology
421 — Plant Anatomy
441 — Evolution
452 — Radiation Biology
453 — Biological Chemistry
471 — Histology
482 — Comparative Vertebrate
416
Business-Economics
Anatomy
(combination)
—
—
Bus. Ed. 221, 222 Principles of Accounting2
Bus. Ed. 321, 322 Intermediate Accounting
Econ. 211, 212 Principles of Economics
Bus. Ed. 101 Intro, to Business Organization and Finance
Bus. Ed. 331 Business Law
Econ. 413 Money and Banking
—
3.
—
—
—
English
Eng. 231, 232— British Writers
Eng. 401 Structure of English
OR Eng. 402 History of the English Language
—
1
—
Biology majors are expected to take the following auxiliary courses: Chem. Ill
331 and 332, Phys. Ill and 112, and Math. 211 and 212.
2 Normally begun
in
the
sophomore year.
and
112,
Chem.
176
4.
Geography3
A. Geography (Not necessarily in sequence)
Geog. 225 Weather and Climate
Geog. 223 Geography of Anglo-America
Geog. 323 Political Geography
Geog. 354
Cartography
Geog. 363 Urban Geography
Geomorphology
E. S. 365
Seminar in Geography
Geog. 492
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Choice of regional course in Geography
B.
Earth Science (not necessarily
E. S. 357— Physical Geology
E. S. 361
Historical Geology
E. S. 355— Meteorology
Geomorphology
E. S. 365
E. S. 453 Astronomy
Oceanography
E. S. 359
—
—
—
—
451 — Field Techniques
E.
Geog. 495 — Seminar
Earth
in
S.
in
C.
in sequence)
Earth and Space Science
Science
Meteorology (not necessarily in sequence)
E. S. 355— Meteorology
Geog. 356 Climatology
Oceanography
E. S. 359
Geomorphology
E. S. 365
Astronomy
E. S. 453
493
Geog.
Seminar in Meteorology
Theoretical Mechanics
—
—
—
—
—
Integral Calculus
5.
6.
History
Hist. 399
— Bibliography and Research
Mathematics
Math. 110 — Pre-Calculus (remedial only)
Math. 211— Calculus I
Math. 212— Calculus II
Math. 221— Statistics
Math. 311 Intermediate Calculus
Math. 321 Modern Algebra
PLUS any five of the following:
Math. 241 Introduction to Computer Programming
Math. 312— Differential Equations
Math. 322 Linear Algebra
Math. 332 Modern Geometry
Math. 411 Advanced Calculus
Math. 412 Complex Variables
Math. 421— Topology
Math. 422— Group Theory
Math. 431 Number Theory
Math. 432 Numerical Analysis
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(1 cr. hr. only)
—
—
3 Required
in
for
Computing.
any of the
three
majors
in
Geography are
a
course
in
Statistics
and a
course
177
7.
Physical Sciences
A.
Chemistry
Chem.
Chem.
Chem.
Chem.
Chem.
Chem.
1
—
331,
411,
— General
Chemistry I and II
Quantitative Analysis
332— Organic Chemistry I and II
412 Physical Chemistry I and II
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Instrumental Analysis
Ill, 112
222
—
—
—
PLUS at least one of the following:
Chem. 422 — Qualitative Organic Analysis
Chem. 490 — Chemistry Seminar
Chem. 491 — Special Topics
Chem. 492 — Chemical Research
B.
421
424
Physics 2
Phys.
Phys.
Phys.
Phys.
211,
212— General
Physics
I
and
II
— Introduction Atomic Physics
— Mechanics
— Electricity and Magnetism
PLUS at least 12
hrs. drawn from the following:
Phys. 315 — Electronics (4
hrs.)
Phys. 412— Optics
hrs.)
Phys. 420 — Vibrations and Waves
hrs.)
Phys. 421— Solid State Physics
hrs.)
422
Thermodynamics
Phys.
hrs.)
—
Phys. 490 — Physics Seminar
hr.)
310
311
314
to
cr.
cr.
(3 cr.
(3 cr.
(3 cr.
(3 cr.
(1 cr.
8.
Psychology
— General Psychology
— Child Growth and Development (Child Psychology)
OR Psy. 416 — Adolescent Psychology
Psy. 321 — Tests and Measures
Psy. 331 — Mental Hygiene and Problems of Adjustment
OR Psy. 431 — Abnormal Psychology
Psy. 351 — Social Psychology
OR Psy. 451 — Psychology for Business and Industry
Psy. 406 — Psychology Seminar
Psy. 460— Basic Statistical Method
Psy. 461 — Experimental Psychology
Additional courses which may be chosen:
Psy. 102 — Advanced General Psychology
Psy. 401 — Foundation of Contemporary Psychology
Psy. 101
Psy. 211
4
1
Chemistry majors are expected
Math. 211, 212, 311, 312.
to
take the following auxiliary
courses:
Phys.
Chem.
211,
212,
310 and
2
Physics majors are expected to take the following auxiliary courses:
to be taken in the freshman year) and Math. 211, 212, 311, 312.
3
Usually taken during the freshman year in fulfillment of the General Education Requirement. Also
recommended for Psychology majors during the freshman year are: Biol. 103, 104 and Math.
Ill,
112.
4 Prior
approval of the instructor
is
required.
Ill,
112
(these
two
178
Psy.
436— The Study
of Personality
— Psychology of Motivation
—Advanced Experimental Psychology
466 — Research Projects in Psychology
Psy. 456
Psy. 462
Psy.
9.
1
Social Sciences
A.
Comprehensive Major
Any
work
six semesters of
in
Social
the
Sciences beyond the
General Education and Core Requirements
B.
Economics
International Economics
Intermediate Micro Economics
Public Finance and Macro Economics
Money and Banking
Business and Economics Statistics
Business and Economics Statistics
Seminar
C.
in
Economics
I
II
1
Political Science
Six semesters of work beyond Pol. Sci. 211 and 212, to be determined in consultation with an appropriate faculty advisor.
D.
10.
Sociology
Six semesters of work beyond Soc. 211 and the core semester of
sociology, to be determined in consultation with an appropriate faculty advisor.
Speech
Basic
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
A.
B.
1
Prior
approval
206
241
325
412
— Oral Interpretation
— Voice and Diction
— Extempore Speech
— Fundamentals of Acting
Further Sequence for Public Address
Speech 231 Introduction to Radio and Television
Speech 307 Business and Professional Speech
Speech 418 Discussion
Speech 421 Persuasion
Speech 492 Seminar
—
—
—
—
—
Further Sequence for Theatre Studies
Speech 211 Theatre Production
Speech 311 Scene Design
Speech 318 Creative Dramatics
Speech 319— Children's Theatre
Speech 411 Play Direction
Speech 414 Costuming for the Stage
Speech 415 History of the Theatre
Speech 416 Modern Theatre
Speech 490 Speech Seminar
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
of
the
instructor
is
required.
179
ELECTIVES
For the
elective portion of the curriculum,
which makes up the
balance of the 128 credit hours required for graduation, students
may
take almost any courses offered by the college, with the logical
exception of those in Professional Education, Physical Education,
certain
Business Education
Approximately
etc.
skills,
credit hours are normally allowed for electives
dent's
own
16 to 24
(courses of the stu-
choice).
Note on Pre-Professional Programs:
Students intending
to transfer ultimately to a college of medicine, veterinary medicine,
dentistry,
pharmacy, law, engineering, theology,
etc.
should write
immediately for the catalog and/or admission requirements of that
particular college
and, with the aid of the Director of Arts and
Sciences at Bloomsburg State College, plan their undergraduate pro-
grams accordingly.
SCHEDULING
For
gressively
assistance in planning a course of study that
concentrated,
becomes pro-
two suggested schedule guides are given
below, one for students concentrating in either the Social Sciences
or the Humanities, the other for students concentrating in Mathematics or the Natural Sciences.
The
difference between the two
schedules results from the fact that the latter areas are more rigorously sequential.
Hence, students concentrating
the Natural Sciences
would be apt
matics and science during the
to take
first
in
Mathematics or
two years each of mathe-
two years of
college, deferring
certain General Education Requirements until the
sophomore and
junior years, while students concentrating in the Social Sciences or
the Humanities
would be apt
matics and science during the
to take only
one year each of mathe-
two years of college, thus fulfilling their General Education Requirements earlier and experiencing
somewhat greater emphasis upon Major-Area Requirements and
Electives during the last two years.
These two schedules are to be
first
considered only as guides in planning the A. B. program; they
may
be departed from, with the consent of the student's advisor and as
scheduling difficulties arise.
It is
ter
apparent that an average of 16 hours of credit per semes-
should be maintained in order for a student to graduate within
=
However, students are advised not to assume course loads that are too heavy for them to manage creditably and to bear in mind that a full-time student may carry
as few as 12 credit hours.
the usual 8 semesters (8
x 16
128).
180
SUGGESTED SCHEDULE FOR AREAS OF
THE SOCIAL SCIENCES AND HUMANITIES
FIRST
FIRST
SECOND SEMESTER
Cr.
English
YEAR
SEMESTER
101
Speech 103
Hrs.
3
3
3-4
3
Science
History 211
Foreign Language
H.P.E. 101— Physical Fitness Education
Cr. Hrs.
Geography
3
Science
History
Foreign
1
H.P.E.
_
102
English
101
_.
_
_
_
212
Language
_
150-Aquatics
3
3
3-4
3
3
1
16-17
16-17
SECOND YEAR
__
207
Mathematics
English
3
3
Social Science
H.P.E. 100— Personal & Community
Art or Music
Major- Area or Elective
H.P.E. — Elective
Health
208
Mathematics
English
Science
Science
3
Social
2
Political
3
Psychology __
Major-Area or
H.P.E. -Elective
0-3
1
3
3
3
211
3
3
0-3
Elective
1
15-18
16-19
THIRD YEAR
3-6
12
Humanities or Social Science Core
Major-Area and or Electives
Philosophy
Humanities or Social
.
.
Science
Core
Major-Area and or Electives
3
3-6
9
15-18
Average
Average
15-18
FOURTH YEAR
3-6
12
Humanities or Social Science Core
Major-Area and/ or Electives
Humanities or Social Science Core
Major-Area and or Electives
Average
15-18
Average
Required for graduation:
3-6
12
15-18
128 Semester Hours.
SUGGESTED SCHEDULE FOR AREA OF
THE NATURAL SCIENCES
(SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS)
FIRST
FIRST
SECOND SEMESTER
English
101
Speech
103
3
3
Mathematics
3-4
4
Science
Foreign
YEAR
SEMESTER
3
Language
English
102
3
.
Geography
3
Science
Mathematics
Language
Foreign
16-17
3-4
4
3
16-17
SECOND YEAR
History 211
Art or Music
2nd Year Science
2nd Year Mathematics
H.P.E. 100-Personal & Community Health
H.P.E. 101-Physical Fitness Education
3
History 212
Psychology
2nd Year Science
2nd Year Mathematics
2
Political
3
3
-4
1
15-16
H.P.E.
Science
211
150-Aquatics
16-17
_
181
THIRD YEAR
Cr. Hrs.
—
_
Social Science
English 207 _
3
3
3-4
6-8
Core
Major Area and/or Electives
H.P.E.-Eledive
Science
__
Core
Major Area and/or Electives
_
3
3
_
_
Science
H. P. E. -Elective
1
Cr. Hrs.
—
_
Social Science
English 208
3-4
6-8
__
__
1
16-19
16-19
FOURTH YEAR
Philosophy
15-17
Major Area and/or Electives
3
12-14
Major Area and/or Electives
15-17
Average
Average
15-17
Required for graduation:
Semester Hours.
128
DIVISION OF BUSINESS
THE FOUR YEAR BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUMS
The purpose
of the Business Administration
program
is
to pre-
pare students for successful careers in business that will be personally satisfying
and
socially useful.
Students enrolled in the Business Administration curriculums
take courses during their
first
two years that
identical to those required of
Sciences programs.
on courses
in
all
After the
are, for the
most
students enrolled in the Arts and
first
two years, emphasis
is
placed
Business Administration; at this time Business
ministration majors will also have the option of specializing in
area of their choice
—
Students thus
sciences.
in
either business or
may
part,
satisfy their
own
one of the
Adsome
arts
and
personal interests in
business as well as receive a substantial general education.
Graduates of the program
degree
may
receive a Bachelor of Science
(or a Bachelor of Arts degree
by completing the foreign
language requirement).
Specifically, the
is
program of studies
in Business Administration
designed:
1.
To
provide essential knowledge of the social and physical
world
2.
To
in
which we
cultivate
live.
skills,
attitudes,
understandings,
and knowl-
edges, which can be applied to the world of business.
3.
To develop
4.
which are required by business.
To understand the organization and management of our
personality and characteristics in the students
dustrial society.
in-
182
5.
To develop
the ability to think rationally
and
to apply this
kind of thinking to complex business problems.
6.
To develop
and techniques which will aid students
become business managers or administra-
the skills
in their efforts to
tors.
Upon
satisfactory completion of the basic year of the curricu-
lum, students must choose one of the sequences (General Business,
STUBUSINESS TRAINING IN
Accounting, or Economics) shown on the following pages.
DENTS NEED NOT HAVE HAD
HIGH SCHOOL to complete the various
business sequences.
Present or prospective transfer students from Junior Colleges
should consult Paragraph
Business
Administration,"
I
(A, B, C, and
January
D)
1968 with
of the "Criteria
respect
For
college
to
course offerings for the school years 1968-71.
Transfer students from junior colleges or community colleges
will
be required to complete the following courses in their designated
curriculum:
—Accounting
Management Decision and
subsequent accounting courses
450 — Introduction
Data Processing
Programming
451 — Introduction
Bus. 323
for
other
as prescribed
Bus.
or Bus.
to Electronic
to
All requirements for General Education, Core, Specialized, and
Electives as
shown
for each curriculum.
GENERAL EDUCATION
(all
sequences)
Business Administration
Science
6-8
Art or Music
3
Literature
6
Psychology
3
Social Sciences:
Economics
6
Political Science
English Composition
Speech
3
Mathematics (111 and higher level)
World History
Geography
Health
Physical Education
Philosophy, Advanced Speech, Sociology, or Foreign Language
6
6
3
6
3
2
3
6
62-64
CORE
(all
sequences)
— Introduction Business
221 and 222 — Principles of Accounting
323 — Accounting for Management Decision
331 — Business Law
342 — Marketing Principles and Practices
Bus. 343 — Business Finance
Bus. 344 — Management Processes
Econ. 346 — Business and Economics Statistics
Econ. 413 — Money and Banking
Bus. 446 — Business Policies
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
101
3
to
I,
,.
c
II
I
6
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
TOTAL GENERAL AND CORE
33
95-97
Subject to change for administrative reasons without notice.
ACCOUNTING SEQUENCE
Business Administration
SPECIALIZED REQUIREMENTS
—
Bus. 321 and 322 Intermediate Accounting I, II
Bus. 421
Cost Accounting
422
Bus.
Auditing Theory and Procedures
Bus. 423— State and Federal Tax Accounting
—
—
6
3
3
3
15
ELECTIVES**
Bus. 332— Business Law II
Bus. 341
Retail Management Concepts
Bus. 345 Personnel Management
Bus. 424— Tax Problems
3
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
3
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
—
—
430 — Advanced Statistics
445 — Report Writing for Management
447 — Research Studies
Management
448 — Advanced Cost Accounting
449— CPA Problems
450 and 451 — Data Processing
in
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
6
18
The student must complete the following courses:
General
Core
Education
Specialized
Requirements
Electives
62-64
33
15
18
Typewriting or proficiency
128
Subject to change for administrative reasons, without notice.
** 30 credits offered
18 credits needed
18 If
SEMESTER
101— Eng. Comp.
Geog. 101-World Phys.
Math. Ill -Algebra
Hist. Ill-World
History
Credits
FIRST
Eng.
3
3
3
3
I
Geog.
...
H.P.E.
'Bus.
101-Phys.
_
Fitness
Princi-!cs
221— Acctg.
I
SECOND SEMESTER
Eng. 102-Eng.
Art 101 Music
Credits
Comp.
II
Mathematics
Bus.
222-Acdg.
112-World
1
Hist.
3
H.P.E.
Principles
II
....
.
History
...
150-Aquatics
1
16
16
THIRD SEMESTER
Eng.
Econ.
207-World
211— Prin.
Credits
Lit.
_
I
3
H.P.E. 100-Personal and Com.
Psy. 101— Gen. Psychology
Bus. 421— Cost Accounting
Bus. 321— Inter. Accounting
FOURTH SEMESTER
Eng. 208-World Lit.
Credits
II
....
103— Intro, to Speech
212— Prin. of Economics II
323-Acctg. for Mgmt. Dec.
Speech
Economics
of
Health
Econ.
Bus.
—
Bus. 322 Inter.
H.P.E. -Elective
I
3
3
3
3
3
...
101
Accounting
_
Econ.
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
SEMESTER
314— Money & Banking
331 -Bus. Law
441— Prin. Marketing
423— Fed. State Taxes
Credits
3
I
1
16
SIXTH
Bus.
Bus.
SEMESTER
343— Business Finance
344— Management Processes
Bus.
Bus.
Credits
3
3
3
3
3
...
Science
__
Science Elective
Phil. 211, Soc. 211
Elective
450-lntro.
to
E.D.P
346— Statistics
15
18
SEVENTH SEMESTER
422— Auditing
__
Sci.
'ol.
212 211 -Government
Speech 307— Bus. end Prof Speech
Credits
3
3
3
6
3us.
_
Electives
3
3
3
II
17
FIFTH
3
3
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Bus. 446— Bus. Policies
Credits
3
12
Electives
15
15
GENERAL BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION SEQUENCES
ELECTIVE, REQUIREMENTS
Credits
62-64
Education
General
Core
33
Electives in Business Administration
(Accounting or Economics as approved by advisor)
33
128
A
student must complete 33 elective credits which can include one
additional course in Accounting and one additional course in Economics.
The remaining courses would be
—
selected
from those
listed
under Electives
Business Administration.
Students should also refer to Core courses and General Education.
ELECTIVES
—
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Data Processing
Business
Law
Advanced
6
II
3
Statistics
3
Business Report Writing
Personnel Administration
*
Students with an
Introduction
to
accounting objective
Business.
3
3
should enroll
in
Bus.
221
in
the
first
semester and
omit
185
Credits
Transportation
Advertising Management: Organization and Planning
Marketing Research Studies
Research Studies in Management
Retail Management Concepts
Sales
3
3
3
3
3
Management
3
ELECTIVES
—
ECONOMICS
International Economics
Public Finance
3
3
—
ELECTIVES
ACCOUNTING
Tax
State and Federal
Advanced Cost Accounting
3
3
Cost Accounting
3
Tax Problems
3
SEMESTER
101— Composition
FIRST
Eng.
*Geog. 101 -World Phys. Geog
Math. Ill-Algebra _
_
101— Intro, to Business
Ill-World History
Bus.
Hist.
Credits
3
3
3
3
3
I
_
101-Fitness
H.P.E.
1
SECOND SEMESTER
Eng. 102— Composition
Art 101 /Music 101
_
II
___
Mathematics
Speech 103— Introduction to Speech
Psy. 101— General Psychology
H.P.E. 150-Aquatics
_
.„
Credits
3
_
3
3
3
3
1
16
THIRD
SEMESTER
Bus. 221— Accounting
Econ. 21 1— Principles
Eng. 207-World Lit.
H.P.E.
Credits
3
Principles
of Economics
I
_
„
I
3
3
2
3
3
100-Personal and Com. Health
_
112-World
Hist.
Biol.
103 or
History
Physical Science
_
16
FOURTH SEMESTER
Credits
222-Accounting
Bus.
Principles
3
3
II
212— Principles of Economics
**Eng. 208-World Lit. II or
Econ.
Humanities Elective
346-Statistics
H.P.E.-Elective
Science Elective
3
3
Bus.
_
1
3
_
17
16
FIFTH
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
SEMESTER
323— Acctg. for Mgt.
331— Business Law
Decisions
Credits
3
3
I
343 — Business
Finance
450— Intro, to Data Processing
345— Personnel Management _
3
3
3
SIXTH SEMESTER
344— Management Processes
342— Marketing Principles
Econ. 413— Money & Banking
Bus.
Bus.
_..
Credits
3
3
__
3
6
Electives
15
15
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Bus. 446— Business Policies
Bus. 445— Report Writing
Credits
3
...
3
.....
3
...
Pol.
Sci.
211
or 212
Electives
.....
6
EIGHTH SEMESTER
447— Research
Bus.
Studies
in
Credits
3
Management
Electives—
Business Administration, Acctg
_
or Economics
12
15
15
ECONOMICS SEQUENCES
Business Administration
General Education
Core
62
33
Specialized Economics Courses
Electives
Business Administration
15
18
—
128
Alternate Economic
Humanities
Geography
Electives:
Philosophy
Professional
Speech
or
Literature.
186
SPECIALIZED REQUIREMENTS
The student must complete the following courses
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
Credits
— Intermediate Micro Economics
— Intermediate Macro Economics
— History of Economic Thought
422 — Contrasting Economies
313 — Labor Economics
411
412
423
ELECTIVES
—
3
3
3
3
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Business Law II
Personnel Management
Cost Accounting
Federal and State Taxes
Advanced
15
3
3
3
3
3
Statistics
3
Report Writing
Research Studies
3
Introduction to Electronic Data Processing
Introduction to Computers
3
3
18
3
AND ELECTIVES
TOTAL, SPECIALIZED
33
95
ADD GENERAL AND CORE
Subject to change for administrative
SEMESTER
101— Composition
FIRST
Eng.
reasons without notice.
Credits
„....
I
*Geog. 101 -World Phys. Geog
Math. Ill— Algebra
_.
Ill-World History
Hist.
H.P.E. 101 -Fitness
Bus. 101— Intro, to
„....
3
3
3
3
1
Business
„
3
_
SECOND SEMESTER
Eng. 102— Composition
Art 101 /Music 101
Credits
3
3
3
3
3
II
Mathematics
„
Speech 103— Introduction to Speech
Psy. 101— General Psychology
H.P.E. 150-Aquatics
1
16
SEMESTER
THIRD
Credits
221 —Accounting Principles
Econ. 21 1 —Principles of Economics
Eng. 207-World Lit.
H.P.E. 100-Personal and Com. Health
Hist. 112-World History
Biol
1 03
Bus.
3
3
3
2
3
3
I
I
16
FOURTH SEMESTER
Bus. 222— Accounting Principles II
Econ. 212— Principles of Economics
**Eng. 208-World Lit
_
Credits
3
3
3
3
Bus. 346-Statistics
H.P.E. -Elective
Physics
1
3
16
17
FIFTH
SEMESTER
Credits
323-Acctg.
for Mgt. Decision
331— Business Law
343— Business Finance
450— Intro, to Data Processing
Econ. 423-Hist. Econ. Thought
***Phil. 211— Introduction to Philosophy
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
I
_...
SIXTH SEMESTER
Credits
3
3
Bus.
Bus.
344— Management Processes
342— Marketing Principles
Pol.
Sci.
3
3
Econ.
Econ.
3
211
or
3
3
3
212
314— Money & Banking
313— Industrial Relations
3
3
_
_
15
18
18
credits
** Alternate
needed
Economic Geography
For Humanities Requirement, 12 credits are required,
plus Art or Music will satisfy the requirements.
two Philosophy Courses, one
Literature
Students must complete 15 semester hour credits in the following courses to
Specialized Requirements in Economics: Econ. 41 1— Intermediate Micro Economics, 3;
Public Finance and Macro Economics, 3; Econ. 423— History of Economic Thought, 3;
Comparative Economic Systems, 3; Econ. 313 — Industrial Relations, 3.
Note.-
***Phil
—
Introduction,
Logic or Ethics
Course,
satisfy
Econ.
Econ.
the
412—
422—
187
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Econ.
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Credits
411— Inter. Micro Econ
446— Business Policies
445— Report Writing
_
Bus.
Bus.
Electives
3
3
Bus. 447— Research
Electives
3
6
Econ.
422— Comp.
Credits
Studies
Econ.
in
Management
3
9
3
Systems
—
15
15
THE FOUR YEAR
BUSINESS EDUCATION CURRICULUMS
The
Department of Public Instruction has designated the
Bloomsburg State College as one of the institutions in which secondary business teachers of the Commonwealth may be educated.
State
The primary purpose
Education
to
is
program of the Division of Business
prepare teachers for the junior and senior high
of the
schools of Pennsylvania.
Upon
completion of the Business Education Curriculum, the
Bachelor of Science Degree
made
to the State
certificate.
is
conferred and application
Department of Public Instruction
The courses included
in the
may
be
for a teaching
curriculum qualify gradu-
ates to secure certification to teach business subjects in
any junior
or senior high school in Pennsylvania.
ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
The Business Education Curriculum has proved so popular
since it was first introduced in 1930 that only a limited number of
selected students are admitted.
select this curriculum
All prospective students
plan to
should apply to the Director of Admissions
early in the year preceding the year in
in the college.
who
which they expect
to enroll
Only those high school students whose records
indi-
cate the ability to complete the curriculum satisfactorily are accepted.
This does not
mean
have had business courses
students
that students applying for admission
in
who have had no
high school or business college.
must
Many
previous business training successfully
complete the Business Education Curriculum.
As
this
curriculum
is
of college grade, advanced standing
is
not
granted for work completed in secondary schools, business colleges,
or non-accredited business schools.
188
ADVANCED STANDING
Applicants for admission to the Business Education Curriculum
who have earned
credit at other colleges or universities should sub-
mit a transcript of this credit
vanced standing
will
stitutions of college
when applying
for admission.
be granted for courses completed
grade when, in the judgment of the
at
Ad-
other in-
Dean
of In-
struction, such courses are equivalent to subjects prescribed in the
Business Education Curriculum.
If a tentative
or universities
is
evaluation of courses completed at other colleges
desired,
a transcript showing the
names
of the
courses, the grades, and the credit hours earned should be sent to
the Director of the Division of Business Education.
A
tentative
evaluation can be requested prior to making application for admission to the college.
The
1.
specific objectives of the Business
To
Education program are:
contribute to the development of a broader understand-
ing of the culture of our society.
2.
To develop an appreciation of the contributions business
teachers can make to the total educational program of the
school.
3.
To
prepare students for certification to teach or supervise
the teaching of business subjects.
4.
To develop
vocational competency in the
skill
subjects and
in accounting.
5.
To
provide
sufficient
competency and
to
basic
business
education
to
insure
develop interest in the teaching of basic
business subjects.
6.
To
provide training and experience in methods and tech-
niques of teaching business subjects.
Upon
satisfactory completion of the basic year of the curricu-
lum, students must choose one of the sequences (General, Secre-
STUDENTS
NEED NOT HAVE HAD BUSINESS TRAINING IN HIGH
SCHOOL to complete the business sequences.
tarial,
or Accounting)
shown on
the following pages.
For administrative reasons the sequence of courses
to change.
whi
e the
The
first
number
after
is
subject
each course refers to clock hours,
second indicates the number of credit hours.
189
program students must complete 128
credits of courses distributed approximately equally between General
Education and Business Education.
All Business Education
Prior to the end of the junior year students must receive clear-
ance from the Student Teaching Committee
—
Business Education
for admission to student teaching in public secondary schools.
For the Provisional Certificate
to teach Business
Education
in
a public high school in Pennsylvania, candidates must complete the
Accounting, the General, or the Secretarial Sequence (or their equi-
Bloomsburg
These sequences incorporate
courses in general, professional, and Business Education required
under the regulations published by the Department of Public Instrucvalents) at
State College.
tion.
The following high school teaching
areas and the college credits
for specific courses for these areas follow:
of accounting courses; Business English,
Bookkeeping, 12 credits
15 credits in English, in-
cluding Business Correspondence; Business Mathematics, 15 credits
in
accounting and business mathematics; Retail Selling, 9 credits
in
Salesmanship (Bus. 241), Marketing (Bus. 342) and Retailing (Bus.
Students must
341); Shorthand. 9 credits; Typewriting, 6 credits.
complete all of the courses prescribed on a particular sequence to
qualify for a certificate.
FIRST
(all
FIRST
sequences)
SECOND SEMESTER
SEMESTER
Hours
CL CR
3
3
_
101— English Composition
Math. 101— Fundamentals of Mathematics 3
Geog. 101— World Physical Geography _ 3
Eng.
Speech 103 — Introduction
H.
P.
Phil.
E.
21
YEAR
Speech
to
_
101— Physical Fitness Education
1— Intro, to Philosophy
„
3
3
3
3
2
1
3
17
3
16
Hours
CL
Eng. 102— English Composition
Phys. 101— Physical Science
Art 101— Intro, to Art or
Music 101— Intro,
H.
P.
E.
to
100— Personal
Music
and
Health
and
Organization
Business
Finance
of
4
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
3
4
3
3
21
18
Community
H. P. E. 150-Aquatics
Bus. 101— Introduction to
Bus. 221 —Principles
CR
3
Accounting
i
1
GENERAL SEQUENCE
SECOND YEAR
SECOND SEMESTER
FIRST SEMESTER
Hours
Hours
CL
Eng. 207 or 208-Survey of
Biol. 103— General
Biology
H. P. E. -Elective
World
Lit
I
Bus. 201— Elementary Typewriting
Bus. 21 1— Elementary Shorthand
Bus. 222— Principles of Accounting
I
I
II
CR
3
5
2
3
3
4
4
4
2
3
3
22
15
1
CL
218 or Hist. Ill
Bus. 202 — Elementary Typewriting II
II
Bus. 212-Elementary Shorthand
Bus. 321— Intermediate Accounting
Natural Science or Math, elective
Humanities elective
Hist.
I
_
CR
3
3
4
4
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
20
17
—
190
THIRD YEAR
Hours
CL
Psy. 101— General Psychology _
Econ. 21 1— Principles of Economics
Typewriting
Bus. 301— Advanced
Bus. 311— Advanced Shorthand
Bus. 322— Intermediate Accounting
Bus. 331— Business Law
Hours
CR
3
4
4
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
3
20
17
3
II
I
CL
Psy. 371— Educational Psychology
Econ. 212— Principles of Economics
Bus. 332-Business Law II
Bus. 334— Business Mathematics or
Bus. 333— Business Corres. and Reports
Ed. 393— Social Foundations of Education
Soc. 21 1— Principles of Sociology or
Soc. 323— Intro, to Anthropology
CR
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
18
18
FOURTH YEAR
Hours
CL
423— Hist, of Economic Thought
Sci. 211— U. S. Government
401— Clerical Practice and
3
3
3
3
Office Machines
5
3
8
6
19
15
Econ.
Pol.
Bus.
Ed.
Hours
CR
396— Curriculum and
Instruction
CL
Ed.
403— Student Teaching
Business
Subjects in the Secondary School
(Including Professional Practicum)
...
30
30
in
Secondary
School
(Including A-V Education)
CR
in
12
—
12
ACCOUNTING SEQUENCE
SECOND YEAR
Hours
CL
Eng. 207 or 208-Survey of
Biol. 103-General Biology
H. P. E. -Elective
World
Lit
I
....
;
201— Elementary Typewriting
222— Principles of Accounting
Bus.
Bus.
Business
elective
I
II
__
_
-
Hours
CR
CL
3
5
2
3
3
1
218 or Hist. Ill
Bus. 202— Elementary Typewriting
Bus. 321— Intermediate Accounting
4
4
2
Business
3
3
3
Natural Science or Math, elective
Humanities elective
21
15
3
Hist.
elective
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
19
17
4
II
I
_
CR
THIRD YEAR
Hours
CL
Psy. 101— General Psychology _
Econ. 211— Principles of Economics
Typewriting
Bus. 301— Advanced
Bus. 322— Intermediate Accounting
_
Bus. 331— Business Law
Bus. 334— Advanced Mathematics
(Business Mathematics)
I
—
3
3
....
CL
371— Educational Psychology
Econ. 212— Principles of Economics
Bus. 332-Business Law II
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
_ 3
Accounting elective
3
Ed. 393— Social Foundations of Education 3
Soc. 21 1— Principles of Sociology or
Soc. 323-lntro. to Anthropology
3
19
17
18
4
II
Hours
CR
Psy.
CR
3
3
3
3
3
18
_
3
FOURTH YEAR
SECOND SEMESTER
SEMESTER
FIRST
Hours
CL
423— History of Econ. Thought
Sci. 211— U. S. Government
401— Clerical Practice and
Econ.
Pol.
Bus.
Office
Ed.
Machines
396— Curriculum and
Secondary
(Including
-
_
Instruction
School
A-V Education)
Hours
CR
3
3
3
3
5
3
8
6
19
15
in
CL
Ed.
403— Student Teaching
Business
Subjects in the Secondary School
(Including Professional Practicum)
CR
in
...
30
12
30
12
;.'a
SECRETARIAL SEQUENCE
SECOND YEAR
Hours
CL
Eng. 207 or 208-Survey of World
Biol. 103-Generol
Biology
_
H. P. E.-Elective
Lit.
3
3
5
2
3
4
_ 4
3
2
3
3
21
15
I
I
Bus. 201— Elementary
Bus. 21 1— Elementary
Business elective _
Typewriting
Shorthand
_
I
I
Hours
CR
1
CL
Humanities Elective _
218 or Hist. Ill .
Bus. 202— Elementary Typewriting
Bus. 212— Elementary Shorthand II
3
3
3
3
4
4
3
2
3
3
3
20
17
Hist.
_
II
333— Business Corres. and Reports
Natural Science or Math, elective
Bus.
CR
3
...
THIRD YEAR
Hours
CL
Psy. 101— General Psychology
Econ. 21 1— Principles of Economics
Bus. 301— Advanced Typewriting
Bus. 311— Advanced Shorthand
Bus. 331— Business Law
Business elective
4
3
3
2
4
3
3
3
I
_....
I
Hours
CR
3
3
3
3
20
17
CL
CR
Econ. 212— Principles of Economics _.
Bus. 312— Secretarial Practice
Bus. 332— Business Law II
Psy. 371— Educational Psychology
Ed. 393— Social Foundations of Ed.
Soc. 21 1— Principles of Sociology or
Soc. 323— Intro, to Anthropology _.
.
20
18
FOURTH YEAR
Hours
CL
Econ.
423— Hist,
of
211-U.
S.
Pol. Sci.
Bus.
401— Clerical
Economic Thought
Government
Practice and
_
Office Machines
Ed. 396— Curriculum and Instruction
Secondary School „
(Including A-V Education)
Hours
CR
CL
Ed.
..
_.
403— Student Teaching
in Business
Subjects in the Secondary School
(Including Professional Practicum)
in
19
30
12
30
12
15
DIVISION OF SPECIAL EDUCATION
PURPOSE
This Division of Bloomsburg State College has been designated
by the State Department of Public Instruction to prepare people in
Training of the Mentally Retarded and in Communication Disorders
and has been tentatively approved to prepare people
Education of the Deaf.
The Bachelor of Science
degree
the
is
conferred on students
who
satisfactorily
approved Special Education curriculums.
designated major
is
in the area of
in
Education
complete any of
Certification in the
granted upon completion of the program and
approval of the faculty.
CR
192
EQUIPMENT
The
Special Education Center
majoring
is
located in
Navy
Communication Disorders have access
in
which
Hall. Students
to:
a hearing
equipped with pure-tone and speech audiometers,
a Bekesy audiometer, a psycho-galvanometer; a Voice Science Lab
suite
which
is
equipped with a speech sonograph, single and dual track
tape recorders, disc-record cutting machines and sound analysis
equipment; phonographs, auditory training units, desk and individual
is
model hearing aids, language masters, and library materials
Communication Disorders for use in Clinical Practicum.
in
Instructional aids for the Teaching of the Mentally Retarded
SRA
Reading Laboratories, tachistoscope, a primer typea collection of curriculum and workshop materials, and
include
writer,
library materials concerning all areas of mental retardation.
CLINICAL PRACTICE AND STUDENT TEACHING
Students enrolled in the Teaching of the Mentally Retarded
program have the opportunity of participating in the work with the
mentally retarded in carefully supervised and graded special classes.
After completion of the course work, students participate in full-time
student teaching programs in two separate settings for the duration
weeks each.
of nine
Those
initial
enrolled
clinical
in
Communication
Disorders
clinical
their
Upon
on campus.
practice on campus, these
experience while they are
completion of course work and
acquire
still
students are placed for two different experiences, each lasting nine
weeks, which gives them the opportunity to work
full
time with a
qualified speech correctionist in a school or clinic setting.
Student teachers in Special Education are assigned to the White
Haven
State School, the Selinsgrove State School
to the public schools of Chester,
and Hospital, and
Columbia, Cumberland, Lancaster,
Lycoming, Montgomery, Montour, Northampton and Northumberland Counties through the offices of the superintendents of those
counties.
As
greater
numbers of students
are assigned to student teach-
ing through increased enrollment, other centers will be developed.
A
student
may
be assigned to a school
entire semester, or he
may
school districts or counties.
be re-assigned
district
in
or county for an
mid-semester to other
193
COMMUNICATION DISORDERS CURRICULUM
(Subject to change for administrative reasons)
Speech Pathology Sequence
The
objectives of the curriculum are to prepare state certified
speech correctionists, to provide opportunity for students to meet
the requirements of
ASHA
for Certificate of Clinical
Competence
Speech Pathology, and to extend the competence of speech
cians so that they can adequately work with public school and
in
clini-
clinic
problems.
FIRST
SECOND SEMESTER
SEMESTER
Hours
CL
101— English Composition
Speech 103— Introduction to Speech
103-General Biology
101— World Physical Geography
Biol.
I
Geog.
one)
(Elect
Math.
Math.
...
2
1
—Fundamentals of Math.
Ill— College Algebra
lOl
101 -Physical
H.P.E.
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Eng.
Fitness
Ed
Hours
CR
102— English Composition _
Com. Dis. 152— Voice and Diction
Art 101— Introduction to Art
3
3
3
(Elect one)
_
Hist. Ill-World
Hist. 112-World
3
Eng.
Hist.
113-World
_
Hist,
Hist.
Hist,
150-Aquatics
Dis. 251 -Phonetics
H.P.E.
Com.
18
CR
CL
1500
1500-1815
since 1815
to
2
3
_
16
17
THIRD SEMESTER
100— Personal and Community
H.P.E.
Health _
Spec. Ed. 201-Education of
Exceptional Children
H.P.E. -Elective
Phys. 101-3asic Phys. Science
Com.
Com.
Psy.
Dis.
Dis.
276— intro.
to
252-Sp. Path.
101— General
Audiology
I
FIFTH
Phil.
211 -Intro,
(Elect
Psy.
Psy.
Dis.
3
2
3
Psy.
1
Com.
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
20
18
3
Dis.
...
3
3
3
18
18
3
3
3
3
6
3
3
3
18
15
30
12
30
12
3
3
15
SEVENTH SEMESTER
one)
Eng. 401 —Structure of English
Com. Dis. 360— Psycho-Linguistics
Dis.
452— Anatomy
of Speech
Mechanisms
_
Com. Dis.;
Foreign Language or Reading)
Pol. Sci. 211-U. S. Gov't
Com. Dis. 361— Clinical Problems of
Communication Disorders
Hearing
Com.
3
466,
471,
EIGHTH SEMESTER
402— Clinical Experience
3
Electives from:
Dis.
Dis.
and
Total
crs.
3
18
472 and 475 are recommended for course selections beyond
Student teaching equivalent.
128
6
3
18
(Com.
Lit.
331— Mental Hygiene
416— Adolescent Psychology
(Elect
(Two
II
Eng, 207 or 208-Survey of World
Com. Dis. 376— Aud. Training &
Sp. Reading
6
3
18
Com.
3
3
Com. Dis. 352— Clinical Practicum:
Communication Disorders
(Elective)
Foreign Language
351— Clinical Methods
Practicum
one)
Dis.
Psychology
253— Speech Pathology
SIXTH SEMESTER
467-Psy. of Sp. & Hrng.
Hist. 218-U. S. and Pa. Survey
Ed. 393-Social Foundation of Ed.
3
Philosophy
to
3
371 -Ed.
Com.
3
Soc. 211— Prin. of Sociology
Soc. 224— Cultural Anthropology
Psy. 321— Tests and Measures
Com.
and
2
SEMESTER
one)
(Elect
2
3
_
Psychology
FOURTH SEMESTER
101— Intro, to Music
Psy. 21 1— Child Growth and
Development
Music
16
(he
required.)
194
CURRICULUM FOR EDUCATION OF THE DEAF
(subject to change for administrative reasons)
The
objectives of this sequence are to prepare state certified
teachers of the deaf to provide opportunity for students to
meet
the requirements of certification of the Conference of Executives of
American Schools
for the
Deaf, and to extend the competency of
teachers of the deaf.
FIRST
SECOND SEMESTER
SEMESTER
Hours
CL
Eng. 101— English Composilion
Speech 101— Fund, of Speech
103-Gencrol Biology
Biol.
Geog. 101-World Physical Geog
I
one)
(Elect
Mafh. 101-Fund. of Malh.
Ma'h. Ill— College Alg2bra
HPE 101-Physical Fitness Ed.
3
3
3
3
5
3
3
3
3
3
2
19
Hours
CR
CL
Eng.
Com.
102— English Composilion
Dis. 152-Voice & Diction
Art — Eleclive
History — Elediva
Com. Dis. 251-Phoneiics
HPE 150-Aquaiics
1
201 -Ed. of Ex. Chn
101— Basic Physical Science
101— General Psychology
Psy.
I
Health
HPE — Recreation
Elective
__..
3
3
Music
3
3
Psy.
Psy.
3
3
Eng.
3
3
3
—
Com.
2
2
1
EOD
of
Elective
Literature
Dis.
Sp.
2
—
211 -Child Growth & Develop.
371— Educational Psychology
Psy.
211-!ntro.
321-Tests
Com.
and
Dis.
to
Philosophy
& Measures
376— Aud.
Practicum
for
the
Deaf
3
3
3
3
3
Ed.
3
Pol.
6
4
3
4
16
of
201 -History,
the Deaf
452 — Anatomy
Ed. 455— Learning
Disabilities
Elective
16
.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
18
18
3
3
3
3
3
&
& Guidance
Ed.
Education
Sci.
211— U.
Government
S.
Sp.
Ele.
the
Subj.
to
Deaf
to the Deaf
(Elect one)
Advanced Science
Advanced Math, or
.
.
3
3
4
4
6
3
4
3
19
17
30
12
Statistics
EIGHTH SEMESTER
EOD
3
Spec.
EOD 366— Classroom Pracikom
EOD 461 -Problems of EOD
1
393— Soc. Foundations
EOD 352-Tchng.
EOD 353-Tchng.
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Dis.
2
3
SIXTH SEMESTER
19
Com.
Trng.
18
351— Clinical Methods
EOD 351-Language
Elective
Reading
FIFTH SEMESTER
Phil.
3
16
4
20
Soc — Eleclive
3
3
FOURTH SEMESTER
Ed.
Com. Dis. 252-Sp. Palh.
Com. Dis. 276— inlro. to Aud.
HPE 100-Personal & Community
3
3
3
3
17
THIRD SEMESTER
Spec.
Phys.
3
3
CR
3
6
3
3
18
15
403-Student
Teaching
195
CURRICULUM FOR TEACHERS OF
THE MENTALLY RETARDED
(Subject to change for administrative reasons)
The
objectives of this curriculum are to prepare State certified teach-
ers in the area of
mental retardation and extend competency
teaching
in
of the mentally retarded.
SECOND SEMESTER
FIRST SEMESTER
Hours
CL CR
__
101— English Composition
Speech 103— Introduction to Speech
Biology
Biol. 103-Generol
Geog. 101— World Physical Geography _
Eng.
I
(Elect
one)
_
Math. 101— Fundamentals of Malh.
Math. 231— Theory of Arithmetic
H.P.E. 101 -Physical Fitness Ed
Hours
CL
Eng.
Phys.
4
3
3
3
3
__ 3
3
3
Art
3
3
(Elect
102— English Composition
101— Physical Science _
one)
18
—
1
16
(Elect one) „
Hist. Ill-World
Hist. 112-World
Hist. 113-World
H.P.E.
World
Lit.
one)
100-Personal
„
Philosophy
16
3
3
3
3
3
3
_ 3
3
3
3
Psy. 211— Child Growth and Development 3
(Elective) in Social Sciences _
_
3
2
18
18
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
15
15
30
12
30
12
_ 3
3
3
17
Pol. Sci.
211-U.
S.
Government
Music 311— Music Activities
Elementary School
Teh. MR 201-lntroduction to
Mentally Retarded
(Elective) in Humanities
in
the
_
3
3
H.P.E. -Elective
Teh. MR 303-Crafts for all Levels
of Mentally Retarded
Psy. 371— Edu'a.ional
Psychology
Ed. 371— Teaching of Reading in
Grades
(Elective) Science or
Teh. MR 351-Special
17
SEMESTER
FIFTH
Elementary
2
& Community
Health
the
to
FOURTH SEMESTER
218-U.S. and Pa. Survey
Exceptional Children
211 -Introduction to
1500
1500-1815
1815 to present
History
History
Hist.
3
3
_
18
Soc. 21 1— Principles of Sociology
Soc. 224— Cultural Anthropology
Spec. Ed. 201— Education of
Phil.
„
150-Aquatics
THIRD SEMESTER
Eng. 207 or 208-Survey of
3
Art
Music 101 — Introduction to Music
101— General Psychology
H.P.E.
Hist.
(Elect
to
Psy.
2
4
_
101— Introduction
CR
3
Math
SIXTH SEMESTER
8
3
4
3
Ed. 393— Social Foundations
of
Ed
Psy. 321— Tests and Measures
Ed. 397— Science and Math in the
3
3
3
Teh.
2
1
3
Elementary School
MR 352-Special Class
Methods: Secondary Levels
Eng.
Class
316— Children's
Literature
„
Methods: Primary and
Intermediate
Levels
3
3
22
17
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Spec.
Ed.
for
the
(Elect
EIGHTH SEMESTER
451— Speech Improvement
Classroom
3
one)
MR 401 -Student Teaching
and Professional Practicum
Teh.
3
3
3
Psy. 416— Adolescent Psychology
Psy. 331— Mental Hygiene
Teh. MR 361— Seminar in Teaching
Ihe
H.P.E.
Mentally
Retarded
420-Techniques
Health
Ed. Teachers
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
2
17
17
in
and P.E. for Spec.
Teh. MR 432— Language
for Special Classes
(Elective)
Prof, area
Arts
Total
1
28
crs.
.
196
SPECIAL
DEGREE PROGRAMS
THE TWO-YEAR DEGREE PROGRAMS
The Bloomsburg State College has been approved to offer a
two-year program to Dental Hygienists and School Nurses who are
able to meet the conditions set forth in the following paragraphs:
DEGREE CURRICULUM FOR DENTAL HYGIENISTS
(Subject to change without notice)
The degree of Bachelor of Science in Education will be conferred upon dental hygienists meeting the following requirements:
The possession of a valid license to practice dental hygiene
in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania issued by the State
Dental Council and Examining Board and the Department
of Public Instruction.
"The professional education require-
1
ments for dental hygiene are the satisfactory completion of
an approved dental hygienist course of instruction of two
years of not less than thirty-two weeks and not less than
thirty
hours each week or
its
equivalent in and graduation
from a dental hygiene school approved by the State Dental
Council and Examining Board."
2.
The
70
satisfactory completion in addition thereto of
hours of professional and general education courses
credit
distri-
buted as follows:
A. Professional Education
Ed. 393 Social Foundations of Education
Psy. 101
General Psychology
Psy. 371
Educational Psychology
Ed. 301— Audio Visual Education
—
—
—
Credit Hours
3
3
3
2
11
Total
General Education
1. English and Speech
Eng. 101 English Composition
Speech 103 Introduction to Speech
Eng. 102 English Composition
Any speech elective
Eng. 207— Survey of World Literature I
Eng. 208— Survey of World Literature II
B.
—
—
—
2.
Fine Arts
—
Art 101 Introduction to Art
Music 101 Introduction to Music
—
16
3
3
3
3
3
3
6
3
3
197
Geography
3.
6
—
Geog. 101 World Physical Geography
Geog. 102— World Cultural Geography
Social
4.
3
3
18
Studies
— United
Government
Economics I
3
Ill— World History to 1500
112— World History, 1500-1815 or
Hist. 113— World History, since 1815
Hist. 218— History of U. S. and Pa
3
Soc. 211
3
Pol. Sci. 211
Econ. 211
— Principles
States
of
3
Hist.
Hist.
C.
— Principles
of
3
3
Sociology
Total
46
Electives
13
Grand Total
70
In each category
above,
credit
will
be
given
for
equivalent
courses pursued in the two year dental hygiene curriculum.
In such
number
of credit
cases students must increase their electives by the
hours earned previously.
In the case of dental hygienists
who had
less
than two years
which they were licensed to
practice dental hygiene, proportional credit will be given.
Such per-
of specialized training
on the
basis of
sons must pursue additional general education courses in college to
make up
the deficiency.
Electives
struction
may
from any
the student
is
be chosen with the approval of the Dean of Infield or
curriculum offered
at the college in
which
enrolled.
APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION
A
culum
dental hygienist
who
desires to enroll in the
Degree Curri-
for Dental Hygienists should write for application blanks
and
information to the Director of Admissions, Bloomsburg State College,
Bloomsburg, Pennsylvania 17815.
RESIDENCE REQUIREMENTS
The
State
30 hours of credits must be earned at Bloomsburg
College.
Resident credits may be earned in day, evening, and
summer
last
classes
which are offered on campus or approved by the
college administration.
:
.
198
DEGREE CURRICULUM FOR PUBLIC SCHOOL NURSES
Effective September
1,
1961
(Subject to change without notice)
The degree of Bachelor of Science in Education will be conferred upon registered nurses who meet the following requirements:
The
1
satisfactory
completion of a three-year curriculum in
an approved school of nursing and registration by the State
Board of Examiners
for the Registration of
Nurses of Penn-
sylvania.
2.
All persons admitted to this degree
ed
to
satisfactorily
program
will
be requir-
complete 60 credit hours of additional
preparation distributed as follows:
Courses Related to Public Nursing:
NED. 301— Public School Nursing I
NED. 303— Public School Nursing II
NED. 304— Public Health Nursing
NED. 305— Nutrition
NED. 306— Family Case Work
A.
Credits
3
3
3
3
3
15
General Education:
Eng. 101 or 102 English Composition
Eng. 207 or 208— Survey of World Literature
Hist. Ill— World History to 1500 OR
Hist. 112— World History, 1500-1815 OR
Hist. 113— World History since 1815
Hist. 218— History of U. S. and Pa. Survey
Pol. Sci. 211— U. S. Government
B.
—
Psy.
— Principles of Sociology
103— General Biology
101 — General Psychology
Psy.
331— Mental Hygiene
Soc. 211
Biol.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
27
Professional Education
Ed. 393
Social Foundations of Education
Educational Psychology
Psy. 371
Child Growth and Development
Psy. 211
C.
Ed.
—
—
—
451 — Pupil
D.
Electives:
Personnel Services In The Public Schools
3
3
3
3
12
—
—
—
—
Music 101 Introduction to Music
Art 101 Introduction to Art
Math. 101 Fundamentals of Mathematics
Speech 103 Introduction to Speech
Total
3
3
3
3
6
60
199
In the case of nurses with less than three years preparation for
registration,
such persons
will
pursue
additional
courses
to
meet
the requirements for the degree.
APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION
A
registered nurse
who
desires to enroll in the
Degree Curri-
culum for Public School Nurses should write for application blanks
and information to the Director of Admissions, Bloomsburg State
College, Bloomsburg, Pennsylvania
17815.
RESIDENCE REQUIREMENTS
The
last
30 hours of
credits
must be earned
State College to qualify for graduation.
earned
in day,
evening, and
campus or approved by the
summer
at
Bloomsburg
Resident credits
classes
may be
which are offered on
college administration.
TRUSTEES
ADMINISTRATION
FACULTY
201
COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION
David H. Kurtzman, Superintendent of Public Instruction
Chairman, Board of State College Presidents
Ex-Officio Member, Board of Trustees
Frederick K. Miller, Commissioner
George W. Hoffman,
Director,
of Higher Education
Bureau of
State Colleges
STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION
Dr. Otis C. McCreary, Chairman
Council of Higher Education
Council of Basic Education
Mrs. Albert Greenfield, Chairman
Dr. Paul
S.
Christman
Dr. Otis C.
McCreary
Gail L. Rose
Parke H. Lutz
Dr. William
William H. Rea, Chairman
M.
James H. Rowland, Esq.
Potter
Walter Wilmarth
Mrs. Emaline K.
Dr. Leonard
Mohr
Walter
J.
Wolf
Burke
Members-at-Large Mario C. Celli, W. Deming Lewis, Althea
K. Hottel, Richard C. Bond, Severino Stefanon, Secretary to the
Board
:
BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Mr. William A. Lank, President
Hon. Harold
Mr.
J.
L. Paul, Vice-President
Howard
Mr. Howard
Hon. Bernard
Bloomsburg
Pottsville
Bloomsburg
Deily, Secretary-Treasurer
S.
J.
Fernsler
Pottsville
Philadelphia
Kelley
Mt. Carmel
Mr. Gerald A. Beierschmitt
Mr. E. Guy Bangs
Mr. Edgar A. Fenstermacher
Mr. William E. Booth
Dr. Harvey A. Andruss
R. D.
1,
R. D.
Orangeville
2,
Berwick
Danville
President of the College
202
BLOOMSBURG STATE COLLEGE
ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL
Harvey A. Andruss
President
Business Manager
Paul G. Martin
Thomas A. Gorrey
John
J.
Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds
Trathen
Comptroller,
Community
James B. Watts
Activities
Accounts
Director of Library Services
DEANS
John A. Hoch
Elton Hunsinger
Ellamae Jackson
Robert Norton
Dean of Instruction
Dean of Students
Dean of Women
Acting Dean of Men
DIRECTORS OF CURRICULAR DIVISIONS
Alden Buker
Emory A.
Arts and Sciences
Rarig,
Jr.
Royce O. Johnson
C. Stuart Edwards
Business Education
Elementary Education
Secondary Education
William L. Jones
Special Education
Charles H. Carlson
Graduate Studies
DIRECTORS OF COLLEGE SERVICES
Boyd
F.
John
L.
Russell
John
S.
Buckingham
Walker
E.
Houk
Athletics
Scrimgeour
...
Lee E. Aumiller
Thomas A.
Development
Admissions
Davies,
Financial Aid
Field Experiences
Placement
Jr.
CHAIRMEN OF DEPARTMENTS
Wendelin R. Frantz
Clarence A. Moore
Eric
W. Smithner
William L. Carlough
Geography and Earth Science
Health and Physical Education
Foreign Languages
Social Sciences
Hopkins
Speech
Donald D. Rabb
Biological Sciences
Melviile
;
203
Mathematics
Charles R. Reardin
William K. Decker
Music
H. M. Afshar
Education
Craig A. Newton
Louis F.
History
Thompson
...
Percival R. Roberts, III
English
...
Art
Norman E. White
Merritt W. Sanders
Physical Sciences
TejBhan S. Saini
Emily A. Reuwsaat
Economics
.
Psychology
Mental Retardation
Communication Disorders
Margaret Lefevre
FACULTY
HARVEY
President of the College
A. ANDRUSS
University of Oklahoma, A.B., Certificate in Public and Private Business, Graduate Study; Northwestern University, M.B.A., Graduate Study;
Research Reader, Bodleian Library, University of Oxford, England;
Pennsylvania State University, Ed.D.
Speech
A. ACIERNO
University of Pittsburgh, B.A.; Carnegie Institute of Technology, M.F.A.
WILLIAM
BRUCE
E.
ADAMS
Geography
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.,
Ed.D.
Education
H. M. AFSHAR
University of Teheran, B.A.; University of Florida, M.Ed.; University
of Florida, Ed.D.
WILLIAM
D.
ALABAUGH
Art
University of Colorado, M.F.A.
Maryland Institute of Art, B.F.A.;
Graduate Study, Academy of Fine Art.
RICHARD
ALDERFER
Speech
Grove City College, Bluff ton College, B.A.; Temple University, M.Ed.;
University of Pennsylvania, Pennsylvania State University, Graduate
D.
Study.
BEN
Foreign Languages
C. ALTER
Susquehanna University, B.A.; University of Maine, M.Ed.; Graduate
Study, Pennsylvania State University, Universidad de Puerto Rico, Allegheny College, Bucknell University.
M. ANDERSON
Nebraska Christian College, A.B.; Fort Hayes State
DALE
English
College, M.A.; Grad-
uate Study, Indiana University.
RICHARD
G.
ANDERSON
Western Kentucky State College, B.A.; Texas Christian
M.A.; Graduate Study, Texas Christian University.
History
University,
20U
BENJAMIN
Brown
S.
ANDREWS
Communication Disorders
University of Virginia, B.S.
State
Iowa, M.A.; Graduate Study, University of Virginia.
LEE
University,
;
AUMILLER
E.
of
Education
Pennsylvania State University, B.S.
sylvania State University, Ed.D.
JOAN
University
;
Bucknell University, M.Ed.; Penn-
AUTEN
Health and Physical Education
West Chester State College, B.S.; Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State
M.
University, Bloomsburg State College.
DONALD
R.
BASHORE
Psychology
Susquehanna University, B.A.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University, Bucknell University.
Business Education
M. BAYLER
Susquehanna University, B.S.; Bucknell University, M.S.B.A., C.P.A.
CHARLES
Elementary Education
MAE BECKLEY
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Graduate Study, Columbia University.
MRS. IVA
FRED
BEERS
E.
Bucknell University,
University.
JACK
B.S.,
M.S.;
Mathematics
Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State
BEMIS
S.
Ithaca College, B.S.;
ester, M.M., Ph.D.
Eastman School
of Music
—
Music
University of Roch-
BARRETT W. BENSON
Chemistry
Middlebury College, A.B.; University of Vermont, Ph.D.
DOUGLAS BOELHOUWER
Rutgers University, B.S.
Tulane University.
;
Health and Physical Education
University of Illinois, M.S.; Graduate Study,
RODRICK CLARK BOLER
Health and Physical Education
University of Alabama, B.S., M.A.
Mathematics
M. BRENNAN
Bloomsburg State College, B.S. Ed.; Montclair State College, M.A.
CHARLES
RICHARD
J.
BROOK
Philosophy
Antioch College, B.A.; Columbia University, M.A.
School for Social Research.
LEROY
;
Graduate Study,
New
BROWN
Mathematics
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Graduate Study, Lafayette College, Pennsylvania State University.
BOYD
H.
F.
BUCKINGHAM
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.
;
Bucknell
Director of Development
University, M.S.; Graduate
Study, Pennsylvania State University.
ALDEN BUKER
Director of Arts and Sciences
Harvard University, A.B., M.A.; Boston University, Ph.D.
—
205
ROBERT
BUNGE
L.
Registrar
Graduate
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Bucknell University, M.S.;
Study, Pennsylvania State University, Syracuse University.
WILLIAM
Hope
CARLOUGH
L.
Philosophy
Western Theological Seminary, B.D.; General Theological Seminary, S.T.M.; New York University, Ph.D.; Graduate Study,
Columbia University, University of Edinburgh.
College, B.A.;
CHARLES
Director of Graduate Studies
H. CARLSON
Reedly College, A. A.; San Jose State College, B.A.; Teachers College
Columbia University, M.A. Ed., Ph.D.
CHARLES WHITNEY CARPENTER,
Cornell University, A.B.
Foreign Languages
University of Southern California, M.A.
;
II
Assistant Dean of Women
H. CARPENTER
Oklahoma,
University of
B.A.; Southwestern State College, Utah State
University, University of Alabama, M.A.
JENNIE
WILLARD
CHRISTIAN
A.
Business
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.
Bucknell
Study, Pennsylvania State University.
BARRY
;
University,
M.S.;
COBB
E.
Graduate
Psychology
University of Maine, B.A.; Miami University, M.A.
JAMES
COLE
E.
Biological Sciences
Western Michigan University, B.A., M.A.; Michigan State University,
State University, Ph.D.
Illinois
ARTHUR
CONNER
B.
University
Ph.D.
JAMES
of
Southern
Foreign Languages
California,
A.B.;
CREASY
B.
Bloomsburg State
College, B.S.
Bucknell
Study, Pennsylvania State University.
SYLVIA
;
University
of
Iowa,
Assistant to the President
University, M.S.; Graduate
CRONIN
H.
M.A.,
Music
Rhode Island College of Education, B.Ed., M.Ed.; Pennsylvania State
University, M.Ed., Graduate Study.
ROBERT
G.
DAVENPORT
THOMAS
A.
DAVIES
Counselling
Bucknell University, B.S., M.S.; Graduate Study, Temple University,
Rutgers University, Columbia University, Syracuse University.
Waynesburg
College, B.A.;
Acting Director of Placement
Duquesne University, M.Ed.; Graduate Study,
Kent State University.
WILLIAM
K.
DECKER
Eastman School
Music
Music, B.M., M.M.; Graduate Study, Union
logical Seminary, Indiana University, University of Illinois.
BLAISE
C.
Lukow
of
DELNIS
University, A.B.;
Theo-
Foreign Languages
Fordham
University, M.A.
206
JOHN
DENNEN
E.
Bloomsburg State
JERRY
Business
College,
B.S.;
DENSTORFF
B.
Evansville University, B.S.,
Bucknell University, M.S.
Health and Physical Education
Indiana University, M.Ed.; Graduate Study,
Indiana University.
IOHN
DIETRICH
History
John's College, A. A.; Capital University, A.B.; Ohio State University,
M.A., Graduate Study.
C.
St.
LESTER
J.
DIETTERICK
Business
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Bloomsburg State College, M.S.
BERNARD
C.
DILL
Pennsylvania State University, B.S.;
State University, M.B.A.; Graduate
Temple
Study,
Business
Pennsylvania
Washington Uni-
University,
George
versity.
BARBARA
M. DILWORTH
Economics
Chestnut Hill, B.A. University of Pennsylvania, M.A.; Graduate Study,
;
Catholic University.
DOYLE
DODSON
G.
Bloomsburg State
College, M.Ed.
VIRGINIA
C.
Business
College, B.S.
;
Bucknell University; Bloomsburg State
DOERFLINGER
Speech
Syracuse University, New York University, B.S.; Columbia University,
M.A.; Graduate Study, Queens College, Montclair State College.
RICHARD
J.
DONALD
Education
East Stroudsburg State College, B.S.; Kansas State University, M.S.
ANITA
A.
DONOVAN
Wheaton
EDSON
English
College, B.A.; University of Missouri,
DRAKE
J.
M.A.
History
University of Notre Dame, B.A. Georgetown University, M.A.; Graduate Study, University of Minnesota, St. Lawrence University, School of
Advanced International Studies; Georgetown University, Ph.D.
;
STANLEY
T.
DUBELLE,
JR.
Education
Franklin and Marshall College, A.B.; California State College, Washington and Jefferson College, Pennsylvania State University, West Virginia
University, M.A.
English
A. DUCK
Pennsylvania State University, B.A.; Bucknell University, M.A; Duke
University, Pennsylvania State University, Bucknell, Graduate Study.
MRS. VIRGINIA
JOHN
EBERHART
Communication Disorders
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Syracuse University, M.A.; Graduate
Study, Temple University, Syracuse University.
C.
L.
STUART EDWARDS
Director of Secondary Education
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Graduate Study, Northwestern University; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed., Ed.D.
;
207
WILLIAM
EISENBERG
D.
Eyiglish
University of Delaware, B.A.
Duke University.
DONALD
E.
;
Lehigh University, M.A.; Graduate Study,
ENDERS
Gettysburg
College,
B.S.;
Student Teaching
Pennsylvania
New York University, M.A.;
State University, Ed.D.
Elementary Education
M. ENGLEHART
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Bucknell University, M.S.; Graduate
Study, Pennsylvania State University.
BEATRICE
JOHN
ENMAN
PHILLIP
A.
Geography
Harvard University, M.A.; University of
A.
University of Maine, B.A.;
Pittsburgh, Ph.D.
FARBER
Biological Sciences
King's College, B.S.; Boston College, M.S.; Catholic University, Ph.D.
RONALD
A.
FERDOCK
English
St. Vincent College, A.B.; Pennsylvania State University, M.A.; Graduate Study, University of Nebraska.
ROBERT
Psychology
H. FINKS
Pennsylvania State University, B.S.; Miami University, M.A.
PATRICK
FOLEY
Education
Northeastern University, A.B.; Boston University, A.M.; Harvard University, Ed.M.; University of California, Ph.D.
J.
WENDELIN
Geography
R. FRANTZ
College of Wooster, A.B.; University of Pittsburgh, M.S., Ph.D.
ERICH
FROHMAN
F.
Speech
Columbia College, B.A.; Syracuse University, M.A.
P.
JOSEPH GARCIA
Physical Sciences
Kent State University, B.S. Case Institute of Technology, Rensselaer
Polytechnic Institute, New Mexico Highlands University, M.S.; Graduate Study, University of Missouri, Kansas State University.
;
GEORGE
GELLOS
J.
Muhlenberg
College,
Biological Sciences
B.S.;
Ohio University, M.S.;
Pennsylvania State
University, Ph.D.
MARTIN
St.
M.
GILDEA
Political Science
Vincent, B.A.; University of Notre Dame, M.A.
NANCY
GILL
English
Grays Harbor College, A. A.; Washington State University, B.A., M.A.
E.
ARLINE
E. GINGOLD
Cornell University, A.B.;
Sociology
Cornell University, Temple University, M.A.
Graduate Study, Temple University.
ANTHONY
L.
GRILLO
Pennsylvania
State University,
Villanova University, M.S.L.S.
Serials Librarian
B.S.;
Pennsylvania
State
University,
208
HANS
GUNTHER
K.
History
Washington University, A.B., M.A.; Stanford University, Ph.D.; Graduate Study, University of Missouri.
A. HALLER
University of Notre Dame, B.A., M.A.
ROBERT
Director of Publications
J. HARPER
Physics
University of Nottingham, B.S.; University of Nottingham, Ph.D.
DAVID
GERROLD W. HART
Education
Springfield College, B.S.; American International College, M.A.; Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University, Temple University, M.Ed.
PAUL
HARTUNG
Mathematics
Montclair State College, B.A.; University of Colorado, M.A.
G.
RICHARD
HAUPT
B.
Assistant
Shippensburg State College,
B.S.,
Dean
of
Men
M.Ed.
MICHAEL HERBERT
Biological Sciences
University of Maryland, B.S.; Lehigh University, Ph.D.
RALPH
History
S. HERRE
Colgate University, B.S.; Teachers College, Albany, New York, M.A.;
Graduate Study, Clark University, New York University, University of
Buffalo, London School of Economics; Pennsylvania State University,
Ed.D.
NORMAN
L.
HILGAR
Business
Grove City College, B.S.;
University of Pittsburgh, M.A.;
Study, Bucknell University, University of Pittsburgh.
CRAIG
HIMES
L.
Clarion
Biological Sciences
State College, B.S.
University of Pittsburgh, M.S.;
Study, University of Pittsburgh.
CLAYTON
;
H.
Graduate
HINKEL
Graduate
Business
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.
Temple University, M.Ed.;
Graduate
Study, New York University, Pennsylvania State University, Columbia
University, University of Pennsylvania, Northwestern University.
JOHN
A.
;
HOCH
Dean
of Instruction
Pennsylvania State University, A.B.; Bucknell University, M.A.; Pennsylvania State University, Ed.D.
MELVILLE HOPKINS
Bucknell University, A.B.,
State University, Ph.D.
LEE
C.
HOPPLE
M.A.;
Syracuse University,
Speech
Pennsylvania
Geography
Pennsylvania State University, M.S.;
Kutztovvn State College, B.S.;
Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University, University of Washington.
RUSSELL
HOUK
Health and Physical Education
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; Bucknell University, M.S.; Graduate
Study, Pennsylvania State University.
E.
209
ELTON HUNSINGER
Dean
East Stroudsburg State College, B.S.
;
of Students
Bucknell University, M.A.
MARGARET ANN JACK
Business
Indiana State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
CHARLES
JACKSON
G.
Political Science
Westminster College, A.B.; University of North Carolina, M.A.; Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University.
ELLAMAE JACKSON
Dean
West Chester State
of
Women
College, B.S. Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Graduate Study, Columbia University, American University, Syracuse
;
University.
SARAH
JEFFREY
E.
Bell
Haven
College,
A.B.;
George Peabody College,
M.A.;
Art
Graduate
Study, George Peabody College.
MARY LOU JOHN
Foreign Languages
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Bucknell University, M.A.; Graduate
MRS.
Study, Pennsylvania State University.
A. JOHNSON
Geography
Indiana State College, B.S., M.Ed.; Graduate Study, Johns Hopkins University, Rutgers University, Clark University.
BRIAN
Director of Elementary Education
0. JOHNSON
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed.; Pennsylvania State University, Ed.D.
ROYCE
WARREN
JOHNSON
I.
West Chester State
College, B.S.,
Elementary Education
M.Ed.; Graduate Study, Pennsylvania
State University.
WILLIAM
Director of Special Education
L. JONES
University of Nebraska, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D.
PRAKASH
KAPIL
C.
Political Science
University of Delhi, B.A., M.A.; University of Rhode Island, M.A.; Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University.
ANDREW
J.
KARPINSKI
Mental Retardation
Pennsylvania State University,
B.S.,
M.Ed., D.Ed.
Education
M. KELLER
Indiana State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed.; Graduate
Study, University of Pittsburgh, Rutgers University.
MARTIN
LANE
L.
KEMLER
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.
State College, M.Ed.
KENNETH
G.
KIRK
Business
;
Millersville
State College,
Bloomsburg
Business
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
JEROME
J.
KLENNER
Biological Sciences
Francis College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.S.; University of
Notre Dame, Ph.D.
St.
210
ROBERT
KLINEDINST
L.
Gettysburg College,
Mathematics
B.A.;
Graduate Study,
Pennsylvania State Uni-
versity.
E. KLINGMAN
Student Teaching
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; Temple University, M.Ed.
JOEL
CHARLES
C.
KOPP
English
Frostburg (Md.) State Teachers College, B.S. West Virginia University,
M.A.; Pennsylvania State University, Ph.D.; Graduate Study, University
of London.
;
JULIUS
KROSCHEWSKY
R.
Biological Sciences
University of Texas, B.A., M.A.; Graduate Study, Oregon State University, University of Texas, Ph.D.
EDWIN
KUBACH
W.
Rutgers University, A.B.;
Yale
University,
M.P.A.;
English
Graduate Study,
University of Pennsylvania.
MING MING KUO
Assistant Catalog Librarian
Tunghai University, B.A.; Mount Holyoke College, M.A.
School of
Library Services-Columbia University, M.S.
;
YOU-YUH KUO
Psychology
Taiwan Normal University, A.B.; National Chengchi University, M.A.;
University of Maryland, M.Ed., Ed.D.
HAROLD
H.
LANTERMAN
Chemistry
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.
;
New York
University, M.A.; Pennsyl-
vania State University, Ed.D.
OLIVER
J.
LARMI
Dartmouth
JAMES
R.
College, A.B.;
Social Sciences
University of Pennsylvania, Ph.D. Candidate.
LAUFFER
Geography
Allegheny College, B.S.; University of Hawaii, M.S.
MARGARET
Communication Disorders
C. LEFEVRE
Western Michigan University, A.B.; University of Minnesota, M.A.;
Western Reserve University, Ph.D.; Graduate Study, University of Akron, Northwestern University.
ELLEN
LENSING
Business
Wisconsin State College, B.Ed.; University of Wisconsin, M.S., Ph.D.
L.
MILTON LEVIN
Education
West Chester State College, B.S.; Temple University, M.Ed.; University
of Pennsylvania, M.S.; Graduate Study, Temple University, University
of Pennsylvania.
CYRIL ALBIN LINDQUIST
University of Minnesota, B.S.;
JAMES
T.
LORELLI
Business
New York
University, M.S., Ph.D.
Geography
State University of New York at Binghamton, A.B.; Maxwell School of
Syracuse University, M.A.; Graduate Study, Maxwell School of Syracuse
University.
211
HOWARD
Education
K. MACAULEY, Jr.
Bucknell University, A.B.; Stanford University, M.A. Temple University, M.Ed.; Graduate Study, University of Pennsylvania.
;
MARY
MACDONALD
E.
Counselling
University of Michigan, A.B.;
Study, Columbia University.
Columbia
THOMAS MANLEY
Fairmount State
University,
M.A.
Graduate
;
Biological Sciences
College, B.A.;
West Virginia University, M.S.; Graduate
Study, Ohio State University, Bucknell University, Yale University.
EDILBERTO
A.
MARBAN
Foreign Languages
University of Havana, LL.D., Ph.D.; Postdoctoral Study, University
of Havana, University of Buenos Aires; Trinity College, M.A.; Graduate Study, Middlebury College.
MRS.
MARGARET
E.
McCERN
Business
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University.
LAVERE
W.
McCLURE
Geography
Mansfield State College, B.S.; University of South Dakota, M.N.S.
JOANNE
McCOMB
Health and Physical Education
Slippery Rock State College, B.S.; Graduate Study, Indiana State College,
University of Pennsylvania; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
E.
JAMES
A. McCUBBIN
Marshall University, A.B.; Western Reserve University, M.A.
ALOYSIUS
J.
MCDONNELL
Speech
Education
Pennsylvania State University, B.A., M.Ed.; Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University.
DOROTHY
0.
McHALE
English
Trinity College, A.B. University of Pittsburgh, M.A.; Graduate Study,
University of Pittsburgh.
;
MICHAEL
J.
McHALE
Speech
University of Pittsburgh, A.B.; Western Reserve, M.A.; Graduate Study,
Pennsylvania State University.
ELI W.
MCLAUGHLIN
West Chester State
Health and Physical Education
College, B.S.,
M.Ed.
Mental Retardation
M. McLAUGHLIN
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.,
D.Ed.
JOHN
ROBERT
G.
MEEKER
Lafayette College, A.B.; University of Scranton, M.A.
;
English
Graduate Study,
Temple University.
JACK
L.
MEISS
Pennsylvania State University, B.S.
Business
;
Temple University, M.Ed.
M.
BEATRICE METTLER
Health
Bucknell University, A.B.; University of Pennsylvania, M.A.; Graduate
Hopkins Hospital School of Nursing, R.N. Graduate Study.
University of Chicago.
of the Johns
RICHARD
MICHERI
0.
Fordham
NELSON
A.
;
Social Sciences
University, B.A.; Columbia University, M.A.
MILLER
Music
Indiana (Pa.) State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Graduate Study, University of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania State University.
ROBERT
MILLER
Director of Federal Programs
California State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed., Ed.D.
SCOTT
C.
E.
MILLER
University of Pittsburgh, A.B.,
LOUIS
Assistant Reference Librarian
M.A., M.L.S.
MINGRONE
V.
Biological Sciences
Slippery Rock State College, B.S.;
State University, Ph.D.
CLARENCE
Tarkio
A.
Ohio University, M.S.; Washington
MOORE
College,
A.B.;
University
of
Health and Physical Education
Alabama, M.A.
University of
;
Alabama. Ph.D.
JOSEPH
E.
MUELLER
Butler University, B.S.; University of Illinois,
Manhattan College, University of Illinois.
JOHN
M.S.;
Mathematics
Graduate Study.
MULKA
Assistant Dean of
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Ohio University, M. Ed.
S.
JAMES
J.
MURPHY
Psychology
Lafayette College, A.B.; Jefferson Medical College of Philadelphia,
John's University, M.A.; Graduate Study, St. John's University.
LOUIS
Men
St.
NAU
History
Universite Laval, Universita per Stranieri, George Washington UniverUniversity of Wisconsin, George Washington University,
sity, A.B.;
T.
M.A.
GEORGE W. NEEL
Foreign Languages
Glassboro State College, B.S.; University of Aix-Marseille, Diploma
(French); University of Heidelberg, Diploma (German); Graduate
Study, University of Pennsylvania, Princeton University.
NEWTON
CRAIG
A.
University of
Pennsylvania, B.A.; Southern
Western Reserve University, Ph.D.
CLYDE
S.
Illinois
NOBLE
Chemistry
Graduate
College, Grinnell College, A.B.
Hawaii,
Ph.D.
University
of
University;
Mellon
Augustana
ROBERT
History
M.A.;
University,
NORTON
;
Study,
Carnegie-
Acting Dean of Men
Slippery Rock State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed.; GradG.
uate Study, University of Pittsburgh.
;
213
RONALD
NOVAK
W.
Mathematics
California State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed.; Graduate Study, University of West Virginia, Penn State University, Univerversity of Illinois.
THOMAS
L.
OHL
Mathematics
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Bucknell University,
Millersville
State
College, M.S.
JANET
OLSEN
Assistant Acquisition Librarian
Kutztown State College, B.S.; Syracuse University, M.S.
R.
CLINTON
OXENRIDER
J.
Bloomsburg State
Mathematics
M.A.
College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University,
JAMES W. PERCEY
Political Science
University of Pennsylvania, A.B.; Rutgers University, M.A.;
Study, University of California at Los Angeles.
THADDEUS PIOTROWSKI
Graduate
Instructional Media
Pennsylvania State University,
(Pa.) State College, B.S.
M.Ed.; Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University, Syracuse University, Michigan State University.
California
JANE
PLUMPIS
J.
Sociology
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; St. Bonaventure University, M.A.; Graduate Study, University of Pittsburgh.
AARON POLONSKY
Acquisition Librarian
University of Pennsylvania, A.B.; Drexel Institute of Technology, B.S.-
L.S.
DEAKE
PORTER
Economics
Amherst College, A.B.; Yale University, M.A.; Graduate Study, Yale
G.
University.
H.
BENJAMIN POWELL
Drew
University,
History
A.B.
;
Lehigh University, M.A.
;
Lehigh
University,
Ph.D.
DONALD
L.
Syracuse
PRESTON
University,
Geography
B.A.
;
University of Oklahoma,
M.A.
RONALD EUGENE PUHL
Health and Physical Education
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; West Chester State College, M.A.
DONALD
RABB
Biology
Bucknell University, M.S.; Colorado
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.
University, Pennsylvania State University, Ed.D.; Graduate Study, Syracuse University, University of Colorado, Duke University, North Carolina
D.
;
State University.
FRANCIS
RADICE
Business
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Graduate Study, Bucknell University; Pennsylvania State University,
Ed.D.
J.
EUGENE RAPPAPORT
Brandeis University, B.A.; Indiana University, M.F.A.
Art
4
21
EMORY
W. RARIG, JR.
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Teachers College
—
Business
Columbia Univer-
M.A., Ed.D.
sity,
MARGARET READ-LAUER
University of Michigan, A.B.
Indiana University.
;
English
Indiana University, M.A.; Graduate Study,
GWENDOLYN REAMS
Catalog Librarian
University of Alabama, A.B.; George Peabody College, M.A.; Graduate
Study, University of North Carolina, University of Alabama, Syracuse
University.
CHARLES
REARDIN
Mathematics
Duke University, A.B.; Montclair State College, M.A.; Graduate Study,
Paterson (N.J.) State College, Tulane University.
ROBERT
R.
REEDER
R.
Pennsylvania
State
Social Sciences
University,
B.A.,
M.S.;
Indiana
University,
Uni-
versity of Colorado, M.A.
HERBERT
H. REICHARD
Physics
Pennsylvania State University, B.S., M.S.; University of Michigan, M.A.;
Graduate Study, Lehigh University, Harvard University, Pennsylvania
State University, Temple University, Rutgers University.
JAMES
T.
REIFER
DAVID
P.
REIN
Mental Retardation
Shippensburg State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
Drew
lege,
English
University, B.A.; Brown University, M.A.;
University of Michigan, M.A.
Montclair State Col-
REUWSAAT
EMILY
Mental Retardation
A.
Iowa State College, A.B., M.A.; University of Nebraska, Ed.D.
A. RHODES
University of Virginia, B.S., M.A.; Graduate
Williams College, Colorado State University.
STANLEY
Biological Sciences
Study, Duke University,
ALVA W. RICE
English
Madison College, B.S. George Washington University, Indiana University, M.A.; Graduate Study, University of Kentucky, University of Oslo,
University of London.
;
ROBERT
D.
RICHEY
Speech
Ohio State University, A.B., M.A.
JORDAN RICHMAN
Brooklyn College, B.A.; New
University of New Mexico.
KENNETH
A.
English
York University, M.A.; Graduate Study,
ROBERTS
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.;
Study, Pennsylvania
Elementary Education
Bucknell University, M.S.; Graduate
State University,
Bucknell University.
215
PERCIVAL
R.
ROBERTS,
Art
III
University of Delaware, B.A.; Haystack Mountain School, University
of Delaware, M.A.; Graduate Study, Illinois State University; L'Libre
Universite Asie, Honorary Litt.D.
ROBERT
ROSS
P.
Wesleyan
University, Washington University, B.A., M.A.;
Study, Vanderbilt University, University of Connecticut.
WILLIAM
Economics
Graduate
ROTH
English
Syracuse University, A.B.; University of Pennsylvania, M.A.; Graduate
Study, University of Missouri.
C.
JACQUELINE
B.
RUBE
Foreign Languages
University of Wisconsin, B.A.; Universite d'Aix-Marseille, University of
Wisconsin, M.A.
SUSAN RUSINKO
English
Wheaton College, B.A. Pennsylvania State University, M.A.; Graduate
Study, University of Minnesota, Columbia University.
;
ROBERT
SAGAR
G.
Biological Sciences
Ohio State University, B.S., M.S.; Graduate Study, Ohio State University.
TEJBHAN
S.
SAINI
Economics
Government College, B.A.; Punjam University, M.A. Duke University,
D.F.; Graduate Study, New School for Social Research.
;
MERRITT WILLIAM SANDERS
Drew
University, A.B., B.D.;
Psychology
New York
University, Ph.D.
MARTIN
A. SATZ
Psychology
University of Minnesota, B.A., M.A.; University of Washington, Ph.D.;
Public School Psychologist.
RICHARD
C.
SAVAGE
English
University of North Carolina, B.A.; Columbia University, M.A.; Graduate Study, University of Edinburgh, Scotland, Bucknell University.
SAWYER
JOHN
A.
University of Minnesota,
sity of New York.
TOBIAS
F.
SCARPINO
B.A.,
M.A.;
Graduate
Foreign Languages
Study, State Univer-
Physics
Kutztown State College, B.S.; Bucknell University, M.S.; Graduate Study,
Princeton University, Pennsylvania State University, Bucknell University.
BERNARD
SCHNECK
Sociology
Virginia
University,
A.M.;
Graduate
University of Scranton, A.B.; West
Study, Ohio State University.
J.
SEYMOUR SCHWIMMER
JOHN
New
York, B.S.S.; Teachers College, Columbia University,
Graduate Study, Columbia University, New York University.
City College of
M.A.;
Philosophy
SCRIMGEOUR,
Director of Financial Aid
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
S.
Jr.
216
GILBERT
R.
W. SELDERS
Education
Pennsylvania State University, B.A., M.Ed., Ed.D.
REX
SELK
Chemistry
Knox University, A.B.; State University of Iowa, M.S.; Graduate Study,
University of West Virginia, State University of Iowa, Ohio University,
E.
Emory
RALPH
University.
W. SELL
Muhlenburg
History
Lutheran Theological Seminary, College of
Chinese Studies, American Lutheran Mission, Hartford Seminary Foundation, Ph.D.
Postdoctoral Study, Harvard University, Union Theological Seminary, Columbia University.
College,
B.A.
;
;
JOHN
J.
SERFF
Shippensburg State College, B.S.
;
History
Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.,
Ph.D.
CECIL
SERONSY
C.
University of Virginia,
Harvard University, M.A.,
B.A.;
English
Ph.D.
LOUISE SERONSY
Psychology
Fort Hays Kansas State, B.S.; George Peabody College, B.A.
University, Ph.D.
THEODORE SHANOSKI
;
Purdue
History
East Stroudsburg State College, B.S.; Ohio University, M.A.
;
Graduate
Study, Temple University.
MRS.
RUTH
D.
SMEAL
Bloomsburg State
Circulation Librarian
College, B.S.;
Marywood
Graduate
College, M.S.L.S.;
Study, Pennsylvania State University.
RICHARD
M. SMITH
Edinboro State College, B.S.
;
Communication Disorders
Temple University, M.A.
ERIC W. SMITHNER
Foreign Languages
Muskingum College, A.B.; University of Cincinnati, University De Grenoble, Middlebury French School, New York University, M.A.; New
York University, Ph.D.
ROBERT
R.
SOLENBERGER
Anthropology
University of Pennsylvania, A.B., M.A.; Graduate Study, University of
Pennsylvania.
JAMES
R.
SPERRY
History
Bridgewater College, B.A.; University of Arizona, M.A., Ph.D.
MARGARET
C.
SPONSELLER
Education
Indiana State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed., Ed.D.
JANET STAMM
Mount Holyoke
WILLIAM
B.
English
College, A.B.; University of Pennsylvania, M.A., Ph.D.
STERLING
Geography
Plattsburgh (N. Y.) State Normal School, Diploma; University of BufDesfalo, B.S.; Syracuse University, M.S.; Flight Instructor's Rating.
A.
A.);
United
Air
Pilot
Lines
Examiner
No.
Flight
3499
(C.
ignated
School, Cheyenne, Wyoming; Pennsylvania State University, Ed.D.
217
GEORGE
STRADTMAN,
Mathematics
Millersville State College, B.S.; Temple University, Ed.M.; Graduate
Study, Pennsylvania State University, Temple University, Union College.
G.
Sr.
GERALD
H. STRAUSS
English
University of Pennsylvania, A.B.; Columbia University, M.A.; Graduate
Study, University of Missouri, University of Pennsylvania.
THOMAS
STURGEON
G.
English
Westminster College, A.B.; Harvard University, M.A., Ph.D.
DAVID
SUPERDOCK
A.
Physics
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Graduate Study, Bucknell University.
ANTHONY
SYLVESTER
History
Newark College of Rutgers University, A.B.; Rutgers University, M.A.;
Graduate Study, University of Chicago.
WILBERT
J.
A.
TAEBEL
Chemistry
Elmhurst College, B.S.; University of
CHARLES
D.
THOMAS
University
Michigan.
JERRY
Illinois,
of
Michigan,
B.A.,
M.A.
;
THOMAS
R.
M.S., Ph.D.
Director of Counseling Services
Graduate Study, University of
Health and Physical Education
Furman
University, B.A.; University of Alabama, M.A., Ed.S.; Graduate Study, University of Alabama.
LOUIS
F.
THOMPSON
Columbia College, A.B.
English
;
Lehigh University, M.A., Ph.D.
MARY
Assistant Dean of Women
A. TOLAN
State University of New York at Geneseo, B.S.; State University of
New York at Albany, M.S.
ALFRED
TONOLO
E.
Foreign Languages
Ca'Foscary University, Wilkes College, Scranton
Colgate University, M.A.; Madrid University, Ph.D.
Littorio College, B.A.;
University,
JUNE
TRUDNAK
L.
Mathematics
Bucknell University, M.S.; Graduate
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.;
Study, Bucknell University.
HENRY
C.
TURBERVILLE,
Health and Physical Education
Jr.
University of Alabama, B.S., M.A.
GEORGE
TURNER
A.
Eastern
Illinois
University,
B.S.,
M.S.;
History
Graduate Study, Indiana Uni-
versity.
DONALD
A.
VANNAN
Millersville
State College, B.S.;
Elementary Education
Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.,
Ed.D.
JOSEPH
VAUGHAN
P.
A and M, University of Maine, B.S.; Bowdoin
of New York, University of Maine, Pennsylvania
Colorado
College
sity,
Biological Sciences
M.Ed.;
College,
City
State Univer-
Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University.
218
EARL
W. VOSS
West Chester State
Health and Physical Education
College, B.S.; Temple University, M.Ed.; Graduate
Study, Temple University.
CONSTANCE
C.
WARD
University of Mexico, Montclair State College, A.B.;
emy
E.
of Art,
Art
Cranbrook Acad-
M.F.A.
PAUL WAGNER
Pennsylvania State University,
Psychology
M.Ed., Ed.D.; Public School Psy-
B.S.,
chologist.
J.
CALVIN WALKER
Muskingum
Psychology
University of Hartford, Temple University,
Ed.M.; Graduate Study, Temple University.
College,
B.A.;
L. WALKER
Director of Admissions
Westminster College, B.B.A., M.S.; Graduate Study, University of Pitts-
JOHN
burgh.
STEPHEN
WALLACE
C.
Music
Mansfield State College, B.S.; University of Michigan, M.S.
R.
EDWARD WARDEN
Elementary Education
State College, B.S.; West Chester State College, Villanova
University, M.A.; Graduate Study, West Chester State College, Temple
University.
Millersville
ROBERT DANIEL WARREN
History
Appalachian State Teachers College, B.S.; Georgetown University, M.A.,
Ph.D.
LYNN
WATSON
A.
Shippensburg State College, B.S.
JAMES
B.
;
Elementary Education
Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
WATTS
Director of Library Services
Birmingham-Southern, A.B.;
Study, University of
MARGARET
George Peabody College, M.A.;
Graduate
Illinois.
WEBBER
Mental Retardation
Bridgewater State College, Newark State College, Oneonta State University of New York, B.S.; Glassboro State College, Temple University,
S.
M.S.
RICHARD
P.
WETTSTONE
Pennsylvania State University, B.S.,
M.Ed.;
Assistant Dean of Men
Graduate Study, Florida
State University.
NORMAN
E.
WHITE
Chemistry
Wittenberg University, A.B.; University of Pennsylvania, M.S., Ph.D.
CHRISTINE
Ball
T.
State
WHITMER
University,
B.A.;
Pennsylvania
Foreign Languages
State University, M.A.;
Graduate Study, Middlebury College.
JAMES
Ball
R.
WHITMER
State Teachers
Teachers College.
History
College,
B.A.;
M.A.;
Graduate Study, Ball State
219
ALICE
R.
WICKENS
Communication Disorders
Morningside College,
Chicago, A.M., Ph.D.
MRS. ELIZABETH
A.B.;
Northwestern
University,
University
of
WILLIAMS
Assistant Dean of Women
Slippery Rock State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Graduate Study, Syracuse University.
KENNETH
T.
B.
WILSON,
Jr.
Edinboro State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State
Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University.
RICHARD
0.
WOLFE
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.
;
University,
Art
M.A.;
Education
Rutgers University, M.Ed.; Graduate
Study, University of Pennsylvania.
MARY
WRAY
Health and Physical Education
Graduate
Study, University of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania State University.
E.
Lake Erie
STEPHEN
G.
College, A.B.; Pennsylvania State University, M.S.;
WUKOVITZ
Physical Sciences
Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, Montclair State College, B.A., M.A.
JANICE M. YOUSE
Temple University,
Speech
B.S.,
M.A.
FACULTY EMERITI
BAKER (Retired May, 1956) Benjamin
ERNEST H. ENGELHARDT (Retired June, 1968)
HOWARD F. FENSTEMAKER (Retired May, 1963)
MRS. LUCILE
J.
Franklin School
Education
Chairman, Department of Foreign Languages
Psychology
(Retired May, 1951)
JOHN J. FISHER
WILLIAM C. FORNEY
HAUSKNECHT (Retired July, 1950)
EDNA J. HAZEN (Retired Jan., 1958) Director
ELINOR R. KEEFER (Retired July, 1968)
MARGUERITE W. KEHR (Retired June, 1953)
KIMBER C. KUSTER (Retired May, 1962)
C.
Business Education
(Retired May, 1959)
Business Manager
M.
of
Elementary Education
Library
Dean
of
Women
Chairman, Department of Science
PEARL L. MASON (Retired May, 1945)
LUCY McCAMMON (Retired Jan., 1958)
ETHEL A. RANSOM (Retired Jan., 1954)
EDWARD A. REAMS (Retired May, 1952)
H. HARRISON RUSSELL (Retired May, 1951)
J. ALMUS RUSSELL (Retired May, 1965)
WALTER S. RYGIEL (Retired Jan., 1968)
MRS. ANNA GARRISON SCOTT (Retired
GRACE
H.
WOOLWORTH
Librarian
Physical Education
Mathematics
Social Studies
Geography
English
Business Education
May, 1956)
Benjamin Franklin School
(Retired May, 1956) Benjamin Franklin School
1
INDEX
German Courses
Academic Probation 53
Academic Regulations 49
Accreditation
Grades 51
Graduate Record Examinations
Graduate Studies 56
Graduation Requirements
52
Health and Physical
1
202
Administration
Admissions
17
see Sociology
Anthropology
61
Art Courses
Biology Courses 63
Board Of Trustees 201
Books And Supplies 29
—
Buildings
Education Courses
1 1
History Courses
Incompletes
Journalism
67
4
Certificate In Journalism
91
Chemistry Courses 73
49
Class Attendance
College
Bank
College History
Physical
8
Communication Disorders 76
Community Government Association
Counseling Service
And
Business
31
Special Degree
Programs
31
Fraternities
Geography
&
130
45
Quality
Points
Refunds
27
51
Russian Courses
87
7
Earth Science Courses 104
Schedule Changes
Spanish Courses
Sociology Courses
Special
Speech
127
50
Residence Requirement
23
45, 46
French Courses
94
General Information
54
Courses
Science
Publications
196
Special Education
191
Teacher Education
145
Deans
202
Deposits
26
Education Courses
82
Education of The Deaf Courses
Economics Courses 79
English Courses
88
Enrollment Trends
21
Faculty
203
Faculty Emeriti
219
129
Psychology Courses
181
187
47
31
Progress Reports
172
Sciences
Administration
Financial Aid
Placement
Political
117
124
Placement Tests
37
Business Education
Fees
91
Education Requirement
Physics Courses
Curriculums:
Arts
51
Certificate
Philosophy Courses
29
55
107
Keys 29
Laundry
30
Mathematics Courses
Music Courses
121
Nursing Courses
123
Off Campus Students
10
Business Courses
Calendar
98
36, 5
1
101
49
102
133
Education Courses
136
137
Student Teaching
55
Summer Sessions 21, 57
Summer Theater Program
140
Teaching Of The
Mentally Retarded Courses
141
Transfers
19, 50
20
Veterans
Wills, Form Of Inside Back Cover
Withdrawal Notice
30
52
Friends and Alumni of Bloomsburg State College
contribute real property or
money bequests
who wish
should
to the institution
contact the Office of the President and/or
make
to
provisions in the
following forms.
Form of Will (Real Property)
I
give
and devise
to
the
Bloomsburg
State College,
Blooms-
burg, Pennsylvania, the following real estate (here give the description of the Real Estate).
This devise
Board of Trustees of the Bloomsburg
Pennsylvania, under the laws of the
is
to
be administered by the
State
College, Bloomsburg,
Commonwealth
of Pennsylvania.
Form of Will (Money Bequest)
I
give the bequest to the
burg, Pennsylvania, the
paid by
to the
my
executors,
sum
*.*
Bloomsburg
State College,
of $
Blooms,
my
decease,
State College,
Blooms-
months
Board of Trustees of the Bloomsburg
after
burg, Pennsylvania, to be administered under the laws of the
monwealth of Pennsylvania.
to be
Com-
BEOOMSBURG
STATE
COLLEGE
1869-1969 One Hundred Years
Of Teacher Education
BLOOMSBURG
STATE COLLEGE
UNDERGRADUATE
BULLETIN
1969-1970
Serving the
Commonwealth
of Pennsylvania
for
130 years
ACCREDITED BY
The Middle
States Association of Colleges
The Pennsylvania
The National Council
and Secondary Schools
State
Board of Education
for the Accreditation of Teacher Education
The College welcomes
qualified
and
religious,
ethnic,
students,
staff
from
all
faculty,
racial,
and socio-economic backgrounds.
Published March, 1969
Second Class Postage paid
at
Bloomsburg, Pennsylvania 17815
.
CONTENTS
Academic Calendar
4
General Information
Admissions
7
17
Fees and Financial Aid
Student Life
35
Academic Regulations
Course Descriptions
Curriculums
23
49
61
145
Administration and Faculty
Index
220
202
11
CALENDAR FOR ACADEMIC YEAR
1969-1970
Summer
Sessions
1969
PRE SESSION
Classes Begin
Monday, June 9
Session Ends
Friday, June 27
MAIN SESSION
Monday, June 30
Classes Begin
Session
Ends
Friday, August 8
POST SESSION
Monday, August
Classes Begin
Session
Ends
1
Friday, August 29
First Semester
1969
Monday, September
Registration
Tuesday, September 9
Registration
Registration
—
Tuesday, September 9
Evening Students
Classes Begin at 8:00
Registration
A.M.
— Graduate
Wednesday, September 10
Students
Wednesday, September 10
_
Classes Begin for Graduate Students
Thursday, September
Thanksgiving Recess Ends
Christmas Recess Begins
Christmas Recess Ends
Final Examination
Commencement
at
Week
at 8:00
A.M.
Monday, December
12:00
Noon
Friday,
at
Begins
at
8:00
A.M.
Week Ends
Semester Ends
at
12:00
at 12:00
Noon
Noon
16
Saturday, January 17
for both Graduate Saturday, January
and Undergraduate Students
5
Monday, January 12
Friday, January
.
Final Examination
....
1
December 19
Monday. January
A.M.
8:00
1
Tuesday, November 25
Thanksgiving Recess Begins After Last Class
First
8
17
Second Semester
1970
Registration
Monday, January 26
Classes Begin
Tuesday, January 27
Registration
—
Evening Students and Graduate Students Monday, January 26
Registration
Tuesday, January 27
Classes begin for Graduate Students
Tuesday, January 27
Noon
Wednesday, March 25
Easter Recess Begins at 12:00
Easter Recess Ends at 8:00
A.M.
Week Begins
Examination Week Ends
Final Examination
Final
Classes
End
for
at 8:00
Graduate Students
A.M.
at
...
Friday,
Saturday,
at
12:00
Noon
Noon
and Commencement
Second Semester Ends
Baccalaureate
Wednesday, April
Saturday,
12:00
Summer
Saturday,
Sunday,
May
May
May
May
May
1
15
23
23
23
24
Sessions
1970
PRE SESSION
Monday, June
Classes Begin
Session
Ends
8
Friday, June 26
MAIN SESSION
Classes Begin
Monday, June 29
Session Ends
Friday, August 7
POST SESSION
Classes Begin
Session Ends
Monday, August
10
Friday, August 28
GENERAL INFORMATION
Academy,
Literary Institute, State
College, and then State College
ment
Normal School,
State Teachers
— such has been
the develop-
Bloomsburg since its inception in 1839. Seventeen years
old, the Academy became the Bloomsburg Literary Institute in 1856.
The institution was recognized as a State Normal School in 1869
but remained privately owned until 1916 when it was purchased by
the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
Transition from Normal
School to State Teachers College came in 1927 when the authority
to confer the Bachelor of Science degree in Education was granted.
Finally, in I960, the institution became Bloomsburg State College.
of
Undergraduate degrees are
now
offered in Education, Business,
and the Social Sciences. The Graduate
both Master of Arts and Master of Education degrees.
the Humanities, the Natural
Program
offers
Today, Bloomsburg State College has more than 3700 undergraduates and is growing rapidly.
The construction of new buildings is one sign of this growth.
A sixty-eight acre new campus will
are the
more than double
investigations of new
expanding curricula, and participation
in vigorous efforts to
soon be rising adjacent to the present one;
existing facilities.
ideas,
More important
it
will
improve education.
Bloomsburg has a faculty excellently qualified in terms of academic training and teaching experience. More than 30% hold doctor's degrees.
Bloomsburg is, moreover, a school where the possibilities of fruitful student-faculty contact are dependent upon the
student's interests and not on the scheduling difficulties of an overworked professor.
8
A BRIEF HISTORY OF
BLOOMSBURG STATE COLLEGE
Bloomsburg State College began in 1839 when a private academy was opened in Bloomsburg. During the next two years, under the leadership of C. P. Waller, a graduate of Williams College,
it
became a
ler
left
in
until 1856,
successful and well-established school.
After Mr. Wal-
1841, the academy continued through varied fortunes
when
burg Literary
it
was chartered and incorporated
as the
Blooms-
Institute.
The following decade was
a period of struggle for the Institute,
but in 1866 the election of Professor Henry Carver as principal
Under
brought a change.
his strong leadership
new
policies
were
300 students was erected. This
building, the present Carver Hall, was dedicated with gala observance by the townspeople and students on April 4, 1867. Memestablished and a building to instruct
bers of the
first class at
the
new
school
—
including D.
—
J.
Waller,
George E. Elwell, and Charles Unangst
by popular subscription raised $1,200 in a single week for a bell which called the stu-
Jr.,
dents to classes.
In the autumn of the same year, a view of the
the
hill
new
school on
"ablaze with lights" suggested to John P. Wickersham, State
Superintendent of Public Instruction, that the location would be ideal
for a State
Normal School whose establishment
was then pending.
in the Sixth District
After necessary negotiations, official action, and
new dormitory, the school became the BloomsInstitute and State Normal School on February 19,
the construction of a
burg Literary
1869.
The next
eight years were trying ones that included the resig-
nation of Professor Carver, two interim principalships, a
totally destroyed the dormitory,
In Dr. Griswold's administration
the school began paying expenses and constructed a
the original part of the present Waller Hall.
J.
Waller,
Jr.,
in
1877
that
and the short-term principalship of
Dr. T. L. Griswold (1873-1877).
Dr. D.
fire
The
new
dormitory,
installation of
as principal, brought thirteen years
of stability and growing prosperity to the school.
Dr. Judson P. Welsh became principal in 1890,
ler
resigned to
become
when Dr. Wal-
State Superintendent of Public Instruction.
Additions to the four-story dormitory and to the gymnasium were
built
under Dr. Welsh, and Science Hall was opened
in 1906, short-
ly after his resignation.
Dr. Waller returned as principal in 1906.
In 1916 the Blooms-
burg Literary Institute and State Normal School was purchased by
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania becoming the Bloomsburg State
Normal School. In 1920, at the age of 74, Dr. Waller retired.
the
The emphasis
by
its
Normal School was changed
of instruction at the
next principal,
Dr.
Charles H.
Fisher
(1920-1923), from
secondary and college preparatory work for special teachers to
time education of teachers.
er as principal
Under
Dr. G. C. L. Riemer followed Dr. Fish-
and remained
a State Teachers College in
full-
in office until the institution
became
May, 1927.
Haas (1927program of teacher
the administration of President Francis B.
1939), the college
made
great advances in the
Eighteen acres of land were
education and in the physical plant.
added to the college plant; several buildings were constructed, including a laundry, the elementary training school, the gymnasium,
the junior high school, and the shop and maintenance building; and
other construction
gust, 1939, to
work was completed.
Dr. Haas resigned in
Au-
assume, for the second time, the duties of State Super-
intendent of Public Instruction for Pennsylvania.
Dr. Harvey A. Andruss,
who had
organized and directed the
Department of Business Education and had served as Dean of Instruction from 1937-1939, was appointed to succeed Dr. Haas as
president.
During the next two decades the campus was enlarged,
new buildings were added, and the number of students and faculty
quadrupled.
Early in 1960, Bloomsburg became a State College.
same year
the college received approval
In the
from the State Council of
Education to inaugurate a program of graduate studies leading to
the Master of Education degree.
The 1968-69
college
year marks the
100th year of teacher
education at Bloomsburg, the 130th anniversary of the founding of
the college, and the 30th anniversary of the administration of Presi-
dent Andruss.
At
the present time the college
rapid but controlled expansion.
A
is
passing through a period of
long range campus plan for
building and development, originally prepared in 1957 but since re-
10
campus and construction of
On the lower campus this has
vised, calls for renovation of the lower
an entirely new upper campus.
meant, in approximately the
last ten years, the
construction of three
women's dormitories, two men's dormitories, two science and classroom buildings, the college Commons, the Haas Auditorium, and
the Andruss Library.
In the near future the lower campus will also
have a second Dining Hall, another classroom building, another
women's dormitory, a new Student Center, and additional parking
areas.
The upper campus, formerly the Bloomsburg Golf Course,
will have new athletic facilities, more dormitories, more classrooms,
and more parking areas. Within less than a decade these facilities
(both campi) will accommodate some six thousand students.
COLLEGE BUILDINGS
The lower campus, which
and FACILITIES
currently contains
all
facilities
for
and recreation, consists of approximately 60 acres
and is bound by Penn Street, Second Street, and Light Street Road.
A recently purchased tract of 68 acres of land, which was formerly
the Bloomsburg Country Club, is located north of Light Street Road,
a short distance from the lower campus.
This area, the upper
campus, has a magnificent view and will eventually provide sites
living, learning,
for
all
varsity intercollegiate athletic activities,
as well as parking
and related facilities. The
Bloomsburg State College campus overlooks the town of Bloomsburg and the picturesque Susquehanna River.
The many new
buildings intermingle with the older buildings, reflecting the growth
areas, dormitories, classroom buildings,
of the institution.
CARVER HALL,
named
for
Henry Carver,
stands at the entrance to the college campus.
the oldest of the college buildings.
Its
the
first
Built in 1867,
it
is
white bell tower and pillared
The
number
entrance are an attractive introduction to the campus.
ing contains an auditorium
principal,
which seats 900 and a
build-
of ad-
ministrative offices including those of the President, the Assistant
to the President, the Registrar, the Director of Financial Aid,
the Business
and
Manager.
WALLER HALL,
was named
for Dr. D. J. Waller, Jr., prin-
cipal of the college for twenty-seven years.
It
is
four stories high
with a frontage of 165 feet and a wing span enclosing a patio and
11
fountain, which are fronted by
mark and gathering
Long Porch,
a familiar
campus land-
The ground
place over the years.
floor con-
tains a lobby, the guest suite, the College Store, Duplicating
and
offices for the
Dean
of Instruction, the
Dean
Room,
of Students, the
Director of Secondary Education, the Comptroller of
Community
Alumni Association, and the Superintendent of Buildand Grounds. The spacious lobby, with its comfortable furni-
Activities, the
ings
ture, is a favorite
hibits.
meeting place and
frequently used for art ex-
is
Faculty and student mailboxes and the central telephone
exchange are also located
The second
in this building.
floor provides office space for faculty offices,
many
student organizations, and the Infirmary which has registered nurses
in attendance.
The Alumni Room,
is
located on the
furnished as a reception
room
embroidered with the college
The Faculty Lounge,
Waller Hall,
It
is
floor of Waller Hall,
and faculty. College
well as two beautiful tapes-
for alumni
trophies are displayed in this room, as
tries
first
seal.
situated adjacent to the
Alumni
Room
in
an attractively furnished room reserved for faculty.
contains lounge chairs, sofas, and an apartment-style kitchen unit.
Faculty committees frequently meet in this room.
The Husky Lounge,
gymnasium, adjoins Waller Hall
on the northwest side. In addition to the Snack Bar, tables, and
booths, there is a battery of vending machines which provide a wide
selection of food and beverages for students.
"Husky" is one of
the most popular meeting places on campus.
The offices of the
College Community Government Association and the Director of
Student Activities are located near its main entrance. An extension
of
Husky
is
a former
an attractive television lounge.
SCIENCE HALL,
rooms, faculty
offices,
built in
1906, contains classrooms, lecture
and the Day Men's Lounge.
Originally built
been used more recently as a
general classroom building.
In the basement is the Day Men's
Lounge which is furnished and equipped to supply a restful atmosphere for the commuting men students. This building will be defor science classes, the building has
molished
in
1970
to furnish a site for a recreation area.
BENJAMIN FRANKLIN,
and faculty
offices, also
which
is
used for college classes
houses the offices of the Director of Ad-
missions, the Director of
Development and Public Relations, the
12
Director of the Elementary Division, the Director of Placement,
and the Director and Supervisors of Student Teaching. The Day
Women's Lounge and classrooms occupy large areas of the basement.
NAVY HALL
for
its
V-12
was made
Officer Training
available to the United State
Program during World War
contains eleven classrooms as well as faculty offices.
Navy
II.
It
In 1961 the
ground floor was completely remodeled to provide facilities for the
Department of Special Education. This area includes clinics for
Speech and Hearing therapy, reading improvement, and psychological services.
A
large area designed for group activities
and
clini-
augments the more specialized functions of the department. The offices of the Director of Graduate Studies, and two
language laboratories are located on the first floor along with an
cal observation
Arts and Crafts Center.
HARTLINE SCIENCE CENTER, named
for Professor Daniel
"Old Guard" faculty member, his wife (also on
the faculty), and their son, Dr. H. Keffer Hartline, the 1968 Nobel
Prize laureate and recipient of the B.S.C. Alumni Distinguished
Service Award.
This air-conditioned building completed in 1968
S.
Hartline, former
contains laboratories, classrooms, seminar rooms, several large lec-
Data Processing Center,
for study and research in
ture rooms, faculty offices, facilities for the
an exhibit area, and special
facilities
science.
COLLEGE COMMONS,
a dining hall built in 1956,
accom-
modates 800 students who dine at tables with places for eight; a
continuous glass wall on the south side of the building creates a
light and airy atmosphere for its attractively decorated interior.
A
partially underground passage connects the lobby of Waller Hall
with the Commons.
The latest facilities in cooking and refrigeration are used to provide a tasteful selection of food prepared by a
national catering service.
NORTH HALL,
1960, has complete
room
is
facilities for
200 men.
A
large lounge
and
in
TV
located on each floor with food vending machines in the
ground floor lounge.
laundry
a three story men's residence completed
Coin-operated
machines provide complete
facilities.
SOUTH HALL,
to the College
300 women adjacent
September, 1967. The
a four story residence for
Commons, was completed
in
13
structure has lounge
and recreation areas, post
office boxes,
an
in-
ter-communication system, storage areas, study rooms, administrative offices,
and an apartment for a resident counselor.
EAST HALL
and WEST HALL, two residence halls with ac500 women, were occupied for the first time in
commodations for
1964. Each hall, divided
into four wings,
recreation rooms, lounge areas
four stories high with
Special features include large
automatic hydraulic elevators.
fully
is
on each
floor, post office boxes, in-
ter-communication systems, storage areas for luggage, and well-furnished study rooms.
ELWELL HALL,
named
after
Judge William Elwell and
his
son George E. Elwell, both former trustees of the college and the
judge's grandson, G.
a
men's residence
Edward
Elwell, a former French instructor,
hall facing East
Second
Street.
is
This nine story
accommodations for 690
men, an apartment for a member of the Dean of Men's staff, two
apartments for resident advisors, and has recreation rooms, lounges,
a TV room, guest rooms, study rooms, two automatic elevators,
laundry rooms, a mail room, and storage areas.
structure,
completed
1968,
in
provides
CENTENNIAL GYMNASIUM
Second
Street at the top of the hill.
This building contains a large main
gymnasium seating 1,200 to 2,000, two auxiliary gymnasiums, locker rooms, swimming pool, athletic offices, and complete office and
classroom facilities for the Department of Health and Physical Edulocated
is
on
East
The Director of Athletics and the nine varsity athletic
teams at Bloomsburg State College will continue to use Centennial
Gymnasium as their headquarters until the new gymnasium-field
cation.
house
is
completed on the upper campus.
SUTLIFF HALL, named
Dean
of Instruction,
fourteen
is
for
William Boyd
Sutliff,
a former
Gymnasium and has
The first floor houses
adjacent to Centennial
classrooms plus faculty offices.
classrooms and laboratories for the teaching of science courses and
eight specialized classrooms are located
struction in business education.
Business Education Division
ANDRUSS LIBRARY,
Navy Hall and
is
The
on the second
floor for in-
office of the Director of the
located on the second floor.
completed
in
August, 1966,
is
located
Benjamin Franklin building. The library
includes seating for 750 readers, shelving for 200,000 volumes, two
general classrooms, a seminar room, a curriculum materials center,
near
the
14
and special
facilities
for audio-visual education.
cost in excess of $1,000,000, the
library
is
Constructed
at
a
completely air-condi-
tioned.
HAAS AUDITORIUM
near
it
Navy Hall and
is
is
located at the end of Spruce Street
air-conditioned.
Completed
in
August. 1967,
has a main floor and balcony seating 2,000 people, a projection
room, classrooms and specialized work and practice rooms for
music, debating, and drama groups, lounges, areas for exhibits and
display purposes, and offices for faculty.
PRESIDENT'S RESIDENCE,
located on Light
Road
home of
Street
end of the main campus, was originally the
U. S. Senator Buckalew from 1863-1869. The surrounding area is
attractively landscaped to further enhance the architectural structure.
at the northeast
HEATING PLANT,
on the northwest corner of the
lower campus, has been recently enlarged and fully modernized to
take care of the increased needs of the present and proposed building additions on the lower campus.
LAUNDRY,
vides the best
situated
located between East Hall and North Hall, pro-
modern equipment
for handling the
laundry needs
of the college.
MAINTENANCE BUILDING
jacent to the laundry and
is
is
a
modern brick building
ad-
used for maintenance and storage pur-
poses.
PURCHASING AND RECEIVING DEPARTMENT
north side of Light Street
DILLON HOUSE,
for faculty offices.
Road
is
on the
opposite the Heating Plant.
opposite the President's Residence,
is
used
ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE
Bloomsburg
State
College
seeks
students
character and intelligence that will
fields of teaching, business,
who
fit
with the
them
qualities
of
for leadership in the
science and the liberal arts.
Students
seek admission to the college must meet the following require-
ments.
Applicants must be graduates of approved secondary schools
or must have
Credentials
made
equivalent preparation as determined by the
Evaluation Division of the
Pennsylvania Department
of Public Instruction.
A
detailed
record will be
examination of the applicant's secondary school
made by
and the College
the following paragraph, is done
college authorities.
Board Examinations described
in
to determine the applicant's capacity to
This,
perform satisfactory college
work.
must complete the Scholastic
Aptitude Test, the English Composition Achievement Test, and the
Mathematics (Levels I or II) Achievement Test of the College Entrance Examination Board.
Candidates who expect to major in
one of the following subjects must complete a third Achievement
Test in one of the appropriate areas listed here:
All
candidates
for
admission
Proposed College Major or
Area of Concentration
Physics
Required College Board
Achievement Test
Chemistry
Chemistry
Chemistry
History
French
American History and Social Studies or
European History and World Cultures
French
German
German
Spanish
Spanish
Biology
Biology
18
Applicants whose proposed major
is
not
among
those listed above
are required to complete only the Scholastic Aptitude test,
English Composition and Mathematics Achievement
ments for taking these
tests
tests.
and the
Arrange-
must be made by the applicant.
must have satisfactory character and personality
proper attitudes and interests as determined by the
Applicants
traits as well as
high school principal, guidance director, or other school officials
acquainted with the student.
Applicants must submit, through their personal physician, a report on their health and current physical condition.
is
form (available from the admissions
and must be approved by the college physician. No student
to be
office)
will
made on
This report
a prescribed
who
be admitted
which would impair
has, in the opinion of the college, disabilities
pursue a normal college program.
his ability to
Applicants for special curricula
may
be required to take appro-
priate aptitude tests in their special field of interest.
Although a personal interview
didates, the college
may
is
not a requirement for
all
can-
request that a candidate report for an in-
terview at a time designated by the Director of Admissions.
The following
credentials
must be
in the candidate's file before
admissions consideration can be given:
1.
Application for admission and application fee
—
filed
by applicant.
2.
A
A
Physical examination form
—
filed
by the physician.
3.
High School transcript and personality
by High School.
4.
The
official
rating
—
filed
results of the applicant's Scholastic Apti-
tude test of the College Entrance Examination Board
—
filed at the student's request
Examination Board
by the College Entrance
in Princeton,
New
Jersey.
Necessary application materials, as well as a detailed instrucPersonal
tion sheet, will be forwarded to applicants upon request.
interviews
may
be arranged by contacting the Director of Admis-
These interviews may be scheduled on Monday through Friday 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. and on Saturday from 9:00 a.m. to noon.
sions.
CONDITION OF ADMISSION
Upon
entering
Bloomsburg
State College
ed to sign a pledge similar to the following:
all
Freshmen
are ask-
19
As
a condition of admission,
I
will
acquaint myself with the
and regulations of Bloomsburg State College as set
forth in the College catalog and/or student handbooks and I agree
to be governed by these rules, policies, and regulations during the
rules, policies,
period of
my
enrollment.
REQUIREMENTS FOR TRANSFER STUDENTS
who wish
Bloomsburg State College must
be in good standing (academically and otherwise) at the institution
previously attended, must have a record of honorable dismissal or
completion of their work at that college or university, and must have
Students
to transfer to
a cumulative quality point average of C-plus or better.
Generally, not
more than 60
transfer credits will be accepted.
All transfer candidates must complete their final
30
credits in resi-
dence at Bloomsburg State College.
Transfer students follow the admissions procedures for
applicants and must also
1.
A
file
new
the following additional credentials:
complete college transcript(s)
—
filed
by the previous
college or university at the applicant's request.
2.
A
clearance form
—
to
be obtained from the Bloomsburg
Office of Admissions and to be completed by the appropriate
official at the
3.
A
letter
previous college or university.
explaining in detail the student's reasons for wish-
ing to transfer to
Bloomsburg
State College.
These procedures must be completed by June
fall semester, and by January 1 for admission
The
1
for admission to the
to the spring semester.
applications of students meeting the transfer requirements
and completing the necessary transfer procedures will receive the
same consideration as those of other new candidates, but the applicant must demonstrate better-than-average results on the Scholastic
Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board and have
personal characteristics pointing to success as a student at Bloomsburg.
READMISSION OF FORMER STUDENTS
Students
who have
attended
Bloomsburg
have withdrawn for acceptable reasons
may
State
College
and
request readmission by
Admissions Office for an Application for
student who has interrupted his normal progress
writing directly to the
Readmission.
Any
of studies (has failed to complete either Fall or Spring Semester),
20
and wishes to re-enroll for a subsequent semester, must request
admission before the deadlines
below.
listed
who have
All those seeking readmission
re-
attended other colleges
or universities since leaving Bloomsburg must send a complete trans-
Admissions
cript to the Director of
at
Bloomsburg.
All readmission applications must be filed not later than June
1
for the fall semester or January
1
for the spring semester.
EVALUATION OF CREDITS
All evaluations are
made by
the
Dean
of Instruction after the
student has been admitted and are subject to change according to
any revisions made
in the
requirements for graduation.
Courses to be transferred must have been completed in an
accredited college or university, must carry a
"C" or
better grade,
must be within the general framework of the student's proposed
curriculum at Bloomsburg and must be comparable in content and
in scope to courses offered at Bloomsburg State College.
No
student
may
obtain a Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of
Arts degree at Bloomsburg without a
minimum
residence of one
year in the curriculum in which the student intends to graduate.
Correspondence courses are not offered or accepted by Bloomsburg State College.
All evaluations are tentative until a student has satisfactorily
completed
at least
one
full
semester at Bloomsburg.
Present Bloomsburg students desiring to take work at any other
institution
must make written application
to the
for approval in advance, otherwise credits
may
Dean
of Instruction
not be accepted.
OPPORTUNITIES FOR VETERANS
The educational opportunities
Law 90-77
for Veterans authorized by Public
(Veterans Pension and Readjustment Assistance Act of
1967), and, in special cases Public Law 87-815, are available. Veterans of at least 281 days of continuous active duty any part of
January 31, 1955 or who were released from
active duty after January 31, 1955 for a service connected disability,
which occurred
may
after
use their eligibility for educational benefits.
The
college co-
operates with the Veterans' Administration in offering the regular
degree curriculums in the arts and sciences and to those desiring to
teach in the fields of elementary, secondary, business, or special
education.
21
Graduates of approved four year high schools are admitted to
these educational programs upon application, in conformity with the
established entrance requirements.
Veterans
who
may
are not graduates of four-year high schools
be admitted to the college under certain provisions as
set forth in
The Pennsylvania Plan for Evaluation of Secondary Credentials, for Examinations and for the Issuance of the High School
Equivalent Diploma under Act Number 212, Approved May 15,
1945, issued by the Department of Public Instruction, September 7,
Bulletin
I,
who
Veterans
1945.
tor of
desire information should contact the Direc-
Admissions to determine whether or not they are
admission under
To
eligible for
this plan.
qualify
for
educational benefits under the G.
I.
Bill
of
Veterans are required to present a Certificate for Education and Training, secured from the nearest Regional Veterans
Rights,
all
Administration Office, at time of original registration.
The
college does not accept credits for courses taken under the
United States
Armed
Forces Institute Program, but credits earned
in residence or in extension
sities will
work
at accredited colleges or univer-
be evaluated for transfer by the Dean of Instruction.
All
evaluations are tentative until the student has been in residence for
one semester.
ENROLLMENT TRENDS
Number
of Different Students
Regular Students
Part-time Students
Summer
1963
2047
129
1965
2454
200
1967
3110
260
1475
1843
2118
(2390)
(2756)
(3389)
3651
4497
5488
Session Students
No. of Different Students
Total Enrollment
Totals
Adjusted Enrollment on Full-Time Basis
Regular Students
Part-time Students
Summer
Session Students
Totals
2047
46
2454
3110
87
631
67
777
982
2724
3298
4179
FEES AND FINANCIAL AID
The
official
paid
expenses
by students attending Bloomsburg
State College are described in the following order: fees, deposits,
refunds, miscellaneous expenses.
aid
programs available
tion of the catalogue
brief discussion of the financial
Bloomsburg
at
is
A
closes this chapter.
This sec-
alphabetically and numerically divided for
easy reference.
A.
I.
Community
UNIFORM FEES
Activities Fee
This fee covers the cost of student
tures, entertainments,
It
amounts
to
activities
in athletics, lec-
student publications, organizations, et cetera.
$25 a semester.
Students taking extension courses,
or regular session students taking less than eleven credit hours,
secure the benefits of the
payment of the
II.
1.
Community
Activities
Program by
may
the
fee.
Basic Fees
Semester of eighteen weeks
(a) Students in each curriculum are charged the following
These
fees
Section
were
#2008
set
by the Board of Trustees
of the School
Laws
fees.
as provided in
of Pennsylvania.
Regular
Special
Totals
$175
(none)
$175
Secondary Education
175
(none)
175
Business Education
175
$12
187
Business Administration
175
(none)
175
Special Education
175
$10
185
175
(none)
175
Elementary Education
Arts
And
Sciences
(b)
Students taking eleven or less credit hours shall pay at
the rate of
$15 per
credit hour; students taking twelve or
hours shall pay the regular basic fees; basic fees for
credit
special curriculums shall be prorated
more
or
(c)
more
credit
on the
basis of a twelve
hour load.
Students taking extension courses shall pay at the rate
$15 per credit hour, provided that the regular fees for
special curriculums shall be prorated on the basis of a twelve
of
credit
2.
hour load.
Summer
(a)
in
Sessions
Students will be charged at the rate of $15 per credit hour
Teacher Education, and $15 per
credit
hour
in
And
Arts
VI for a definition of
A minimum fee of $45
Sciences; out-of-state students (see item
pay $25 per
out-of-state)
will
credit hour.
be charged for Pennsylvania students and $75 for out-of-
state students.
(b) Students registering late shall pay a Late Fee of $10 which
will
not be credited to the basic fee charge.
(c)
In addition to the above fees, students in the special curri-
be required to pay a fee to cover the cost of ma-
culums
will
terials,
supplies,
equipment, and special services used
in
the
laboratories or clinics of the special curriculums.
— $2 per three-week
Education Fee — $5 per three-week
Business Education Fee
Special
(d)
session.
session.
Students enrolled for periods of instruction differing from
the schedule pay fees in addition
on a pro
rata basis of the
schedule of fees provided for the regular three-weeks
summer
session.
III.
Housing Fees
On-campus dormitory rates for students will be $162 per onehalf semester and $54 for a three-weeks summer session.
This includes rooms and meals.
1.
(a)
Students expecting to occupy dormitory rooms in Septem-
ber must pay $162 (one-half of the housing fee for a semester)
before August 15.
The remainder, $162, must be paid before
November.
(b) For the purpose of meeting the requirements of those
students
who
live
off-campus but board
at the college, the
hous-
25
ing rates shall be divided as follows: $8 for
room and $10
for
table board.
2.
The
and lodging is: breakfast
$1.50.
$1.25, and room
daily rate for transient meals
65^, lunch
— 85
o,
dinner
—
—
—
Damage Fees
IV.
Students shall be responsible for damages, breakage,
loss,
or
delayed return of college property.
V. Infirmary Fee
After three days in the college infirmary, boarding students
be charged an additional $1 for each day in excess of that
shall
period.
Day
board
students
who may
the rate of $3
at
be admitted to the infirmary shall pay
a day, starting with the
first
This
day.
charge includes the regular nurse and medical service, but does not
include special nurse or special medical services.
VI. Fees
For Out-Of-State Students
Students whose legal residence
is
outside of the State of Penn-
sylvania are charged at the rate of $25 per semester hour of credit.
A
more
detailed definition of
who
is
an out-of-state student
may
be obtained by writing to the college Business Office.
If
out-of-state
students are enrolled in a special curriculum,
they shall not pay the special fees as found in
to
II,
$25 per semester hour of
the regular fee of
1-a, in addition
credit,
as
stated
in the preceding paragraph.
Degree Fee
VII.
A
fee
of $5
shall
be paid by each candidate for a degree
to cover the cost of diploma.
VIII.
One
Record of Transcript Fee
dollar ($1) shall be charged for the second
and each sub-
sequent transcript of records.
IX.
No
Delinquent Accounts
student shall be enrolled, graduated, or receive a transcript
of his record until
all
previous charges have been paid.
X. Fee for Late Registration and/or Course Change
Each student completing registration or requesting a change of
course or courses after the date officially set for registration
may
be
26
required to pay a late registration or change of registration fee of
$10.
XI. Schedule
A
Change Fee
$2 fee for students who, once they have conferred with
and have decided on
the scheduling officer
change
their schedules,
their class schedules for personal or other considerations.
XII. Special Clinical Services
Initial
1.
screening
—
diagnostic evaluation of reading skills
which includes selected standardized reading
Lavell
tests,
Co-Ordination Test, and tele-binocular examination
—
Hand-Eye
$15.
2.
Reading Clinic Services twice a week per semester
3.
Six- week
4.
Parent conference (per session)
Summer
—
$45.
Session (not to exceed one hour daily)
$45.
—
—
$5.
DEPOSITS
B.
(Subject to change without notice)
An
Application Fee of $10, payable to the Commonwealth,
made by
be
shall
all
applicants; this
student requests registration.
When
a student
is
It is
amount
shall
be paid when the
not repayable.
approved for admission
to the college, the
following fee must be paid:
1.
An Advance
This fee
is
Registration Fee of twenty-five dollars ($25).
payable to the
credited to basic fees.
2.
fee
is
Commonwealth
It is
of Pennsylvania, and
is
not refundable.
A
Community Activities Fee of fifty
payable to Community Activities, and
($50).
This
represents the
Com-
dollars
munity Activities Fee for the year.
Students
who were
not in attendance in a prior semester,
when
readmitted to college, are required to pay the Advance Registration
Fee and the Community Activities Fee.
Returning students
munity
If
Activities, in
shall
pay a deposit of $50, payable
advance of
to
Com-
their registration.
any fees other than the Activities Fees are paid by bank
must be made out for the
being paid, and drawn payable to the order
drafts, post office orders, or checks, they
exact
of the
amount which
is
Commonwealth
of Pennsylvania.
All post office orders pay-
27
ing'such fees must be
sylvania.
If
drawn on
the Activities
Fee
the. Post Office at Harrisburg,
is
not paid in cash, a separate order
must be drawn payable to Community Activities.
for these fees must be drawn on the Post Office
Any
Paul
Penn-
Post office orders
Bloomsburg.
at
other inquiries relating to fees should be addressed to Mr.
G.
Martin,
Business
Manager,
Bloomsburg
College,
State
Bloomsburg, Pennsylvania 17815.
OTHER THAN AS SPECIFIED ABOVE, MAY BE CHARGED BY A STATE COLLEGE.
NO OTHER FEES OR
DEPOSITS,
SUMMARY OF EXPENSES
C.
(Subject to
The
Change without Notice)
cost of one semester for students living at
Basic Fee
Housing Fee (Board and Room)
Community Activities Fee
Books and Supplies (Estimated)
Home
College
$175
75
$175
324
25
75
$275
$599
(none)
25
Total
Business students pay $12 additional.
Special Education students pay
$10
additional.
Out-of-state students pay $25 per semester hour of credit.
D.
I.
REFUND AND REPAYMENT POLICY
The Application Fee
will
not be refunded for any reason
whatsoever.
II.
The Advance Registration Fee
of $25 will not be re-
funded for any reason whatsoever.
III.
1.
The Community Activities Fee
Repayment
policy
—
All requests for repayment of the
munity Activities Fee must be
troller of
Community
Activities before
ment involves the following
second semester
(a)
is
in writing in the Office of the
September
college year, or
ComComp-
1,
if
the repay-
February
1,
if
only the
involved.
Freshmen and/or New Incoming Students
(1) A repayment of $50 will be granted
new incoming students who have had the
to
Freshmen or
offer of admis-
28
sion withdrawn by the college, have been inducted into
the
Armed
Forces, or prevented from enrollment because
of illness as certified by a physician.
This
is
not an auto-
make written
Community Activities
matic policy and persons so affected must
application to the Comptroller of
before September
1.
Freshman or other new incoming student decides not to come to Bloomsburg for reasons of his own,
he will be granted a repayment of $25 if he makes written application to the Comptroller of Community Activi(2)
ties
(b)
Any
If
a
before September
student
who
1.
has completed at least one semester
at
and paid the following year's Community Activities Fee in advance and then decides not to return to Bloomsburg will receive a repayment of the full $50
if written request is received by September 1, or $25 for the
second semester if written request is received by February 1.
Bloomsburg
State College
—
Students who, once having begun
Refund policy
fall, do not complete the school year:
2.
(a)
Any
classes in the
student temporarily suspended, indefinitely suspend-
ed, or dismissed for
academic
failure during the
college
year will not receive a refund of any portion of the fee
for the semester so involved.
(b)
It
a student voluntarily withdraws from the college before
the
may
first
nine
week period
ends, in the
semester, he
receive a refund of $12.50 for the second nine weeks
plus $25
for the second semester or a total of $37.50,
assuming written application
before the end of the
IV.
first
Other Fees
will
first
is
made
to the Comptroller
semester.
not be repaid except for personal illness
or for such other reasons as
may
be approved by the Board of
Trustees (see below).
1.
Repayment
suspended,
will
not be
indefinitely
made
to
suspended,
students
who
dismissed,
or
are temporarily
who
voluntarily
withdraw from college for any cause whatsoever.
2.
Repayment may be made
in the case of personal illness
which
is
by an attending physician or for other such reasons as
may be approved by the Board of Trustees for the amount of the
certified to
29
housing and contingent fees paid by the student for that part of the
semester which the student does not spend in the college.
MISCELLANEOUS EXPENSES
E.
At the time of application new students are furnished with a
summary of estimated expenses for the current college year. The
payment of all fees is due as directed by the Business Office. The
college reserves the right to withhold
record of any student
who
is
all
in arrears in the
The
other charges, including student loans.
a time
payment
plan,
information regarding the
and students
payment of
fees or
college does not offer
living in college residence halls
are required to pay one half of the semester housing fee before
August 15; the remainder must be paid before November
A
statement of student accounts will be mailed prior
billing
each semester.
to registration
All accounts must be paid as direct-
ed by notice which accompanies the
comply with
1.
this
requirement
billing statement.
will eliminate a student
Failure to
from
registra-
tion.
Keys
Each
room key
refunded when the key
student secures a
This deposit
is
or locker key for one dollar.
or lock
is
returned.
Baggage
Incoming baggage should be clearly marked with the owner's
name and "Bloomsburg State College, Bloomsburg, Pennsylvania."
Guests
Arrangements for room guests at residence halls must be approved by the Dean of Women or the Dean of Men. The guest
rates
are
as
follows:
breakfast,
$ .65;
luncheon,
$ .85;
dinner,
$1.25; room, $1.50.
Books and Supplies
Books and supplies
may
Students
store
is
are estimated
at
$75 for each semester.
secure books and supplies at the College Store.
This
operated on a cash basis.
College Banking
The Community
Library,
that they
is
Activities Office, located in Waller Hall,
prepared to handle deposits of cash for students
may
secure small amounts of
money
at
in
Old
order
convenient times.
so
Notice of Withdrawal
Students leaving the college must notify the Office of the
Dean
Dean of Instruction of their withRegular charges will be made until the notice of withforwarded to the Business Office by the Dean of Instruc-
of Students and the Office of the
drawal.
drawal
is
tion.
Physical Education Uniforms
Students must wear regulation uniforms for all physical education classes.
These are to be purchased in the College Store.
Laundry
The College has discontinued personal laundry
service with the
exception of bed linens which are supplied by the college.
Coin-
operated washers and dryers are available in college dormitories
community. Commercial laundry service
the town of Bloomsburg.
and
in the
is
available in
Student Residence
Students not living at
ed by the college, must
They must not
home and
live in the
leave dormitory
homes approvrooms are available.
not working in
dormitories
if
rooms vacant before
the end of the
semester.
Residence on Campus
Each dormitory room
beds,
is
furnished with double-decker or single
mattresses and pillows, dressers,
Sheets, pillow cases,
a
study table,
and
chairs.
and white spreads are furnished for the beds.
Students must provide the following equipment:
2.
A
A
3.
Blankets or bed comforters.
4.
Towels.
5.
Metal wastebasket.
6.
Study lamps (approved by college).
1.
mattress pad for mattress 36 by 75 inches.
cloth or plastic cover for pillow 21 by
27 inches.
Resident Students Living Off Campus
In situations where dormitory housing
may
not be available,
upon notification from the college, students are required to select
off campus rental accommodations from lists of college inspected
and approved rooms and apartments in the town of Bloomsburg.
SI
approved
Lists of
Dean
the
of
Each
off
Men
campus housing may be obtained from
or the
Dean
of
Women.
resident student living off
agreement with
into a written
his
either
campus
is
required to enter
householder or landlord covering
the period of proposed tenancy, using Student
Housing Agreement
forms provided by the college.
F.
STUDENT FINANCIAL AID
The Director
of Financial
Aid
responsible for the adminis-
is
student financial aid program at Bloomsburg State
tration of the
College.
All entering students are advised to
file
a Parents' Confidential
Statement with the College Scholarship Service of Princeton,
Jersey,
New
and to designate the Director of Financial Aid, Bloomsburg
State College as the recipient of copies of the Parents' Confidential
These forms may be obtained from high school guidance counselors or from the College Scholarship Service, Box 176,
Statement.
Princeton,
quired of
New
all
Jersey.
A
Parents' Confidential Statement
who wish
entering students
to
is
be considered for
refi-
nancial aid available through the college.
Financial aid opportunities
fall
into three categories; loans, stu-
dent employment, and scholarships and grants.
For up-to-date
in-
formation and directions on our various financial aid programs,
please consult Student Financial
Aid
at
Bloomsburg
State College,
a brochure available from the Office of the Director of Financial
Aid.
Placement
Bloomsburg meant teacher
placement.
With the graduation of students from the Arts and
Sciences Program Bloomsburg is also sending graduates into nonUntil 1966 the term "placement" at
teaching fields in ever increasing numbers.
We
made.
are very proud of the record which our graduates have
And
the Placement Service has
had
its
job
made
easier
by
this record.
Many
new
Most of the graduates to date have entered the field
The following tables indicate the success of the Place-
graduates.
of teaching.
ment
Service.
satisfied
employers return each year to recruit
32
Table
I
— How Many
Teach?
Number
Available
Education
for
Number
Percent
Year
Graduates
Teaching
Teaching
Teaching
1963
395
381
344
1965
475
450
423
1967
510
474
442
Table
aries for
in
Table
II
gives an indication of
how
90%
92%
93%
the average starting sal-
our teachers have changed over the same years referred to
I.
Table
II
—
How Much Do They
Earn?
Range of
Average
Year
Beginning
Teachers
1963
344
$4656
$3600
-
8400
1965
423
4981
4200
-
5900
1967
405
5320
4500
-
6300
Starting
Salary
Beginning Salaries
These figures indicate that beginning teachers from Bloomsburg State College are
in great
demand.
The
figures available for
and Science graduates reflect comparable success in obtaining gainful employment.
In this way Bloomsburg spells sucthe Arts
cess.
STUDENT
The
faculty
LIFE
and administration of Bloomsburg State College are
well aware that a college education
of academic
excellence.
classroom, but in
all
is
more than
just the pursuit
Education takes place not only
in
the
Campus life
room experience
places where students interact.
includes such things as residence hall and dining
(where a student can spend more than half of
his time) in addition
to the opportunity to participate in various social
in the extra-curricular activities
and cultural events
program.
Consequently, a wide variety of
activities
and services have
been developed to afford every student an opportunity to explore
and
It
fulfill
his individual potential in
hoped
is
that
in
them each student
expression of his talents so that he
and serve
an atmosphere of congeniality.
may
will
find
a
place
for
the
better understand himself
his fellow students.
Guided by
this
hope, the
members
of the
Dean
of Students
on the needs of the individual as well as
community with the intention of assisting young men and
more fully develop as they progress toward their various
staff focus their attention
the entire
women
to
goals.
Although the Dean of Students, the Deans of
Men
and Women,
and their respective staffs are responsible for maintaining an environment which emphasizes integrity and consideration of others,
their successes are largely determined by the extent of student participation and cooperation.
In the final analysis it is the students
who determine the quality of student life and develop the moral
fiber of the institution.
36
Housing
Housing assignments are made for men and women through
the offices of the Dean of Men and Women respectively.
New students receive room assignments based on their date of acceptance
All applications or requests for college approved
at Bloomsburg.
housing must go through the Dean of
Men
or
Women's
office.
There
are no private agents involved in housing.
The college reserves
deems appropriate.
rooms and roommates
All students housed on campus eat in the
as it
There are approximately 800 women and 900
College Commons.
men in residence on the campus. Some Freshmen women are
housed in college approved residences in the community, all other
Freshmen reside on campus.
Residence Halls
At Bloomsburg
the right to assign
State College a variety of living arrangements
Study rooms and "quiet hours" in each residence
are
available.
hall
provide an atmosphere for independent study while recreation
rooms and
television lounges afford opportunities for relaxation
and
enjoyment.
residence hall vacancies occur after assignments have been
If
made, commuters
will receive preference over
off-campus residents
Commuters may place their names on a priority
list in the Dean of Men's or Dean of Women's Office for residence
As vacancies occur, commuters will be assigned
hall housing.
in
filling
them.
by the respective deans.
must be understood that these commuter assignments will
be temporary and are in effect for only the remainder of the
academic year at which time the person assigned to the dormitory
It
room
will
return to
commuter
status.
This rule does not apply under extreme emergencies, extenuating circumstances,
Each
hall
is
or during
summer
staffed with a
sessions.
Dean
or Assistant Dean, a
Resident and student Resident Advisors.
experienced adults
who work
ministration of the hall.
of the
Dean
of
Men
and
The Head Residents
are
with the Deans in overseeing the ad-
Resident Advisors are carefully selected
and screened upperclassmen assigned
small groups of students.
Head
They
Women
are
to live with
and help counsel
under the direct supervision
and play an important
role in the
establishment of a rapport that contributes to the student's general
welfare.
3?
The
residence
have their
halls
own governing
are responsible for establishing, implementing
tions in conjunction with the
Dean
bodies
which
and enforcing regula-
of Students
staff.
Off Campus Housing
The
area
in
some private residences in the Bloomsburg
limited number of undergraduate students are
college utilizes
which a
Each
housed.
of these residences
is
approved for student housing
by the Pennsylvania Department of Labor and Industry.
Students living in these college approved residences are held
same manner as other resident stuDean of Men and Women's staff super-
responsible to the college in the
A
dents.
member
of the
and periodically
vises
visits
these residences.
College Infirmary
Nurses are on duty 24 hours a day in the college Infirmary.
They
give first aid,
dents,
ments.
make appointments with
and supply medication for
and minor
who because of an illness can not remain
may stay in the Infirmary over night.
Counseling Services
The Counseling Center
educational,
vocational,
ail-
in their
offers professional counseling regarding
personal,
located on the second floor
services are available at
at
colds, sore throats,
Students,
residence halls,
It is
area doctors for stu-
and emotional problems.
of Waller Hall, room 210, and its
social,
no charge
to all regularly enrolled students
Bloomsburg.
Those in need of counseling services are not just the marginal
or immature students.
Frequently the exceptionally able and conscientious students reap the benefits of professional help from counseling.
The content
of counseling interviews
is
confidential.
For students who exhibit need of psychiatric evaluation and/or
therapy, the Counseling Center maintains a consultive service with
a psychiatrist.
Appointments
the Center or through the
for this service
Dean
may
be obtained
at
of Students Office.
Community Government Association
The Community Government Association cooperates with
administration
regulating
all
in
promoting personal and group responsibility
student affairs.
the
in
38
The College Council, which meets
the second
and fourth Mon-
day of every month, acts as the executive board of the Community
Government Association. The Presidents of the following groups
automatically become members of the council: Association of Resident Women; Day Women's Association; Day Men's Association;
Men Resident's Association; Senior, Junior, Sophomore, and Freshman Classes; Editor of The Maroon and Gold. The College Council
administers the affairs of the association and formulates
Association of Resident
The Association
living in the three
in
downtown
ments.
Its
its
policies.
Women
Women
of Resident
consists
women
of the
female residence halls on campus, the freshmen
houses, and the senior
purpose
one of
is
women
initiating
Bloomsburg apartand carrying on cooperative
in
government among the resident women as well
standards of social and academic achievement.
as
encouraging high
Day Women's Association
The Day Women's Association
is
an organization of commuters
not living in the college residence halls or college housing in the
town of Bloomsburg.
The governing body
is
the
Official
Board
consisting of a President and Vice-President elected by the entire
and two representatives from each
promote the general welfare of the day
association,
is
to
operate with the other student organizations
class.
purpose
Its
women and
in
matters
to
co-
affecting
the general welfare of the institution.
Day Men's Association
The Day Men's Association
is
an organization of
men who com-
The Governing Board consists of a President, Vice-President, Secretary, and Treasurer.
The
association carries on a varied program of activities for its own
mute from
homes
their
to the college.
welfare and for the benefit of the college community.
Men
Resident's Association
The Men
men
Resident's
Association
men
is
the
governing body
for
accommodations in the town of Bloomsburg as well as those living in campus
residence halls.
Its administrative body is composed of a PresiBy means of this
dent, Vice-President, Secretary, and Treasurer.
resident
students including
organization, the
men
living in rented
cooperate with the administration in fostering
personal and group responsibilities.
—
39
EXTRA-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES
All students are required to take part in one extra-curricular
activity
one semester each year.
The
extra-curricular activities dur-
ing the past year included the following:
Amateur Radio Club
The Bloomsburg State College Amateur Radio Club is an organization composed of students interested in the art of Amateur
Radio Communications.
Requirements for admission are an interest in "Ham Radio Communication," a desire to be a "Ham"
radio operator, and a satisfactory standing in the college.
American Chemical Society
(Columbia
Chapter) serves to make the student aware of the work of the
chemist.
It also serves to provide exchange of ideas by joint meetings and to see what is done on other campuses in this organization.
The American Chemical Society-Student
It
official
provides current literature for the student by
weekly organ of the society
zation
to
also
at
some
of the
This organi-
Society.
provides the student an opportunity to
chemists in the field
way
The Journal of Chemical and
society, upon graduation, are
Members of this
become members of the Senior
Engineering News.
eligible
Affiliate
hear the top
of their meetings.
Archaeology Club
The purpose
of the
BSC
Archaeology Club
is
to
combine
widespread interest in the hobby of collecting the Indian
which abound
artifacts
Susquehanna Valley. All students and faculty
membership, provided they are willing to join the
in the
are eligible for
group
the
conducted digging for
in carefully
The Club's main
activity
is
scientific purposes.
and systematically excaIndoor meetings will be
to locate
Bloomsburg area.
held during the winter months so that members may compare collections, discuss techniques, and come in contact with professional
and advanced amateur archaeologists from neighboring archaeological societies and museums.
vate Indian sites in the
Athenaeum Club
The purpose
of the
Athenaeum Club
is
to provide all interest-
ed students with an opportunity to listen to the great musical classics.
With regard
to the actual selections to
tion will be given to requests
be played, ample considera-
by members for excerpts that are
vant to their current course work in music.
rele-
uo
B Club
B Club
women's recreational organization on campus.
The members of B Club plan, organize, and administer all the women's intramural-extramural activities for two purposes:
the
is
Providing an opportunity for
1.
all
women
students to par-
ticipate in competitive sports.
Fostering activities which contribute to better use of leisure
2.
time.
Further information
is
obtainable in the
Extramural Handbook or
in Office
9 of
Women's IntramuralCentennial Gym.
Chess Club
The Chess Club provides students with an opportunity
and
to learn
improve their game. Beginners and experienced
players are welcome.
The Chess Club conducts regulation tournaments.
All members are eligible to try out for the Chess Team
which competes in the Eastern Pennsylvania College Chess League
and a number of weekend tournaments. An important function of
to play chess
the
Club
is
to train students
can
fulfill
and
YMCAs.
Circle
to
this
need
in their
how to run chess tournaments
own communities at recreation
K
is
a Kiwanis affiliated organization serving the Col-
The purpose of this organization
a spirit of cooperation among members of the club in
College and Community.
and Community.
Membership
a
first
centers
K
Circle
lege
so they
come,
organization
first
is
is
open
to all
to foster
serving the
good standing on
the membership capacity of the
male students
served basis, until
is
in
reached.
Concert Choir
The Concert Choir is the mixed choral group of the college
community.
Members must attend rehearsals regularly and participate in all performances to retain membership.
The calendar
for the year includes concerts, tours, television,
and possible record-
ings.
—
two subsidiary groups
Madrigal Singers and Men's Glee Club.
The Madrigal Singers are selected by the director, but the Men's Glee Club is open to all men in-
The Concert Choir
terested in singing.
also has
41
Council for Exceptional Children
The Council for Exceptional Children
main function
tional children.
improve educational opportunities for excep-
to
is
It
an organization whose
is
contributes significantly to the professional back-
ground of persons who work with them and helps
ous
activities for the
to coordinate vari-
advancement of the cause.
Membership in the Alpha Chapter of the Council
tional Children on campus is open to any student who
Excep-
for
is
enrolled
and others who are interested
in developing their understanding of the problems of children and
youth with exceptionalities. Members must attend meetings regularin the Division of Special Education,
ly
and participate
in the activities of the organization.
Dramatic Club ("Bloomsburg
Players")
This organization provides experience for
to learn theatre arts.
work as well as act
work are open to the
to
Technical and business
students
all
who wish
are the only requirements.
and a willingness
Casting and crew
The
club's activities in-
entire student body.
skills
clude four major productions per year as well as workshop plays.
Forensic Society
The purpose
of the Forensic Society
in all types of forensic activities.
is
to
encourage an interest
Intercollegiate competition
is
pro-
moted in: novice and varsity debate, discussion, oratorical contests,
extemporaneous speaking contests, impromptu speaking, after-dinner
speaking, oral interpretation festivals, and legislative assemblies.
Participation in the speaker's bureau affords an opportunity to speak
before local civic and community groups.
German Club
The German Club was
established for the purpose of reinforc-
ing student knowledge acquired in the classroom.
Attention
is
given to increasing appreciation of
Membership is open
taken) any course in German.
tural aspects.
ing
German
to all students taking
cul-
(or hav-
Harmonettes
The Harmonettes comprise
singing and developing musical
a group of
skills.
women
with interest in
The musical
selections
may
range from show tunes to the semi-classical.
The Harmonettes
participate in the Christmas
grams, assemblies and other special performances.
and Spring pro-
42
Huski Club
The purpose of the Huski Club is to provide an enjoyable
It is to proactivity for members of the faculty and student body.
mote leadership, introduce techniques of skiing and to cultivate an
interest in the sport.
The requirements
and other winter
for
membership include an
interest in skiing
sports.
International Relations Club
The International Relations Club is an organization of students
interested in current events and problems in the world today.
The
purpose of this club is to develop among its members an interest
and a greater knowledge and understanding of national and international affairs.
Requirements for membership are regular attendance
and participation
ings
in the club's
at
meet-
programs.
Le Cercle Francais
Le Cercle Francais, organized
who
in
1961, welcomes any student
has a genuine interest in improving his
language and enlarging his appreciation of
ture.
Club
slides,
trips to
activities
all
facility
in the
French
aspects of French cul-
include a French dinner,
French films and
productions by French theatrical groups, discussion,
guest speakers, field trips and tutoring service.
Literary
in
&
Film Society
Formerly the English Club, The Literary and Film Society is
its second year at BSC.
It provides a series of more than a dozen
acclaimed American and foreign films each year.
The
Society pub-
The Footnote, a literary and film review, which is distributed
to members at each film showing.
Other projects have been discussion groups and poetry readings.
Membership is open to all
members of the college community.
lishes
Maroon and Gold Band
The Maroon and Gold Band provides high
quality musical
and
marching entertainment during the football season through its select
marching unit. As a concert ensemble, it presents campus and area
concerts of symphonic band repertoire.
Membership
open to those students having instrumental background in the band medium.
Personnel is then screened on the
basis of band preparation and experience, ability, technical skill and
is
instrumentation needs.
us
Color Guard and Majorette units complement the Marching
Band.
Mathematics Club
A new organization,
in
this
group aims
to
stimulate an interest
mathematics beyond the classroom, and to acquaint members
with the possibilities of using mathematics in their future careers.
All students
who have completed
a calculus course are eligible for
membership.
Phi Beta Lambda
Phi Beta Lambda is an organization of students of the Business
Education Department.
The aims of this club are: to develop
qualities of leadership;
commercial clubs
in
to
promote
interest
the
in
organization of
high schools; to train teachers in the organizing
of such clubs to encourage scholarship through contests; to serve
needs of the Department of Business Education
at
Bloomsburg
State
means of gaining contact with other schools and
become conversant with modern business methods
encourage social contact; and to develop promptness
College; to furnish
associations; to
and systems; to
and the ability
to accept responsibility.
eligible for this club.
ship in
NOTE: At
least
good standing are required
All business students are
two semesters of member-
for admission to Pi
Omega
Pi,
the business fraternity.
Philosophy Club
The Philosophy Club provides
ideas in problem areas of concern to
forum
all men.
a
for the
Its
aim
exchange of
is
to encour-
age critical thinking and reflection with respect to problems in the
areas of values, morality, belief and knowledge.
Physics
Club
The
purpose of the organization
shall
be the advancement and
knowledge of the science of physics and its application to
human welfare," quoted from the Constitution of the BSC Student
diffusion of
American Institute of physics.
Membership is open to all students who
Section of the
are taking a course in
Physics.
Science Club
The Science Club
consists of
of the student
and physical sciences.
promote a general interest
are interested in the biological
of this organization are to
members
body who
The purposes
in all fields of
science and to create a better understanding of science.
Member-
ship requirements consist of regular attendance and participation in
the club programs.
At
the
end of each college year, the club goes on an
all-day
field trip to a place of scientific interest.
Spanish Club
The Spanish Club has been organized
for the purpose of de-
The
veloping the use of conversational Spanish.
club's
program
is
designed to develop the appreciation of such aspects of Spanish
Membership
culture as art, music, literature, etc.
is
open
to those
students with a sincere interest in improving their personal abilities
in the
Spanish language.
Student PSEA
Organized to acquaint students with different aspects of teaching,
the Oscar Bakeless Chapter of the
promote professional
interests
and
Student
activities,
to
PSEA
foster
intends to
professional
educational standards, and to illuminate some complexities of teachAll students are eligible for membership.
er-student relationships.
This chapter sponsors various projects for the benefit of the general college
community.
Studio Band
The Studio Band is a stage band composed of College Community members.
Members must attend rehearsals regularly and
participate in all performances to retain membership.
The calendar
for the year includes concert tours, campus performances, television
and possible recordings.
Varsity Club
The Varsity Club
in
is
composed
any authorized intercollegiate
of
sport.
men who have won a letter
All students who have re-
ceived such an award are eligible for membership.
Founded upon
a basis of athletic ability, the club's purposes are to advance ideals
of sportsmanship
fellowship
terest
in
and scholarship,
among men
intercollegiate
to
encourage brotherhood and
of similar interests, and to
athletics
and
to
promote an
in-
maintain pleasant athletic
relationships with other educational institutions.
Veterans Association
The purpose of the Veterans
Association
is
to give veterans an
opportunity to share fellowship and pursue
common
ing as a voice for veterans in the college
community and keeping
interest
by
act-
veterans informed of their government benefits and responsibility.
PUBLICATIONS
Maroon and Gold
Published twice weekly by a student
the college paper
staff,
keeps the student body informed of current college happenings.
Obiter
The
Obiter, published each year by the college community, con-
tains a review of the activities of the year, with pictures of the
students,
pus,
organizations,
fraternities,
sports
cam-
and academic
as-
pects of the college.
Olympian
Students
publish
this
literary
magazine.
In
this
publication
contributors will find an outlet for literary expression in the fields
Unpublished work of nationally-known writ-
of poetry and prose.
ers
is
sometimes included as a special feature.
Pilot
This
an annual handbook, edited jointly by a student editor
is
and the Dean of Students, which informs students about college life
It serves as a guide to freshmen and also as an
at Bloomsburg.
information booklet for upper classmen.
Placement Brochure
An
annual publication of the Placement Service,
this
brochure
contains photos of graduating seniors, plus personal data of interest
to
employing
officers.
HONORARY AND PROFESSIONAL
Many
national
honorary
FRATERNITIES
and professional
fraternities
which
and advance educational ideals through scholarship, social
efficiency, and moral development have chapters on the Bloomsburg
foster
Among them
campus.
are:
Kappa Delta
Pi (Coeducational
Hon-
Phi Sigma Pi (Professional Education
Fraternity for Men), Alpha Psi Omega (Coeducational Dramatic
Fraternity), Gamma Theta Upsilon (Coeducational Geography
or Society in Education),
Lambda (Coeducational Business FraterKappa Delta (Coeducational Debate Fraternity), Pi
Fraternity),
nity),
Omega
Pi
Phi Beta
Pi (National Business Teacher Education
Honor
Society),
Sigma Alpha Eta (Honor Speech and Hearing Fraternity), Sigma
"
46
(Coeducational English Fraternity), Phi Alpha Theta
(National Honor Society in History), and Delta Phi Alpha (Co-
Tau Delta
educational
Society in German).
Honor
Social Fraternities
The
Council serves as the governing body of
Interfraternity
on campus.
the seven social fraternities
from the various
sentatives
composed
is
and
social fraternities,
rushing and pledging regulations and
grams and events
It
of repre-
responsible for
is
activities,
coordination of pro-
for the various fraternities,
and investigation of
by the IFC and the College.
violations of the rules devised
Mem-
bership includes the following:
Delta Omega Chi
Delta
Phi Sigma Xi
Pi Epsilon Chi
Kappa Epsilon
Beta Sigma Delta
Sigma Iota
Pi
The
Inter-Sorority Council
The purposes
ber sororities.
Omega
body
the governing
is
for
all
mem-
of the Inter-Sorority Council include
coordination of rushing and pledging
ship,
Pi
activities,
promotion of scholar-
and the enhancement of friendships and
tween sororities and individual women.
social
relations be-
Membership includes
the
following:
Rho
Chi Sigma
Tau Sigma
Delta Epsilon Beta
Theta Gamma Phi
Pi
AND
SERVICE FRATERNITIES
Alpha Phi Omega
men
in the fellowship of the
Scout Oath and Law, to develop Leadto provide Service to humanity.
own
is
the campus,
Membership
Mu
is
in
based on the high ideals of service to
community, and world.
assemble college
least a 2.0
in-
country.
Lambda Alpha
to
purpose "to assemble college
open to all college men regularly enrolled in the
who have been affiliated with Scouting nationally or
Membership
stitution
its
promote Friendship, and
ership, to
their
has as
SORORITIES
is
open
women
to
in
the
The purpose
spirit
of the sorority
of service
to
humanity.
Sophomore and Junior women having
cumulative average.
is
at
U7
OFF CAMPUS STUDENTS
It
is
expected that resident students living off campus will con-
duct themselves with the same decorum expected of other resident
students and that they will comply with the house rules and regulations of their householders or landlords.
An
Assistant
Dean
of
Men
and an Assistant Dean of
Women
supervise the housing of resident students living off campus.
Commuting (Day) Students
Day room
who do
facilities are
provided for
women and men
students
not live on the campus or in off campus rental housing ap-
proved for resident students.
The women's day room
is
located in the lower level of the
Benjamin Franklin building.
Comfortable lounge furniture provides for rest and relaxation. Locker space and facilities for study are also available.
Curriculum Materials Center
in
the
The men's day rooms are on the basement
Hall.
The spacious lounge has facilities for study,
and storage.
floor of Science
recreation, lunch,
^.-•V
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
Prior
class
to the beginning of each semester, the student prepares a
schedule with the help of a faculty advisor.
After this
schedule has been approved by the divisional director involved,
it
Data Processing Center and handed to the
student at registration.
Any changes in this schedule must be approved by the director of the curriculum in which the student is enrolled.
At the end of each semester, members of the faculty record
grades on course cards, which become the basis of the permanent
will
be printed
the
in
record of each student.
Class Attendance
A
student
expected to attend punctually every class
is
laboratory for which he
is
registered.
It is
the responsibility of the
student to hand to the instructor an absence report form at the
class
and
first
meeting following the absence.
If the
absence report
is
approved, the student
may make up
work he has missed during his absence. However, the effect
absence upon course requirements is determined by the instructor.
Absence report forms may be purchased at the College Store.
is advisable to have absence report blanks on hand.
the
of
It
Change of Schedule
Adjustments
in class
schedules
may
be made during the
first
ten days of any semester by the Divisional Directors with the ap-
proval of the
Dean
of Instruction.
A
fee
of $2 will be charged
for each individual schedule change.
After the second week, students dropping a course from their
schedule will receive an "E" on their permanent record card in the
Office of the
Dean
the course
dropped.
is
of Instruction
if
they are not passing at the time
If passing, the
grade of
"W"
will
be given.
50
Students wishing to drop a course from their schedules must receive
written approval of the instructor before presenting the request to
Dean of Instruction. All withdrawals must be approved by the
Dean of Instruction. Students are not permitted to withdraw from
the
a course after nine weeks.
Transfer of Division of Enrollment
In order to be eligible for transfer from one division to another,
a student should have at least a 2.00 cumulative average (although
for freshmen certain justifiable exceptions to this requirement
be made).
The
step
first
may
for the student to bring a note of par-
is
which he is enrolled, which is to be attached to a special form for Approval of
Divisional Transfer.
On this special form the student must obtain
ental permission to the Director of the Division in
the following signatures
:
( 1 )
the signature of his current Divisional
Director, (2) the signature of the
Dean
of Students (required only
from Business Administration
Teacher Education), (3) the signature
in the case of a student transferring
or the Arts and Sciences to
of the Director of the Division to which the student
transfer,
(4) the signature of the
should be
filed
Dean
is
intending to
of Instruction.
This form
during the semester immediately preceding that
which the transfer
is
in
to take effect.
Provision for Superior Students
A
above
student whose
may
work
petition the
for a semester averages 3.0
Dean
— "B," or
of Instruction for approval to schedule
course work in addition to that normally scheduled for that semester
(16 credit hours).
Progress Reports and Records
For the purpose of reporting the progress of each student, each
semester is divided into periods of nine weeks. During each period
the instructor hands to the Dean of Instruction a special deficiency
report at any time the student is not doing satisfactory work.
At
the end of twelve weeks a report of "D" or "E" grades is made to
the parents of each student.
At the end of the semester final grades are reported, recorded
upon the permanent progress card of each student, and filed. The
report
is
then sent to the parents.
Any
parent not receiving such a
report at the end of the semester should notify the
tion so that a duplicate
may be
mailed.
Dean
of Instruc-
51
Grading System
The system of grading used
is
E
as follows:
—
A
— very
in this college
—
B
high;
high;
C
and
its
interpretation
— average; D — low;
W—
a with-
failure involving repetition of the entire course.
drawal, approved by the
Dean
of Instruction while the student
— work not handed
Incomplete
passing the course.
in,
is
or material
does not satisfy the instructor's standards or the course requirements.
Quality Point System
For
For
For
For
For
each semester hour
A
carries
4 quality
each semester hour
B
carries
3
each semester hour
C
carries 2 quality points.
each semester hour
D
carries
each semester hour
E
carries
grade of
W
Incomplete
is
A
To be
is
1
points.
quality points.
quality point.
quality points.
not considered in computing quality points.
not considered in computing quality points.
graduated, a student must have a quality point average
of not less than 2.0.
Removal of "Incompletes"
Each
instructor listing
shall file with the
Dean
an incomplete
at the
end of a semester
of Instruction a detailed statement of the
steps to be taken by the student for the removal of such grade.
A
printed form
must be secured at the office of the
Dean of Instruction to be used when an incomplete has been removed. It is the responsibility of the student to have this form signed by the instructor removing the incomplete, and to present it to
the
Dean
of Instruction for recording.
removed within one calendar
grade automatically becomes an E and the course must be
// the
year, the
(blue)
grade "Incomplete"
is
not
repeated.
Prerequisite for Student Teaching
A
student
is
eligible for
assignment to student teaching
if
he
has attained a quality point average of 2.0 in not less than 90 credit
hours.
Residence Required for Graduation
The minimum period of residence at this college is one year
or its equivalent.
Former students certified for teaching by having
completed two or three years of college work who are candidates
52
for the
Bachelor of Science Degree
in
Education, must complete
at
one half of the remaining work required for the degree in residence at Bloomsburg. Residence credit may be earned in the classes
least
of a regular semester, in
summer
school, or in Saturday classes for
teachers-in-service.
Requirements for Graduation
The conferring of the degree
of Bachelor of Science in
Educa-
or any other degree which the Bloomsburg State College
tion,
is
authorized to grant, and the Application for the Pennsylvania Teaching Certificate require the following:
1
— Completion
of 128 semester hours of credit in a specified un-
30 hours of graduate credit
courses required for the degree of Master of Education.
dergraduate
2
—
curriculum,
or
All students must satisfactorily complete
a
minimum
in
of five
semester hours of Physical Education and Health.
3
— Emotional
lege social
4
evidenced by active participation in col-
and academic
—
member
— High moral
activities.
Personality traits considered by the college to be adequate for
of the teaching profession.
a
5
stability, as
The
and
ethical standards of conduct.
college reserves the right to withhold the degree or the ap-
plication for a certificate to teach in the
sylvania
if
Commonwealth
of Penn-
one or more of these conditions for graduation are not
met.
All candidates for degrees are individually responsible for meeting all the requirements for graduation outlined above.
Physical Education Requirements
All students are required by the College to complete a minimum of five semester hours of health and physical education to
Students should complete HPE 100 and HPE
receive a degree*.
101 during their first year at Bloomsburg State College.
*
Students
the
who have passed
the
Chairman of the Department
age of thirty should consult with
of HPE in planning their physical
education program.
Men with
months of active military service may enroll
the #200 series and pass the swimming proficiency
at least six
in one course in
test (minimum).
53
All students enrolled in a Physical Education Activity Class
must wear non-marking sneakers and regulation uniforms.
uniforms may be purchased in the College Bookstore.
Each student
is
is
passed, the student
given a
may
swimming
proficiency
If
test.
These
the test
then elect an advanced section of Aquat-
(HPE 151 or 152) or
If the
the #200 courses.
Aquatics (HPE 150).
ics
select
an additional course from one of
student must enroll in
test is failed, the
All students must elect one semester hour credit from the
may
#200
two hours from this area if
These courses
they have passed the swimming proficiency test.
may also be selected as elective hours by upper class students. If
a student elects more than one course from the #200 series,
series of courses.
Students
elect
subsequent courses must contain two different
activities.
Academic Probation
At
the end of each grading period a student
who
has a quality
point average of less than 2.0 will be placed on probation until the
end of that grading period he has
not attained a 2.0 average, he may be given an opportunity to meet
with a faculty committee composed of the director of his curricular
division and a minimum of three instructors chosen by the divisional
next grading period.
If at
the
director.
The purpose
of this kind of meeting
is
two-fold
:
( 1 )
to enable
the student to determine the cause of his apparent failure,
(2) to
enable the faculty committee to assess the professional interest and
promise of the student, and to determine whether or not the student
will
be able to profit educationally by remaining in college.
action of any faculty committee
Dean
is
The
subject to the approval of the
of Instruction and the President of the College.
The
privilege of meeting with a faculty
committee
tended to a student only one time during his attendance
will
be ex-
at the col-
lege unless extenuating circumstances should warrant a second con-
ference.
Changes In Academic Policies
Several important changes in the academic policies of Blooms-
burg State College, which directly affected students
college after
September 1968, became
who
entered the
effective during the
second
These changes, developed
semester of the college year 1968-1969.
by the Faculty-Student Committee on Academic Affairs during the
college year 1967-1968. have been approved by it,e administration.
One
new
of the
may
regulations states that a student
Furthermore,
peat a course in which he has earned a passing grade.
may
during his undergraduate years a student
not re-
repeat only four (4)
courses in which he has earned a grade of "E" (failing).
In order to provide greater opportunities for
new
students to
achieve a quality point average of 2.0 or better, a freshman will be
given two
full
semesters as well as a
summer
of study in order to
achieve a cumulative quality point average of 2.0 or better by the
time they have completed 64 credit hours
(the
mid-point of the
degree program: Vi x 128) in order to be allowed to continue.
A
change
in the
applicable to students
method
who began
1968. has also been approved.
all
credits
scheduled,
computing quality point averages,
of
their college
Students will
including
for
credits
average will then be computed by dividing
the quality
points earned.
September.
1968
manner
will
September
in
now be "charged"
repeated;
courses
all credits
who were
Students,
have
program
for
the
scheduled into
enrolled prior to
averages computed in the same
their
as in past years.
Placement Tests
Every new student entering Bloomsburg
quired to take a battery of
studies, science,
State
College
is
re-
covering English, reading, social
tests
mathematics, and contemporary
affairs.
The
results
of the tests are converted into percentiles, both local and national,
and are projected on a graph called a
available through the office of the
dent
is
These
profile.
Dean
of Students.
profiles are
Every
stu-
given an opportunity to review his profile with a professional
counselor, noting the areas of his strength and weakness.
He
sees
himself in relation to the group of students entering Bloomsburg
State College, as well as to the national
liberal arts colleges
group of students entering
and pre-professional schools.
Testing Programs
In addition to the Placement Tests,
each freshman to take such
tests as the
Information provided by the
who encounter problems
tests
in their
is
the
may
Deans may
college
College
require
advise.
issued in counseling students
academic and
social adjustment.
55
A
may
battery of achievement tests
also be administered to
all
sophomore students to determine the student's academic progress
and to provide information for further guidance. A careful study
of each individual student by selected faculty members is recommended before the end of the sophomore year.
The
college also administers the Graduate
Record Examination
measure the academic achievement of the student, as well as the
This battery of tests is
effectiveness of the instructional program.
to
given prior to the senior year and the student
is
responsible for pay-
ing the costs of the examination.
Bloomsburg State
following Graduate Record
All candidates for undergraduate degrees at
College are required to complete
the
Examinations:
GRE APTITUDE TEST
GRE ADVANCED TEST
The Advanced Test
shall be
completed
in the student's
area of
specialization or in a field related to his specialization.
The
ter or
administered three times a year during the semes-
tests are
term
in
which the student
gree
requirements.
($6)
dollars
is
the
is
The payment
responsibility
scheduled to complete his de-
examination fee of
of the
of the
six
student.
STUDENT TEACHING
An Overview
Faculty and administration of Bloomsburg State College consider the student teaching assignment to be the culmination of four
years of preprofessional education leading to
For
this
teacher-certification.
reason, an entire semester of the academic program
each student
is
reserved for student teaching.
A
student teaching
assignment requires that the student spend the entire day from
day through Friday
in
supervised educational
schools, for the duration of one semester.
ing Professional Practicum.
is
for
activities
in
Monpublic
Student teaching, includ-
offered for twelve semester hours of
credit.
In order to orient student teachers more effectively to public
school programs, the calendar of schools to which they are assigned
is
followed.
However, the college calendar
will
determine opening
and closing dates for student teaching assignments.
56
Student Teaching Centers
In meeting
its
responsibility for providing high quality gradu-
ates for the teaching profession, the college carefully selects student
teaching centers and cooperating teachers.
Students in Elementary,
and Business Education are assigned
Secondary,
located schools in the
Commonwealth
to
conveniently
of Pennsylvania.
Students
White Haven
State School and the Selinsgrove State School and Hospital and to
the public schools of Lycoming. Schuylkill. Chester, and Montgomery Counties through the offices of the superintendents of those
in the Division of Special
Education are assigned
to the
Student teachers are also assigned to the Harrisburg Cleft
counties.
Palate Clinic.
As
greater
numbers
of students are assigned to student teach-
ing through increased enrollment, other centers will be developed.
may
student
be assigned to a school
semester, or he
districts
may
district or
A
county for an entire
be re-assigned in mid-semester to other school
or counties.
PROGRAM OF GRADUATE STUDIES
Bloomsburg
State College
is
authorized by the State Board of
Education of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
gram of graduate
offer
studies in Biology. Business Education.
tary Education. English. French.
Studies
to
a
pro-
Elemen-
German, History. Reading.
Social
(including Geography). Spanish, Special Education for the
Mentally Retarded. Speech, and Communication Disorders.
Upon
completion by a student of the requirements established
by the Graduate Council of the college, the Master of Education
The program of
or the Master of Arts Degree will be conferred.
graduate studies leading to the Master of Education Degree has as
primary purpose the increasing of the competency of professional
its
personnel in the field of education, while the Master of Arts Degree
is
designed as the second step leading toward the traditional doc-
trine in a selected discipline.
Persons desiring to enroll in graduate courses must
plication
the
for
file
an ap-
admission and meet the requirements established by
Graduate Council.
Students wishing to earn the Master of
Education or Master of Arts Degree must,
admission to candidacy for the degree.
in
addition,
request
57
The following
fees* are applicable to the
program of graduate
studies:
$10
Application Fee
(Payable
time of application for ad-
at
mission to graduate courses. Not refundable or applicable
to
graduate tuition.)
Graduate Tuition Fee
Out of
State
Activities
Fee
Fee (summer term only)
$20
$25
per sem.
hr.
per sem.
hr.
$ 3
per three-
week
$ 6
session
per six-
week
session
Graduation and Diploma Fee
$10
cap, gown, and hood)
(Not including rental of
Detailed information relating to the program
the Graduate Studies Bulletin.
Requests for
is
contained in
this bulletin, for appli-
cation forms, and for additional information concerning the program
should be addressed
State College,
to:
Director of Graduate Studies, Bloomsburg
Bloomsburg, Pa. 17815.
SUMMER SESSIONS
The summer
sessions are designed primarily to enable
Penn-
sylvania teachers to advance professionally and to meet the certifi-
cation standards approved by the State
of the courses offered will
Board of Education. All
be on a college level, and will be of par-
ticular interest to the following:
(
1
)
Undergraduates qualifying for advanced standing or the
removal of conditions.
(2) Teachers-in-service qualifying for (a) advanced state certification,
cation,
(b) the degree of Bachelor of Science in Edu-
and (c) the Permanent College
Certificate.
(3) College graduates qualifying for state certification through
courses in education and student teaching.
Students attending the
summer
sessions
may
semester hours as there are weeks in the session.
All fees are subject to change without notice.
schedule as
many
58
summer sessecondary level to work
Special opportunities will be provided during the
sions for persons certified to teach
toward certification which
will
on the
include teaching on the elementary
level.
The enrollment
in the
summer
session will be limited to teach-
ers-in-service, presently-enrolled students of the college,
who have been
in
attendance at an accredited college.
and others
Students
from other colleges enrolling at Bloomsburg for the first time should
present evidence of having attended another college and a written
statement from their college certifying that they are in good aca-
demic standing.
A
copy of the current summer session bulletin
will
be sent upon
submission of a request addressed to the Registrar of the College.
—
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
— Introduction
Art 101
A
ART
to
Art
3
consideration of the great works of
art,
cr.
hrs.
past and present,
with an analysis of the structure of art as determined by civilization,
communication, and expression.
Art 301
Children's Art
An
3
cr.
analysis of the art of children with the corresponding
to stimulate the
attitudes of discovery,
hrs.
ways
communication, and inven-
tion at the various age levels.
— American Art History
Art 311
A
cr.
hrs.
detailed study of the history of the visual arts in America.
— European Art History
Art 321
A
3
3
detailed study of the history of the visual arts
pean continent from the Greek era
Art 331
A
hrs.
on the Euro-
to the nineteenth century.
Oriental Art History
detailed study of the
cr.
3
history of the
visual
arts
in
cr.
hrs.
Japan.
China. India, and the countries of the Near East.
Art 341
A
— History
of
Modern Art
3
detailed study of the contemporary
movements
cr.
in art
hrs.
from
the nineteenth century to the present.
Art 397
— Drawing
The course
3
I
will consist of a basic
analysis
cr.
hrs.
and understanding
of form, structure and personal expression in drawing.
Art 398
— Drawing
The course
as well as
will
3
II
cr.
hrs.
emphasize experimentation with various media
development
Prerequisite: Art 397.
in
composition and individuality in drawing.
—
62
Art 399
— Drawing
The course
will
3
III
develop individual creativity and
ability in
what will become future personal involvement
Prerequisite: Art 398.
ing, stressing
Art 401
cr.
3
Painting I
hrs.
drawin
cr.
art.
hrs.
Introduction to form and color through studio experience.
—
3
Painting II
Art 402
Continued sensitive development toward a maturing
painting.
Prerequisite: Art 401.
Art 403
— Painting
3
III
Advanced work planned
for
individual
needs.
cr.
hrs.
in
style
cr.
hrs.
Prerequisite:
Art 402.
Art 404
— Sculpture
I
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
Studio exploration of three-dimensional expression.
Art 405
— Sculpture
II
Continued sensitive development toward a maturing
sculpture.
Art 405
—
style
in
Prerequisite: Art 404.
3
Sculpture III
Advanced work planned
for
individual
needs.
cr.
hrs.
Prerequisite:
Art 405.
Art 411
Ceramics
I
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
Introduction to ceramic processes and design.
Art 412
— Ceramics
II
Emphasis upon quality ceramic design, throwing on the wheel,
experiments in decorative processes and mixing clays and glazes.
Prerequisite: Art 411.
Art 413
— Ceramics
III
Advanced work planned
Art 450
— Art
Designed
Education
to
in
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
for individual needs.
the Elementary School
explore the theories and techniques behind
the
use of art in the elementary school.
Art 499
Visual Aesthetics
Directed study of the "silent image" emphasizing
cern with environmental relationships.
3
cr.
artistic
hrs.
con-
63
BIOLOGY
103
Biol.
— General Biology
3
I
cr. hrs.
Emphasizes major principles and theories in the structure and
function of plants and animals at levels of organization and development from
molecule
ecosystem.
to
Class
and
discussions
laboratory studies are included.
104
Biol.
A
role to
— General Biology
3
II
hrs.
cr.
study of the plant and animal phyla with emphasis on their
An
man.
ecological evolutionary development of biology
designed to acquaint the non-science student with an appreciation
of living organisms.
Biol.
210
The
—
Prerequisite:
Invertebrate Zoology
3
phyla of invertebrate
principal
systems in which they participate.
211
Biol.
—
Biol.
are
physiology,
hrs.
cr.
studied
in
their role in the eco-
course for biology majors.
103.
Vertebrate Zoology
The biology
ogy,
A
animals
and
relation to their anatomy, classification,
Prerequisite:
103.
Biol.
3
cr. hrs.
of the vertebrate animal with emphasis in morphol-
and development.
aspects of each class will be covered.
and preserved specimens
Evolutionary
and ecological
Laboratory work with
living
will familiarize students with representative
individuals of the major classes of this important group. Prerequisite:
Biol.
103, 210.
Biol.
220
— General Botany
3
I
cr.
hrs.
General consideration of the plant kingdom with emphasis on
anatomy,
plant
Prerequisite:
areas.
Biol.
221
The
Biol.
plant
placed upon
Biol.
the phylogenetic development
Biol.
in
220.
and concepts pertaining
patterns, limiting factors, habitat studies,
the species, interspecies,
210, 220.
and
the taxonomic system.
— General Ecology
Principles
cr. hrs.
Emphasis is
cycles of plants representing the various taxonomic
Prerequisite:
331
3
II
kingdom showing
life
and other related
103.
— General Botany
arrangement of the plants
levels.
economic botany,
physiology,
and community
3
to
cr.
hrs.
energy flow succession
and population studies
level.
Prerequisites:
at
Biol.
64
Biol.
341
—
Genetics
The study
3
The
of inheritance in living things.
hrs.
cr.
practical appli-
cation of genetic principles in animal breeding, in plant propagation,
improvement of the human race is emphasized. Stress is
placed upon the mathematical and molecular concepts of modern
and
in
The course
genetics.
Prerequisites:
is
fundamental for
is
103, Biol.
Biol.
210 or 211,
all
biological
students.
220. Math.
Biol.
116
suggested but not required.
Biol.
351
The
to
be
the
the
— Molecular
3
hrs.
cr.
integration of chemical and physical concepts applicable
functional aspects of biological systems.
361
The
—
Emphasized
between molecules and the organism.
interrelation
requisites: Biol.
Biol.
Biology
103,
Chem.
micro-organisms
Pre-
Ill, or consent of the instructor.
Microbiology
metabolism,
will
3
cultivation,
and
identification,
on
cr.
control
hrs
of
Consideration will be given to their distribution in
and fungi.
nature and the
importance of their beneficial
activities
harmful effects
on man.
103 or consent of instructor.
Biol.
emphasis
Prerequisite:
Biol.
viruses,
as well as
3
cr. hrs.
study of animal reproduction and development with particular
emphasis on the vertebrates.
of the maturation of the
starfish,
bacteria,
— Embryology
371
A
with
frog,
germ
Laboratory work includes the study
and the early development of the
Prerequisites: Biol. 210 or consent
cells
and the chick.
of instructor.
Biol.
381
—
Vertebrate Physiology
3
cr.
hrs.
The functions of tissues, organs, and systems and their chemical
integration.
Emphasis will be on mammalian circulation, respiration,
digestion, metabolism, renal function, reproduction,
Prerequisites:
Biol.
411
A
Chem.
111. or consent of instructor.
— Systematic Entomology
field
and adult
Biol. 211.
3
insects.
Attention
is
hrs.
Prerequisites:
given to mounting and preparing
Biol.
103 and 104 or Biol. 210.
—
413
Ornithology
The basic biology of birds with emphasis on
Saturday morning
identification in the field.
requisite:
cr.
course covering collection and identification of larval
insects for study.
Biol.
and endocrines.
3
cr.
their ecology
field
trips.
one year of biology or consent of the instructor.
hrs.
and
Pre-
65
— Ichthyology
414
Biol.
and laboratory study of the
Field
fishes
hrs.
cr.
of the streams and
of this area including their collection, taxonomy, anatomy,
rivers
and ecological methods.
Biol.
331.
Biol.
415
A
sis
3
on
— Biology
Recommended:
of the Arthropods
3
hrs.
cr.
study of the prominent arthropod classes with special emphaStudies of functions, morphology, histology, embry-
Insecta.
and metamorphosis.
ology,
dissection,
416
A
Laboratory
preservation of tissues,
Prerequisites: Biol.
insects.
Biol.
Biol. 482.
Prerequisite:
—
Parasitology
study of parasites in
210 or 211.
Biol.
417
—
stress
techniques of
and experimentation with
210 and
Biol. 416.
and treatment.
Prerequisites:
Field Zoology
Animals observed and
live
3 cr. hrs.
relation to human disease. Epidemiology
of parasitic diseases; their prevention
Biol.
will
3
classified in the field.
the natural history of terrestrial vertebrates.
cr. hrs.
Emphasis
The study
is
on
of man's
upon and management of wild vertebrates and their cultural
and economic value. Prerequisite: Two years of biology or consent
effect
of the instructor.
Biol.
—
Plant Physiology
420
The study of how plants
plant growth and behavior.
Recommended:
Biol.
421
The
—
Biol. 421,
Plant
3
function:
cr.
hrs.
the processes involved in
Prerequisites:
Biol. 212,
Chem. 111.
Chem. 331.
Anatomy
3
cr.
hrs.
and structural features of vascular plants are
studied with emphasis on origin, development, and function. Fundamental concepts concerning gross, histological, and physiological
cells, tissues,
aspects are correlated in terms of growth, patterns of differentiation,
and maturation of plant
parts.
of laboratory per week.
Two
hours of lecture and three hours
Prerequisite:
Biol.
220 or permission of
instructor.
Biol.
422
A
—
Field Botany
3
cr. hrs.
study of the Flora found in Columbia County and vicinity.
Emphasis is upon identification of plants in the field and on the
use of taxonomic keys. A variety of habitats are explored on field
trips.
Prerequisite:
Biol. 220.
66
432
Biol.
An
and
— Fresh Water Biology
advanced course
relationship
their
3
in the biology of streams, lakes,
to
health
the
cr. hrs.
and ponds
and welfare of the country.
Biol. 210, 220, or permission of the instructor.
Prerequisites:
—
433
Plant Ecology
3 cr. hrs.
The study of plants and their interactions with the environment.
Emphasis is placed on populations and communities and their
Biol.
Practical experience
respective successions.
Prerequisite:
trips.
441
Biol.
A
Biol.
is
gained during
field
331.
— Evolution
3
hrs.
cr.
study of the mechanics of evolution; the nature and behavior
of genes, factors affecting gene frequencies, environmental factors,
speciation mechanisms, and population analysis. Prerequisite: Biol.
341.
443
Biol.
A
— Cytology
study
3
the
of
cells.
structural, biochemical,
include
and function of cytoplasmic and
Emphasis will be placed upon ultra-
and cytogenetic
various techniques for
preparation.
hrs.
structure
nuclear organelles of
will
cr.
Prerequisite: Biol. 341,
aspects.
cell,
Laboratory studies
chromosome, and
Chem.
111.
tissue
Recommended:
Chem. 331.
Biol.
452
The
radiation
— Radiation
principal effects of ionizing radiation
on
research;
Biol.
341,
Biol.
453
A
its
3
Biology
radiation
of
sources
Chem. 332, Math.
—
and other types of
and
detectors.
relationship
to
life
the
Prerequisite:
116, or consent of instructor.
Physiological Chemistry
study of the
hrs.
Applications of isotopes in biological
living systems.
use
cr.
3
cr.
hrs.
processes with emphasis on chemistry and
functional
aspects
of tissues
and systems.
Consideration will be given to biologically important compounds
and
Biol.
their effects
471
on
function.
— Histology
3
cr. hrs.
A
study of vertebrate tissues from the various body systems.
Laboratory studies will include the use of prepared slides, color
Two hours
photomicrographs, and basic histological techniques.
Prerequisites:
of lecture and three hours of laboratory per week.
Biol.
103,211.
67
Biol.
A
classes.
—
Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy
3 cr. hrs.
comparative study of the morphology of the vertebrate
Laboratory work includes anatomical study of Lamprey,
482
the dogfish shark,
and the
Prerequisites: Biol.
cat.
210 or consent
of instructor.
Biol.
492
— Research Topics
in
1-3
Biology
cr. hrs. to
he arranged
SUMMER ELECTIVES AT THE MARINE SCIENCE LABORATORY*
MSL 120— Introduction to Oceanography
MSL 240— Marine Biology
MSL 245— Marine Ecology
MSL 260 — Field Methods in Oceanography
MSL 250 — Invertebrate Zoology
MSL 320 — Physical Oceanography
MSL 325— Marine Geology
MSL 330 — Chemical Oceanography
MSL 420— Marine Micropaleontology
MSL 425 — Marine Geophysics
*
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Please check with Dr. Wendelin Frantz or Dr. Donald
Rabb
cr.
hrs.
cr. hrs.
cr. hrs.
cr. hrs.
cr. hrs.
cr. hrs.
cr. hrs.
cr. hrs.
cr.
hrs.
cr. hrs.
for full par-
ticulars.
BUSINESS
Bus. 101
— Introduction
to Business Organization
and Finance
3
cr.
hrs.
Business activity with attention to types of business organization,
managerial controls utilized in business and financing of business
enterprises.
Bus. 201
—
Elementary Typewriting I
2
cr.
hrs.
Presentation and mastery of the keyboard and operating parts
of
the
typewriter;
stroking
techniques
instruction in preparing business letters,
and control emphasized;
manuscripts, carbon copies,
envelopes, business forms, and cards; teaching techniques.
Bus. 202
— Elementary
Typwriting II
2
cr.
hrs.
and cards;
multiple carbon work, preparation of manuscripts, tabulation, and
legal forms; preparation of stencils and liquid process masters;
Production techniques; typing
teaching techniques.
Bus. 211
—
Prerequisite:
Elementary Shorthand
letters,
Bus.
I
envelopes,
201.
3
cr.
hrs.
Gregg Shorthand Diamond Jubilee in
which theory is presented with dictation woven into an integrated
course; fluent reading and writing of familiar and unfamiliar material.
Beginning course
in
68
Bus. 212
— Elementary
Shorthand
3
II
cr.
hrs.
Development of ability to read shorthand notes; fluency of
writing and correctness of outlines stressed; dictation and transcription teaching methods and techniques.
Prerequisite: Bus. 211.
Bus. 221
—
Principles of Accounting I
3
Development of the accounting cycle covering both
merchandising
activities
special journals
of a sole
and special
cr. hrs.
service
and
proprietorship; consideration of
ledgers, accrued
and deferred items, and
business papers.
Bus. 222
—
Principles of Accounting II
3
cr.
hrs.
Further development of the accounting cycle; recording, summarizing, and interpreting financial data for partnerships and corporations; development of an understanding of the voucher system.
Prerequisite: Bus. 221.
Bus. 241
— Salesmanship
3
Fundamental principles underlying the
salesman in relation to
of the
tion
his
cr.
hrs.
sales process; considera-
firm,
his
goods and
his
customers; a study of the approach, demonstration, and close of
individual sales transactions.
Bus. 301
— Advanced Typewriting
Advanced
2
application of typewriting
cr.
hrs.
Accuracy, speed,
skills.
and job techniques; spelling, grammar, and principles of teaching
stressed.
Coordinated with Advanced Shorthand for those students
seeking certification in shorthand.
Bus. 311
Prerequisite:
Bus. 202.
— Advanced Shorthand
3
cr.
hrs.
Practice in dictation and transcription of shorthand, with speed
and accuracy stressed; grammar, shorthand penmanship, and principles of teaching of shorthand.
Bus. 312
—
Prerequisite:
Bus. 212.
3
Secretarial Practice
Stenographic
and
secretarial
activities:
dictation
of
cr.
type
hrs.
of
correspondence; study of problems and procedures encountered in
business offices; consideration of office etiquette; supervised secretarial
work
Bus. 321
in school offices.
Prerequisite: Bus. 311.
— Intermediate Accounting
Preparation and
interpretation
3
I
of
principal
cr.
hrs.
accounting state-
ments; theoretical discussion of the standards of good accounting
Prerequisite: Bus. 222.
practice, with emphasis on current items.
69
— Intermediate Accounting
Bus. 322
3
II
cr.
hrs.
Further discussion of the standards of good accounting practice
emphasis on non-current items; solution and discussion of
various contemporary accounting problems; detailed analysis of
with
major financial statements of business organizations.
Prerequisite:
Bus. 321.
Bus. 323
A
— Accounting
Management Decision
3 cr. hrs.
management problems of depreciation methods,
study of the
valuation of good
will,
uation, the price level
for
hidden balance sheet reserves, inventory eval-
and
budget and actual
historical cost,
costs,
and tax planning. The flows of cost accounting, financial accounting, and tax accounting are considered.
The case study approach is
used to study concepts, applications, and systems.
Prerequisites:
Bus. 221 and 222.
—
Bus. 331
Legal
Business
rights
and
Law
3
cr.
hrs.
principles
of
law
I
fundamental
liabilities;
applicable to business transactions with specific consideration of law
as
it
and
pertains to contracts, bailments, personal
real property,
sources of law and the judicial system.
sales;
Bus. 332
and
— Business Law
3
II
Fundamental principles of law
they
as
pertain
to
cr. hrs.
guaranty
and surety contracts, insurance, principal and agency relationships,
employer-employee relationships, bankruptcy proceedings, estates
and trusts, and various forms of business organization. Prerequisite:
Bus. 331.
Bus. 333
— Business Correspondence and Reports
Review of
essentials of
3
cr.
hrs.
grammar; study of the vocabulary of
business; preparation of business forms; writing business letters of
various types; preparation of personal data sheets; organization and
preparation of business reports.
Bus. 334
Prerequisite:
— Business Mathematics
Bus. 202.
3
cr. hrs.
Basic concepts and principles related to fundamental business
operations.
Credit, insurance, taxes, selling
the interpretation of statistical data;
and finance, investments,
methods of teaching business
arithmetic in the secondary school.
Bus. 341
—
Retail
Management Concepts
3
cr. hrs.
Presents a view of retailing as a dynamic sphere of business,
characterized by the necessity of adapting
demographic
characteristics
of
trade
its
operations to changing
areas.
Competitive
retail
70
problems
and
established
in
considered
are
innovational
layout,
arise
the
in
methods.
company
formulating specific
location,
they
as
between
struggle
Considerations
such factors as
include
policies
involved
promotion, service, and personnel.
Analyses of
actual case situations develop student ability to apply sound principles
to
management
current retail
211, Econ. 212, Bus. 342.
Bus. 342
— Marketing:
Taught
Principles
practice.
in
Econ.
Prerequisite:
Spring.
and Practices
3
cr. hrs.
Studies the structure of the business system of distribution of
materials and products.
Both functional and institutional aspects
are covered. Agricultural, industrial, and consumer products sectors
Also studied are the significance of
of the economy are reviewed.
and qualitative changes in population characteristics.
Trade-channel, price, and other marketing policies are taken up to
quantitative
provide a background for the establishment of individual firm decisions.
Bus. 343
Prerequisite: Econ. 211, Econ. 212.
— Business Finance
data
Financial
are
3
analyzed
for
the
solution
of
cr.
hrs.
managerial
problems in finance, security contracts, capital structures, cost of
capital, security underwriting and marketing; management of working
capital, use of the capital
are studied
Bus. 344
market, dividend policy and asset valuation
and discussed.
Prerequisite:
— Management Processes
The study
Emphases:
3
cr.
hrs.
of fundamentals of organization and administration.
planning,
direction,
business activities, structuring of
Bus. 345
Bus. 221 and 222.
coordination
and
management and
controlling
of
supervision.
— Personnel Management
3
cr.
hrs.
and current practices in the selection, placement, training-development, evaluation, compensation and motivation of employees at all levels in business firms. Prerequisite: Economics 21
Policies
1
and 212.
Bus. 401
— Records Management and
Office
dictating
and
Office Machines
transcribing
machines;
3
cr. hrs.
adding-listing
machines; printing, rotary, and key-driven calculators; filing systems,
business papers, and office procedures; teaching methods and techniques.
Bus.
412
Prerequisite:
—
Business Education 202.
Touch Shorthand
3
cr.
hrs.
Dictation and Transcription involving the use of a machine,
keyboard shorthand system. Development of limited proficiency in
71
the
and techniques for teaching machine
Prerequisite: Bus. 301 or consent of the instructor.
use of a touch system
shorthand.
— Cost Accounting
Bus. 421
The elements
3
cr.
hrs.
of production costs using the job order system,
and the standard cost system; development
interpret the meaning of cost data.
Prerequisite:
the process cost system,
of the ability to
Bus. 222.
Bus.
— Auditing Theory and Procedure
422
Principles, standards, procedures,
3
cr.
hrs.
and techniques applicable
to
and public auditing; consideration of the audit report and
development of working papers for preparation of the report.
internal
Bus. 222.
Prerequisite:
— Federal
Bus. 423
Procedures
in
Tax Accounting
accounting as
3
cr.
by Federal tax laws;
dictated
study of laws governing the preparation of Federal Income
returns for individuals and small businesses.
Bus.
Tax
Prerequisite: Bus. 222.
—
State and Federal Tax Problems
424
Group and individual assignments selected from
areas of advanced tax accounting:
hrs.
3
cr. hrs.
the following
partnerships and corporations,
Pennsylvania corporate taxes, estates and
trusts,
reporting to govern-
mental agencies.
Lectures, discussion of issues, intensive practice
in the solution of
problems.
Bus.
— Advertising
442
Prerequisite:
Bus. 422 and 423.
Management:
Organization and Planning
Surveys the entire
and
function
among
the
field
advertising
cr.
hrs.
both as a marketing
medium.
Examines the relationships
agencies, and media.
Both printed and
promotional
advertisers,
of
3
Develops the creative approach,
media are explored.
strategy, and tactics applicable to the direction of demand by the
individual firm; readings and selected exercises for report and
discussion are assigned; review of social, ethical, and legal aspects.
Prerequisite: Econ. 211, Econ. 212, Bus. 342. Taught in Fall
broadcast
Bus. 443
—
Sales
Management
the
Management
3
of the sales of the materials and products from
viewpoint of the individual business enterprise
States.
cr. hrs.
Special emphasis
is
in
the
United
placed upon the market-concept; the
manager in modern marketing and his line and
staff responsibilities; management of sales divisions and territories;
selection, supervision, compensaorganization of the sales force
role
of the sales
—
72
and
tion,
motivation.
emphasized as a basis
Demand-pull rather than supply-push is
for contemporary practices in Sales Manage-
ment. Prerequisite: Econ. 211, Econ. 212, Bus. 342. Taught
Bus. 444
— Marketing Management
Group and
3
individual marketing research studies.
the search of both
documented sources and
in Fall
cr. hrs.
These
entail
the results of field work.
Students are encouraged to follow various fields of interest such
as
Management,
greatest
for
Distribution, Advertising
motivation and benefit.
projects by the instructor
is
required.
and Marketing Practices
approval of research
Prior
All class
members
will par-
and written presentations; discussion and evaluation
Prerequisite: Bus. 342 and two of the following: Bus.
ticipate in oral
of projects.
341, Bus. 442, Bus. 443; with the consent of the instructor.
in
Taught
Spring
Bus. 445
— Business Report
Writing
The organization and preparation
in business firms.
Techniques of
3
cr.
hrs.
of reports of the types used
and pre-
collecting, interpreting,
senting information useful to management.
Prerequisite:
junior or
senior standing.
Bus. 446
— Business
3
Policies
cr. hrs.
Sound business principles and policies are studied in relation
to daily decision and policy making by the upper level of management.
Financial, production, marketing and other functions of
Quantitative methods and the techniques
business are discussed.
contributed by the various subject fields of business and economics
are applied to selected case problems.
required of
Bus. 447
all
Prerequisite: senior standing,
seniors.
— Research
Studies in
Management
3
cr.
hrs.
and preparation of a
Student selection of a problem relating
Identification of a problem, investigation,
on an individual basis.
to some field of Business Administration: accounting, finance, adPrevertising, marketing, general and personnel management.
requisite: senior standing and consent of the instructor.
report
Bus.
448
The
making.
— Advanced Cost Accounting
3
utilization of cost data for planning, control
The extension
of
methods and procedures
estimated and distribution cost systems.
222 and 421.
cr.
hrs.
and decision
to
Prerequisite:
standard,
Bus.
221,
73
Bus. 449
— CPA
The
Problems
3
cr.
hrs.
application of procedures for the solving of a cross-section
complex accounting problems, and the discussion of related theory
and practice. Emphasis is placed upon advanced financial, cost,
governmental, tax and other kinds of accounting problems; the discussion of professional standards, ethics, accounting criteria and
of
Prerequisite: Bus. 323, 421, 422, 423, or consent of
other factors.
instructor.
Bus. 450
An
— Introduction
to
Data Processing
3
cr.
hrs.
introduction and basic orientation to the field of business
data processing.
Content to include information on the history and
applications of business equipment used in data processing,
how
the
equipment works, and an understanding of data systems and procedures. The machines that will be used in this course are the keypunch, interpreter, collator, sorter, reproducing punch,
and com-
puter.
— Introduction
Computers and Programming 3 cr. hrs.
An introduction to computer training and programming for
the computer.
The various methods of programming will be inBus. 45
cluded
and
1
in this course.
Courses
Students will be required to write, assemble,
programs
test actual
in
to
in the
computer.
economics available
Prerequisite: Bus. 450.
to business students.
—
Economics
Econ. 212 —
Economics
Econ. 313 — Labor Economics
Econ. 412 — Public Finance and Macro-Economics
Econ. 413 — Money and Banking
Econ. 423 — History
Economic Thought
Econ. 211
Principles of
3
cr.
hrs.
Principles of
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
4
cr.
hrs.
of
CHEMISTRY
Chem. Ill
— General Chemistry
I
Basic principles of chemistry:
emphasis on atomic structure,
periodic tables, chemical bonding, the states of matter and chemical
calculations; laboratory practice in techniques,
of chemical problems.
methods and solution
6 hours/week: 3 class, 3 lab.
7U
— General Chemistry
Chem. 112
A
4
11
hrs.
cr.
Chem. Ill: study of the elements by periodic
groups; introduction to modern inorganic chemistry including coordination compounds: introduction to organic chemistry; laboratory
or equiPrerequisite: Chem.
emphasizes qualitative analysis.
continuation of
1
1
1
6 hours/week: 3 class, 3 lab.
valent.
—
Chem. 221
A
Qualitative Inorganic Analysis
3
hrs.
cr.
study of the systematic identification and separation of the
common
cations and anions.
The theory
of ionization, mass action,
and chemical equilibrium as it applies to analytical chemistry. PreOffered in
requisite: Chem. 112.
7 hour/week: 1 class, 6 lab.
summer
sessions only.
—
Quantitative Analysis
4 cr. hrs.
Chem. 222
The fundamental principles of gravimetric and volumetric analysis,
with development of ability in performing quantitative chemi-
cal calculations.
Prerequisite:
Chem.
112.
8
hours/week: 2
class,
6 lab.
—
Chem. 225
Water Analysis
The chemical, physical, and
ysis.
cr.
hrs.
biological aspects of water anal-
Laboratory exercises include the examination of water from
hydro
the entire
1
2
Prerequisite:
cycle.
Chem.
112.
4 hours/week:
class, 3 lab.
Chem. 331
— Organic Chemistry
4
I
cr.
hrs.
Fundamental principles of organic chemistry. Molecular structure, stereo-chemistry and reactions of hydrocarbons and their derivatives.
Reaction mechanisms and syntheses emphasized.
Prerequisite: Chem. 112; Secondary Biology majors may enter with
only Chem. Ill but Chem. 112 also is recommended.
6 hours/
week: 3 class, 3 lab.
Chem. 332
A
— Organic Chemistry
continuation of
common
functional
4
II
Chem. 331, with emphasis on
groups,
synthesis
and
cr.
hrs.
reactions of
Modern
mechanism.
spectroscopic methods and the interpretation of spectra introduced.
Prerequisite:
Chem. 331.
6 hours/week: 3 class, 3 lab.
—
Chem. 351
Industrial Chemistry
The application of chemistry
ating efficiency,
3
cr.
hrs.
modern industry. The operequipment, and methods of attacking new probto
75
Each student
lems of industry through research.
selects a simulat-
ed research problem to be developed experimentally and prepares an
and written report.
oral
hours class/week, plus
Chem.
Prerequisites:
112, Phys.
—
laws and kinetic theory;
first,
Prerequisites:
Chem. 412
— Physical Chemistry
A
of
Gas
of chemistry.
Laboratory experiments to
Chem. 222, Phys. 212, Math.
4
II
Chem. 411:
binary
solutions;
cr.
Laboratory experiments to
Prerequisite:
Chem. 421
A
Chem. 411. 6 hours/week:
illustrate
hrs.
colligative
properties; conductance; electromotive force; reaction kinetics;
possibly crystals.
hrs.
cr.
6 hours/ week: 3 class, 3 lab.
212, or consent of the instructor.
continuation
4
second, and third laws of thermody-
namics; free energy and equilibrium.
the above.
3
field trips.
Chem. 411
Physical Chemistry I
The study of the theoretical foundations
illustrate
112.
and
the above.
3 class, 3 lab.
— Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
3
cr.
hrs.
course designed to enlarge the student's knowledge of the
chemical and physical properties of inorganic substances as related
to
atomic structure,
Prerequisite:
Chem. 422
A
electronic
Chem. 222.
—
3
and bond energies.
configuration,
hours class/week.
Qualitative Organic Analysis
3
cr.
hrs.
compounds. The analysis of carbon compounds accomplished by means
of separation and identification.
Methods and techniques studied,
applications to industry and scientific research emphasized.
Prerequisite: Chem. 332.
7 hours/week: 1 class, 6 lab.
laboratory course in the qualitative analysis of organic
Chem. 424
— Instrumental Analysis
3
cr.
hrs.
This course covers the theory and applications of some of the
instrumental methods of analysis currently in use in
anal-
Topics include chromatography, spectrophotom-
ytical
chemistry.
etry,
polarography,
A
modern
electro-analysis,
nuclear
magnetic
resonance,
Prerequisites:
Chem.
222 and some contact with physical chemistry, or consent of
instruc-
and others.
tor.
laboratory-centered course.
7 hours/week:
1
class,
6 lab.
—
Chem. 426
Inorganic Preparations
The preparation and isolation of
2
selected inorganic
cr.
hrs.
compounds
of an unusual nature employing whatever advanced or specialized
76
techniques are required
— such
as high
vacuum,
inert atmospheres,
Chem.
high temperatures, and non-aqueous conditions. Prerequisite:
421 completed or concurrent, or consent of the
6 hours
instructor.
lab/week.
—
Advanced Organic Chemistry
Chem. 433
Advanced theory, stereochemistry and utility
3
hrs.
cr.
of organic reac-
Reactive intermediates; carbonium ions, carbanions, and free
tions.
radicals emphasized.
Prerequisite:
mission of the instructor.
3
Chem. 332; Chem. 412 or
per-
hours class/week.
—
Organic Synthesis
3 cr. hrs.
Chem. 434
Advanced syntheses of organic compounds; development of
technique; use of laboratory instruments; correlation of theory with
Prerequisite:
practice.
Chem. 332.
7 hours/week:
class,
1
— Modern Biochemistry
Chem. 441
Chemistry
of
proteins,
lipids,
3
carbohydrates;
metabolism; introduction to enzyme chemistry.
222, Chem. 332; Chem. 412 recommended.
6
lab.
cr. hrs.
intermediary
Prerequisite:
Chem.
5 hours/week: 2 class,
3 lab.
— Chemistry Seminar
Topics
Chem. 491 —
Chem. 490
1
Special
May
1 to
3
cr.
hr.
cr. hrs.
take the form of a directed laboratory or library oriented
on one or more topics of mutual interest to student
and instructor. Not intended as a research course but an extension
Registraof some topics into a second semester might become so.
tion by consent of the instructor and Department Chairman.
investigation
Chem. 492
— Chemical Research
3
cr. hrs.
Laboratory investigations of selected problems for advanced
students.
Registration by consent of the instructor and Department
Chairmen.
COMMUNICATION DISORDERS
Com.
Dis. 101
—
Clinical Voice
Elective course for
and
in
articulation.
voice
all
and Diction
1
cr.
hr.
students seeking improvement of voice
Included in the course are generalized instruction
production
and
articulation
as
guidance with personal speech problems.
well
as
individualized
77
—
Com.
Dis.
dents'
own performance
Voice and Diction
152
3 cr. hrs.
The mechanical aspects of speech production are studied and
principles of speech therapy are illustrated in relation to the stu-
and time elements.
terms of voice quality, pitch, articulation,
in
Ear-training
are emphasized.
pective clinicians or teachers
Com.
— Phonetics
251
Dis.
The
3
International Phonetic Alphabet
study of the sounds of speech.
reading
and self-improvement of pros-
is
cr.
hrs.
used as a basis for
Students develop competence in
and transcription of symbols, with a view to practical
application in recording defective sounds during articulation testing.
—
Com. Dis. 252
Speech Pathology
The neurophysiological bases
studied
age
Com.
and
speech
are
background for consideration of
may
factors,
interfere with
of
traumatic
social,
injuries
and
normal communication.
Dis. 251.
— Speech Pathology
253
Dis.
language
hrs.
of communication skills for respec-
and constitutional
disease processes that
Prerequisite:
Norms
provide
levels
environmental
Com.
of
cr.
fundamental to the understanding of pathologies
as
language and speech.
tive
3
I
3
II
cr.
hrs.
and techniques for identifying communication disorders are outlined. Research findings are explored
for the continuing development of the most effective therapeutic
measures and means of habilitation and rehabilitation. Prerequisite:
procedures
Evaluative
Com.
Dis. 252.
—
Com. Dis. 276
Introduction to Audiology
3 cr. hrs.
The causes, evaluation techniques, and rehabilitative procedures
for the various
speech,
auditory,
cussed.
The
habilitation
Com.
types of hearing problems are explored.
and educational factors are
of parent, educator, and specialist in the
psychological,
roles
program are
—
Related
dis-
re-
investigated.
Methods and Practicum
3 cr. hrs.
Materials and methods applicable to clinical practicum and
Dis.
practice
351
Clinical
teaching
are
demonstrations by the
to
discussed.
staff
Opportunities
are provided.
for
observing
Students are required
compose sample lesson plans and evaluation
reports.
These
experiences are culminated with the students doing closely supervised therapy with milder cases of speech
Prerequisites:
Com.
Dis.
and hearing disorders.
152, 251, 252, 253, 276.
78
Com.
—
352
Clinical Practicum:
Communication Disorders
Dis.
Students
continue
supervised
3
clinical
work
and
given
are
increasing responsibility and experience with cases of greater
Prerequisite:
plexity.
Com.
Com.
hrs.
cr.
com-
Dis. 351.
—
3 cr. hrs.
Psycho-Linguistics
360
Language is studied as a psychological phenomenon.
The
nature and acquisition of meaning, and the learning of systems are
investigated.
The influences of verbal and nonverbal antecedent
conditions on both verbal and nonverbal learning are discussed.
Descriptive models of language mediators in behavior are reviewed.
Dis.
Prerequisites:
Com.
361
Dis.
Com.
—
Dis.
152, 251, 276.
Clinical
Problems of
Communication Disorders
3
cr.
hrs.
Practical considerations of day to
day problems encountered
by the speech clinician in clinical and public school programs are
discussed.
Areas of interest would include organization and ad-
and client management.
and State mandated special service pro-
ministration, scheduling, evaluative criteria
Law
Pennsylvania School
grams are
also considered.
Com.
376
Dis.
— Auditory Training and Speech Reading 3
cr.
hrs.
Current teaching methods for educating children and adults
with moderate and severe hearing losses are investigated.
parative
analysis
Prerequisites:
Com.
Dis.
402
Com.
—
made
is
of
prevailing
theories
week
is
full
com-
and techniques.
Dis. 251, 276.
Clinical Experience
and
Professional Practicum (Student Teaching)
A
A
12
cr.
hrs.
semester program of 30 hours of speech correction per
provided for each student.
Prospective
teachers
of the
speech and hearing handicapped gain experience by working with
professional people in the field.
Com.
Dis.
452
— Anatomy
of Speech
and
Hearing Mechanisms
3 cr. hrs.
Embryology, anatomy, neurology, and physiology of the larynx
and ear are studied. The actual processes involved in human speaking and hearing are explored.
A co-operative lecture series is developed for the students by the medical
Center.
Prerequisite:
Com.
Dis. 351.
staff at
Geisinger Medical
79
Com.
Dis.
466
— Advanced
Clinical Practicum
3
(Internship)
Clinical experience with
Differential diagnostic
more complex
disorders
and therapeutic procedures
with cerebral palsy, aphasia, auditory impairments,
Com.
requisites:
hrs.
provided.
for use in cases
cleft palate,
Case studies and research are
stuttering are covered.
is
cr.
utilized.
and
Pre-
Dis. 351, 352.
—
3 cr. hrs.
Psychology of Speech and Hearing
Com. Dis. 467
The developmental aspects of language, normal and abnormal
speech, and hearing patterns of individuals are discussed in relation
Current educational and therapeutic trends and
to their personality.
practices are reviewed.
Com.
471
Dis.
— Seminar
Pathological
in
conditions
are investigated in
Com.
Prerequisite:
some
Dis. 351.
Speech Pathology
resulting
detail,
3
cr.
hrs.
communication problems
in
and remedial techniques are con-
sidered in relation to current research findings.
Students are given
orientation to various types of clinical settings and to a projection
of needs for services.
Com.
Com.
Prerequisites:
Dis. 252, 253, 351, 352.
—
Measurement of Hearing Loss
3 cr.
472
The anatomy and physiology of the hearing mechanisms
Dis.
are
Etiology of hearing losses, interpretation of audiometric
studied.
evaluations
and available
Laboratory experience
evaluations
is
provided.
—
Com. Dis. 475
The physical
rehabilitative
procedures
of speech.
Prerequisites:
Com.
audiometric
3
cr.
hrs.
properties of acoustic signals are considered as
Phonetic instrumentation
is
The
and subsequent reception
introduced in relation to the
application of principles of
speech science to speech therapy and other areas
Com.
discussed.
Dis. 276, 376.
Introduction to Speech Science
and synthesis of speech.
requisites:
are
in the administration of clinical
factors that affect the nature of production
analysis
hrs.
is
discussed.
Pre-
Dis. 152, 251, 252, 253, 276, 376.
ECONOMICS
—
Economics I
3 cr. hrs.
Microeconomics: Laws of markets.
Operation of market
system compared with alternative economic systems.
Determination of wage, interest, rent, and profit rates.
Behavior of com-
Econ. 211
Principles of
80
and monopolistic economic units compared.
Beneficial
and detrimental government interferences in a mixed economic
petitive
system.
—
Econ. 212
Economics
Principles of
3
II
cr. hrs.
Macroeconomics: Study of factors determining the level of
employment, prices, and gross national product. G.N.P. accounting.
Monetary policy and fiscal policy affecting the level of prices, G.N.P.
and employment.
International trade and finance.
Economic
development.
(Economics 211 and 212 are prerequisites
for
all
succeeding
courses in the department.)
— Business and Economics Mathematics
Econ. 246
3
cr.
hrs.
Introduction to the basic mathematical tools most frequently
employed
economics and business,
in intermediate
geometry,
functions,
algebra,
analytical
calculus,
mathematics of finance, and linear
Econ. 313
The
e.g.
elementary
and integral
programming.
differential
— Labor Economics
3
practical questions in our
modern
cr.
hrs.
industrial organization
management and labor unions; the economic life of
members of the working force. The history of organized labor and
the growth of theories in management; current policies in the national
in the fields of
and
governments to control industrial
state
Econ. 333
—
International
Economics
3
Pure theory of international trade.
trade,
free
exchange;
trade,
capital
monetary system;
Econ. 346
Study of the gains from
international
liquidity
statistics,
shortage.
Statistics I
3
cr. hrs.
averages, dispersion, elementary statistical
and measurement of
ships as applied to business and economic problems.
inference, index numbers, time series
Econ. 411
cr. hrs.
and protection; balance of payments; foreign
movements; the dollar and the international
— Business and Economics
Descriptive
relations.
— Intermediate Micro-Economics
relation-
3
cr. hrs.
Theory of how a competitive market system determines the
composition of output, allocation of resources, and distribution of
Comparison of theoretical and actual behavior of comincomes.
petitive,
monopolistic, and oligopolistic firms.
81
Econ. 412
— Public Finance and Macro-Economics
3
cr. hrs.
Theory of determination of G.N. P., employment, and price
Federal, state, and local fiscal policy in the light of modern
level.
theory; principles of taxation and government spending; manage-
ment of the national
— Money and Banking
Econ. 413
tices
to
debt.
3
cr.
hrs.
The
historical
and
principles, the principles of banking, with special attention
background and development of monetary prac-
commercial banking and credit regulations, and current monetary
and banking development.
— Business and Government
Econ. 415
A
for
3
cr.
hrs.
survey of government policies for maintaining competition,
reducing competition,
regulation
substituting
for
place of
in
The
competition and for substituting public for private enterprise.
various government policies will be tested in the light of economic
theory and historical experience.
— Contrasting Economies
Econ. 422
3
cr. hrs.
Theories of capitalism and socialism with special emphasis on
Marxian theory.
of capitalism,
— History
Econ. 423
The
Comparison of theoretical and actual performance
socialism, and communism.
of
Economic Thought
3
cr. hrs.
economic theories propounded in the past and
their effect on present day thinking about economic, business, and
political systems.
The surplus value theory, economic planning as
a part of government responsibility, relations of family budgets to
Engel's Law, government responsibility for employment, and rent
control.
Prerequisites: For Bus. Ed. Students
Econ. 211. 212.
For other students
Hist. 112, 113, and Econ. 211, 212.
different
—
—
— Economic Growth
Econ. 434
of
Underdeveloped Areas
A
of
3
study of stagnating economies.
underdevelopment;
role of capital, labor,
operative
resistances
to
of
in a
development
— Business and Economics
analysis,
hypothesis,
contingency
theories
economic growth;
setting.
3
Statistics II
Sampling and sampling distributions, estimation
tests
hrs.
population growth, and technological advance;
development planning; trade
Econ. 446
Topics include:
cr.
decision
tables,
making,
analysis
regression
of
variance
cr. hrs.
probability,
and correlation
and computer
82
applications,
designs of experiments in selected fields of business
and economics.
Soc.
466
For
— Research Methods
in the Social
a description of this course see
arts students
course.
3
Sciences
Sociology 466.
cr. hrs.
Liberal
concentrating in economics will receive credit for this
Prerequisite:
Psy.
460
and
permission
of
Economics
Department.
Econ. 470
— Senior Seminar
3
cr. hrs.
Discussion of current literature on economic theory and eco-
nomic policy. Each student reads one journal article a week on
which he writes a report and defends it in the seminar.
EDUCATION
— Methods and
Ed. 202
Materials
in
Elementary School Science
Emphasis
in
elementary
is
A
Includes
science.
periences of children and
new
the
environmental
hrs.
ex-
areas where the experiences of chil-
Prerequisite: Phys. 103 and Bio. 103.
— Educational Media
Ed. 301
cr.
placed on the major methods and materials used
school
dren are limited.
3
comprehensive study of
2
all
communicative media.
cr.
hrs.
Oppor-
tunity to develop skills in the use of various audio-visual materials
in education
is
provided during the laboratory periods. Prerequisite:
Ed. 393 and Psy. 371.
— Educational Measurements and Evaluation
Ed. 311
The
Methods
3
cr.
hrs.
principles of testing in the various fields of subject matter.
of grading and problems involved, representative standard-
ized tests,
and the vocabulary of measurement.
Prerequisite:
Psy.
371.
Ed. 321
A
— Early Childhood Education — Nursery
3
cr.
hrs.
study of the needs of three, four and five year old children
and experiences adapted to what is known about growth needs at
Emphasis will be placed on "Operation Head
these age levels.
Start" as a critical point in the poverty cycle.
ed with the
and education which will
opportunities and achievements.
Prere-
fields of health, social services
improve both the
quisite: Psy. 211.
child's
Activities associat-
83
Ed. 322
— Early Childhood Education — Kindergarten
This course
is
3
hrs.
cr.
a study of the physical, mental, emotional, and
social levels of the kindergarten age child, paying attention to the
environmental factors that foster child growth.
It
emphasizes the
kindergarten program set up to meet the needs of this age child
and
need for
ies,
them with
to provide
is
Psy. 211
the
physical education and health.
literature,
art,
happy beginning of
Kinder-
Prerequisite:
a lifetime of learning.
of Secondary Education
Including Guidance
Problems
3
particular emphasis
in teaching with
upon
cr.
hrs.
the
first
years includes problems of pupil growth and development,
culum, and counseling.
Ed. 362
will
or Ed. 322.
— Problems
Ed. 361
background of experience they
later ventures into reading, arithmetic, science, social stud-
music,
garten
the
— Problems
in the
The
393 and Psy. 371.
of Business Education
Secondary School
of
objectives
placement,
Prerequisite: Ed.
curri-
follow-up;
3
secondary
business
administration
of
education:
the
business
cr.
hrs.
guidance,
department;
physical layout, equipment, supplies, selection of testbooks; curri-
culum and
its
and measurements; current trends
Prerequisite: Ed. 393 and Psy. 371.
development;
in business education.
— Teaching
tests
Reading in the Elementary Grades 3 cr. hrs.
Developmental reading from readiness through the entire elementary school curriculum. Principles, problems, techniques, and
Ed. 371
of
materials used in the total elementary school program.
Prerequisite:
Ed. 393 and Psy. 371.
Ed. 372
— Foundation
of
The reading program
Reading Instruction
in
the
3
cr.
hrs.
secondary school, including the
areas of comprehension speed, study
skills,
library skills, recreation
and enrichment, and method of using information.
Development
of an elementary or a secondary school reading program required
of each student.
Ed. 373
Prerequisite: Psy. 371.
— Diagnostic and Remedial Reading
3
cr.
hrs.
Diagnostic and remedial procedures in the area of reading, emphasizing both standardized and informal techniques.
and/or secondary school teachers.
371 and/or Ed. 372 or Ed. 374.
elementary
Designed for
Prerequisite:
Ed.
Ed. 374
— Teaching
of Reading in
Academic Subjects
Developing the understanding and
developing reading
2
cr.
improving techniques for
Em-
applicable to the secondary school.
skills
hrs.
phasis on readiness, comprehension, silent reading, and oral reading
through secondary school academic subjects.
self to
English teachers
who wish
The course
lends
it-
certification in the area of read-
ing.
— Reading
Ed. 375
for the Socially Disadvantaged Child 3 cr.
Methods and materials needed
vantaged child (K-12).
may be
as they
tion
for the instruction of the disad-
Techniques and theories
be presented
will
applied to help the socially disadvantaged child func-
more adequately
in the
— Learning and
Ed. 391
hrs.
school environment.
3
the Learner
The psychological foundations
cr.
hrs.
of education: a study of individ-
ual differences, learning theories as applied to classroom situations,
and mental growth, personality development and mental
hygiene.
Systematic observation and participation in the public
physical
Prerequisite: Psy. 101
schools.
Ed. 392
—
Historical
and
and Soc. 211 or Soc. 224.
Intellectual
Foundations of
American Education
A
3
hrs.
study of the development of American education in the per-
spective of history.
political,
The focus
is
upon
the variety of forces
economic, religious, intellectual
educational system, and emphasis
is
— which have
placed upon a
—
social,
shaped the
critical
examina-
primary source materials.
tion of
—
Ed. 393
A
cr.
Social Foundations of Education
3
cr.
hrs.
Major areas
study of social processes underlying education.
covered include an examination of the current social forces affect-
American culture, the impact
of social stratification on education, and role of the teacher in a
period of rapid social change. Prerequisite: Psy. 101 and Soc. 211
ing education, the place of school in
or Soc. 224.
Ed. 394
A
urban
— Education
careful
setting.
in
Urban Society
3
cr.
hrs.
and systematic study of the problems of education
An
analysis of conditions of
life
in
in
urban society
with special reference to social and economic deprivation as they
relate
to
education.
Curriculum problems resulting from
technological and cultural upheaval.
The course
is
signed for students planning to teach in urban schools.
social-
primarily de-
85
Ed. 395
— Curriculum and
Instruction in the
6
Elementary School
Curriculum study, methods and practices
and
in the
Includes educational media.
social studies.
cr.
language
Prerequisite:
hrs.
arts,
Ed.
393 and Ed. 391 or Psy. 371.
Ed. 396
— Curriculum and
Instruction in the
6
Secondary School
cr.
hrs.
A
team approach to the preparation of secondary teachers with
the combination of broad curricular studies and specific teaching
techniques.
Within the general curriculum and instruction the focal
areas
are
curricular
studies,
educational
tional skills, testing, planning,
and educational media.
of actual classroom observation
The following methods
decision-making,
is
an integral part of
A
instruc-
program
this course.
on the above areas
sections concentrate
and provide practical experiences and more depth study
in
their
particular disciplines:
Ed. 396 (A) "Teaching of English
Secondary School"
in the
Ed. 396 (B) "Teaching of Mathematics
in
the
Secondary School"
Ed. 396 (C) "Teaching of Biological Science in the
Secondary School"
Ed. 396 (D)
"Teaching of Physical Science
in the
Secondary School"
Ed. 396 (E) "Teaching of Social Studies in the
Secondary School"
Ed. 396 (F) "Teaching of Speech in the Secondary School"
Ed. 396 (G) "Teaching of Geography in the
Secondary School"
Ed. 396 (H) "Teaching of Business Subjects in the
Secondary School"
Ed. 396 (I) "Teaching of French in the Secondary School"
Ed. 396 (J) "Teaching of
German
in the
Secondary School"
Ed. 396 (K) "Teaching of Spanish in the Secondary School"
Prerequisite: Ed.
Ed. 397
393 and Ed. 391 or Psy. 371.
— Science and Mathematics
in the
Elementary School
A
with
3
cr.
hrs.
course designed to provide prospective elementary teachers
the
methods, materials,
skills,
understandings,
and
attitudes
86
which
will help
them
to
science and mathematics.
principles of
Biol.
meet the needs of children
Emphasis
modern mathematics.
will
in the areas of
be placed on the scientific
Prerequisite: Phys. 103
and 104.
103 and 104, and Math. 231 and 232.
Ed. 398
— Mathematics
for
Elementary Teachers
Mathematical concepts essential
in the
ary programs in the elementary school.
— Student Teaching
Ed. 401
Scheduled on
per week.
full
minimum
12
cr.
hrs.
30 hours
participating experience at two
of
areas of the elementary curriculum as
Association with carefully selected master teachers.
possible.
Ed. 402
hrs.
Prerequisite: Ed. 397.
semester basis with a
many
cr.
teaching of contempor-
Elementary School
in the
Opportunities for direct
grade levels and in as
3
— Student Teaching
Scheduled on
full
Secondary School
in the
semester basis with a
minimum
12
cr.
hrs.
of 30 hours
per week. Requires the construction or adaptation of a resource unit
by the student teacher during this period as well as daily
planning and guided observation.
Students are exposed to actual
teaching and other experiences to give them a wide sampling of the
for use
activities of the professional teacher.
Ed. 403
— Student Teaching
in the
in
Business Subjects
12
Secondary School
cr.
Supervised educational activities in the secondary school.
hrs.
Stu-
dents observe and teach in actual classroom situations through the
cooperation of business department
in various student
teaching cen-
ters of the College.
Ed. 411
—
Professional Practicum
Operated
orientation to
concurrently
with
Student
and
hrs.
includes
in
and classroom management.
— Curriculum Development
An
Teaching
cr.
Student Teaching, planning, professional growth
service, placement, school law,
Ed. 421
2
3
cr.
hrs.
examination of current curricular offerings of elementary
Emphasis placed upon philosophical, social,
political and technical trends in the community, nation, and the
world, and the effect they have upon the role of the teacher and the
and secondary schools.
school
in
curriculum development.
87
— Independent Study
Ed. 431
3
cr.
hrs.
cr.
hrs.
Admission only by consent of Department Chairman.
—
Ed. 432
This course
is
designed to acquaint students with current ob-
methods and materials
jectives,
3
Social Studies in the Elementary School
the
in
area of Social Studies,
they are encountered in the elementary school.
as
Consideration will
be given to the psychological and sociological needs of children as
they are related to the development of a social studies program in
the
modern
school.
— Language Arts
Ed. 433
This course
is
in the
Elementary School
to
cr.
hrs.
intended to introduce students to the broad spec-
trum of subjects called the language
opportunity
3
become
familiar
Students are given the
arts.
with
problems,
methods,
tech-
niques and materials related to instruction in the several branches
of this major area of the elementary school curriculum.
— Workshop
Ed. 441
A
in
3-6
Education
cr.
study of selected areas in elementary or secondary education
including research by individual students in a special teaching
Prerequisite: 9 credits in education
— Pupil Personnel
Ed. 451
A
hrs.
field.
and teaching experience.
Services in the Public School 3
cr.
comprehensive study of the pupil personnel services
hrs.
in the
elementary and secondary schools which include the areas of school
attendance,
school health programs,
logical services
and guidance
pupil
transportation,
psycho-
services.
EDUCATION OF THE DEAF
EOD. 201
—
of the
The
the
History, Education
and Guidance
Deaf
3
history of education of the deaf
is
The
reviewed.
cr.
hrs.
place of
deaf in the community from ancient times to the present
studied from social, economic and political viewpoints.
is
Important
bibliographic materials from the field are introduced.
EOD.
351
— Language
Principles
for the
and techniques of teaching language
mary and school-age deaf
duced
4
Deaf
child are studied.
well as to deaf children with multiple handicaps.
hrs.
to the pre-pri-
The student
to the leading systems of teaching language
cr.
to
is
intro-
the deaf as
88
EOD. 352
— Teaching Speech
Normal development
of
to the
speech
4
Deaf
reviewed.
is
cr.
hrs.
Principles
and
techniques for teaching speech by analytical and synthetic methods
Speech defects
are studied.
common
to the
hearing impaired are
considered in terms of etiology, evaluation and therapy.
EOD. 353
— Teaching Elementary
Subjects to the Deaf
4
cr.
hrs.
and methods of teaching reading to deaf children
the lower and higher grades are studied.
Methods of teaching
Principles
in
subjects such as arithmetic, social studies and science are consider-
ed with emphasis on methodology for use
advanced grades.
EOD. 366
in the
intermediate and
— Classroom Practicum
3
cr.
hrs.
Students are provided with the opportunity to observe, com-
pose lesson plans and teach supervised lessons
deaf children.
Prerequisite:
Com.
Dis. 351,
in
EOD.
a classroom
of
201, 351, 352,
353.
EOD. 403
— Student Teaching
Thirty hours per
week
ence with deaf children.
12
Prerequisite:
Experience
EOD. 461
EOD.
— Problems
hrs.
of supervised student teaching experiis
provided by working with
professional people assigned to varied environments
field.
cr.
common
to the
366.
of Education of the
3 cr. hrs.
Deaf
Practical considerations of day to day problems encountered by
the teacher in public and private school programs are discussed.
Areas of interest would include organization and administration,
scheduling problems, classroom management, current trends and research and state regulations and laws.
ENGLISH
Eng. 101
— English Composition
3
cr.
hrs.
Close study of reading and writing to produce proficiency
in
Frequent themes, intensive study of the principles of rhetoric
both.
and grammar.
Eng. 102
A
— English Composition
continuation of English
effective diction, tone,
and book reviews,
and
a term
101,
cr.
hrs.
with increasing emphasis on
In addition to regular compositions
style.
paper
3
is
required.
Prerequisite: Eng. 101.
89
Eng. 103
— English Composition
3
cr.
hrs.
Similar to English 102 but reserved for incoming freshmen
who
have been exempted from English 101 on the basis of performance
on entrance examinations and other criteria. Content and require-
ments of
this
course are substantially the same as those for English
102.
Eng. 202
— Creative
3
Writing
cr.
hrs.
and five original poems receive critical analysis by the instructor and by the class in group disForm, metrics, imagery, and diction are evaluated.
cussion.
At
least three original short stories
Eng. 203
An
— Introduction
3
to Journalism
introduction to journalism through an emphasis
on
cr.
hrs.
principles
Development of journalism, theory
and techniques of reporting.
and practice of its principles; organizational patterns of news stories,
methods of gathering news and writing various types of news stories, fundamentals of editing, relation of news reporting to mass
media.*
Eng. 204
A
— Feature Writing
3
cr.
hrs.
study of the methods of writing successful articles for news-
Emphasizes techniques of gathering informaStudy and distion and developing various types of feature articles.
papers and magazines.
cussion of published articles.*
Eng. 207
— Survey
of
World Literature
Acquaints the students with
many
works of the western world and with
literary
cr.
hrs.
of the most important literary
significant literary genres
and
movements.
Eng. 208
A
3
— Survey
of
World Literature
continuation of English 207,
more recent date than those
in
generally
English 207.
3
cr.
hrs.
covering works of
Considerably more
collateral reading.
Eng. 209
—
Literary Genres
3
cr.
hrs.
Designed for English majors and concentrators, replacing General
form
Education requirement of English 207.
Emphasizes
literary
as a vehicle for expression of ideas.
Students who take these courses may qualify for the Certificate in
Journalism.
See note on page 91.
90
Eng. 231
—
3
British Writers
hrs.
cr.
Required second-semester course for English majors. Selections
from Chaucer, Spenser, Shakespeare, Bacon, Donne, Milton, Dryden. Swift, Pope, Boswell, and Johnson.
Eng. 232
—
3
British Writers
Required third-semester course for English majors.
from Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, Keats,
Browning, Arnold, Shaw, Yeats, and
Eng. 249
semester.
Selections
Tennyson,
Eliot.
— Shakespeare
3
Required for English majors,
hrs.
cr.
to
be taken
in
hrs.
cr.
third or fourth
Study of eighteen of Shakespeare's plays with emphasis
on Shakespeare
and playwright, and attention to conditions
of the Elizabethan Theater and to the history of the Shakespearean
as poet
text.
Eng. 301
The
—
Introduction to
Mass Communications
3
cr.
hrs.
mass communications: theories and realities of the
freedom of the press; growth of the print media; media of radio,
television, and film; mass communications industries and professions;
education for mass communication.*
Eng. 302
role of
— Advanced Composition
3
cr.
hrs.
Designed for English majors and concentrators, though other
Aims
students are admitted.
to develop in the student a greater
mastery over the elements of effective writing.
to the
problem of evaluating
Eng. 307
An
— Russian
given
3
cr.
introduction to the "golden age" of Russian literature
plays,
and short
works
as well as to the
stories.
— Ideas
Readings
in
hrs.
—
English of novels, poems,
Attention given to ideas reflected in the
medium through which
they are dramatized.
in Literature
Examines such recurrent concepts in literature as
between freedom and fate, the place of good and evil in
of things, and the role of the individual in society.
'
is
writing.
Literature in Translation
from Pushkin to Sholokhov.
Eng. 312
Attention
3
cr.
hrs.
the conflict
the
scheme
Students who take these courses may qualify for the Certificate in
Journalism.
See note on page 91.
91
Eng. 316
— Children
s
Examination and study of
on
3
Literature
hrs.
emphasis
literature for children, with
criteria for selecting literature for the
cr.
classroom and the library,
suggestions for presenting literary works in the elementary classroom,
and basic
literary concepts.
Eng. 321
— Short
An
3
Story
cr.
hrs.
introduction to the French, Russian, English, and American
short story, through reading
and analysis of representative samples.
One original
known short
required of each student.
Eng. 322
to
short story and one oral critical analysis of a wellstory
may be
— Modern Drama
3
cr.
hrs.
Major Continental, English, and American plays from Ibsen
Beckett, with emphasis on contemporary attitudes, themes, and
structure as contrasted with those of traditional dramatists.
Eng. 324
A
— Modern Novel
3
cr.
hrs.
modern novelists, exclusive of American and
Russian writers, as their work reflects developments in fictional
art. particularly in the most dominant modes of realism, naturalism,
study of major
impressionism,
and
Begins
expressionism.
turn-of-the-
the
in
Mann,
century novel of Conrad and moves through the writings of
Proust, Lawrence, Kafka, Woolf, Joyce, and/or one or
two others
of the instructor's choice.
^CERTIFICATE IN JOURNALISM
A. The Certificate: This form
attests to the student's
having com-
It implies introducrequirements specified below.
tory preparation of the student for publications activities in
teaching or in business.
pleted the
B. Requirements:
1.
and 301.
Satisfactory completion of English 203, 204,
These courses are given
in
sequence each
in a one-and-one-half year cycle.
plied
the
to
student's
General
Two
of
Education
fall
and spring
them may be aprequirements
in
One of the
Humanities and Social Sciences respectively.
courses may be counted in an English major's required 12
credits of electives.
2.
Completion of
member
at least
of the staff
Olympian.
two years of satisfactory service as a
of the Maroon and Gold, Obiter, or
92
Eng. 325
— Poetry
3
cr.
hrs.
Designed to permit student exploration of the genre, under
guidance of instructor. The nature of poetry
its aims, how it is
—
created, historical
and individual changes and variations
in
manner
and matter.
— Modern Poetry
Eng. 326
An
3
cr.
hrs.
movements through
study of Emily Dickinson, T. S. Eliot, E. E. Cummings, Robert
Lowell, Allen Ginsberg, Thomas Hardy, Gerard Manley Hopkins,
W. B. Yeats, W. H. Auden, Dylan Thomas, and other poets.
introduction to contemporary poetic
Eng. 332
A
— Blake and Yeats
3
in this search
complete mythological systems
perhaps the most original and
English literature.
in
— Early and Middle English
Eng. 341
3
Literature
cr.
hrs.
study of Beowulf and other Old English works in translation
and of medieval chronicles and romances including
the
hrs.
study of two great poets united by their search for a vision
and by having created
A
cr.
Green Knight and Le Morte
Eng. 342
d'
Gawain and
Sir
Arthur.
— Early English Drama
Early
native
drama,
3
including
miracle
and
mystery
cr.
hrs.
plays,
Elizabethan dramatists: Heywood,
morality plays, and interludes.
Marlowe, Kyd, Jonson, Webster, Middleton, and Ford.
Eng. 343
— Chaucer
3
Study of Chaucer's major poetry, with practice
reading
literary
speaking and
achievement and his humanism.
— The Renaissance
in
The non-dramatic prose and
last
hrs.
Middle English and with major emphasis on Chaucer's
Eng. 347
the
in
cr.
quarter of the century.
England
3
cr.
hrs.
verse of the period, emphasizing
The humanists: Erasmus, More,
Ascham; Renaissance forms and ideas in Lyly,
Sidney, Spenser, Daniel, Drayton, Shakespeare, Marlowe, Chapman,
Greene, and others.
Castiglione, Elyot,
Eng. 352
—
1
7th Century Literature
3
Poetry and prose, beginning with Jonson.
of
Donne and Jonson
in
hrs.
rival traditions
such poets as Herbert, Vaughan, Quarles,
Cowley, Herrick, and Marvell.
Browne, Taylor,
The
cr.
Fuller, Baxter,
Principal
prose writers:
Bunyan, and Dryden,
Burton,
Eng. 354
A
— Milton
3 cr. hrs.
comprehensive study of the poetry and prose of John Milton.
— Restoration and Later Drama
Eng. 356
3
cr.
hrs.
Wycherley, Etherege, Congreve, Farquhar, Dryden, and Otway,
consideration
with
of
Moliere's
influence
in
Restoration
drama.
Eighteenth century sentimental comedy and tragedy, and reaction
against
Goldsmith and Sheridan.
in
it
Trends
in
century
19th
drama.
Eng. 357
—
1
8th Century Literature
3
cr.
hrs.
Survey of literature of the Augustan Age in England: Addison
and
Pope, Boswell, and Johnson; forerunners of the
Swift,
Steele,
Romantic Revival; beginnings of the British novel; the plays of
Addison, Steele, Sheridan, and Goldsmith.
— 18th Century Novel
Eng. 358
Emphasizes
major
novels
novel from picaresque to
Defoe,
Richardson,
hrs.
Fielding,
realistic.
— 19th Century Novel
The major
3
cr.
hrs.
British writers of the Victorian Period, with supple-
mentary readings
Eng. 364
of
cr.
and Austen; traces the development of the English
Smollett, Sterne,
Eng. 363
3
in
the
works of the great Continental
— 19th Century
Literature
novelists.
3
cr.
hrs.
Covers the major poets such as Wordsworth, Keats, Tennyson,
Arnold, as well as major prose writers: Hazlitt, Lamb, DeQuincey,
Peacock,
Newman, Huxley,
Eng. 381
— American
Carlyle, and others.
3
Literature
cr.
hrs.
American Literature from its Colonial beginnings
Civil War, with emphasis on the writers of the American
Surveys
through the
Renaissance.
Eng. 382
— American
3
Literature
cr.
hrs.
Continues English 381, covering major writers and significant
social
and
Eng. 385
literary
movements up
to the present day.
— The American Novel
3
cr.
hrs.
development of the novel in America from its
beginnings about 1800 to the present.
Emphasizes highlights of
Studies
the
form, theme, and reflections of American literary and social move-
ments.
novel.
Some
attention to parallel developments in the
European
94
Eng. 386
— Later American Prose
3
cr.
hrs.
Covers representative writers from the late 19th Century to
the present: Veblen, Steffens, Hearn, Mencken, Babbitt. More,
Brooks, Lippmann, and others. Stresses political, social, and artistic
milieu.
Eng. 40 1
A
—
Structure of English
3
cr.
hrs.
descriptive study of the phonology, morphology, syntax, and
graphic formulas of
modern American
English.
Eng. 402
— History
Eng. 403
— Generative-Transformational Grammar
Language
3 cr. hrs.
A descriptive study of the causes and effects of phonemic,
morphological, syntactic, and semantic change in the English
language from the Anglo-Saxon conquest to the present.
of the English
3
cr.
hrs.
Explores the most recent theories of grammatical analysis and
pays particular attention to transformational grammar.
Prerequisite:
Eng. 401, or permission of instructor.
Eng. 405
—
3
Criticism
cr.
hrs.
For advanced students majoring in English. Examines works
of major critics: Plato, Aristotle, Longinus, Sidney, Boileau, Coleridge, and others.
Applies critical principles to literary texts.
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
FRENCH
Fr.
101
— Beginning French
3
cr.
hrs.
no previous study of French)
An organic approach is undertaken which uses well integrated
texts and tapes in a student-culture confrontation consisting of
authentic French situational conversations and readings, structural
analyses, and practice in speaking, understanding, reading, and
(for students with
gradually writing, with weekly laboratory sessions integrated with
the program.
Fr.
102
— Beginning French
Continues the development of basic
3
skills
in
cr.
hrs.
understanding
and speaking with increased emphasis upon reading and written
assignments through the use of the same tape-articulated text, outside readings,
frequent dictations, and thematic compositions.
95
Fr.
— Intermediate
103
French
3
cr,
hrs.
two or more years of French background)
Continues the above approach with appropriate review, pattern
practice, exercises in inflectional and structural variations, based
upon an intermediate college text and appropriate outside readings
(for students having
published for this purpose, with weekly laboratory sessions integrated
with the program.
Fr.
— Intermediate French
104
The above
appropriate
selections
qualified,
of
cr.
hrs.
same texts is enriched with
including two modern plays and
upon
process, based
works
3
fiction,
the
from authors of proven stature and, for students who are
outside reports on the shorter works of major French
authors.
Fr. 201.
— Advanced Conversation and Grammar
While the audio-lingual approach continues
tation
and practice
versation text
Fr.
is
hrs.
to serve in presen-
which are analyzed and discussed and
whose models provide standards
grammar
cr.
reviewing the difficulties of the language, the
in
text presents literary selections
ing of the
3
and thematic reworkcurrent college-level French con-
for imitation
A
points.
selected for this purpose.
— Advanced Conversation and Prose
202
Composition
A
3
second more advanced composition
versation and composition
assignments
and
work begun
stressing
hrs.
cr.
text continues the con-
French 201, with longer
grammatical points which still
those
in
present difficulty to the class.
Fr.
210
— The Culture and
This course
ing
of
regional
is
to
Fr.
French geography,
idiosyncracies,
hrs.
cr.
government,
and
history,
The
customs,
a
basic text
vivid
is
education,
sense
of
the
arts,
cur-
enriched with a limited
of outside readings in paperback and perhaps a class trip
see an authentic
220
3
designed to give students a thorough understand-
rent scene in France.
number
France
Civilization of
French
play.
— Contemporary French
3
Literature
cr.
hrs.
This course begins with an anthology of selected literary works
published for this purpose, and
novels in unabridged form.
is
enriched with plays and short
Except for
analogies to English this course
is
difficult
nuances and useful
conducted entirely
in
French.
96
—
3 cr.
The Modern French Novel
Selected modern French novels are read and discussed by
Fr. 301
individual reports.
A
and
Fr.
of French Literature I
3
the development of French genres through the
to give the student
cr. hrs.
Prerequisite:
— The History
321
Fr.
220.
of French Literature II
3
19th and 20th centuries.
— Moliere and Racine
401
cr. hrs.
Pre-
320.
Fr.
requisite:
18th century
an insight into works to which he should
Continues the above for the
Fr.
202.
survey course, primarily for majors in French, intended to
later return.
Fr.
Prerequisite:
— The History
320
show
the
Potential honor students are assigned additional novels for
class.
Fr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
This course shows the development of the seventeenth century
from the plays of Jodelle and Corneille.
theatre
cipal plays of Moliere
Fr.
and Racine.
stressing the prin-
Prerequisite: Fr. 320.
— Proust and Gide
407
A
course based on
3
critical
student editions of
A
la
cr.
hrs.
recherche
du temps perdu of Proust and of the Journals and principal novels
of Gide. illustrating the impact of these two masters upon the
novelistic
genre.
—
3 cr. hrs.
409
Phonetics, structure and analysis of French
Using a handbook based upon the most recent formulations
of French linguistics, this course analyzes the language empirically
and through themes and compositions.
Fr.
Fr.
410
—
The History of Ideas
from R. Descartes
to
in
French
A. Comte*
3
cr.
hrs.
This course traces the development of ideas from the regulae
of Descartes through the contributions of Gassendi.
Pascal,
Pierre
Bayle. the Enclopedists, Condorcet. Saint-Simon to the positivistic
summation of Auguste Comte.
Fr.
415
The
—
The Genres of Classicism*
plastic
arts,
music,
architecture,
ciocite set the tone for literary discussion of
the
Maximes
of
De
la
in a successive year.
cr.
hrs.
and the mores of pre-
La
Princesse de Cleves,
Rouchefoucauld, and typically
and poetry.
To be taught
3
classical
drama
97
— Balzac and Flaubert
420
Fr.
A
works and
principal
lives
in
the
French
novel,
cr.
hrs.
emphasizing
the
of each author.
— Rousseau through Stendhal*
421
Fr.
study
contrastive
3
3
hrs.
cr.
This course confronts the question of genius in writers
who
anticipated ideas of a later age and stresses Rousseau's Emile and
Neveu de Rameau,
Confessions, Diderot's
Bayle's
Le Rouge
et le
noir and Chartreuse de Parme.
422
Fr.
— The
Romantic
Spirit in
3
France*
cr.
hrs.
This course outlines the seventeenth and eighteenth century
origins of
Romanticism, the contributions of Rousseau and Cha-
teaubriand, the doctrines of Hugo, and the floruit of Romanticism in
the nineteenth century.
430
—
The French Theatre
Based upon suitable plays from
Fr.
and Genet,
theatre of Ionesco
and
library readings
431
A
—
the
course
in
cr.
hrs.
medieval period to the
is
enriched by lectures
on the history of the theatre and by the
ment of current plays
Fr.
this
3
assign-
paperback.
Rabelais, Montaigne,
and
the Renaissance*
3
cr.
hrs.
course that deals with the principal writings of Rabelais, the
essays of Montaigne, and the principal efforts of the Pleiade.
Fr.
435
—
The French Enlightenment
3
cr.
hrs.
This course introduces the student to the principal philosophers
of the eighteenth century, explains the culmination of their efforts
and discusses crucial works of
Montesquieu, Voltaire, Diderot, D'Alembert, Condillac, LaMettrie,
and Condorcet.
the
in
Fr.
440
A
Encyclopedia of Diderot,
— French Poetry
3
course, chronological in development which
several volumes of the finest
French poetry and
is
is
cr.
hrs.
based upon
open only
to
majors.
Fr.
499
— Directed Readings
Open only
*
To be taught
to
honor students and advanced majors
in a successive year.
3
in
cr.
hrs.
French.
98
SUMMER ELECTIVES
Fr.
Fr.
Fr.
— Intermediate French
201 — Advanced Conversation and Grammar
204 — Seminar
France
104
in
Six to eight
weeks
in
French University.
a
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
6
cr.
hrs.
This study-prac-
ticum permits the student to get native instruction in the native
The
setting.
students
summer course
housed
are
in
for foreign students.
Daily and weekend excursions
to places of interest are included in the program.
from Bloomsburg accompany the group
tors
Two
keep records of progress.
participation
Fr.
Fr.
in
this
and attend the
dormitories
Resident evalua-
and
to assist students
semesters of French are required for
program.
— The Culture and
220 — The Contemporary
210
Civilization of
France
Literature of France
3
cr. hrs.
3
cr. hrs.
GERMAN
Ger.
— Beginning German
101
3
hrs.
cr.
(For students with no previous study of German)
An
texts
organic approach
and tapes
authentic
in
German
is
undertaken which uses well integrated
student-culture
a
confrontation
situational conversations
consisting
and readings, structural
analyses, and practice in speaking, understanding, reading,
ually
writing,
with weekly laboratory
of
sessions
and gradwith the
integrated
program.
Ger. 102
— Beginning
German
3
Continues the development of basic
skills in
cr.
hrs.
understanding and
speaking with increased emphasis upon reading and written assign-
ments through the use of the same tape-articulated
outside
text,
readings, frequent dictations, and thematic compositions.
Ger. 103
(for
— Intermediate
students
German
3
having two or more years of
cr.
German
hrs.
back-
ground.)
Continues the above approach with appropriate review, pattern
practice,
exercises
in
inflectional
upon an intermediate college
published for this purpose,
grated with the program.
text
with
and structural variations, based
and appropriate outside readings
weekly laboratory sessions
inte-
99
Ger.
104
—
Intermediate
The above
German
process, based
upon
3
cr.
hrs.
same texts is enriched with
including two modern plays and
the
works of fiction,
selections from authors of proven stature and, for students who are
qualified, outside reports on the shorter works of major German
appropriate
authors.
Ger. 201
— Advanced Conversation and Grammar
3
cr.
hrs.
While the audio-lingual approach continues to serve in presentation and practice in reviewing the difficulties of the language,
the text presents literary selections which are analyzed and discussed
and whose models provide standards for imitation and thematic
reworking of the grammar points. A current college-level German
conversation text
Ger. 202
—
is
selected for this purpose.
Advanced Conversation and
Prose Composition
A
3
cr.
hrs.
second more advanced composition text continues the con-
versation and composition
work begun
in
German 201,
with longer
assignments (including "Texte
zum Nacherzaehlen" ) and
those grammatical points which
still
Ger. 210
— German
This course
is
stressing
present difficulty to the class.
Culture and Civilization
3 cr. hrs.
designed to give students a thorough understand-
ing of the geography, government, customs, education, arts, regional
and history of the German speaking countries as
idiosyncracies,
well as to provide the students with a vivid sense of the current
scene in these countries.
Ger. 220
— Contemporary German
Literature
3
cr.
hrs.
Reading and analysis of representative dramatic, prose, and
poetic works of major German, Swiss, and Austrian authors of the
Ger.
twentieth
century.
Ger. 301
— Nineteenth Century German Drama*
Prerequisite:
201.
3
cr.
hrs.
Reading and analysis of representative dramatic works of major
German, Swiss, and Austrian authors of the nineteenth century.
Prerequisite:
Ger.
220.
Ger. 302
— Nineteenth
century.
Prerequisite:
Century Prose and Poetry
3 cr. hrs.
Reading and analysis of representative prose and poetic works
of the major German, Swiss, and Austrian authors of the nineteenth
*
To be taught
Ger. 220.
in a successive year.
100
— History
Ger. 320
of
German
3
Literature I
cr.
hrs.
and discussions of representative works from the
following periods: Old High German, Middle High German, RenReadings
aissance, Reformation, Baroque,
and Enlightenment.
Prerequisite:
Ger. 220.
—
History of German Literature II
continuation of German 320.
survey of
Ger. 321
A
ture
A
from the Enlightenment
to
the
3
cr.
German
cussions of selected works representative of each period and
ment.
litera-
Readings and
present.
hrs.
dis-
move-
Prerequisite: Ger. 320.
— Enlightenment and Storm and
Ger. 401
A
study of the major
Lessing, Goethe, Schiller
periods.
Prerequisite:
Ger. 402
—
A
Ger. 321.
Novalis,
Tieck,
— Conversation,
Ger. 409
lyric,
and Romanticists.
Classicists
Analysis of
hrs.
dramatic,
Classicism and Romanticism
Schiller,
cr.
and prose works of
and other important writers of these two
lyric,
study of the major
Goethe,
3
Stress
3
other
Prerequisite:
Structure,
hrs.
and prose works of
dramatic,
and
cr.
German
important
Ger. 321.
and
German
3
cr.
hrs.
Using a handbook based upon the most recent formulations
of
German
linguistics, this
course analyzes the language empirically
and through conversations and compositions.
German major
An
introduction
poetry from
credits in
Ger. 421
A
from
its
German
—
senior
or minor.
— German Poetry*
Ger. 420
German
Prerequisite:
to
its
the
3
cr.
hrs.
major trends and characteristics of
beginnings to the present.
Prerequisite:
9
literature.
The Radio Play
3
cr.
hrs.
study of this genre in Germany, Switzerland, and Austria
beginnings to the present. Prerequisite: 9 credits in
German
literature.
Ger. 499
— German
Honors Course*
3
Individual readings and conferences
nated by the instructor.
department chairman.
To be taught
Prerequisite:
Open
only to
in a successive year.
on a
cr.
hrs.
special topic desig-
permission of instructor and
German majors and
minors.
101
SUMMER ELECTIVES
— Intermediate German
3
3
Ger. 104 — Intermediate German
Ger. 202 — "Texte zum Nacherzaehlen" and Composition 3
Ger. 103
cr.
hrs.
cr.
hrs.
cr. hrs.
RUSSIAN
— Elementary Russian
Ru. 101
(For students with no
3
previous study of Russian)
An
cr.
hrs.
audio-lingual approach toward the rapid development of
vocabulary
pronunciation,
acceptable
frame of reference.
accumulation
in
a
textual
Understanding and speaking are stressed, but
students learn to read and write the Cyrillic alphabet.
— Elementary Russian
Ru. 102
3
Continuation of the development of the basic
speaking,
standing,
reading,
— Intermediate
writing.
is
perfected.
Russian (For students with two or more
years in Russian study, or the completion of 102)
Maximum
class
use of the
bring about good comprehension
modus
vivendi
is
of under-
Reading is stressed
recognizing whole phrases
and
somewhat more to develop the faculty in
Pronunciation
toward more rapid reading.
Ru. 103
skills
cr. hrs.
spoken language
and speech.
A
is
3
cr. hrs.
designed
text
to
on Soviet
read outside class and discussed in class in the
Russian language.
— Intermediate Russian
Ru. 104
A
during
cultural
this
3
cr.
hrs.
reader and selected fiction stories are completed
semester.
Students should begin to comprehend
the
spoken language without translating and are expected to be able
to begin conversing in Russian on simple themes.
Ru. 210
— Excerpts From Russian
Selections from well
Pasternak
Ru. 211
will
known Russian
be read and discussed
— Excerpts From
3
Literature
writers
hrs.
from Pushkin
to
in class in Russian.
Science and Technology
Selections from Russian scientific
cr.
3
cr.
hrs.
works dealing with physics,
chemistry, biology, cosmonautics, and others will be read and discussed in class in Russian.
102
SPANISH
— Beginning Spanish
Span. 101
{For students with no
3
previous study of Spanish)
An
audio-lingual approach toward the
rapid
cr.
hrs.
development
in
speaking, understanding, reading, and gradually writing, with weekly
laboratory
sessions
integrated
with
the
program.
— Beginning Spanish
Span. 102
3
Continuation of the development of basic
ing,
skills
reading, writing, with an increase in the
writing,
dictations,
and
thematic
— Intermediate Spanish
Span. 103
cr.
hrs.
of understand-
amount
of reading,
compositions.
(For students with two or
more years of Spanish background)
3
cr.
hrs.
Continue the above approaches with appropriate review. Outreading
side
is
comprehension,
104
Span.
introduced
in
and
writing,
— Intermediate
an
expanding
literary
of the course.
3
Spanish
good mastery of the language
hrs.
at the
end
3
cr.
hrs.
audio-lingual approach will continue in presentations and
positions stress correct writing forms,
Prerequisite: Span.
Span. 202
—
and grammatical
Conversation
in the
Written comstructures.
104 or equivalent.
more advanced composition
work begun
in
cr.
Prerequisite: Span. 103.
practice in reviewing the difficulty of the language.
A
speech,
Cultural reading, plays and
— Grammar and Composition
Span. 201
The
of
appreciation.
Continue the above approaches.
short novels leading to a
mastery
3
cr.
text continues the conversation
previous course (201), with longer assignments
written Spanish, developing longer conversations and free
positions.
Span. 210
hrs.
Prerequisite:
com-
Span. 201.
— Culture and
Civilization of Spain
Designed to give students a thorough
3
cr.
hrs.
understanding of the
soul of Spain through geography, government, customs, education,
fine
zines
arts,
and
history.
Current events are viewed through maga-
and newspapers; and perhaps a
Spanish play.
class trip to see
an authentic
10S
—
Span. 301
A
Literature of Spain
3
hrs.
general study of literature of Spain, primarily for Spanish
majors, intended to give incentives towards
literary
cr.
work from
more appreciation
of
epoca primitiva", to the "literatura contem-
"la
poranea."
—
Span. 302
Literature of Spanish- America
of Spanish-American
Selections
3
cr.
hrs.
from Columbus
literature
to
the present time.
—
Span. 304
The
3
theatre of the golden century:
Molina, and Calderon de
—
Span. 305
Don
This course,
Part
la
hrs.
Lope de Vega, Tirso de
Two
3
Mancha.
finest
cr. hrs.
Prerequisite: Span. 304.
3
of Spain
cr.
hrs.
development and based upon
Spanish poetry, is open only to majors.
chronological
volumes of the
in
—
Span. 414
Spanish Literature of the
Centuries
and
XV
XIV
This course
will
concentrate on the
Don Juan Manuel and
Hita", and Rimado de
For the
de Baena,
—
Quijote de
— The Poetry
Span. 411
cr.
Barca.
la
Oro
Siglo de
Cervantes,
several
— Part One
Oro
Siglo de
XV
el
el
3
XIV
cr.
hrs.
Century: El Infante
desarrollo de la prosa, "El Arcipreste de
Palacio.
Century: the humanismo,
Marques de
Santillana,
la
poesia,
el
Cancionero
Juan de Mena, and Jorge
Manrique's "Coplas."
Span. 499
— Directed Readings
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
6
cr.
hrs.
SUMMER ELECTIVES
— Intermediate Spanish
Span. 201 — Grammar and Composition
Spain
Span. 204 — Seminar
Span. 104
in
Eight weeks in Spain at the University of Madrid.
This study-
practicum permits the student to get native instruction
in the native
setting.
The
summer course
students
are
housed
in
for foreign students.
records of progress.
and attend the
Daily and weekend excursions
to places of interest are included in the
Bloomsburg accompanies the group
dormitories
program.
to
assist
An
evaluator from
students
and keep
104
GEOGRAPHY AND EARTH SCIENCE
Geog. 101
— World
Physical Geography
3
cr. hrs.
Considers earth-sun relationships, land masses, oceans, landforms, weather and climate, and natural resources as elements and
controls related to the adjustments
Geog. 102
A
— World
man makes
to his environments.
Cultural Geography
3
hrs
cr.
course designed to show the close relationship that exists be-
tween man, land, culture, and economic
activities.
—
Economic Geography
Geog. 121
The economic regions of the world together with
3
cr. hrs.
their relation-
ship to current world economic problems.
Geog. 223
The
— Geography
of
Anglo-America
3
cr. hrs.
physical setting, present inhabitants, occupations, resources,
present use of resources, and future outlook for Anglo-America.
Geog. 224
The
States
is
— Geographic
Influences in American History 3
relationship between the historical
and the natural environment
portrayed.
Geog. 225
movements
as a stage
in the
cr. hrs.
United
on which the action
Prerequisite: Hist. 218.
— Weather and Climate
3
cr. hrs.
The interrelationships between the elements of weather and climate. The functional application of these basic elements is elaborated upon through a study of climatic realms.
—
Geography of Europe
Geog. 233
Europe's physical characteristics, topography,
systems, resources, population, and trade.
Geog. 243
The
of Asia
its
cr. hrs.
transportation
3
physical characteristics of Asia and
economic
cr. hrs.
social, cultural,
and
aspects.
Geog. 244
A
— Geography
3
— Geography
of Latin
America
3
regional study of South America, Central
islands of the Caribbean Sea.
The human and
cr.
America and
hrs.
the
physical factors of
the geographic environment.
Geog. 245
The
— Geography
of Africa
3
cr. hrs.
physical geographic elements (climate, soils, natural vege-
physiography and water) as they relate to agriculture, grazing, mining, manufacturing, transportation, communication,
and political boundaries for all of Africa.
tation, minerals,
105
Geog. 246
The
— Geography
physical and
of the Soviet
human geography
some emphasis upon
ied along with
Realm
3
of the Soviet
cr. hrs.
Union
stud-
is
the relationship between that
country and the so-called "satellite" nations.
Geog. 323
—
Political
Geography
This course includes an analysis of the factors
human, and economic
the political
Geog. 353
map
— which
3
—
physical,
influence the changing pattern of
of the world.
— Physiography
The study
cr. hrs.
3
cr. hrs.
of the dynamic, tectonic, and graduational forces,
which, in conjunction with climatic and biologic forces, have shaped
the earth into
modifying
Geog. 354
The
— Cartography
use,
355
S.
A
present form and are constantly refashioning and
it.
globes, charts,
E.
its
3
and interpretation of maps,
and geographic diagrams are presented.
models,
construction,
— Meteorology
cr. hrs.
3
cr. hrs.
study of the atmosphere and the laws and underlying prin-
ciples of atmospheric changes.
Geog. 356
— Climatology
3
cr.
hrs.
Climate, (temperature, moisture, pressure and winds, air masses
and storms) and the distribution of varied climates over the
earth.
Prerequisite: E.S. 355.
E.
S.
357
— Physical Geology
The landscape
The agencies
classification
Geog. 358
3
continually at
work changing
the earth's forms,
and interpretation of rocks, and the evolution of
— Conservation
of Natural Resources
to
3
Conservation of
lands, waters, minerals, the air,
and human resources.
359
An
—
Oceanography
the
life.
cr. hrs.
our economy and to our very
of this nation's vital resources.
S.
hrs.
in relation to the structure of the earth's crust.
The extreme importance
E.
cr.
lives
soils, forests, grass-
3
cr.
hrs.
introduction to the geologic, chemical, and physical aspects
of the ocean basins.
topographic features,
of investigation.
Emphasis will be on ocean basin structure,
wave motion, current circulation, and methods
106
E.
361
S.
—
Historical Geology
3
cr. hrs.
Chronology of earth history as interpreted from rocks and fossils.
Maps, slides, specimens, films, field trips, and correlative reading supplement lectures.
Prerequisite: Biol. 103-104 or E.S. 357.
Geog. 363
— Urban Geography
This course
framework
logical
E.
365
S.
is
3
cr. hrs.
designed to provide a conceptual and methodo-
in
which
to
view the process of urbanization.
— Geomorphology
3
cr. hrs.
The study of major land features and the processes that help to
form them with particular emphasis on their relationship to the underlying geologic formations and structures.
Laboratory and
field
trips included.
E.
367
S.
A
— Rocks and Minerals
study of the
common
3
cr. hrs.
minerals and rocks, their origins, oc-
currences, associations, and identifying characteristics.
E.
S.
368
—
Stratigraphy
and Sedimentation
The processes and agents which form,
3
cr. hrs.
and deposit
transport,
sediments and the geologic interpretation of the resulting rocks.
E.
S.
369
An
—
Structural Geology
3
analysis of rock deformation based
upon the
cr. hrs.
principles of
rock mechanics and utilizing data from field investigations.
E.
S.
45
1
—
Field Techniques in Earth
and
3-6
Space Science
cr. hrs.
Intensive field training in the use of equipment and techniques
in the areas of geology,
astronomy, meteorology, and cartography.
Permission of the instructor required to enroll.
E.
S.
—
Astronomy
453
The solar system, its physical
interesting
phenomena
3
characteristics
cr. hrs.
and motions, the
of our galactic system, and those of extra-
galactic space, together with the study of constellations. Prerequisite:
Math. 101 or Math. 111.
Geog. 492
— Geography Seminar
3
cr.
hrs.
Student pursues in depth such areas as the geographic literature,
techniques, and the practical application of Geography.
mum
of 21 credit hours in
(A
mini-
Geography must be completed before a
student schedules this course).
107
SUMMER ELECTIVES AT THE MARINE SCIENCE LABORATORY*
MSL 120— Introduction to Oceanography
MSL 240 — Marine Biology
MSL 245 — Marine Ecology
MSL 260 — Field Methods in Oceanography
MSL 250 — Invertebrate Zoology
MSL 320 — Physical Oceanography
MSL 325— Marine Geology
MSL 330 — Chemical Oceanography
MSL 420 — Marine Micropaleontology
MSL 425 — Marine Geophysics
*
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Please check with Dr. Wendelin Frantz or Dr. Donald
Rabb
cr.
hrs.
cr. hrs.
cr.
hrs.
cr. hrs.
cr.
cr.
cr.
cr.
cr.
cr.
hrs.
hrs.
hrs.
hrs.
hrs.
hrs.
for full par-
ticulars.
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
HPE
1
— Personal and Community Health
00
2
cr.
hrs.
and understandings concerning perThe course is structured around a
sonal and community health.
weekly mass lecture followed by a one-hour weekly meeting in small
Provides
basic
concepts
groups for discussion.
HPE
—
101
Physical Fitness Education
(separate for men and women)
Men
.
.
Theory and practice
.
in
I
cr.
hr.
one team sport (either soccer
or speedball), tumbling, gymnastic apparatus, and a
physical
level of
Women
.
.
.
fitness
to
fitness
(either
fitness test
determine the fitness level of each student, con-
— Aquatics
work
to
improve
this level,
and a post-
measure the improvement.
(co-educational)
The swimming program
is
sport
hockey or volleyball), a physical
test to
the student
the
each student.
centrated
150
given to determine
This course consists of one team
field
HPE
test
is
1
divided into two parts.
hr.
cr.
In Part
I,
taught the proper method of adjusting to the water,
rhythmic breathing, floating, finning, treading water, surface diving,
a standing front dive,
II
and the nine basic swimming strokes.
Part
emphasizes water safety and provides the opportunity for Senior
Lifesaving.
HPE
151
A
Aquatic games are also included
— Advanced Aquatics
in the
program.
(co-educational)
1
cr.
hr,
review of swimming strokes, lifesaving techniques, and an
opportunity to qualify for
tification.
Red Cross Water
Safety
Instructor cer-
In addition, emphasis will be placed on pool
ment, basic scuba, competitive and synchronized swimming.
manage-
108
HPE
152
—
Swimming
Survival
(co-educational)
cr.
1
hr.
and practice in techniques of personal survival.
Skills taught include rhythmic breathing, swimming strokes necessary for survival, drownproofing float, and an emphasis on building
Instruction
personal endurance and confidence under adverse conditions.
safety
is
emphasized and an opportunity
is
Water
provided for the acquisi-
tion of Senior Lifesaving Certificates.
The following courses are intended
to develop knowledge, skill,
and
appreciation of the activity being taught. Primary emphasis has been
placed on those activities possessing "Lifetime" recreational values.
— Archery and Badminton (Co-ed)
202 — Archery and Bowling (Co-ed)
203 — Archery and Golf (Co-ed)
204 — Archery and Square Dance (Co-ed)
205 — Badminton and Bowling (Co-ed)
206 — Badminton and Golf (Co-ed)
207 — Badminton and Square Dance (Co-ed)
208 — Bowling and Golf (Co-ed)
209 — Bowling and Square Dance (Co-ed)
210 — Golf and Square Dance (Co-ed)
211 — Bowling And
(Co-ed;
212 —
And Square Dance (Co-ed;
HPE 222 — Dancing (Co-ed)
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE
201
Billiards
fee required)
1
cr.
hr.
1
cr.
hr.
1
cr.
hr.
1
cr.
hr.
1
cr.
hr.
1
cr.
hr.
1
cr.
hr.
1
cr.
hr.
1
cr.
hr.
1
cr.
hr.
1
cr.
hr.
fee required)
Billiards
1
cr.
hr.
1
cr.
hr.
Area of Interest students in Elementary School Health and PhysiEducation must complete the following courses: HPE 301, 302, 303,
320, 321, 331, 410, 411, and 412.
cal
Secondary Majors securing the "Coaching Concentration" within
the Department of Health and Physical Education must complete the
following courses: HPE 242, 409, and select six credit hours from
courses numbered 251
and one elective).
HPE
242
—
—
258
Physiological
(one team sport, one individual
and Medical Aspects of
Athletic Coaching
A
sport,
3
cr.
hrs.
study of basic anatomical and physiological factors affecting
movement, endurance,
strength,
and conditioning
in
sports.
In-
a thorough investigation of medical concepts such as pro-
cluded
is
tective
equipment, training, care of
medical research relating to athletics.
injuries,
safety
problems, and
109
HPE
— Techniques
251
of Coaching Baseball
Development of individual
skills
2
cr.
hrs.
and techniques of teaching and
coaching baseball.
HPE
— Techniques
252
of Coaching Basketball
2
cr.
Analysis of techniques and development of personal
hrs.
skills
in
basketball.
HPE
253
— Techniques
Advanced
of Coaching Football
cr.
hrs.
and defensive
each position; organizational methods and coach-
instruction
fundamentals for
2
and practice
in
offensive
ing principles.
HPE
256
— Techniques
of Coaching Cross Country,
Track, and Field
Advanced
2
instruction
and practice; rules and
cr.
hrs.
officiating tech-
niques; organizational methods for conducting meets, tournaments,
and
clinics;
HPE
257
coaching principles.
— Techniques
Advanced
of Coaching Wrestling
instruction
and practice;
rules
and Golf 2
and
cr.
hrs.
officiating tech-
niques; organizational methods for conducting meets, tournaments,
and
clinics;
HPE
258
coaching principles.
— Techniques
of Coaching
Swimming and Tennis
Strategy, techniques,
in
swimming and
HPE
262
2
cr.
hrs.
and theory for interscholastic competition
tennis.
— Women's Extramural Program
2
cr.
hrs.
Provides knowledge and practice in application of coaching
and
officiating techniques for
HPE
301
— Basic
women's team
sports.
Activities I
Elementary Physical Education
1
cr.
hr.
This course consists of instruction and participation in ele-
mentary school rhythms, dance,
will
HPE
and movement exploration.
It
include classroom and laboratory work.
—
302
Basic Activities II
Elementary Physical Education
I cr. hr.
Instruction and practice in elementary school conditioning
exercises; stunts and tumbling; games of low organization including
running, circle tag, and classroom games; relays; and games for
Includes both classroom and laboratory work.
special occasions.
110
—
HPE
303
Basic Activities 111
Elementary Physical Education
cr.
1
hr.
and practice in ball-type activities (elementary),
lead-up games to team sports, simple team games, team sports,
skill testing, and physical fitness testing.
Includes classroom and
Instruction
laboratory work.
HPE
— Methods and Materials
311
in
Elementary School
Health and Physical Education
3
cr.
hrs.
This course provides principles and procedures to meet the
needs and interests of elementary age children in the area of health
The program
and physical education.
and physical education;
health
of
objectives
includes basic philosophy and
basic
motor
skills
necessary for participation in elementary school physical education;
and
opportunities
develop enrichment
to
Laboratory experience
education.
Area of Concentration
HPE
320
is
in
the
included.
area
of
Not open
health
to
HPE
students.
— Health and
Safety in the Elementary School 2
cr.
hrs.
Provides students with health knowledge and training in the
areas
elementary
of
environment
school
and
health
appraisal,
techniques for teaching elementary school health, the elementary
school
health
program,
and safety education
in
the
elementary
school.
HPE
321
—
This course
who needs
Aid and
First
is
2-3
Safety
training in first aid
aid emergencies,
of safety in
modern
and
331
A
will
society.
Instructor certification
HPE
hrs.
designed for the elementary-secondary teacher
and
safety.
Students will be given
preparation and practice in the recognition and treatment of
first
cr.
may
common
be given an understanding of the role
Red Cross Standard Advanced and
be obtained.
— Recreational Education
2-3
cr.
hrs.
discussion of and practice in recreation activities used in
Emphasis is placed on recreation
planning, techniques of leadership, and worthy use of leisure time.
school and playground situations.
HPE
333
— School Camping and Outdoor Education
3
cr.
hrs.
The course is designed to acquaint students with the scope
of organized camping and the acquisition of and practice in the
basic skills required of teachers involved in camping and outdoor
education training.
Field experiences are included.
Ill
HPE
—
400
Seminar in Elementary School Health
and Physical Education
Primarily designed for the in-service teacher
3-6
who
cr.
hrs.
wishes to
acquire the latest knowledge and techniques in health and physical
education at the elementary school
level.
Not open
Area
to
of
Concentration students.
HPE
409
A
—
Principles
and Problems of Secondary
School Athletics
3 cr. hrs.
study of coaching techniques necessary to plan and promote
programs.
athletic
The course
includes history, organization, and
administration, business procedures, public relations, and formulation of policy.
HPE
410
A
— The Planning and Administration
of Elementary
School Health and Physical Education
3 cr. hrs.
study of the philosophy, objectives, values, and techniques
necessary to plan and evaluate
a
sound program
in
health and
physical education for the elementary school.
HPE
411
A
— Adapted
study
of
the
Physical Education
3
cr.
handicapped child and techniques used
hrs.
in
Emphasis is placed on the
kinesiological analysis of human motion and body mechanics as
applied to programming physical education activities for the
recognizing and meeting his problems.
atypical.
HPE
412
— The Teaching
HPE
420
— Techniques
and Physical
Education in the Elementary Grades
3 cr. hrs.
Methods, materials, and practice in teaching health and
physical education for primary, intermediate, and upper grades.
Area of Concentration and in-service teachers only.
A
of Health
Health and Physical
Education for Special Education Teachers
3 cr. hrs.
course to develop sound principles and procedures for meetin
ing the physical, emotional, and social needs of the mentally retarded
in health
and physical education.
HISTORY
Hist.
1 1 1
— World History
to
Surveys development of
world from
earliest times to
studied, with emphasis
other cultural systems.
upon
1500
3
man and
1500.
his
cr. hrs.
culture throughout
the
All the great civilizations are
the interaction of Western
Europe with
112
—
112
World History 1500 to 1815
3 cr. hrs.
Survey of political, social, economic, and cultural forces in the
Western and non-Western world, with emphasis on the interaction
Hist.
1500
of major cultural systems from
Hist.
113
— World History
Survey of
since
Hist.
3
economic, and cultural forces
political, social,
ance of non- Western world in
1815.
1815
since
post-Napoleonic period.
to
cr. hrs.
at
work
Emphasis upon increasing importthe development of the modern world.
—
218
United States and Pennsylvania Survey
3 cr. hrs.
Major and usually recurring political, social, and economic
problems are emphasized.
Hist.
—
312
Classical
World
3
cr. hrs.
Study of the ancient world from the ancient Near East to the
fall
Roman Empire
of the
in the
upon Greece, Rome, the rise of
Western European civilization.
Hist.
314
West, with an intensive emphasis
Christianity,
and
their influence
on
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
— Medieval Europe
3
cr. hrs.
Study of the peoples and countries which emerged following the
fall
Roman Empire
of the
in the
West; a
critical analysis of feudal-
ism and manorialism, the development of Western institutions, and
of the church and temporal authorities to the late 14th century. Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
Hist.
318
— England
to
1688
3
cr. hrs.
and cultural life in England to the
Glorious Revolution, especially the growth and evolution of English
Political,
institutions
requisite:
Hist.
319
6
economic,
social,
and the emergence of England
cr. hrs.
Pre-
of history.
— England
Political,
as a world power.
social,
since
1688
3
cr. hrs.
economic, and cultural development in Eng-
land from the Glorious Revolution to the present with emphasis
upon the development of democracy, the Industrial Revolutions, and
Prerequisite: 6 cr.
the growth and decline of the British Empire.
hrs. of history.
Hist.
322
— Renaissance and Reformation Eras
Political, social,
economic,
literary, artistic,
3
and
cr. hrs.
intellectual de-
1300 in Italy and including the spread of the
Renaissance throughout Europe; also a critical study of the Protest-
velopments from
ca.
113
ant and Catholic reformations in relation to the political, economic,
and cultural developments
social,
324
Western Europe
in the 16th
and
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
17th centuries.
Hist.
in
— The Age
of Absolutism,
1600-1789
3
cr. hrs.
Rise of the modern nation states, the growth of absolutist power
Eastern and Western Europe, and the colonial wars between the
in
major Western powers.
— Revolution, Liberalism and
326
Hist.
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
Nationalism, 1789-1914
Causes and
3
French Revolution and the Napoleonic
effects of the
Wars; the conflict of restoration with the
rising tides of nationalism
and liberalism; the unification of Germany and
crises leading to
— Europe
332
Hist.
World War
since
cr. hrs.
I.
diplomatic
Italy; the
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
1914
3
cr. hrs.
Analysis of major political, social, economic, and military as-
European history from World War I to the present. Emphasis upon the problems faced by the present-day world.
Prere-
pects of
quisite:
6
of history.
cr. hrs.
Hist.
348
— Contemporary Europe Culture Tour
Hist.
352
— Latin America
6 cr. hrs.
Professionally guided study tour of Western Europe, usually
scheduled each summer. Research paper required.
After brief
era,
attention
is
summary
since
354
3
cr. hrs.
of course and results of the revolutionary
devoted to the economic,
velopment of individual nations.
Hist.
1820
social,
and
political de-
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
— The Modern Far East
3
cr. hrs.
Survey of Eastern Asiatic civilizations with emphasis upon cultural change and political response in consequence of European expansion and the spread of nationalism.
Prerequisite:
6
cr.
hrs. of
3
cr. hrs.
history.
Hist.
the
356
— Russia
to
1917
Survey of Russia from the beginning of the Russian State in
ninth century through the Kievan, Muscovite, and Imperial
periods to the Bolshevik Revolution of 1917.
geographical,
political,
Emphasis placed on
socio-economic, and cultural factors which
contribute most to an understanding of present-day Russia.
quisite:
6
cr. hrs.
of history.
Prere-
m
Hist.
358
— Modern Africa
Surveys
the
3
transformation
of
the
societies
Africa from colonialism to national independence.
cr. hrs.
of
cr. hrs.
Sub-Sahara
Prerequisite:
6
of history.
— The Near and Middle East
1800
3 cr. hrs.
Beginning with the gradual dismemberment of the Ottoman
Empire and the extension of European interests in the nineteenth
Hist.
362
since
century, surveys the West's continuing involvement in the area and
the rise of nationalism.
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
—
Colonial Period of America to 1783
3 cr. hrs.
372
European colonization in the New World with attention to the
establishment and development of England's thirteen colonies and
emphasis upon the problems which produced conflict between the
colonies and the British Empire resulting in the American RevoluHist.
tion.
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
—
Early National Period of the United States
374
3 cr. hrs.
Confederation, Federalist, and Jeffersonian
Major periods
analyzed as
administrations, War of 1812, Era of Good Feelings
to their contributions to the establishment of the United States from
Hist.
1783 to 1828.
—
—
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
—
American Expansion and Disunion,
376
1828-1865
3 cr. hrs.
Study of Jacksonian Democracy, Manifest Destiny, and the
Mexican War; the issue of slavery and expansion, and the Civil War.
Hist.
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
— Emergence
1865-1898 3 cr. hrs.
Study of economic, social, cultural, and political problems
inherent in the transformation of the United States from an agrarian
Prerequisite: 6 cr.
nation into a modern industrial world power.
Hist.
378
of Industrial America,
hrs. of history.
Hist.
382
— Early Twentieth Century
United States, 1898-1932
Survey of domestic and
international
United States from the Spanish-American
United States as
issues
War
cr. hrs.
concerning the
to the Great Depres-
Era and its contributions,
a world power, World War I and
sion, with analysis of the Progressive
role of the
3
the
the
115
League of Nations, expansion of the American economy, and the
tensions of the
Hist.
1920's.
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
— Contemporary United
384
States,
1932
3
to the Present
Study of the Great Depression with
World War
its
ramifications on
cr. hrs.
Amer-
problems of the cold war, and
domestic issues from the Truman Presidency to the present. Varying
interpretations of the era examined to understand conflicting views
ican
entry into
life,
Prerequisite:
of the present.
II,
6
cr.
hrs.
of history.
—
388
Pennsylvania
3 cr. hrs.
Examines in depth major contributions of Pennsylvania to
national life and contrasts significant movements on the state level
with those on the national.
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
Hist.
Hist.
— Diplomatic History
391
of the
United States to 1898
A
critical analysis of
3
cr. hrs.
United States foreign relations from the
Colonial period to the 1898 war with Spain, with emphasis upon
the
development
of, the role of
mental foreign policies.
392
in,
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
— Diplomatic History
of the
United States since 1898
A
critical analysis of
considered in
3
United States foreign relations from the
in
involvement of the nation in world
status of a great
—
cr. hrs.
1898 to the present. To the study of factors
History 391 is added an emphasis on the increasing
war with Spain
396
and the peculiar
America which have profoundly influenced funda-
conditions in
Hist.
public opinion
world power.
affairs in its transition to the
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
and Constitutional Problems 3 cr. hrs.
A topical approach to various political and constitutional
problems of American life. Selected problems or periods, and their
causes and effects, will be intensively studied.
Prerequisite: 6 cr.
Hist.
Selected Political
hrs. of history.
Hist.
399
A
— Bibliography and Research
3
cr.
hrs.
and exercises in
location and use accompany a careful analysis of the problems and
review of basic historical bibliography
tools of historical research
methods. Prerequisite: 9
and a practical application of research
cr. hrs.
of history or consent of instructor.
116
— Central Eastern Europe
412
1815
3 cr. hrs.
Survey of the political and cultural development of the nations
of Europe which lie between Germany and Italy on the west and
Russia on the east since their emergence as independent nation-states
in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.
Prerequisite: 9 cr. hrs.
Hist.
Offered for undergraduate or graduate credit.*
of history.
Hist.
— Diplomatic History
421
since
Europe from 1815
to
of
1919
3
cr.
hrs.
and relations of the
European nations from the Congress of Vienna to the First World
War. Prerequisite: 9 cr. hrs. of history. Offered for undergraduate
study
Analytical
foreign
of
policies
or graduate credit.*
Hist.
— Diplomatic
422
History of Europe since 1919
3
cr. hrs.
Analytical study of foreign policies and relations of the Great
Powers during the Interwar Years
— League
of Nations,
and reparations, disarmament, causes of World
War
war debts
—
II
the
diplomacy of the Second World War, and the origins and evolution
of the cold war.
Prerequisite: 9 cr. hrs. of history.
Offered for
undergraduate or graduate credit.*
Hist.
—
428
Intellectual History of
Europe
since the Enlightenment
Changes
in currents
3
of thought during the period are related
economic, and social developments.
to political,
given to various
9
Prerequisite:
cr.
interpretations
hrs.
cr. hrs.
Special attention
of major intellectual
of history.
movements.
Offered for undergraduate or
graduate credit.*
Hist.
—
452
3
Soviet Russia
Critical analysis of the political, social,
cr. hrs.
economic, and cultural
evolution of the Soviet Union, and a study of Soviet foreign policy
and
international
relations.
Prerequisite:
9
cr.
hrs.
of
history.
Offered for undergraduate or graduate credit.*
Hist.
454
A
rise
— China and Japan
survey of the
in the
political, social,
Twentieth Century
cr. hrs.
and economic problems
of these nations to international power.
of history.
3
in the
Prerequisite: 9 cr. hrs.
Offered for undergraduate or graduate credit.*
Graduate credit can be received only by making application and being admitted to graduate standing, and registering through the Office
of Graduate Studies.
117
456
Hist.
—
the
Selected Problems in Africa and
Near and Middle East
3
Intensive study of critical social, political, and
lems of the contemporary peoples and nations
requisite: 9 cr. hrs. of history.
cr. hrs.
economic probPre-
in these regions.
Offered for undergraduate or gradu-
ate credit.*
47 1
Hist.
—
Industrial History of the United States
Survey of industrial growth of the United States
political, social,
and cultural
3
cr. hrs.
in relation to
institutions with special attention to the
development of resources, technology, transportation, consumer products,
and modern
Prerequisite:
9
cr.
hrs. of
3
cr. hrs.
Offered for undergraduate or graduate credit.*
history.
Hist.
industrial problems.
472
— History
of
Labor
in the
United States
Surveys the problems of labor from the colonial period to the
upon
present, with emphasis
role in national
the development of unions and their
Prerequisite:
life.
9
cr.
Offered
of history.
hrs.
for undergraduate or graduate credit.*
Hist.
481
— United
and
States Social, Cultural,
Intellectual History to
1860
3
cr. hrs.
the development of a
Studies impact of English institutions,
American society, and the divergence of the cultures of the
North and the South with emphasis upon Puritanism, the Enlightenment, and Transcendentalism.
Prerequisite: 9 cr. hrs. of history.
distinct
Offered for undergraduate or graduate credit.*
Hist.
482
— United
States Social, Cultural,
and
Intellectual
History since 1860
Modern American
3
social
and cultural
institutions
contemporary systems of thought are analyzed.
hrs. of history.
cr.
hrs.
and major
Prerequisite:
9
cr.
Offered for undergraduate or graduate credit.*
MATHEMATICS
Math. 101
— Fundamentals
This course
is
of Mathematics
3
cr. hrs.
designed to convey an appreciation of a selec-
tion of mathematical applications in
modern
civilization
while in-
creasing the student's competence in coping with mathematical situations of everyday living.
Graduate credit can be received only by making application and being"
admitted to graduate standing, and registering through the Office
of Graduate Studies.
118
— Pre-Calculus
Math. 110
This course
is
a preparatory one for those students
meet the requirements
of
4
to begin the calculus sequence.
elementary algebraic functions
and
relations,
cr. hrs.
who do
It is
not
a study
exponential
and
logarithmic functions, circular functions and inverse functions.
— College Algebra
Math. Ill
3
cr.
hrs.
Designed to strengthen and increase the concepts developed in
secondary school algebra. Emphasis is placed on the study of functions, matrices,
Math. 112
and determinants.
— Trigonometry
3
Designed to have the student become proficient
cr. hrs.
in the use of
Also includes complex numbers and vec-
trigonometric functions.
Prerequisite: Math. 111.
tors.
Math. 116
— Introductory
3
Statistics
cr.
hrs.
This course aims to develop the ability to read, interpret, and
construct tables of statistical data; to compute values for the vari-
ous
statistical
the
biological
quisite:
tinuity;
Biological
sciences.
sciences
skills
of statistics to
majors only.
Prere-
Math. 111.
Math. 211
A
measures; and to apply the basic
— Calculus
critical
the
4
I
cr.
hrs.
study of the cartesian plane, functions, limits and con-
derivative,
differentials
and applications; and anti-de-
rivatives.
Math. 212
A
— Calculus
critical
4
II
cr.
hrs.
study of the definite integral and application; conic
sections; differentiation of elementary transcendental functions; the
indefinite integral
and techniques of integration.
Prerequisite: Math.
211.
Math. 221
—
Descriptive
and
abilistic distribution.
sity
3
Statistics
inferential
Both
functions are discussed.
statistics
discrete
cr.
hrs.
with emphasis on prob-
and continuous probability den-
Practical training in the calculation of
various statistical measures and the use of automatic calculators
obtained
in
Math. 222
the laboratory.
Prerequisite:
— College Geometry
Sophomore
is
standing.
3
cr.
hrs.
Elementary geometry from an advanced standpoint. Incidence
geometry in planes and space, geometric inequalities, properties of
119
the triangle, the quadrilateral, the circle
and sphere.
Prerequisite:
Math. 112.
Math. 231
— Theory
The use
operations
number
counting
in
numbers,
Math. 232
bases;
— Algebraic and Geometric
and
integers,
and elementary theory of numbers.
mentary education majors only.
different
hrs.
cr.
of language in mathematics, sets and relations; the
elementary
four
3
of Arithmetic
3
Structures
Ele-
cr.
hrs.
Clock arithmetic and modulo systems; rational numbers, decimals, and irrational numbers; measurement of line segments, triangles, circles, area,
and volume.
— Introduction
Prerequisite:
Math. 231.
1 cr. hr.
Computer Programming
An introduction to computer programming using the Fortran
Language with examples chosen from the natural and physical
Math. 241
to
sciences.
Math. 246
—
Field
Work
in
Mathematics
Mathematics takes on new
interest
when
3
it
is
cr.
applicable to
hrs.
life
Instruments used in the field are the slide rule, angle
situations.
mirror, hysometer, and clinometer, plane table, vernier, transit, and
scale drawing.
Math. 311
A
Prerequisite:
Math. 112.
— Intermediate Calculus
critical
study of polar coordinates,
4
cr.
hrs.
parametric equations,
vectors in the plane and space, improper integrals; partial differentiation
and multiple
Math. 312
A
series
—
integration.
Prerequisite:
Math. 212.
3
Differential Equations
cr.
hrs.
study of elementary ordinary differential equations; infinite
and power
series,
and La Place transforms.
Prerequisite:
Math. 311.
Math. 321
— Introduction
Modern
algebra and
to
its
Modern Algebra
3
concepts and terminology.
cr.
hrs.
Subjects
discussed include sets, rings, fields, groups, relations, and functions.
Prerequisite:
Math. 322
Math. 212.
— Linear Algebra
A study of vectors and n-dimensional vector space;
3
cr.
hrs.
determinants,
matrices, linear transformations, quadratic forms, and applications
in
3 -space.
Prerequisite:
Math. 321.
120
— Algebra
Math. 331
for Secondary School Teachers
some
This course will discuss
algebra from an advanced viewpoint.
to
topics
of
of
the
3
topics
cr. hrs.
elementary
of
Consideration will be given
contemporary school mathematics programs.
Pre-
Ed. 352.
requisite:
— Modern Geometry
Math. 332
3
hrs.
cr.
and various non-Euclidean geometries and their
development from postulate systems. Prerequisite: Math. 222.
Euclidean
— Advanced Calculus
Math. 411
A
systematic
calculus
integral
3
and modern approach
of
to
the
cr.
hrs.
differential
and
and transformations.
functions
Prerequisite:
Math. 311.
— Complex Variables
Math. 412
A
hrs.
cr.
rigorous presentation of theory through the differential and
calculus
integral
of
analytic
— Introduction
Math. 421
An
introduction
to
Topology
the fundamentals
pings, compactness, product
Math. 422
An
included
residues,
3
to
Topics included are elementary
Prerequisite:
and conformal
Prerequisite: Math. 311.
functions,
transformations, with applications.
ence.
3
of
general
topology.
set theory, topological spaces,
map-
and metric spaces, nets and converg-
Math. 311.
— Introduction
to
Group Theory
3
cr.
hrs.
Topics
introduction to the fundamentals of group theory.
are
hrs.
cr.
groups and related systems, normal subgroups and
homomorphisms, Abelian groups, permutation groups, automorphisms, and free groups.
Math. 431
An
3
introduction to the theory of numbers.
sian integers,
Math. 432
analysis.
Math. 321.
— Number Theory
are Euclidean
A
Prerequisite:
algorithm,
hrs.
Topics included
congruences, continued fractions, Gaus-
and Diophantine equations.
Prerequisite:
— Elementary Numerical Analysis
computer-oriented
cr.
analysis
of
algorithms
Math. 321.
3
of
cr. hrs.
numerical
Topics discussed include non-linear equations, interpola-
and approximation, differentiation and integration, matrices,
and differential equations. Prerequisite: Math. 311.
tion
121
MUSIC
Music 101
An
— Introduction
to
Music
3
hrs.
cr.
introduction to music listening to develop an understand-
ing of music and the various
media through which
it
is
expressed.
composers, musical forms, and styles con-
Selected masterpieces,
sidered.
APPLIED MUSIC
One
half
hour private lesson per week
Music 171
—
First
name
Semester Applied Music (Course
will
be
oboe, bassoon.)
— Second Semester Applied Music
name
—
hr.
instrument.
flute, clarinet,
Music 173
title
cr.
Those currently offered will be
piano, organ, trumpet, French horn, trombone, tuba,
of
voice,
Music 172
1
(Course
title will
be
will
be
of one of the above instruments.)
Third Semester Applied Music (Course
name
title
of one of the above instruments.)
Each student will be expected to practice five hours a week.
Practice rooms will be assigned according to a schedule set up by
the department.
The number of students who may study will be
by the college facilities available and the teaching faculty.
Therefore, approval must be given by the department chairman be-
limited
fore a student
At
may
be admitted to an applied music course.
the end of each semester, the student
minimum requirements
musicianship
music
as
in
determined
sight-reading,
is
expected to meet
technique,
by examinations
before
and
general
the
applied
faculty.
—
Music 221
History of Music
3 cr. hrs.
Music from Bach to the present day with emphasis upon active
listening and the development of a musical vocabulary.
Music 231
— Ear Training and
3
Sight Singing
cr.
Recognition of melodic, rhythmic, and harmonic patterns.
tation of melodic
Music 232
A
and harmonic
— Harmony
3
study of music theory including tonic,
board experiences
will
Dic-
intervals.
I
dominant harmonies leading
hrs.
to altered chords
be included.
cr.
hrs.
subdominant,
and
and modulation. Key-
122
Music 233
A
— Harmony
continuation of
3
II
Harmony
I
cr.
hrs.
including the study of the super-
In addition to keyand mediant harmonies.
board experiences and the development of rhythmic vocabulary and
harmonic dictation, selected compositions will be analyzed. Preretonic,
submediant,
quisite:
Harmony
Music 241
—
I.
Class Piano
Group piano
ing and playing
3
cr.
hrs.
Emphasis on creatsongs, and on sight reading.
instruction for the beginner.
accompaniments
for
—
Music 251
Concepts for Music Listening
3 cr. hrs.
Examination of styles, techniques, and mediums. Comparisons
of musical objectives and philosophies of schools, eras, and individual composers.
Development of critical attitudes and listening techniques.
Prerequisite: Music 101.
Music 311
A
— Music
Activities in the
Elementary School 3
cr.
hrs.
course designed to provide the prospective elementary teach-
ers with the skills, understanding,
and
to function effectively in the area of
Emphasis
contained classroom.
is
attitudes
music as
which
it is
will help
them
related to the self-
placed on personal music de-
velopment, an understanding of the basic musical content, the de-
velopmental growth process in music, desirable musical experiences
for children,
effective organization of these experiences.
— Music
Romantic Era
study of nineteenth century European music.
Music 322
A
and
Music 323
of the
— Twentieth Century Music
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
Trends and development of contemporary music, with emphasis
on
selected representative works.
Music 324
A
— American Music
3
cr.
hrs.
study of the works of selected American composers with ref-
erence to characteristics indigenous to American music.
Music 341
— Choral Techniques
3
cr.
hrs.
Class voice instruction with emphasis on the development of
techniques and
abilities
necessary for participation in choral groups.
Principal attention will be given to tone production, proper breathing,
and appropriate
literature.
123
—
3 cr. hrs.
Literature and Materials of Music
Music 412
Designed primarily for elementary majors who have an area of
Provides a broad knowledge of the music prointerest in music.
gram content in the elementary grades. Review basic texts, recordDevelops
ings, filmstrips, films, sources of literature, and materials.
a repertoire of songs, rhythmic activities, and other musical information representing a core foundation for the elementary music curriculum.
Music 311.
Prerequisite:
Music 461
— Directed Study
3
Individual study under the direction of a
department faculty which
may
may
hrs.
of the music
extend areas normally covered in
Pre-student teaching classroom experi-
specialized music courses.
ence
member
cr.
also be included.
NURSING
NED. 301
— Public School Nursing
3
I
cr.
hrs.
Public school nursing, as a branch of public health nursing,
is
considered in
The
course.
this
fields of responsibility,
historical
background, various
and the problems and limitations of the pro-
new
fession are discussed along with
techniques of handling public
school health problems.
NED. 303
A
— Public School Nursing
II
3
cr.
hrs.
study of physical, emotional, and social problems affecting
the health of the school child
and the methods that may be employ-
ed by home, school, and community
in helping to solve health
prob-
lems with emphasis on the nurse as co-ordinator in the use of
local,
and federal resources.
state,
NED. 304
— Public Health Nursing
Historical
I
3
cr.
fundamental principles, organizational
background,
framework, problems of community participation, and trends
lic
hrs.
in
pub-
health nursing.
NED. 305
A
nomic
—
3
Nutrition
cr.
hrs.
review of basic principles of nutrition with relation to ecofactors
and cultural food patterns with special emphasis on
the nutritional needs of the school-age child.
NED. 306
An
— Family Case
Work
3
cr.
hrs.
overview of social welfare and interviewing principles for
school nurses.
Case
histories
and interviewing situations are
select-
12J,
ed for
case
critical
discussion to acquaint the student with application of
work methods
— Community Health
NED. 309
A
3
I
cr.
hrs.
study of the various facets of community health including
background, environmental concern, and methods of con-
historical
Reference
trol.
in school nursing practice.
will
be made to contemporary and future problems
dealing with radiation, air-water pollution, and space.
— Modern Communicable Diseases
NED. 310
A
3
cr.
hrs.
study of current practices and the role of the school nurse
communicable disease prevention and control with emphasis on
the relationships between physical, socio-economic, and biologic enin
vironment.
PHYSICS
— Basic Physical Science
Phys. 101
An
3
introduction to physics, chemistry, and astronomy.
cr.
hrs.
Topics
include elementary mechanics, energy, the solar system, electricity
and magnetism, sound, light, atomic structure, radioactivity, heat
and kinetic theory, the periodic table and chemical properties, simple
chemical
topics.
Laboratory to
reactions.
This course
is
some
illustrate
and Special Education.
Phys. 103
A
—
the
designed for students other than
majors in the Secondary program, and for those
tion
of
4 hours/week: 2
above
science
Business Educa-
in
class,
2 lab.
3
Principles of Physical Science I
two-term laboratory "discovery" type of course
cr. hrs.
in the physi-
cal sciences designed for non-science majors, especially for students
Emphasis on the physics and
elementary teaching program.
in the
chemistry of the solid state with a constant attempt to correlate observed properties of matter with theoretical models of
First
term topics include the behavior of waves and of
its
structure.
light, crystals,
and motion. Enrollment limited to students
the elementary program.
4 hours/week: 2 class, 2 lab.
kinetic theory, forces,
in
Phys. 104
A
ergy,
—
continuation of Phys. 103.
forces
inside
matter,
ionic crystals, molecules,
Phys. 103.
3
Principles of Physical Science II
Second term topics include en-
electrons
in
motion,
and covalently bonded
4 hours/week: 2
class,
cr. hrs.
2
lab.
atomic structure,
solids. Prerequisite:
125
— Introductory Physics
Phys. Ill
A
hrs.
cr.
non-calculus approach to the basic principles of mechanics,
the physics of fluids,
is
4
I
and heat and thermodynamics.
designed to meet the requirements of students
in
This course
the
General
Science and Biology programs and for students in Liberal Arts not
majoring
in Physics or
Phys. 112
A
6 hours/week: 3 class, 3 lab.
Chemistry.
— Introductory Physics
4
II
continuation of Phys. 111.
Prerequisite:
Phys.
1 1 1
hrs.
Includes the basic principles of
sound, geometrical and physical optics,
netism.
cr.
and
and mag6 hours/week: 3
electricity
or equivalent.
class, 3 lab.
Phys. 211
A
— General Physics
4
I
hrs.
treatment, using calculus, of the principles of mechanics, the
physics of fluids, and heat and thermodynamics.
signed for majors in Physics and in Chemistry.
212 completed or concurrent.
Phys. 212
A
cr.
— General Physics
This course
is
de-
Prerequisite: Math.
6 hours/week: 3 class, 3 lab.
4
II
cr.
hrs.
Includes the principles of sound,
continuation of Phys. 211.
geometrical and physical optics, and electricity and magnetism. Prerequisites:
Phys. 211, and Math. 212 completed.
6 hours/week:
3 class, 3 lab.
Phys. 225
— Demonstrations
in the
Physical Sciences
3
cr.
hrs.
Designed to give the science student or in-service teacher practical
ics,
experience for conducting demonstration experiments in physchemistry, general science, and earth science.
The course
will
emphasize the use of materials, apparatus, and films characteristic
of the
new program
in science
such as
PSSC
Physics,
CHEM
Study,
Earth Science Curriculum Project, and the Physical Science Program.
Prerequisites:
valent.
4 hours/ week: 2
Phys. 310
An
electron,
—
Physics
class,
112, Chemistry
2
112, or their equi-
lab.
Introduction to Atomic Physics
4
cr.
introduction to the fundamentals of atomic structure:
hrs.
the
Bohr's theory of the hydrogen atom, X-rays, the photo-
and other fundamental processes; radioactivity, including natural and artificial transmutation, and an elementary treatment of fission and fusion. Prerequisite: Phys. 212 or Phys. 112
electric
effect,
and approval of Instructor; Math. 212. 6 hours/week: 3
lab.
class,
3
126
— Mechanics
Phys. 311
A
3
course in intermediate mechanics treating
cr.
hrs.
and dynamics of particles and extended bodies, motions of bodies by conservative and dissipative forces, energy relations, impulse and momentum, rotation of a rigid body, angular momentum, and elasticity.
Prerequisites: Phys. 212 or Phys. 112 and approval of Instructor; Math. 311 or concurrent.
3 hours class/week.
—
Phys. 314
An
Electricity
statistics
and Magnetism
4
cr.
hrs.
intermediate-level study of the electric field, potential, die-
and
and alternating currents.
The study of magnetism includes magnetic fields, electromagnetic
induction, and magnetic properties of matter.
A brief introduction
lectric
properties, capacitance,
to electromagnetic
waves
is
direct
included.
Phys. 212 or
Prerequisites:
Phys. 112 and approval of Instructor; Math. 311.
6 hours/week:
3 class, 3 lab.
Phys. 315
—
4
Electronics
cr.
hrs.
and theory of semiconductors and vacuum
tubes with special emphasis on circuitry.
Transistor and electron
tube characteristics are determined and studied for use in ampli-
The
application
and computers. Prerequisites: Phys. 112 or Phys.
212, Math. 212. 6 hours/week: 3 class, 3 lab.
fiers, oscillators,
Phys. 412
— Optics
3
cr.
hrs.
Brief review of geometric optics; extended treatment of topics
in
physical
optics
and spectra.
Instructor;
Phys.
420
An
including diffraction,
Prerequisite: Phys.
interference,
polarization,
212 or Phys. 112 and approval of
Math. 212. 3 hours class/ week.
—
Vibrations and
Waves
3
intermediate-level treatment of simple harmonic,
cr.
hrs.
damped,
and forced oscillations. The study of waves includes the propagation of waves in three dimensions with analysis of reflection, transElectromission, and refraction for various boundary conditions.
magnetic, acoustical, fluid, and mechanical applications are includ-
Fundamental to much of advanced physics.
Phys. 311, Math. 311. 3 hours class/week.
ed.
Phys. 421
An
state.
—
Solid State Physics
Prerequisites:
3
cr.
hrs.
introduction to the physical properties of matter in the solid
Basic quantum concepts, crystal structure, electrons in metals,
electrical
conductivity, semiconductors,
band theory, the p-n junc-
127
Dielectric
tion.
and magnetic properties of matter.
Phys. 314, Math. 312.
Phys. 422
An
3
Prerequisites:
hours class/ week.
— Thermodynamics
3
cr.
hrs.
introduction to the concepts and principles of classical ther-
modynamics.
The first and second laws. Entropy. Thermodynamics of simple systems. Physics of very low temperatures. Pre3 hours class/week.
requisites: Phys. 212, Math. 311.
Phys. 480
An
— History
3
of Physical Science
cr.
hrs.
account of the development of physical science,
historical
and chemistry, from the time of Copernicus to
the present.
The great personalities of science, their ideas, and the
effect their contributions made to man's understanding of the phyparticularly physics
world
sical
will
be studied.
of the physical sciences.
Intended for the prospective teacher
Prerequisite: near completion of a major
in physics or chemistry, or consent of Instructor.
Phys.
490
— Physics Seminar
1
cr.
hr.
POLITICAL SCIENCE
— United
211
Pol. Sci.
A
States
Government
3
cr.
hrs.
American national government with emphasis
on basic concepts, structure, powers, procedures, and problems.
study
—
Elements of Political Science
212
3 cr. hrs.
Emphasis on a mix of empirical and normative theory in order
furnish a conceptual framework as an introduction to the disci-
Pol. Sci.
to
of
pline.
(Either Pol.
Sci.
211 or 212
is
a prerequisite for
all
succeeding
courses in the department.)
Pol. Sci.
A
—
313
State and Local Government
comparison of the states' structural
3
institutions,
cr.
hrs.
together
with an examination of the functions and problems of state, municipal,
and special governmental
Pol. Sci.
The
314
—
Political Parties
structures
units.
and Elections
and functions of
3
cr.
political organizations,
hrs.
minor
campaign financing, theories of voting and voting behavior,
and the history of the development of the American two-party
parties,
system.
128
Pol. Sci.
316
— Public Opinion and Propaganda
3
cr.
hrs.
Various methods and techniques for analyzing, measuring, and
processing public opinion are explored, with opportunity allowed
for
some
and content analysis
Pol. Sci.
Components such
practical experience.
323
tests for
as pressure groups
propaganda are included.
— Comparative European Governments
3
cr.
hrs.
Principles of comparative analysis; social and economic interests;
role
ideology;
of
political
interest
groups,
and electoral
parties
systems; the evolution, structure, organization, and operation of the
governments
of
German Federal
Pol. Sci.
324
—
Great
France,
Britain,
the
U.
the
Republic.
3
International Relations
Political theory of the state, sovereignty,
cr.
hrs
and government, and
The sources
examination of their component parts.
a detailed
and
S. S. R.,
of
national power, the results of national power, in the form of disputes,
and wars, or alliances, balances of power, and settlements
of international law in international courts.
conflicts,
Pol. Sci.
The
352
— Public Administration
useful contributions
made by
3
cr.
hrs.
organizational theory to the
problems of decision-making functions and coordination of program
budgeting and personnel are considered.
—
America 3 cr. hrs.
An examination of organizational forms, functions, and operaEmphasis on
tions of selected countries of Latin America.
Pol. Sci.
424
and
Politics
Institutions of Latin
indigenous institutions.
—
425
Politics and
the Middle East
Pol. Sci.
An
examination
of
Institutions of Africa
and
3
the
history,
structure,
cr.
functions,
hrs.
and
problems of selected countries of Africa and the Middle East.
Pol. Sci.
An
426
—
Politics
and
Institutions of the
Far East
3
cr.
hrs.
examination of the history, structure, functions, and prob-
lems of selected countries of the Far East, including China, Japan,
and India.
Pol. Sci.
433
— History
Important
political
of Political
theorists
Thought
of the past
3
and
their
cr.
hrs.
proposals
with reference to their validity at the time, and their application
and acceptance today.
nationalism,
Liberty, authority, democracy, individualism,
and internationalism.
Prerequisite:
Hist.
112,
113.
129
A
—
451
Pol. Sci.
Constitutional
Law
3
hrs.
cr.
and functions of the
Supreme Court including a case study approach of the Court's
interpretations of the commerce and taxing powers, state-federal
relationships, and civil rights.
Psy.
study
of
the
— Basic
460
For
history,
Statistical
organization,
Method
3
hrs.
cr.
a description of this
course see Psychology 460 under
Psychology course descriptions.
Liberal arts students concentrating
in political science will receive credit for this course.
Prerequisite:
permission of Political Science Department.
—
Soc.
466
3 cr. hrs.
Research Methods in the Social Sciences
For a description of this course see Sociology 466. Liberal
arts
students concentrating in political science will receive credit
for this course.
Prerequisites: Psy.
460 and permission
of Political
Science Department.
470
Pol. Sci.
— Senior Seminar
3
hrs.
cr.
Individual research projects determined in consultation between
student and instructor.
Prerequisites:
15 hours of political science
including Pol. Sci. 433, Psy. 460, Soc. 466, and permission of the
department.
PHILOSOPHY
Phil.
211
—
An
attempt to
3
Introduction to Philosophy
develop systematically
a
number
of
cr.
hrs.
general
which the sciences, in their attempts to specialize, do not encompass. Some of these are forms of argument, kind of knowledge,
topics
nature of reality, individual and social values, and standards of conduct.
Phil.
301
— Ethics
3
cr.
hrs.
Analysis of the criteria for choosing between alternatives; the
relation of
of interests
means and ends; individual and social interests; conflict
and community of interests, justification and genesis of
values, ethical relativism.
Phil.
302
A
— Logic
study of the laws of systematic thinking.
3
cr.
Included
is
hrs.
an
examination of logical forms of argumentation, the syllogism, and
the methodology of the deductive sciences.
ISO
Phil.
303
— Philosophy
Analysis
of
the
3
of Science
logic
of
inquiry
the
in
cr.
and
natural
hrs.
social
sciences: the nature of scientific explanation, problems of causality,
measurement, prediction, and
Phil.
306
A
— Philosophy
critical
analysis
verification.
3
of Religion
of religious
Particular
faith.
cr.
hrs.
attention
is
given to the nature of religion, evidence supporting religious belief,
and problems and challenges
Phil.
309
A
— World
to religion.
Prerequisite: Phil. 211.
3
Religions
cr.
hrs.
study of the beliefs and practices of living religions.
In-
cludes Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, Judaism, Christianity and Islam.
314
—
and Contemporary Philosophy 3 cr. hrs.
A study of significant trends in contemporary Western philosophy; major emphasis on Existentialism. The writings of Freud.
Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, Sartre, Camus and Ayer will be examined.
Phil.
Existentialism
Prerequisite: Phil. 211.
PSYCHOLOGY
Psy. 101
— General Psychology
3
hrs.
cr.
Develops an understanding of how people behave and why they
behave as they do.
Heredity and environment, the nature and func-
and thought, the forces that bring about
various kinds of behavior, and the problems of personal adjustment.
tion of perception, emotions
Psy. 102
— Advanced General Psychology
Designed
to provide students with a
more
3
intensive
hrs.
cr.
and
detail-
ed understanding of psychological processes which are covered
an elementary
clude
tion,
level in
Psychology 101.
human development,
learning,
emotion, and personality theory.
Topics to be covered
at
in-
memory, perception, motivaThe methods and systems of
psychology, both historical and current, will also be explored.
Pre-
requisite: Psy. 101.
Psy. 211
— Child Growth and Development
3
(Child Psychology)
The
principles of
human development which have most
cance for understanding and working with children
school classrooms and activities.
Prerequisite: Psy.
in
101.
cr.
hrs.
signifi-
elementary
131
Psy. 321
—
Tests
and Measures
3
cr.
hrs.
Critique of testing in the elementary and secondary schools, con-
and appraisal of the various instruments of measurement.
Practice in evaluating and selecting tests, in administering and scoring them, and in the analysis and presentation of test results. Attention given to remedial measures for the improvement of instruction
struction
and teacher-made
Psy. 331
A
Prerequisite: Psy. 101.
tests.
— Mental Hygiene and Problems
cr.
hrs.
discussion of the processes necessary for the development of
a healthy mental state.
Practical applications of principles of
good
Field trips to nearby mental institu-
mental hygiene demonstrated.
Prerequisite: Psy. 101.
tions.
Psy. 351
A
It
of Adjustment 3
—
3
Social Psychology
cr.
hrs.
study of the behavior of individuals and groups in society.
and emanatbehave as they
deals with the psychological forces within individuals
ing from the social environment that causes people to
Prerequisite: Psy.
do.
Psy. 371
A
101.
— Educational Psychology
first
3
cr.
hrs.
course in providing for the applications of psychology
Deals with the learner, that which
to the learning situation.
be learned, and the learning processes.
is
to
Consideration of develop-
ment, adjustment, motivation, individual differences, social adaptations,
and
disabilities
abilities
in
of learners.
Prerequisite:
subject areas.
— Foundations
Deals with normal processes and
Psy.
101.
3 cr. hrs.
Contemporary Psychology
Designed to provide basic background for those students who
will have psychology as a major or as a minor field.
An examination
of historical backgrounds and schools of thought in psychology.
Careful examination of methods of investigation and their implicaPsy. 401
of
tions for the various systems of psychology.
Particular regard to
the contributions of the various fields of psychology for education.
Prerequisite: Psy.
Psy.
406
101.
— Psychology Seminar
3
Designed for students who have adequate
ability
cr.
hrs.
and back-
ground for the carrying out and reporting of independent research
in the field of psychology.
will
present his
enrollees
and the
In a three-hour session the researcher
paper for the judgments and discussion of the
instructor.
and should be arranged well
Topics are assigned by the instructor
in
advance of the beginning of the
Each semester
have another area of psychology as
the main theme for the researcher.
Prerequisite: Permission of
course.
the
will
instructor.
Psy.
416
The
— Adolescent Psychology
physical,
from age eleven
social,
3
and psychological
to mid-teens
society.
(Formerly Psy. 411)
Psy. 421
—
and
their adjustment in
Prerequisite:
Psy.
youth
of
attributes
hrs.
cr.
dynamic
a
211 or 371.
Individual Mental Tests
3 cr hrs.
The nature of intelligence is studied and ways of measuring it
considered.
Emphasis is placed on understanding the uses of, and
interpretations of results of, commonly used individual intelligence
scales: Binet,
Wechsler, various picture-vocabulary and performance
tests.
Psy. 431
— Abnormal Psychology
3
cr.
hrs.
Mental abnormalities including symptoms, diagnosis, and treatment.
Problem cases and characteristics of handicapped and subnormal children.
Prerequisite: Psy. 101.
Psy.
—
436
The Study of Personality
The nature and organization of personality and
3
cr.
hrs.
dynamic
forces that shape the individual.
Personality types, conscious and
unconscious processes, individual differences, abnormal trends, and
Prerequisite: Psy.
ways of measuring personality characteristics.
the
101.
Psy. 451
— Psychology
3 cr. hrs.
and Industry
business and industry. Included
for Business
Services of the psychologist to
are job analysis, motion studies, selection of
new employees,
transfers,
promotions and terminations, training, problem employees,
morale, and research.
Psy.
Prerequisite: Psy.
101.
456
— Psychology
An
investigation of the basic dynamics of
consideration
of
the
3
of Motivation
concepts,
rating,
principles,
human
cr.
behavior.
hrs.
A
and empirical findings
concerning those basic factors which underlie human motivation.
PreAttention is paid to both innate and acquired behavior bases.
requisite:
Psy.
Psy.
—
101.
460
Basic Statistical Method
Methods of collecting, tabulating, and
3
cr.
hrs.
treating data; measures
of central tendency, deviation, correlation, and graphic representaHypothesis testing, chi-square and
descriptive statistics.
tion;
133
variance techniques will be treated.
cises in
Provision for practical exer-
computation from, and interpretations
An
3
hrs.
cr.
introduction to the methodology of experimental research.
Students delve
into
theory of experimental research,
the
mental design, individual study, and
critical
analysis of complete
— Advanced Experimental Psychology
462
experi-
101.
Prerequisite: Psy.
research.
A
various measures.
— Experimental Psychology
Psy. 461
Psy.
of,
3
hrs.
cr.
The
continuation and an extension of Psychology 461.
student evaluates reports of experiments and research.
There
an
is
involvement in more advanced procedures and techniques of experimental design and practice.
Psy.
466
— Research
Prerequisite: Psy. 461.
Projects in Psychology
3
cr.
hrs.
A
problem of special interest selected and followed by each
student under the immediate supervision of the instructor.
Pre-
Recommendation
requisites:
of the advisor and permission of the
department chairman.
SOCIOLOGY
Soc. 211
—
The
3
Principles of Sociology
and culture, individual and community adjustments,
the light of their origin, development, form,
218
hrs.
basic characteristics of group behavior, the organization
of society
Soc.
cr.
— Religion
in
in
and functions.
American Society
3
cr.
hrs.
Analysis of the relationship between religion and American
social institutions
Anthro. 224
—
and
society.
Prerequisite: Soc. 211.
Cultural Anthropology
3 cr. hrs.
Man's biocultural development and cultural achievement. The
function of elements and configurations of material and non-material
culture in meeting
human
needs.
Cultural processes and the role
of culture in personality formation.
Soc.
233
— Introduction
to Social
Work and
3 cr. hrs.
examination of the modern welfare services, followed by
the Welfare Services
An
the study of
some
of the methods by which social workers help to
from adoption and care for
marital counseling, parole supervision, and community
solve a host of problems which range
the aged to
organization.
13 U
— Contemporary
Soc. 313
Social Problems
3
Urgent social problems and proposals offered for
cr.
their solution.
Topics include social change, personal maladjustment, social
organization,
mobility,
hrs.
dis-
delinquency, racial and economic tensions,
and special problems of youth,
families,
and aging.
Prerequisite:
Soc. 211.
— Racial and National Minority Groups
Soc. 315
An
and
cr.
and minority relations involving
analysis of racial
national,
3
hrs.
racial,
Emphasis
religious minorities in the United States.
be placed on the present system of minority relations with
will
efforts being
made toward
possible adjustments.
Prerequisite: Soc.
211.
Soc.
— Urban Sociology
316
3
Analysis of origin and growth of the city in the U.
cr.
hrs.
Em-
S.
phasis on ecological changes taking place as well as the dynamic
patterns of interaction
on the contemporary scene.
Prerequisite:
Soc. 211.
Anthro. 320
— Contemporary World Cultures
3
Comparative analysis of selected non-European
tic,
hrs.
societies in con-
on the natural and soenvironment, national character, world view, and literary, artisand musical expression.
trasting cultural
cial
cr.
Anthro. 326
and natural
areas.
Stresses
— North American Ethnography and
Archaeology
3
cr.
hrs.
Survey of the cultural types and language distributions of the
North
American
prehistoric
and
early
historic
Prere-
Anthro. 224.
Soc. 331
— Marriage and Family
3
cr.
hrs.
Cultural traditions of the marriage and the family and the
new
problems
society.
Soc.
through
Includes Indians and archaeology of Pennsylvania.
periods.
quisite:
Indian
in
social
behavior these institutions face
Prerequisite:
in
a
changing
Soc. 211.
—
332
Personality in Culture and Society
3 cr. hrs.
Examination of cultural influences on the development of per-
sonality; analysis of personality differences in various cultures.
entation of explanatory hypotheses.
Pres-
135
Soc.
334
A
—
Social
Casework
3
detailed study of representative cases in the field of social
work; techniques of investigation and
Soc.
336
A
hrs.
cr.
criteria for appraisal.
— Child Welfare
3
cr.
hrs.
and comprehensive study of the principal child
The course is directed toward developing a knowl-
historical
welfare services.
edge about, and an understanding
of, society's responsibility in
meet-
ing the varied needs of children.
— Criminology
Soc. 341
3
cr.
hrs.
Theories of causes of crime, includ-
Scientific study of crime.
Volume,
ing physical type, differential association, psychiatric, etc.
scope, and trends in crime; police, administration of justice, rehabili-
and
tation theory
Anthro. 410
—
Graphic
practice.
Prerequisite: Soc. 211.
Primitive Arts
arts,
literature,
3
cr.
hrs.
music, and the dance of ancient and
non-European cultures throughout the world. Slides, films, specimens and recordings will be used. Prerequisite: Anthro. 224.
Anthro. 415
A
ciety.
—
critical
3
Primitive Religion
examination of religion and magic
in
cr.
hrs.
primitive so-
Leading anthropological theories of the forms and functions
of religion in
Anthro. 429
human
—
life
are studied.
Prerequisite: Anthro. 224.
Field Archaeology
3
cr.
hrs.
Field investigation of various aboriginal cultures which have
occupied the valley of the North Branch of the Susquehanna River
Emphasis on excavation of sites in this area,
preceded by orientation to stratigraphic and recording techniques.
Prerequisite: Soc. 224 or 323.
since the glacial age.
Anthro. 430
—
Projects in Field Archaeology
3
cr.
hrs.
Intensive study of problems encountered in archaeological re-
search on the prehistoric creatures of the Susquehanna Valley, as
revealed by excavation and comparative study of finds.
Soc.
442
—
Juvenile Delinquency
3
cr.
hrs.
Examination of social pressures operative upon children
American society which lead to deviant behavior. Factors leading
formation of delinquent personality.
in
to
Methods of treatment and
prevention, juvenile courts, clinics and correctional institutions will
be considered.
Prerequisite: Soc. 211.
136
Anthro. 450
—
Socialization oj the Child in
3
Primitive Society
hrs.
cr.
Life experience and adjustment of the individual through infancy,
Contrasting methods of in-
middle childhood and youth.
troducing children to adult economic, social and religious
activities.
Prerequisite: Anthro. 224.
Psy.
—
Basic Statistical Method
460
For a description of this course
3
see Psychology 460.
arts students will receive credit for this course.
hrs.
cr.
Liberal
Per-
Prerequisite:
mission of Sociology Department.
Soc.
462
—
Sociological Theory
3
hrs.
cr.
Survey of the development of sociological theory from Comte
Comparison of modern schools of thought, including
mechanistic, geographical, analytical, functional, and neo-positivisand Spencer.
Prerequisites:
tic.
12 hours of sociology or permission of instruc-
tor.
Soc.
—
466
Research Methods in the Social Sciences
3 cr. hrs.
Methods and techniques in social science research. Prepara-
tion of research projects, questionnaires, sampling, interviews,
Introduction to methods
for
analysis
and interpretation of
etc.
data.
Liberal arts students concentrating in sociology will receive credit
for the course.
Prerequisite:
12 hours of sociology including Psy.
460.
Soc.
470
— Senior Seminar
3
cr.
hrs.
Individual research projects and reports within selected areas
of sociological interest, such as the family, criminology, social strati-
and ethnic minorities. Prerequisites: 18 hours of sociology
including Soc. 462 and 466, Psy. 460, and permission of the departfication,
ment.
SPECIAL EDUCATION
Spec. Ed. 201
The
mentally
impaired,
The
— Education
educational
retarded,
physically
history
oj Exceptional Children
problems
speech
and
of
exceptional
hearing
handicapped,
and
3
children:
impaired,
emotionally
cr.
gifted,
neurologically
maladjusted.
and philosophy of special education, programs
exceptional children.
hrs.
for
137
352
Spec. Ed.
— Experience with
Emotionally Disturbed
Experience
working
1-3
individually
with
emotionally
children in a state hospital or a clinic setting.
cr.
hrs.
disturbed
Prerequisite:
Per-
mission of instructor.
354
Spec. Ed.
— Experience
with Learning Disabilities 1-3
cr.
hrs.
Experience working individually with children whose learning
present
disabilities
problems.
educational
special
Prerequisite:
Permission of instructor.
Spec. Ed.
450
— Behavior Disorders
3
Psychological development of behavior and
child's school
is
discussed
also
The
performance.
as
emotionally disturbed children.
Spec. Ed. 451
Open
for
455
on the
on the
child
in
educating
101
and 371.
Classroom 3
cr.
hrs.
and in-service classroom
of
children.
methods and
Practical
communication
in
the
classroom
(Required in Teh. M.R. curriculum).
— Learning
3
Disabilities
cr.
hrs.
study of the characteristics and symptoms of specific learning
Students are introduced to diagnostic and educational
disorders.
Emphasis
procedures used with learning disorders.
and conceptual factors
Psy.
Psy.
hrs.
given to language and speech problems
is
improvement
setting are outlined.
A
for the
to students of all curriculums
commonly found among school
Spec. Ed.
approaches
Prerequisites:
— Speech Improvement
teachers; an introduction
attitudes
effect of the school
intervention
are
effect
its
cr.
101
in the
is
on perceptual
development of language. Prerequisites:
and 371.
SPEECH
Speech 103
The
Emphasis
— Introduction
to
Speech
and practice of skills
on sound organization and
study
is
3
in
oral
effective
cr.
hrs.
communication.
language,
with
awareness of different speech patterns, and audience adaptation.
The course
effective
discussion.
includes theory and practice in the requirements for
speaking
and
interpretation
of
literature
and
group
138
— Communication Theory and Rhetoric
Speech 105
Open
hrs.
The course
to all students; required of speech majors.
A
communication.
theories in
survey of behavioral science, seman-
and the philosophy of language.
— Oral
Speech 206
A
the
cr.
both the principles of classical rhetoric and the contemporary
treats
tics,
3
Interpretation of Literature
cr.
hrs.
study of the intellectual and emotional meanings used in
presentation of poetry and prose.
quired for the successful reading aloud
group of
Practice
of
these
in
the skills re-
meanings
to
a
listeners.
— Introduction
Speech 208
A
3
to
3
Theatre Arts
cr.
hrs.
survey of the arts of the theatre: directing, play production,
theatre history, stage design,
broad general background
acting.
The student
is
given a
in theatre.
— Theatre Production
Speech 211
A
and
3
cr.
hrs.
study of the physical aspects of producing a play: scene
make-up properties, stage management, and
business procedures.
The student is thus equipped with the basic
Crew work is assigned.
skills for the technical work of production.
costuming,
design,
— Discussion
Speech 218
A
policy
3
cr.
hrs.
study of the principles and processes of group discussion in
making
problems
in
and interpersonal relations.
leadership and participation are provided.
Practical
situations
— Introduction
3 cr. hrs.
Radio and Television
A survey of communication practices and techniques in the
media of radio and television. The student is given practice in
these techniques, and is provided with a background of their dy-
Speech 23
namics
1
relation to
in
Speech 241
A
modern
society.
— Voice and Diction
3
study of the vocal organs and their function.
who wish
students
no voice
to
improve
their vocal
cr.
hrs.
Designed for
quality and
who have
defects.
Speech 307
A
to
— Business and
Professional Speech
3
cr.
hrs.
study and practice of speech as applied in business and
professional
careers.
and management-labor
Analysis
relations.
of
employer-employee
situations,
139
— Scene Design
Speech 311
A
3
cr.
hrs.
study of the techniques of design and execution of stage
settings with the integration of lighting,
costume, and makeup.
A
survey of the historical development of scene design and staging.
Prerequisite: consent of the instructor.
— Fundamentals
Speech 312
An
of Acting
3
cr.
introduction to the theories and techniques of acting.
hrs.
A
study of the development of the character physically, emotionally,
and
— Creative Dramatics
Speech 318
A
for
Individual and group exercises.
intellectually.
3
hrs.
study of the background and methods of creative dramatics
the
The techniques
teacher.
of psycho-drama,
therapeutic drama, etc. are studied and analyzed.
improvisational form of theatre
—
Speech 319
A
cr.
is
^ocio-drama,
Dramatics as an
emphasized.
3
Children's Theatre
cr.
hrs.
survey of dramatic literature for children and an investigation
into the theories
dramatics
is
Speech 321
The
and techniques of theatre for children.
introduced.
Lab hours
3
cr.
hrs.
basic principles of argument, with practice in debate.
The
Stress
is
on the techniques of
thinking and speaking on controversial issues.
Speech 325
An
required.
— Argumentation
fundamentals of logic are provided.
effective
Creative
— Extempore Speech
3
hrs.
and exMajor emphasis is on the
advanced public speaking course.
ercises in, the four types of speaking.
cr.
Theories
of,
composition and delivery of the extemporaneous speech.
Speech 411
A
— Directing
3
cr.
hrs.
comprehensive study of staging a play, from the selection
of a script
up
and participates
Speech 414
to the
in
opening performance.
classroom projects.
— Costuming
for Stage
Each student
Lab hours
directs
required.
3
cr.
hrs.
Costuming for the theatre through application of historical
developments and elements of design to the requirements of the
theatre.
Lab hours
required.
Speech 415
— History
3
of the Theatre
hrs.
cr.
Study of the major periods of theatrical history from the viewpoint of play and the production.
A
survey of the theatre from the
beginnings in Greece to 1860, with consideration given to the influences of Asiatic and African cultures.
—
Modern Theatre
3 cr. hrs.
Speech 416
Developments in modern theatre practice and philosophy from
Wagner and Appia
is
to the present day.
World
studied, with particular attention to the
theatre since Ibsen
contemporary American
theatre scene.
Speech 421
— Persuasion
3
Analysis of problems of
audience situations.
scientific
A
human
motivation as encountered in
study and practice of both the ethical, and
approach, by the speaker.
Methods
of applying a knowl-
edge of the basis and tools of persuasion presented in
Speech 490
A
matic
hrs.
cr.
detail.
— Speech Seminar: Theatre
3
hrs.
cr.
survey of the field of speech, with special emphasis on dra-
Purpose
art.
is
broaden the student's knowledge
to
special field of learning
in
his
by research and investigative papers and
projects.
Speech 492
A
— Speech Seminar: Public Address
3
cr.
hrs.
survey of the field of speech, with special emphasis on public
address.
Purpose
is
as in
Speech 490.
SUMMER THEATRE PROGRAM
The summer
of 1968
marked
the second year of the Speech
Department Summer Theatre Program. Continuing the precedent
set the previous summer, professional actors joined the Bloomsburg
students and adults from the local area, in the two major productions.
Mercedes McCambridge appeared in "The Glass Menagerie,"
and
Lilia Skala in "I
Remember Mama."
The 1968 Summer Theatre Program
time, graduate courses in Speech.
In this
included,
way
for
the entire
the
first
program
was considerably strengthened, from both the acting and the
tech-
nical point of view.
Participation
in
the
summer program
wishing to study for cultural purposes, and
pursue a degree.
is
open
who may
also
to
those
not desire to
Ul
TEACHING OF THE MENTALLY RETARDED
Teh.
MR.
201
— Introduction
to
Mental Retardation
Overview of behavioral and learning
3
hrs.
cr.
characteristics of the
men-
Etiology of mental retardation with special consider-
tally retarded.
and environmental aspects of the development of the
mentally retarded.
Observations of special classes and field trips
ation of medical
to
institutions
give students understanding of various
to
levels
of
mental retardation and types of programs for them.
Teh.
MR.
303
—
Crafts for All Levels of
4
Mentally Retarded
Laboratory experiences with craft
Use
activities
for
cr.
use with
hrs.
all
and exploration of various media.
Analysis of the crafts experiences for development of
techniques and curricular emphases and correlation with the total
program for the mentally retarded.
levels of the mentally retarded.
Teh.
MR.
351
—
of tools
Special Class Methods:
Primary and Intermediate Levels
A
3
cr.
hrs.
specialized course dealing with organization of instruction
and educable mentally retarded. Major emphasis will
be on curriculum, methods and materials for primary and interfor trainable
with observation of special classes and construction
mediate
levels,
of units
and teaching materials.
Teh.
MR. 352
—
Special Class Methods:
Secondary Levels
A
3
cr.
hrs.
student-centered workshop approach in analysis of methods,
research, and philosophies currently in use in the teaching of the
mentally retarded.
machines related
Practice in the use of various teaching aids and
to student projects in
secondary special classes for
the mentally retarded.
Teh.
MR.
361
— Seminar
in
Teaching the
Mentally Retarded
Everyday
practical
3
cr.
hrs.
problems of teaching special classes for the
mentally retarded are considered.
Organization and administration
of classes, coordination with various personnel serving the students,
and materials will be discussed.
Pennsylvania State School Law and State
mandated special services will be presented. Teacher competence
and problems pertinent to student teaching will be explored.
integration and curriculum problems, facilities, equipment
142
Tch.
MR.
375
— Individual
1-3
Project
Project planned according to
interests
cr.
and needs of the
hrs.
in-
dividual student, in any of the following suggested areas: library research, curriculum study,
work with
in special aspects of educational
individual children, internship
programs.
(Open
to
seniors only
with staff approval).
Tch.
MR. 400
— Workshop
Tch.
MR.
— Student Teaching, M.R.
Problems and
Methods in Special Education
3 or 6 cr. hrs.
Investigations are made of recent developments in the education
of the educable mentally retarded.
The impact of these trends on
methods and techniques of teaching special classes are emphasized.
Topics will vary according to interest and needs of students.
401
in
12
cr.
hrs.
Thirty hours per week of supervised student teaching experi-
ence under the direction of the professional
local
and
Tch.
MR. 432
A
staff in
cooperation with
state school divisions.
— Language Arts
for Special Classes
3
cr.
hrs.
student-centered workshop approach in analysis of methods,
research and philosophies currently in use in the teaching of the
language arts to special classes.
Practice in the use of various teach-
ing aids and machines related to student projects in language arts
applicable to individual needs of children in special classes.
CURRICULUMS
CURRICULUMS
The
IN
TEACHER EDUCATION
overall goal of teacher education
is
to prepare teachers to
contribute to the improvement of society in a three-fold
manner
as active citizens, as educational leaders in their communities,
as
who
guides
help children and youth
become informed,
—
and
active
citizens.
The courses programmed
in
each of the teacher-education cur-
riculums offered at Bloomsburg State College are designed to develop citizen teachers through a well-organized sequence of courses
area of general education, professional education, and spe-
in the
cialization.
GENERAL EDUCATION
The underlying philosophy and
objectives of the general edu-
cation sequence in the teacher education programs were developed
cooperatively with a committee of the Middle States Association of
Secondary Schools and Colleges.
In general, these objectives include the cultivation of
cratic ideals, a
and individual
self-realization.
academic program
lowing:
(1)
and moral values, a sense of
the capability of personal and social adjustment,
sound code of
civic responsibility,
demo-
is
ethical
More
specifically, this
phase of the
intended to develop such qualities as the
fol-
communication; (2) familiarity with general
finding; (3) comprehension of basic scientific prin-
skill
in
methods of fact
ciples and their application; (4) knowledge of our cultural heritage
and its relevance to current social issues; (5) discrimination in the
arts;
(6)
appreciation for diverse intellectual endeavors and their
relationship to one's
well-being.
own
field of interest;
(7) physical and mental
U6
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION
The general
objectives of the professional education sequence,
cooperatively developed by the faculty, are basically the same for
teacher-education curriculums and can be briefly stated: to alert
all
and society and
college students to the needs of youth
ciples of learning applicable to the
to the prin-
meeting of these needs.
An
un-
derstanding of the dynamics of mental hygiene pertaining to youth
and community
is
stressed.
This sequence, which includes student teaching,
proposes to
prepare students for service in the communities and schools by stressing
similarities
among
and contrasts
in
philosophy,
facilities,
and pupils
Modern methods
various school systems and social settings.
of dealing with learners and with the problems encountered in pro-
employment
fessional
made
are
part of the prospective teacher's pro-
fessional preparation.
ACADEMIC SPECIALIZATION
The teacher-education programs
Bloomsburg are based on
at
the concept that academic field specialization
basic to achieving
is
professional as well as individual and social goals.
The academic
which pertain
fields
to the humanities, science,
the arts, mathematics, history and other social sciences, are central
in the experiences
tion,
which provide competence
which the student
will
in fields of specializa-
use in teaching children and youth.
The
prospective teacher as an individual and citizen needs understanding of the academic fields because teaching requires accurate knowl-
edge of relevant facts and values, and
creativity,
The
work of
and
of reflective thinking,
analysis.
areas of specialization
the teacher.
make
First, they
which children and youth
eral education.
skills
a two-fold contribution to the
provide
much
of the content with
will deal as the teacher guides their gen-
Second, the prospective teacher, through concen-
tration or specialization in the
academic
field,
gains that depth of
understanding and insight into one or more areas of knowledge which
is
basic to helping the child with the special interest or abilities to
work more
intensively
on a problem.
DIVISION OF
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
Students in the Elementary Education
wide and
versatile
Division
background of academic and
They must be prepared
to
work
are
cultural
given
a
learnings.
in all of the subject areas of the cur-
U7
riculum with a generation of alert and precocious boys and
They must be
their
in
growth and development and how those problems
the school day
how
problems which children encounter
sensitive to the
Instruction in
their learning.
provided to
is
girls.
affect
program planning and budgeting of
the end that the students will know
to provide for individual differences.
Students in this curriculum are required to choose their elec-
from a sequence of courses* which will give them real depth
one academic subject. This "Area of Concentration" will help
tives
in
equip them to serve as resource persons or team leaders for the
schools in which they teach.
THE FOUR- YEAR ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM
Provisional College Certificates issued
on
the basis of the four-
year elementary curriculum are valid for Kindergarten and Grades
One
to Six inclusive as well as for
Grades Seven and Eight under
the old 8-4 system.
The
(For administrative reasons the sequence of courses is subject to change.
first number after each course refers to clock hours, while the second
indicates the credit hours.)
FIRST SEMESTER
Art
Biology
Art 101-lntroduction
103-General
Biol.
3
to
I
Eng. 101— English Composition _
Geog. 101— World Physical Geography
Hist. 218-U. S. and Pa. Survey
H.P.E.
101-Physical
Fitness
SECOND SEMESTER
Hours
CL
Ed
...
5
3
3
3
2
19
THIRD SEMESTER
Eng. 207-Survey of World Literature
H.P.E. 100-Personal and Com. Health
CR
3
3
3
3
3
1
104
General Biology II
_ 5
Eng. 102— English Composition
3
Geog. 102-World Cultural Geography _ 3
Music 101— Introduction to Music _
3
H.P.E.
150-Aquatics
2
Area of Concentration Elective
3
Biol.
16
19
Hist.
Phil. 211 -Introduction to Philosophy
H.P.E.-Elective
Phys. 103— Physical Science for
3
2
3
Phys.
Elementary Teachers _
101 -General Psychology
Area of Concentration Elective
4
3
3
3
3
20
18
FIFTH SEMESTER
Ed. 393— Social Foundations of Education 3
Maih. 231— Theory of Arithmetic
3
Pol. Sci 211-U. S. Government _
3
Psy. 371— Educational Psychology
3
Area of Concentration Elective
3
Elementary
1
3
1— Principles of Economics
Ill-World History to 1500
104— Physical Science for
Econ. 21
3
2
_
CR
3
3
3
3
1
3
16
FOURTH SEMESTER
3
2
Psy.
Hours
CL
Teachers
3
3
4
Soc. 224— Cultural Anthropology, or
Soc. 21 1— Principles of Sociology
Speech 103— Introduction to Speech
Area of Concentration Elective
3
3
3
19
18
18
18
30
12
30
12
SIXTH SEMESTER
372— Foundation of Reading
3
3
Ed.
3
3
3
Math. 232— Algebraic and Geometric
Instruction
Structures
Psy. 21 1— Child
Growth and
Development
15
15
English
Elective
Area of Concentration Elective
Specialization
Ed.
SEVENTH SEMESTER
395— Curriculum and Instruction
Ed.
397— Science and Mathematics
the
_
EIGHTH SEMESTER
in
Elementary School
the Elementary School
Specialization Elective
Specialization Elective
Elective
8
Ed.
401— Student Teaching,
Professional
in
including
Practicum
3
3
3
17
15
Biology, English, French, Speech, Geography, German, Health and Physical
Education
Mathematics, Music, Physical Science, Psychology, Social Studies, Spanish.
Art
History
148
AREAS OF ACADEMIC CONCENTRATION
Each elementary education student shall be required to take
from 18 to 24 semester hours of work in one of the following areas
which may be considered
Academic Areas Offered:
of academic concentration, 15 of
of general education.
Art
History
Biology
Mathematics
English
Music
French*
General Speech
Geography and Earth Science
Physical Science
Psychology
German*
Social Sciences
as part
Spanish*
Health and Physical Education**
DIVISION OF SECONDARY EDUCATION
Programs of studies
to give students the
necessary to
in
Secondary Education have been designed
academic, cultural, and professional background
make them competent
teachers in their respective fields.
The General Education requirements provide
the prospective teacher
with a broad basis in the Arts and Sciences, while Professional Education, including student teaching, stresses the needs of youth
and
society.
The majors
jective of
and depth
( 1 )
offered in Secondary Education have the dual ob-
giving the student a background of sufficient breadth
to enable
him
to
be a confident and knowledgeable teach-
er in his particular area of preparation,
patible with the above, to provide in his
and (2), where not incomchosen field a basis for the
pursuit of graduate study in the indicated academic discipline or a
related general field.
(For administrative reasons the sequence of courses is subject to change.
The first number after each course refers to clock hours, while the second
Minimum number of credit hours for graduation
indicates the credit hours.
is
*
128.)
Those students who select an area of concentration in a foreign language, having no required
general education credits to apply, might conceivably have to take more than 128 hours
For instance, they must take at least six credit hours of foreign language
for graduation.
literature courses.
**Elementary education majors who wish to secure an Area of Concentration in elementary school
health and physical education must complete these courses: HPE 301, 302, 303, 320, 321, 331,
The 300 series courses in the Area of Concentration must be taken before
410, 411, and 412.
the 400 series courses.
U9
TYPICAL PROGRAM
— Secondary Education
SECOND SEMESTER
FIRST SEMESTER
Hours
Hours
CL
101— English Composition „
Speech 103— Introduction to Speech
Biol. 103-General Biology
Art 101— Intro, to Art or
Music 101— Intro, to Music
Math. 101 -Fundamentals of Math
H.P.E. 100-Personal and Com. Health
Eng.
I
CR
3
3
3
5
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
2
19
17
CL
102— English Composition Hist. 112-World History 1500 to 1815
Geog. 101 -World Phys. Geog
Eng.
3
101 -Physical Fitness Ed
Gen. Ed.— Humanities elective
3
3
2
3
H.P.E.
Electives
FOURTH SEMESTER
218-U. S. and Pa. Survey
101 -Gen. Psychology _
THIRD SEMESTER
Eng. 207-Survey of World Lit
Hist. 113-World History since 1815
Phys. 101— Basic Physical Science
Gen. Ed.— Math, or Science
Hist.
150-Aquatics
H.P.E.
Electives
4
Ed.
1
Pol. Sci.
9
18
16
3
12
3
3
12
18
18
„
the
_
Electives
3
Ed.
3
17
16
3
3
3
3
2
3
6
6
17
16
8
3
6
6
3
6
17
15
30
12
1
211— U.
S.
„
in
_
Government
—
—
EIGHTH SEMESTER
402— Student Teaching in
the Secondary School
(Including Professional Practicum)
30
Total
into
Secondary School
Electives
SEVENTH SEMESTER
212-Prin. of Economics
211-lntro. to Philosophy
SIXTH SEMESTER
396— Curriculum and Instruction
3
3
_ 3
2
9
or
1
3
3
18
FIFTH SEMESTER
Psy. 371— Educational Psychology
Ed. 393-Social Found, of Ed
H.P.E. -Elective
Electives
_
3
3
3
3
or Soc. 224-Principles of
Sociology or Cultural Anthropology
19
Phil.
_
-
Psy.
Soc. 211
Electives
Econ. 211
-
CR
Credit
Hours
12
128
The program listed above illustrates a typical application of the three broad areas of learning
which the prospective high school teacher's education at Bloomsburg is divided.
They are
as follows:
I.
GENERAL EDUCATION
A.
(62 Credits)
Humanities
Art or Music Appreciation
English Composition
3
6
World Literature
3
Philosophy
Speech
3
Humanities elective
3
Total
B.
CR
3
21
Social Sciences
World History
and Pennsylvania
United States Government
World Physical Geography
General Psychology
Economics
*Sociology or Cultural Anthropology
Hist, of United States
6
3
3
3
3
3
3
24
Comprehensive Social Studies majors take both courses.
—
150
CR
Natural Sciences
General Biology
C.
Physical
3
Science
3
Mathematics
3
Science elective (Biology, Mathematics, Earth Science)
3
Total
D.
12
Health and Physical Education*
Personal and Community Health
Physical Education (Fitness, Aquatics, Recreation)
Total
Total General Education
II.
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION
A.
2
3
5
62
(24 Credits)
Foundations
1. Educational Psychology
(Psychological Foundations of Education
including observation and participation)
2. Social Foundations of Education
(Including observation and participation)
Curriculum and Instruction in the Secondary School
Student Teaching in Secondary School
(Including Professional Practicum)
—
B.
C.
Total
III.
Professional
SPECIALIZATION
Education
3
3
6
12
24
(42 Credits)
This block of credits is allocated for study in breadth and depth devoted
to the student's major teaching field.
42
Total Specialization
MINIMUM TOTAL FOR GRADUATION
'
128
The following sequence of 12 semester hours may be used as free electives to proThis block of
vide understandings and skills necessary to coach high school athletics.
work does not lead to certification as a Health and Physical Education Teacher.
REQUIRED COURSES
HPE
HPE
242
409
(6 CRS.)
Physiological & Medical Aspects of Athletic Coaching
Principles & Problems of Secondary School Athletics
ELECTIVES
(6
CRS.)
One course in team sports
One course in individual sports
One additional course in either team or individual sports
TEAM SPORT
SERIES
HPE
HPE
HPE
251
252
253
Techniques of Coaching Baseball
Techniques of Coaching Basketball
Techniques of Coaching Football
HPE
HPE
HPE
256
257
258
Techniques of Coaching Ci'oss Country, Track and Field
Techniques of Coaching Wrestling and Golf
Techniques of Coaching Swimming and Tennis
INDIVIDUAL SPORT SERIES
151
—
ENGLISH
30 Credit Hours
REQUIRED COURSES (18 CRS.)
209
*Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
CL
—Literary
Genres
Writers
Writers
Shakespeare
Advanced Composition
231— British
232— British
—
—
—American Literature, or
Eng. 382 — American Literature
401 — Structure of English, or
Eng. 402 — History of the English
249
302
381
Eng.
Language
ELECTIVE COURSES (Minimum
Group
A —Survey
and Period Courses
307
341
Eng. 209— Literary Genres
Eng. 321— Short Story
Eng. 322— Modern Drama
Eng. 324 Modern Novel
Eng. 325— Poetry
Eng. 326— Modern Poetry
Eng. 342— Early English Drama
Eng. 356 Restoration and Later Drama
Eng. 358— Eighteenth Century Novel
Eng. 363— Nineteenth Century Novel
Eng. 385— The American Novel
Eng. 386 Later American Prose
—
—
—
Group C—Composition and Miscellaneous
Eng. 202— Creative Writing
Eng. 302 — Advanced Composition
Eng. 312 — Ideas
Literature
—
—
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
CL
CR
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Courses
in
Eng. 332— Blake and Yeats
Eng. 403 Generative Transformational
Eng. 405— Criticism
3
of 12 CRS.)
— Russian Literature in Translation
— Early and Middle English Literature
343— Chaucer
347 — The Renaissance in England
352 — Seventeenth Century Literature
354— Milton
357 — Eighteenth Century Literature
364 — Nineteenth Century Literature
381 — American Literature
382 — American Literature
402 — History of the English Language
Group B —Literary Forms Courses
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
CR
Grammar
*Eng. 209 replaces Eng. 207 as General Education requirement for English
majors.
152
D —Speech,
Drama, and Journalism Courses
Speech 206 Oral Interpretation
Speech 208 Introduction to Theatre Arts
Speech 211 Theatre Production
Speech 231 Introduction to Radio and Television
Speech 241 Voice and Diction
Speech 312 Fundamentals of Acting
Speech 321 Argumentation
Speech 411 Directing
Speech 414 Costuming for the Stage
Speech 415 History of the Theatre
Speech 416 Modern Theatre
Eng. 203 Fundamentals of News Reporting
Eng. 204— Feature Writing
Eng. 301 Introduction to Mass Communication
Group
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(No more than one course
Group
E—Developmental
Ed. 372
Ed. 373
in
Group
D
will be counted as
an English
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
elective.)
CR
CL
Reading
— Foundation of Reading Instruction
— Diagnostic and Remedial Reading
3
3
3
3
Note:
These two courses meet the state requirements for certification in
Developmental Reading for the public schools, but are not counted
as English electives.
English majors may substitute 111 for Hist. 112 or 113 in general.
SUMMARY
CR
Education
Professional Education
General
62
Specialization
24
30
12
Electives
128
Total
FRENCH
— 30
Credit Hours
REQUIRED COURSES
(6
CRS.)
— Beginning French
— Beginning French
103 — Intermediate French
104 — Intermediate French
CR
CL
Fr. 101
Fr. 102
4
3
4
3
Fr.
4
3
4
3
Fr. 201
3
3
Fr.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Fr.
ELECTIVE COURSES
Fr.
Fr.
Fr.
Fr.
(24 CRS.)
— Advanced Conversation and Grammar
202 — Advanced Conversation and Prose Composition
210 — Culture and Civilization of France
220 — Contemporary Literature of France
301— Modern French Novel
320— The History of French
Literature
I
—
153
Fr.
321— The
History of French Literature
and Racine
407— Proust et Gide
409— Phonetics
420 Balzac et Flaubert
430 French Theater
— Moliere
Fr. 401
Fr.
Fr.
Fr.
Fr.
Fr.
Fr.
Fr.
II
—
435— The French Enlightenment
440— French Poetry
449— Directed Readings
SUMMER ELECTIVES
(9
Fr.
Fr.
Fr.
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
CRS.)
— Intermediate French
204 — Seminar
France
210— The Culture And Civilization of France
220 — The Contemporary Literature of France
201 — Advanced Conversation and Grammar
Fr. 104
Fr.
3
in
6
6
3
3
3
3
3
3
Students desiring certification to teach will be required to pass a proficiency examination, and complete four courses in French literature including the survey course.
All secondary majors in
French must have 12 credit hours
French
in
literature.
SUMMARY
General
CR
Education
62
Professional Education
Specialization Education
24
30
Electives
12
Total
128
GERMAN
— 30
Credit Hours
REQUIRED COURSES
— Beginning German
— Beginning German
— Intermediate German
— Intermediate German
(6
CRS.)
Ger. 101
Ger. 102
Ger. 103
Ger. 104
CL
CR
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
Ger. 201
3
3
Ger. 202
3
3
Ger.
3
3
3
3
ELECTIVE COURSES
(24 CRS.)
Ger.
— Advanced Conversation and Grammar
—Advanced Conversation and Composition
210 — Culture and Civilization
220— Contemporary German Literature
302 — Nineteenth Century Prose and Poetry
320 — History of German Literature
321 — History of German Literature
401 — Enlightenment
402 — Classicism-Romanticism
409 — Conversation, Structure, Analysis
Ger.
421— The Radio Play
Ger.
Ger.
Ger.
Ger.
Ger.
Ger.
3
3
I
3
3
II
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
—
15
If.
SUMMER ELECTIVES
— Intermediate
104 — Intermediate
Ger. 103
Ger.
Ger. 202
(9
CRS.)
German
German
zum Nacherzaehlen and Composition
Texte
3
3
3
3
3
3
Students desiring certification to teach will be required to pass a proficiency examination, and complete four courses in German Literature including the survey course.
SUMMARY
General
CR
Education
62
Professional Education
Specialization
24
30
12
Electives
Total
128
SPANISH
— 30
Credit Hours
REQUIRED COURSES
— Beginning Spanish
— Beginning Spanish
— Intermediate Spanish
104 — Intermediate Spanish
Span.
Span.
Span.
Span.
101
102
103
Span.
Span.
Span.
Span.
Span.
Span.
Span.
Span.
Span.
Span.
201
202
210
301
302
ELECTIVE COURSES
— Grammar and Composition
— Conversation
— Culture and Civilization of Spain
— Literature of Spain
— Literature of Spanish-America
304— Siglo de Oro — Part One
305— Siglo de Oro — Part Two
411— Spanish Poetry
414 — Early Spanish Literature
499 — Directed Readings
SUMMER ELECTIVES
— Intermediate Spanish
— Grammar and Composition
— Seminar in Spain
(6
CRS.)
(24 CRS.)
(9
CR
CL
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
CL
CR
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
CRS.)
Span. 104
Span. 201
Span. 204
3
3
3
3
6
6
Students desiring certification to teach will be required to pass a proficiency examination.
All secondary majors in Spanish must have 12 credit hours in Spanish
literature.
SUMMARY
General Education
Professional Education
CR
62
Special zation
24
30
Electives
12
i
Total
128
155
—
SPEECH
33 Credit Hours
REQUIRED COURSES (18 CRS.)
—
—
—
—
—
CL
Speech 105 Communication Theory and Rhetoric
Speech 208 Introduction to Theatre Arts
Speech 218 Discussion
Speech 241 Voice and Diction
Speech 321 Argumentation
Sp. Ed. 251— Speech Problems
(Minimum
Group
A — Public
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
206
231
307
325
421
492
of 12
ELECTIVE COURSES
credits, from Groups A and B
—
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Speech)
Address (Maximum of 9 credits)
— Oral Interpretation of Literature
—Introduction Radio and Television
— Business and Professional Speech
— Extempore Speech
— Persuasion
— Speech Seminar (Public Address)
to
— Theatre (Maximum of 9 credits)
211— Theatre Production
311 — Scene Design
318 — Creative Dramatics
319— Children's Theatre
411 — Directing
412 — Fundamentals of Acting
414 — Costuming for the Stage
3
3
3
3
CL
Group B
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
CR
3
415— History of the Theatre
416— Modern Theatre
490— Speech Seminar (Theatre)
CR
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
—
Group C Communication Disorders
(A maximum of 3 credits may be counted from Group C toward a General Speech major)
3
Com. Dis. 152 Voice and Diction
3
3
3
Com. Dis. 251— Phonetics*
3
3
Com. Dis. 252— Speech Pathology
3
3
Com. Dis. 276 Hearing Problems
3
3
Com. Dis. 360 Psycho-Linguistics
—
—
—
—
Group D English
(A maximum of
3 credits
may
be counted from Group
D
toward a Gen-
major)
Engl sh 249 Shakespeare
eral Speech
Engl
Engl
Engl
Engl
3
3
3
3
3
sh 356
3
3
sh
3
3
3
3
3
3
sh
sh
English
*
—
3
Engli sh
322— Modern Drama
342— Early English Drama
— Restoration and Later Drama
401— Structure of English
402 — History of the English Language
405— Criticism
Speech 241
may
be substituted as a prerequisite by Speech Majors.
156
SUMMARY
CR
General Education
Professional Education
62
24
33
Specialization
Electives
9
Total
128
GENERAL SCIENCE — 54
Credit Hours
Graduates of this program will be qualified to teach science through
grade 9.
Since students electing this program will satisfy the science requirements
of the General Education program within the confines of the courses listed
below, they should not take Phys. 101
Basic Physical Science, nor Math.
101
—
— Fundamentals
of Mathematics.
REQUIRED COURSES
(43 CRS.)
CL
Biological Sciences (12)
103— General
Biology I
Biol. 210
Invertebrate Zoology
Biol. 211— Vertebrate Zoology
Biol. 220— General Botany I
Biol.
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
I
6
4
II
6
4
I
6
4
II
6
4
3
3
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
—
Physical Sciences (16)
Chem. Ill General Chemistry
Chem. 112— General Chemistry
Phys. Ill Introductory Physics
Phys. 112 Introductory Physics
—
—
—
Earth Sciences
Geog. 355
Geog. 357
Geog. 453
CR
(9)
— Meteorology
— Physical Geology
— Astronomy
Mathematics (6)
Math. Ill— College Algebra
Math. 112— Trigonometry
ELECTIVE COURSES
(11
CRS.)
Biological Sciences
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
221— General Botany II
331— General Ecology
361— Microbiology
371— Embryology
Biol. 381
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
— Vertebrate
Physiology
413— Ornithology
417— Field Zoology
422— Field Botany
432— Fresh Water Biology
441— Evolution
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
157
Earth
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Scierices
353— Physiography
3
3
354
356
358
359
4
3
— Cartography
— Climatology
— Conservation of Natural
— Oceanography
361— Historical Geology
365 — Geomorphology
Resources
Physical Sciences
Chem. 221 Qualitative Inorganic Analysis
Chem. 222 Quantitative Analysis
Chem. 225 Water Analysis
Chem. 331 Organic Chemistry I
—
—
—
—
Chem. 332— Organic Chemistry
Chem. 351 — Industrial Chemistry
Phys. 225 — Demonstrations in the Physical
II
Notes:
(1)
(2)
Four
3
3
3
3
4
3
7
3
8
4
4
2
6
4
6
4
3
3
4
3
needed to give a minimum of 11
from one field, or they may be dis-
They may be
tributed
among them.
all
of the above courses are given only in the
sions; consult the catalog descriptions.
(3)
3
3
elective courses will be
credits.
Some
Sciences
3
3
Students in this program
may
Summer
Ses-
—
Teaching
take either Ed. 353
Teaching of Physical Sciof Biological Science, or Ed. 354
ence to fulfill the Professional Education requirement in this
area
—
SUMMARY
'
CR
General Education
62
Professional Education
24
42*
Science
Specialization
128
Total
BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE
—
44 Credit Hours
— Basic
— Funda-
Biological Science majors are not required to take Phys. 101
—
Physical Fitness, and Math. 101
Physical Science, H.P.E. 101
mentals of Mathematics. All five required biology courses should be taken
by the end of the sophomore year. Both of the required mathematics courses
and at least two of the required chemistry courses should also be taken by
the end of the sophomore year.
Recommended and elective courses in the
biological sciences would then be taken during the junior and senior years.
REQUIRED COURSES
Biology (15)
103— General
Biology I
Zoology
Biol. 211— Vertebrate Zoology
Biol. 220— General Botany I
Biol. 221— General Botany II
**Biol.
Biol.
*
210
— Invertebrate
(20)
CL
CR
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
from the General Education requirements in science.
by double asterisk are needed to meet the General Education requirements
and do not count toward the 44 credits needed in the Biological Science area of specialization.
Plus
the
**Courses
12
credits
denoted
)
158
Chemistry (12)
*Chem. Ill— General Chemistry
Chem. 331 Organic Chemistry I
Chem. 332— Organic Chemistry II
:;:
—
Ma t he-ma tics
**Math.
**Math.
(
6
I
4
6
4
6
4
3
3
3
3
6
Ill— College Algebra
116— Introductory Statistics
Although Phys. Ill
— Introductory
Physics I is not required of all biology majors, it is highly recommended. Those students who anticipate doing
graduate work in biology should have a minimum of one and preferably two
physics courses. Physics could be scheduled during the junior or senior year.
Credits earned in physics will increase a student's graduation total in excess
of the 128 credits normally required.
CL
Required Core of Biological Science Courses (12)
Select
Biol.
Biol.
any four of the following
Biol.
Biol.
six courses.
331— General Ecology
341— Genetics
5
3
5
3
Molecular Biology
361— Microbiology
5
3
5
3
371— Embryology
381— Vertebrate Physiology
5
3
5
3
Biol. 351
Biol.
CR
—
ELECTIVES
(12 or 9 if physics
was taken)
Of these twelve (12) credits, six (6) must be taken in field-type courses.
Biology majors should expect to attend summer school at least once during
their undergraduate program in order to obtain field courses which are
ordinarily offered during the summer.
Field Courses
Biol.
Biol.
— Systematic Entomology
413— Ornithology
414 — Ichthyology
411
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
Biol.
421— Plant Anatomy
433— Plant Ecology
5
3
Biol.
441
5
3
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
417— Field Zoology
422— Field Botany
432— Fresh Water Biology
Laboratory-Type Courses
415
416
Biol. 420
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
— Biology of Arthropods
— Parasitology
— Plant Physiology
— Evolution
**Courses denoted by double asterisk are needed to meet the General Education requirements
and do not count toward the 44 credits needed in the Biological Science area of specialization.
159
Biol.
443— Cytology
— Radiation Biology
— Physiological Chemistry
471— Histology
482 — Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy
492 — Research Topics in Biology
492 — Research Topics in Biology
452
Biol. 453
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
SUMMARY
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
2
7
3
CR
General Education
Professional Education
60
24
44
Specialization
128
Total
The 128 credit hours represent a minimum requirement for graduation
Secondary Education with a major in Biological Sciences. All biology
majors should plan, if possible, to take additional elective courses in the
Biological Sciences in order to obtain a broad spectrum of courses within the
Students planning graduate study in biology should
discipline of biology.
expect to take courses beyond the minimum established for graduation.
in
CHEMISTRY — 52
Credit Hours
Since students majoring in Chemistry will adequately satisfy the science
requirements of General Education within the requirements of the Chemistry
Basic Physical Science, Math.
program, they should not take Phys. 101
General Biology I.
Fundamentals of Mathematics, nor Biol. 103
101
—
—
—
CR
Chemistry (28)
Chem. Ill, 112— General Chemistry I and II
Chem. 222 Quantitative Analysis
Chem. 331, 332— Organic Chemistry I and II
Chem. 411, 412 Physical Chemistry I and II
8
—
4
8
—
8
Physics (12)
Phys. 211,
Phys. 310
212— General
— Introduction
Mathematics
(
Physics
to
I
and
8
II
Atomic Physics
4
12 ) *
Math. 211, 212— Calculus I and II
Math. 311 Intermediate Calculus
8
—
4
SUMMARY
General Education
Professional Education
Specialization
Free elective
Total
62
24
40
2
128
160
PHYSICS
— 48
Credit Hours
Since students majoring in Physics will adequately satisfy the science
requirements of General Education within the requirements of the Physics program, they should not take Phys. 101
Basic Physical Science, Math. 101
—
—
Fundamentals of Mathematics, nor
Biol. 103
REQUIRED COURSES
—
General Biology
I.
(42 CRS.)
CR
Physics (19)
Phys. 211, 212— General Physics I and II
Phys 310 Introduction to Atomic Physics
Phys. 311
Mechanics
Phys. 314 Electricity and Magnetism
8
—
—
—
Chemistry (8)
Chem. Ill, 112
— General
Chemistry
I
and
4
3
4
8
II
Mathematics (15)*
Math. 211, 212— Calculus I and II
Math. 311 Intermediate Calculus
Math. 312— Differential Equations
8
—
ELECTIVE COURSES
Phys.
Phys.
Phys.
Phys.
Phys.
Phys.
— Electronics
412— Optics
420 — Vibrations and Waves
421— Solid State Physics
422 — Thermodynamics
490 — Physics Seminar
4
3
CR
(at least 6 Credits)
315
4
3
3
3
3
1
SUMMARY
General Education
Professional Education
S peci alization
Free electives
62
24
36
6
128
Total
MATHEMATICS— 33
It
is
strongly
recommended that two
Credit Hours
of
the
science
requirements of
General Education be satisfied with Physics 211 and 212.
CL/
Math.
110— Pre-Calculus
CR
4
4
4
4
(Does not apply to credits for mathematics major.)
REQUIRED (21 CRS.)
Math. 211— Calculus I
Math. 212— Calculus II
Math. 221— Statistics
Math. 222— College Geometry
Math. 311 Intermediate Calculus
Math. 321 Introduction to Modern Algebra
—
—
.\:
Pre-Calculus, Math. 110 (4 credits),
prepared students.
may
4
4
4
3
3
3
4
4
3
3
also be required of insufficiently
161
ELECTIVES
— Introduction to
(Choose 4)
Computer Programming
1
1
Math. 312— Differential Equations
Math. 322— Linear Algebra
Math. 331 Algebra for Secondary School Teachers
Math. 332— Modern Geometry
Math. 411— Advanced Calculus
Math. 412— Complex Variables
Math. 421— Introduction to Topology
Math. 422— Introduction to Group Theory
Math. 431— Number Theory
Math. 432 Elementary Numerical Analysis
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Math. 241
—
—
SUMMARY
62*
General Education
Professional Education
Specialization
24
29
Electives
13
128
Total
:;:
Count Math. 211
—
Calculus
(4 c.h.) as General Education.
I
EARTH AND SPACE SCIENCE — 39
Credit Hours
Earth and Space Science majors are not required to take Math. 101
Fundamentals of Mathematics or Phys. 101
Basic Physical Science.
—
REQUIRED COURSES
(39 CRS.)
CL
Mathematics (6)
Math. Ill— College Algebra
Math. 112 Trigonometry
CR
3
3
3
3
I
6
4
II
6
4
6
4
4
4
3
—
Physics (8)
Phys. Ill — Introductory Physics
Phys. 112 — Introductory Physics
Chemistry (4)
Chem. Ill — General Chemistry
Earth Science (21)*
Geog. 354 — Cartography
E.
355— Meteorology
Geog. 356— Climatology
E.
357— Physical Geology
359 — Oceanography
E.
E.
361— Historical Geology
365 — Geomorphology
E.
451 — Field Techniques in Earth
E.
453 — Astronomy
E.
I
S.
3
3
3
S.
4
3
S.
3
3
S.
3
3
4
3
3
3-6
3
3
S.
S.
and Space Science
S.
Student must complete 7 of the listed 9 courses.
must be included.
*
—
—
Count Math. Ill College Algebra and Phys. Ill
as General Education.
At
least 1 lab course
— Introductory
Physics
I
162
SUMMARY
CR
General Education
Professional Education
62
24
33
Specialization
Electives
9
Total
GEOGRAPHY
and
128
EARTH
and
SPACE SCIENCE
— 45
Credit Hours
Geography and Earth and Space Science majors are not required to take
Math. 101
Fundamentals of Mathematics and Phys. 101
Basic Physical
—
—
Science.
REQUIRED COURSES
(33 CRS.)
CL
Mathematics (6)
Math. Ill College Algebra
Math. 112— Trigonometry
—
Physics (8)
Phys. Ill Introductory Physics
Phys. 112 Introductory Physics
—
—
Chemistry
Chem. Ill
3
3
3
3
I
6
4
II
6
4
6
4
(4)
— General
Chemistry
I
CL
Earth Science (15)*
Geog. 354 Cartography
—
E. S.
Geog.
E. S.
E. S.
355— Meteorology
356— Climatology
357— Physical Geology
359— Oceanography
361— Historical Geology
E. S.
E. S. 365
Geog. 451
Geog. 453
— Geomorphology
— Field Techniques
— Astronomy
in
Earth and Space Science
ELECTIVE COURSES
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
*
At
CR
least 1 lab course
must be included.
4
3
4
3
3
3
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
8
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
(12 CRS.)
— Economic Geography
223— Geography of Anglo-America
233 — Geography of Europe
243 — Geography of Asia
244 — Geography of Latin America
245 — Geography of Africa
246— Geography of the Soviet Realm
323— Political Geography
358 — Conservation of Natural Resources
363 — Urban Geography
121
CR
163
SUMMARY
CR
62
24
33
General Education
Professional Education
Specialization
9
Electives
128
Total
GEOGRAPHY
and
EARTH SCIENCE
REQUIRED COURSES
Basic
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
— 30
Credit Hours
(12 CRS.)
CL
Geography (12)
102— World Cultural Geography
353 Physiography
—
355 — Meteorology
492 — Geography Seminar
Restricted Electives—
At
Group
least one course
must be chosen from each
of
Groups
1,
2,
Earth Science
Geog. 354 Cartography
Geog. 356— Climatology
E.S. 357— Physical Geology
E.E. 359— Oceanography
E.S.
361— Historical Geology
365— Geomorphology
Geog. 451
Geog. 453
Group
— Field Techniques
—Astronomy
in
Earth and Space Science
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
3
3
4
3
3
3
and
3.
4
3
3
3
4
3
3
3
3
3
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Human Geography
2.
—
—
—
Geog. 121 Economic Geography
Geog. 224 Geographic Influences in American History
Geog. 323— Political Geography
Geog. 358 Conservation of Natural Resources
Geog. 363— Urban Geography
Group
3
1.
—
E.S.
CR
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Regional Studies
3.
— Geography of Anglo-America
— Geography of Europe
— Geography of Asia
— Geography of Latin America
— Geography of Africa
— Geography of the Soviet Realm
223
233
243
244
245
246
SUMMARY
General Education
Professional Education
Specialization
Electives
Total
CR
62
24
33
9
128
16 U
COMPREHENSIVE SOCIAL SCIENCES
BASIC SPECIALIZATION REQUIREMENTS
(9
credit
requirements as indicated)
hours plus area
CR
Elements of Political Science
Economic and Cultural Geography
Principles of Economics II
3
3
3
9
The above requirements must be supplemented with more intensive work in
one of the three major areas of emphasis indicated below.
1.
SOCIAL PROBLEMS EMPHASIS
Within the social problems emphasis, the student must select one of
the specialized curricula described. Coupled with the above requirements, this will permit certification in Comprehensive Social Sciences
and the SINGLE subject indicated.
a.
ECONOMICS—21
(1)
Econ.
Econ.
313
314
422
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
313
333
411
412
422
423
434
470
(2)
Soc.
Soc.
Soc.
Soc.
Soc.
Soc.
462
325
326
3
3
3
CR
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Credit Hours
Required Courses (12 CRS.)
Comparative European Governments
OR
—
— International Relations
— Selected Contemporary Cultures OR
— Personality Culture and Society
— Racial and National Minority Groups
— Contemporary Social Problems
323
324
327
332
315
313
in
(2)
Soc.
OR
Elective Courses (12 CRS.)
SOCIOLOGY— 21
(1)
Pol. Sci.
CR
— Labor Economics
— International Economics
— Intermediate Micro-Economics
— Public Finance and Macro-Economics
— Contrasting Economies
— History of Economic Thought
— Economic Growth of Underdeveloped Areas
— Senior Seminar
b.
Pol. iSci.
Required Courses (9 CRS.)
Comparative European Governments
Contemporary Social Problems
Money and Banking
Comparative Economic Systems
—
—
—
—
Pol. Sci. 323
Soc.
Credit Hours
3
3
3
3
Elective Courses (9 CRS.)
— Sociological Theory
— Comparative Non-Literate Cultures
— Indians of North and South America
3
3
3
165
Soc.
233—Social Work and
3
331
3
the Welfare Services
Marriage and the Family
—
316— Urban Sociology
341 — Criminology
233 — Introduction
Social Work
334— Social Casework
327 — Selected Contemporary Cultures
224 — Cultural Anthropology
Soc.
Soc.
Soc.
3
3
3
to
Soc.
Soc.
Soc.
Soc.
c.
POLITICAL SCIENCE—21
(1)
392— Diplomatic
Soc.
313
422
324
323
Pol. Sci.
Pol. Sci.
3
3
Credit Hours
Required Courses (9 CRS.)
Hist.
Econ.
3
History of the U.
S.
Since 1898
— Contemporary Social Problems OR
— Comparative Economic Systems
— International Relations OR
— Comparative European Governments
(If both courses are desired, one
OR
3
may
be counted
in place of a political science elective)
Pol. Sci.
433— History
(2)
of Political
Thought
3
3
Elective Courses (12 CRS.)
— State and Local Government
— Political Parties and Elections
316 — Public Opinion and Propaganda
313
3
Pol. Sci. 314
3
Pol. Sci.
3
Pol. Sci
Pol. Sci.
Pol. Sci.
352— Public Administration
433— History of Political Thought
— Politics
Pol. Sci. 426
d.
3
and Institutions of the Far East
HISTORY-GOVERNMENT— 21
(1)
3
Credit Hours
Required Courses (15 CRS.)
(Minimum of one course from each of the groups below.)
Group (a) : European History
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
318— England
319— England
324— The Age
326
Hist.
332— Europe
Hist.
Hist.
1688
to
Group
CR
3
since 1688
3
of Absolutism, 1600-1789
3
— Revolution, Liberalism and Nationalism, 1789-1914
since 1914
421 — Diplomatic History of Europe, 1815-1919
422 — Diplomatic History of Europe since 1919
412 — Central Eastern Europe since 1815
Hist.
Hist.
3
( b)
:
3
3
3
3
3
Non-Western World History
— Latin
Hist.
America since 1820
354— Modern Far East
3
Hist.
356— Russia
3
Hist.
452
Hist.
358— Modern Africa
362— The Near and Middle East
Hist.
Hist.
352
—
to
3
1917
Soviet Russia
3
3
since 1800
3
166
Group
United States History
Period
Disunion, 1828-1865
378 The Emergence of Industrial America, 1865-1898
382— Early Twentieth Century, 1898-1932
391— Diplomatic History of the U. S. to 1898
392— Diplomatic History of the U. S. since 1898
396 .Selected Political and Constitutional Problems
384 Contemporary United States, 1932 to the Present
(c)
:
374— Early National
376— Expansion and
Hist.
Hist.
—
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
—
—
Hist.
Hist.
Group (d)
:
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
National Polities
— State and Local
314 — Political Parties
Pol. Sci. 313
Government
3
Pol.
and
3
Sci.
Group
Elections
Pol. Sci. 324
International Politics
Relations
3
Pol.
European Governments
3
Sci.
(e)
:
— International
323 — Comparative
(2)
e.
Elective Courses (6 CRS.)
Two courses to be selected by the student from
History and/or Political Science
GEOGRAPHY— 21
(1)
Credit Hours
Required Courses (18 CRS.)
(Minimum of one course from each of the groups below.)
Group (a)
Earth Science
:
E. S.
— Physiography
or
365 — Geomorphology
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
— Economic Geography
358 — Conservation of National Resources
224 — Geographic Influences
American History
323—
Geography
363 — Urban Geography
Geog.
353
Group
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
(b)
Human Geography
:
Political
—
—
—
—
—
—
(2)
313
411
422
3
3
3
3
3
Regional Studies
:
of
Anglo-America
of Latin America
3
3
Europe
3
Asia
of Africa
3
of
of
of the Soviet
3
Realm
3
Elective Courses (3 CRS.)
(One course from one of the five groups below.)
Group (a)
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
3
in
Group (c)
Geography
Geography
Geography
Geography
Geography
Geography
CR
3
121
223
244
233
243
245
246
6
:
Economics
— Labor Economics
— Intermediate Micro-Economics
— Comparative Economic Systems
3
3
3
167
Group (b)
Sociology
:
— Racial and National Minority Groups
—Urban Sociology
— Contemporary Social Problems
315
316
313
Soc.
Soc.
Soc.
Group
(c)
3
3
3
Political Science
:
— State and Local Government
— International Relations
323 — Comparative European Governments
Pol. Sci. 313
3
Pol. Sci. 324
3
Pol. Sci.
3
Group (d) :
History
Hist.
332— Europe
Hist.
352
Hist.
3
Hist.
354— The Modern Far East
358— Modern Africa
384— Contemporary U. S., 1932 to the Present
378— Emergence of Industrial America, 1765-1898
Hist.
452
3
Hist.
Hist.
— Latin
since 1914
3
America since 1820
— Soviet
Group
3
Russia
(e)
2.
3
3
Philosophy
:
302— Logic
Phil.
3
3
HISTORICAL EMPHASIS— 18
Credit Hours
This program, coupled with the General Education requirements, will
permit certification in Comprehensive Social Sciences with a concentration in history.
(1)
Required Courses (12 CRS.)
(Minimum of one course from each of the groups below.)
Group (a)
:
Ancient
to
Early Modern Era
3
Hist.
318— England to 1688
312— The Classical World
314— Medieval Europe
Hist.
322
3
Hist.
Renaissance and Reformation
324— The Age of Absolutism, 1600-1789
372— Colonial United States to 1783
Hist.
Modern Europe
Group (b)
319— England since 1688
Hist.
326
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
3
3
— The
3
3
:
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
— Revolution,
Liberalism
332— Europe since 1914
421—-Diplomatic History of
348 Contemporary Europe
422 Diplomatic History of
—
—
428 — Intellectual
the
and Nationalism, 1789-1914
3
3
3
Europe, 1815-1919
Culture Tour
Europe since 1919
3
6
3
History of Europe since
Enlightenment
3
168
Group
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
(c)
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
The Non-Western World
— Latin
America since 1820
354— The Modern Far East
3
356— Russia to 1917
358— Modern Africa
362— Near and Middle East
3
352
since 1800
— China and Japan in the 20th Century
— Problems in Africa, Near and Middle East
— Soviet Russia
:
3
3
454
456
452
Group (d)
Hist.
:
3
3
3
3
United States
— Early National Period
— Expansion and Disunion, 1828-1865
— Emergence of Industrial America, 1865-1898
374
376
378
3
382— Early Twentieth
384— Contemporary U.
3
Century, 1898-1932
S., 1932 to the Present
388 History of Pennsylvania
391— Diplomatic History of the U. S. to 1898
392 Diplomatic History of the U. S. since 1898
396 Selected Political and Constitutional Problems
—
—
—
(2)
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Elective Courses (6 CRS.)
(One course from two of the five groups below.)
Group (a)
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
313
314
411
412
422
Soc.
Soc.
Economics
— Labor Economics
— Money and Banking
— Intermediate Micro-Economics
— Public Finance and Macro-Economics
— Comparative Economic Systems
Group
Soc.
:
(b)
:
Group
(c)
:
Minority Groups
Pol. Sci.
Pol. Sci.
Problems
Geog.
Geog.
224
323
:
(e)
— Philosophy
Phil.
303
Phil.
306— Philosophy
:
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Geography
— Geographic Influences
— Political Geography
Group
3
Political Science
— State and Local Government
Constitutional Law
352 — Public Administration
324 — International Relations
323 — Comparative Governments
Group (d)
3
3
Pol. Sci. 313
Pol. Sci.
3
Sociology
— Racial and National
316— Urban Sociology
313 — Contemporary Social
315
3
in U. S. History
Philosophy
3
3
CR
of Science
3
of Religion
3
169
CULTURAL EMPHASIS— 18
3.
Credit Hours
This program, coupled with the General Education requirements, will
permit certification in Comprehensive Social Sciences with broad orientation in a specific geographic area.
Required Courses (15 CRS.)
(1)
327
Soc.
— Selected
The other twelve
selecting
Geog.
Hist.
Econ.
Pol. Sci.
ONE
Contemporary Cultures
3
credits in the required courses are to be completed by
of the following four sequences.
Group (a) : Latin America
Geography of Latin America
Latin America since 1820
Economic Growth of Underdeveloped Areas
Politics and Institutions of Latin America
—
—
—
—
244
352
434
424
3
3
3
3
Group (b) : Europe
233 Geography of Europe
332— Europe since 1914
Geog.
Hist.
Econ.
Pol. Sci.
—
422 — Contrasting Economies
323 — Comparative European
Geog.
Econ.
Pol. Sci.
3
3
Governments
3
Group (c) : Far East
Geography of Asia
354— Modern Far East
434 Economic Growth of Underdeveloped Areas
426 Politics and Institutions of the Far East
243
Hist.
3
—
—
—
Group (d)
:
3
3
3
3
Africa
— Geography of Africa
358— Modern Africa
434 — Economic Growth of Underdeveloped
425 — Politics and Institutions of the
245
Geog.
Hist.
Econ.
Pol. Sci.
3
3
Areas
3
Middle East and Africa
3
(2) Elective Courses (3
CRS.)
One course from any one of the above outside
the selected sequence.
HISTORY
— 24
Credit Hours
REQUIRED COURSE
Hist. 399
— Bibliography
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
CRS.)
and Research
ELECTIVE COURSES
Group
(3
(15
CRS.
CL
CR
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
FROM ONE GROUP)
A —European
Survey
World
314— Medieval Europe
318— England to 1688
319— England since 1688
322 Renaissance and Reformation Eras
324— The Age of Absolutism, 1600-1789
312— Classical
—
170
— Revolution, Liberalism and Nationalism,
Hist. 332— Europe since 1914
Group B —Recent Europe
Hist. 319— England since 1688
Hist. 326— Revolution, Liberalism and Nationalism,
Hist. 332— Europe since 1914
Hist. 412 — Central Eastern Europe since 1815
Hist. 326
Hist.
Hist.
CL
1789-1914
1789-1914
421— Diplomatic
422— Diplomatic
History of Europe, 1815-1919
History of Europe since 1919
Intellectual History of Europe since the Enlightenment
Soviet Russia
—
—
Group A —Recent Non-Western World
Hist. 352 — Latin America since 1820
Hist. 428
Hist. 452
CR
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
II.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
354— The Modern Far East
356— Russia to 1917
358— Modern Africa
362— The Near and Middle East
452— Soviet Russia
.'.
since 1800
— China and Japan the Twentieth Century
— Problems in Africa and the Near and Middle East
Group B — The Contemporary World
Hist. 332— Europe since 1914
Hist. 384 — Contemporary United States, 1932
Present
Hist. 392 — Diplomatic History of the U.
since 1898
Hist. 412 — Central Eastern Europe since 1815
Hist. 454
Hist. 456
in
to
S.
Hist.
Hist.
422— Diplomatic History
452— Soviet Russia
— China and
456 — Problems
Twentieth Century
in Africa and the Near and Middle East
Hist. 454
Hist.
III.
Group
Hist.
Hist.
Japan
A — United
Hist.
in the
of America, to 1783
Period of the United States
376 American Expansion and Disunion, 1828-1865
378 Emergence of Industrial America, 1865-1898
382— Early Twentieth Century United States, 1898-1932
384 Contemporary United States, 1932 to Present
Topics and Problems
Hist. 391— Diplomatic History of the United States to 1898
Hist. 392— Diplomatic History of the U. S. since 1898
Hist. 396
Selected Political and Constitutional Problems
Industrial History of the United States
Hist. 471
History of Labor in the United States
Hist. 472
481
United States Social, Cultural and
Hist.
Intellectual History to 1860
—
—
—
—
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
States Survey
372— Colonial Period
374— Early National
—
—
Hist.
Hist.
—
Hist. 388— Pennsylvania
Group B — United States
Hist.
of Europe since 1919
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
171
Hist. 482
— United
CL
CR
States Social, Cultural and
Intellectual History since 1860
3
3
Additional 6 credits to be selected from outside of group of concentration.
ELECTIVES
(18 CRS.)
Single-subject (6 CRS.)
From
ONE
of the disciplines of:
Economics
Geography
Science
Political
Sociology
A
single Foreign
Language 1
Humanities 2
1
Students electing Foreign Language must complete 12 credits unless exception is approved by the Department of History.
2
Among
Art
Art
Art
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Speech
Music
Music
Music
Music
Phil.
Phil.
the courses fulfilling the Humanities block are:
— American
— European
Art History
Art History
331— Oriental Art History
3
231— British
232— British
311
321
Writers
Writers
— Russian Literature in Translation
—American Literature
— American Literature
— The American Novel
— Later American Prose
415— History of the Theatre
221 — History of Music
324 — American Music
322 — Music of the Romantic Era
323 — Twentieth Century Music
307
381
382
385
386
303— Philosophy
306— Philosophy
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
of Science
3
3
of Religion
3
3
General (12 CRS.)
Except for history majors who pursue a foreign language and who will
usually complete only 6 credits of general electives, majors will complete 12
credits in courses approved by their Department of History advisor.
SUMMARY
CR
General Education
Professional Education
62
Specialization
24
24
Electives
18
Total
I?-*
172
AND SCIENCES
DIVISION OF ARTS
OBJECTIVES
The
universally recognized goals of liberal education are those
which relate to the maturation of the individual in knowledge and
wisdom. In terms of the customary three-fold division of knowl-
—
edge
—
Humanities. Social Sciences. Natural Sciences
detailed description of the goals might be as follows:
a
more
(1) to culti-
and judicious attitude towards the
various media of creative expression as communicative of man's
ideas, aspirations, and needs, (2) to develop an awareness of our
social heritage, the relevance of social, political, and economic fac-
vate
a
sensitive,
human
tors to
the present.
analytical
appreciative,
behavior, and the relationship between the past and
(3)
to
provide a basic understanding of
methods of investigation
and of the application of
into the nature of the
modern
scientific discovery to
and
critical
universe
life.
In addition to cultivating the "whole" individual, the Arts and
Sciences Program
is
of a single field in
intended to offer an opportunity for exploration
some depth, not only
as
a
means
to
possible
further education at the graduate level, but also for the value in-
herent in terminal experience of the complexities of any one discipline.
Hence, the Bachelor of Aris curriculum
at
Bloomsburg, lead-
ing to the A. B. degree, offers both exposure in breadth and penetration in depth,
proceeding from the assumption that
many
vital
stable
and tolerant
among
consequences of a more enlightened individual
is
a
the
more
society.
AN OVERVIEW
The Arts and Sciences program
consists of four parts,
I.
II.
which may be
at
Bloomsburg
briefly outlined as follows:
General Education
Core Studies
State College
66-70
Credit Hours
14-18
Credit Hours
in the Social
Sciences, the Humanities or
the Natural Sciences
III.
Additional studies
in the
Core or
Major Area
IV.
Electives
1
6
-
24 Credit Hours
24 Credit Hours
Total Required for the
A.
B.
Degree
128 Credit Hours
1
73
THE GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENT
The General Education requirement is essential to any curriculum in the Arts and Sciences. Its purpose is to prepare all students, whatever their field of concentration or their vocational intentions, for adult
members
life
as
men and women
living private
lives;
of their local communities; and as citizens of the
monwealth, of the nation and of the world.
enrolled in the various divisions
degree in professional education.
to "cross over"
years with a
Thus
from one program
minimum
of difficulty.
it
Com-
The General Education
requirement for students enrolled in Arts and Sciences
that for students
as
is
similar to
is
leading to the
possible for students
to another within the first
two
In order to achieve the pur-
poses of General Education, the following 66-70 hour requirement
has been established:
Credit
Science
(Biology, Chemistry, Physics, or Earth
Science)
Hours
6-8
Art or Music
3
Literature
Philosophy
History of Civilization
Political Science 211 or 212
6
3
Psychology
3
Social Science
(Any two
3
6
of the following: Econ. 211, Econ. 212,
Soc. 211, other Soc, Anthro. 224, Anthro. 323)
English Composition
Introduction to Speech
6
6
3
Mathematics 111, 112, or 211, 212
Foreign Language (Fr., Ger., Span., or Rus. 103-104)
World Geography
Personal Health
Physical Education I, II, III, IV
6-8
6
3
2
4
66-70 Cr. Hrs.
THE CORE REQUIREMENT
The beginning
of specialization or study of material in depth in
and Sciences Program occurs with the student's choice of
one of three broad areas of concentration: Humanities, Social
Following is the
Sciences, or Natural Science and Mathematics.
the Arts
Core Requirement for each
I.
area.
Humanities Core
English 249 Shakespeare
—
Any
additional semester of English Literature
Philosophy 307— Ethics
or Philosophy 302
—Logic
Credit Hours
3
3
3
17U
—
Speech 208 Introduction to Theatre Arts
Argumentation
or Speech 321
Any semester of Art History
Any semester of Music History
—
3
3
3
Total
II.
18
Social Science Core
The general intent of the Social Science Core is to require the comtwo semesters of study in the areas of geography, psychology,
political science, economics, and sociology, plus one semester in anthropology.
A portion of this program is fulfilled by the Social Science
courses in General Education.
(As regards history, two courses are
already required in General Education.)
The Social Science Core conpletion of
sists of the following:
1.
The four courses below which have not been taken
to
complete the General Education requirement.
Political Science 211, Political Science 212
Economics 211, Economics 212
Sociology 211, one additional semester of sociology
Anthropology 224 (or 323)
12
2.
An
additional semester of geography and an additional
semester of psychology
6
18
Total
III.
Natural Science and Mathematics Core
1.
Math. 211 and 212
2.
A
full
Calculus
year of a science that
relevant
a
—
field
is
and
II
(a)
outside of, yet
8
the major and (b) in addition to and in
separate from the year of science taken in
to,
fulfillment of the
Possible
I
selections:
Education Requirement.
Biology,
Chemistry, Physics,
General
Earth Science
6-8
14-16
Total
THE MAJOR-AREA REQUIREMENT
Above and beyond
ments a minimum of 24
three general
the General Education and Core Requirecredit hours
areas of concentration
must be amassed
one of the
(Humanities, Social Science,
Natural Sciences and Mathematics) or preferably
cipline within
in
in
a specific dis-
one of these areas.
For the achievement of
this
Major-Area Requirement,
courses or course sequences are prescribed by
specific
some departments:
175
1.
Biology 1
Nine semesters basic:
Biol.
103— General
Biol.
331— Ecology
Biol.
341
351
361
371
381
Biology I
Biol. 210
Invertebrate Zoology
Biol. 211
Vertebrate Zoology
Biol. 220— General Botany I
Biol. 221— General Botany II
PLUS any four of the following:
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
—
—
— Genetics
— Molecular Biology
—Microbiology
— Embryology
—Vertebrate Physiology
Additional courses, according to advisement:
i.
Field Courses
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
417— Field Zoology
422— Field Botany
Biol.
432
Biol.
ii.
— Fresh
Water Biology
Laboratory Courses
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
2.
— Entomology
413— Ornithology
414 — Ichthyology
411
—Parasitology
420— Plant Physiology
421 — Plant Anatomy
441 — Evolution
452 — Radiation Biology
453 — Biological Chemistry
471 — Histology
482 — Comparative Vertebrate
416
Business-Economics
Anatomy
(combination)
—
—
Bus. Ed. 221, 222 Principles of Accounting2
Bus. Ed. 321, 322 Intermediate Accounting
Econ. 211, 212 Principles of Economics
Bus. Ed. 101 Intro, to Business Organization and Finance
Bus. Ed. 331 Business Law
Econ. 413 Money and Banking
—
3.
—
—
—
English
Eng. 231, 232— British Writers
Eng. 401 Structure of English
OR Eng. 402 History of the English Language
—
1
—
Biology majors are expected to take the following auxiliary courses: Chem. Ill
331 and 332, Phys. Ill and 112, and Math. 211 and 212.
2 Normally begun
in
the
sophomore year.
and
112,
Chem.
176
4.
Geography3
A. Geography (Not necessarily in sequence)
Geog. 225 Weather and Climate
Geog. 223 Geography of Anglo-America
Geog. 323 Political Geography
Geog. 354
Cartography
Geog. 363 Urban Geography
Geomorphology
E. S. 365
Seminar in Geography
Geog. 492
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Choice of regional course in Geography
B.
Earth Science (not necessarily
E. S. 357— Physical Geology
E. S. 361
Historical Geology
E. S. 355— Meteorology
Geomorphology
E. S. 365
E. S. 453 Astronomy
Oceanography
E. S. 359
—
—
—
—
451 — Field Techniques
E.
Geog. 495 — Seminar
Earth
in
S.
in
C.
in sequence)
Earth and Space Science
Science
Meteorology (not necessarily in sequence)
E. S. 355— Meteorology
Geog. 356 Climatology
Oceanography
E. S. 359
Geomorphology
E. S. 365
Astronomy
E. S. 453
493
Geog.
Seminar in Meteorology
Theoretical Mechanics
—
—
—
—
—
Integral Calculus
5.
6.
History
Hist. 399
— Bibliography and Research
Mathematics
Math. 110 — Pre-Calculus (remedial only)
Math. 211— Calculus I
Math. 212— Calculus II
Math. 221— Statistics
Math. 311 Intermediate Calculus
Math. 321 Modern Algebra
PLUS any five of the following:
Math. 241 Introduction to Computer Programming
Math. 312— Differential Equations
Math. 322 Linear Algebra
Math. 332 Modern Geometry
Math. 411 Advanced Calculus
Math. 412 Complex Variables
Math. 421— Topology
Math. 422— Group Theory
Math. 431 Number Theory
Math. 432 Numerical Analysis
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(1 cr. hr. only)
—
—
3 Required
in
for
Computing.
any of the
three
majors
in
Geography are
a
course
in
Statistics
and a
course
177
7.
Physical Sciences
A.
Chemistry
Chem.
Chem.
Chem.
Chem.
Chem.
Chem.
1
—
331,
411,
— General
Chemistry I and II
Quantitative Analysis
332— Organic Chemistry I and II
412 Physical Chemistry I and II
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Instrumental Analysis
Ill, 112
222
—
—
—
PLUS at least one of the following:
Chem. 422 — Qualitative Organic Analysis
Chem. 490 — Chemistry Seminar
Chem. 491 — Special Topics
Chem. 492 — Chemical Research
B.
421
424
Physics 2
Phys.
Phys.
Phys.
Phys.
211,
212— General
Physics
I
and
II
— Introduction Atomic Physics
— Mechanics
— Electricity and Magnetism
PLUS at least 12
hrs. drawn from the following:
Phys. 315 — Electronics (4
hrs.)
Phys. 412— Optics
hrs.)
Phys. 420 — Vibrations and Waves
hrs.)
Phys. 421— Solid State Physics
hrs.)
422
Thermodynamics
Phys.
hrs.)
—
Phys. 490 — Physics Seminar
hr.)
310
311
314
to
cr.
cr.
(3 cr.
(3 cr.
(3 cr.
(3 cr.
(1 cr.
8.
Psychology
— General Psychology
— Child Growth and Development (Child Psychology)
OR Psy. 416 — Adolescent Psychology
Psy. 321 — Tests and Measures
Psy. 331 — Mental Hygiene and Problems of Adjustment
OR Psy. 431 — Abnormal Psychology
Psy. 351 — Social Psychology
OR Psy. 451 — Psychology for Business and Industry
Psy. 406 — Psychology Seminar
Psy. 460— Basic Statistical Method
Psy. 461 — Experimental Psychology
Additional courses which may be chosen:
Psy. 102 — Advanced General Psychology
Psy. 401 — Foundation of Contemporary Psychology
Psy. 101
Psy. 211
4
1
Chemistry majors are expected
Math. 211, 212, 311, 312.
to
take the following auxiliary
courses:
Phys.
Chem.
211,
212,
310 and
2
Physics majors are expected to take the following auxiliary courses:
to be taken in the freshman year) and Math. 211, 212, 311, 312.
3
Usually taken during the freshman year in fulfillment of the General Education Requirement. Also
recommended for Psychology majors during the freshman year are: Biol. 103, 104 and Math.
Ill,
112.
4 Prior
approval of the instructor
is
required.
Ill,
112
(these
two
178
Psy.
436— The Study
of Personality
— Psychology of Motivation
—Advanced Experimental Psychology
466 — Research Projects in Psychology
Psy. 456
Psy. 462
Psy.
9.
1
Social Sciences
A.
Comprehensive Major
Any
work
six semesters of
in
Social
the
Sciences beyond the
General Education and Core Requirements
B.
Economics
International Economics
Intermediate Micro Economics
Public Finance and Macro Economics
Money and Banking
Business and Economics Statistics
Business and Economics Statistics
Seminar
C.
in
Economics
I
II
1
Political Science
Six semesters of work beyond Pol. Sci. 211 and 212, to be determined in consultation with an appropriate faculty advisor.
D.
10.
Sociology
Six semesters of work beyond Soc. 211 and the core semester of
sociology, to be determined in consultation with an appropriate faculty advisor.
Speech
Basic
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
A.
B.
1
Prior
approval
206
241
325
412
— Oral Interpretation
— Voice and Diction
— Extempore Speech
— Fundamentals of Acting
Further Sequence for Public Address
Speech 231 Introduction to Radio and Television
Speech 307 Business and Professional Speech
Speech 418 Discussion
Speech 421 Persuasion
Speech 492 Seminar
—
—
—
—
—
Further Sequence for Theatre Studies
Speech 211 Theatre Production
Speech 311 Scene Design
Speech 318 Creative Dramatics
Speech 319— Children's Theatre
Speech 411 Play Direction
Speech 414 Costuming for the Stage
Speech 415 History of the Theatre
Speech 416 Modern Theatre
Speech 490 Speech Seminar
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
of
the
instructor
is
required.
179
ELECTIVES
For the
elective portion of the curriculum,
which makes up the
balance of the 128 credit hours required for graduation, students
may
take almost any courses offered by the college, with the logical
exception of those in Professional Education, Physical Education,
certain
Business Education
Approximately
etc.
skills,
credit hours are normally allowed for electives
dent's
own
16 to 24
(courses of the stu-
choice).
Note on Pre-Professional Programs:
Students intending
to transfer ultimately to a college of medicine, veterinary medicine,
dentistry,
pharmacy, law, engineering, theology,
etc.
should write
immediately for the catalog and/or admission requirements of that
particular college
and, with the aid of the Director of Arts and
Sciences at Bloomsburg State College, plan their undergraduate pro-
grams accordingly.
SCHEDULING
For
gressively
assistance in planning a course of study that
concentrated,
becomes pro-
two suggested schedule guides are given
below, one for students concentrating in either the Social Sciences
or the Humanities, the other for students concentrating in Mathematics or the Natural Sciences.
The
difference between the two
schedules results from the fact that the latter areas are more rigorously sequential.
Hence, students concentrating
the Natural Sciences
would be apt
matics and science during the
to take
first
in
Mathematics or
two years each of mathe-
two years of
college, deferring
certain General Education Requirements until the
sophomore and
junior years, while students concentrating in the Social Sciences or
the Humanities
would be apt
matics and science during the
to take only
one year each of mathe-
two years of college, thus fulfilling their General Education Requirements earlier and experiencing
somewhat greater emphasis upon Major-Area Requirements and
Electives during the last two years.
These two schedules are to be
first
considered only as guides in planning the A. B. program; they
may
be departed from, with the consent of the student's advisor and as
scheduling difficulties arise.
It is
ter
apparent that an average of 16 hours of credit per semes-
should be maintained in order for a student to graduate within
=
However, students are advised not to assume course loads that are too heavy for them to manage creditably and to bear in mind that a full-time student may carry
as few as 12 credit hours.
the usual 8 semesters (8
x 16
128).
180
SUGGESTED SCHEDULE FOR AREAS OF
THE SOCIAL SCIENCES AND HUMANITIES
FIRST
FIRST
SECOND SEMESTER
Cr.
English
YEAR
SEMESTER
101
Speech 103
Hrs.
3
3
3-4
3
Science
History 211
Foreign Language
H.P.E. 101— Physical Fitness Education
Cr. Hrs.
Geography
3
Science
History
Foreign
1
H.P.E.
_
102
English
101
_.
_
_
_
212
Language
_
150-Aquatics
3
3
3-4
3
3
1
16-17
16-17
SECOND YEAR
__
207
Mathematics
English
3
3
Social Science
H.P.E. 100— Personal & Community
Art or Music
Major- Area or Elective
H.P.E. — Elective
Health
208
Mathematics
English
Science
Science
3
Social
2
Political
3
Psychology __
Major-Area or
H.P.E. -Elective
0-3
1
3
3
3
211
3
3
0-3
Elective
1
15-18
16-19
THIRD YEAR
3-6
12
Humanities or Social Science Core
Major-Area and or Electives
Philosophy
Humanities or Social
.
.
Science
Core
Major-Area and or Electives
3
3-6
9
15-18
Average
Average
15-18
FOURTH YEAR
3-6
12
Humanities or Social Science Core
Major-Area and/ or Electives
Humanities or Social Science Core
Major-Area and or Electives
Average
15-18
Average
Required for graduation:
3-6
12
15-18
128 Semester Hours.
SUGGESTED SCHEDULE FOR AREA OF
THE NATURAL SCIENCES
(SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS)
FIRST
FIRST
SECOND SEMESTER
English
101
Speech
103
3
3
Mathematics
3-4
4
Science
Foreign
YEAR
SEMESTER
3
Language
English
102
3
.
Geography
3
Science
Mathematics
Language
Foreign
16-17
3-4
4
3
16-17
SECOND YEAR
History 211
Art or Music
2nd Year Science
2nd Year Mathematics
H.P.E. 100-Personal & Community Health
H.P.E. 101-Physical Fitness Education
3
History 212
Psychology
2nd Year Science
2nd Year Mathematics
2
Political
3
3
-4
1
15-16
H.P.E.
Science
211
150-Aquatics
16-17
_
181
THIRD YEAR
Cr. Hrs.
—
_
Social Science
English 207 _
3
3
3-4
6-8
Core
Major Area and/or Electives
H.P.E.-Eledive
Science
__
Core
Major Area and/or Electives
_
3
3
_
_
Science
H. P. E. -Elective
1
Cr. Hrs.
—
_
Social Science
English 208
3-4
6-8
__
__
1
16-19
16-19
FOURTH YEAR
Philosophy
15-17
Major Area and/or Electives
3
12-14
Major Area and/or Electives
15-17
Average
Average
15-17
Required for graduation:
Semester Hours.
128
DIVISION OF BUSINESS
THE FOUR YEAR BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUMS
The purpose
of the Business Administration
program
is
to pre-
pare students for successful careers in business that will be personally satisfying
and
socially useful.
Students enrolled in the Business Administration curriculums
take courses during their
first
two years that
identical to those required of
Sciences programs.
on courses
in
all
After the
are, for the
most
students enrolled in the Arts and
first
two years, emphasis
is
placed
Business Administration; at this time Business
ministration majors will also have the option of specializing in
area of their choice
—
Students thus
sciences.
in
either business or
may
part,
satisfy their
own
one of the
Adsome
arts
and
personal interests in
business as well as receive a substantial general education.
Graduates of the program
degree
may
receive a Bachelor of Science
(or a Bachelor of Arts degree
by completing the foreign
language requirement).
Specifically, the
is
program of studies
in Business Administration
designed:
1.
To
provide essential knowledge of the social and physical
world
2.
To
in
which we
cultivate
live.
skills,
attitudes,
understandings,
and knowl-
edges, which can be applied to the world of business.
3.
To develop
4.
which are required by business.
To understand the organization and management of our
personality and characteristics in the students
dustrial society.
in-
182
5.
To develop
the ability to think rationally
and
to apply this
kind of thinking to complex business problems.
6.
To develop
and techniques which will aid students
become business managers or administra-
the skills
in their efforts to
tors.
Upon
satisfactory completion of the basic year of the curricu-
lum, students must choose one of the sequences (General Business,
STUBUSINESS TRAINING IN
Accounting, or Economics) shown on the following pages.
DENTS NEED NOT HAVE HAD
HIGH SCHOOL to complete the various
business sequences.
Present or prospective transfer students from Junior Colleges
should consult Paragraph
Business
Administration,"
I
(A, B, C, and
January
D)
1968 with
of the "Criteria
respect
For
college
to
course offerings for the school years 1968-71.
Transfer students from junior colleges or community colleges
will
be required to complete the following courses in their designated
curriculum:
—Accounting
Management Decision and
subsequent accounting courses
450 — Introduction
Data Processing
Programming
451 — Introduction
Bus. 323
for
other
as prescribed
Bus.
or Bus.
to Electronic
to
All requirements for General Education, Core, Specialized, and
Electives as
shown
for each curriculum.
GENERAL EDUCATION
(all
sequences)
Business Administration
Science
6-8
Art or Music
3
Literature
6
Psychology
3
Social Sciences:
Economics
6
Political Science
English Composition
Speech
3
Mathematics (111 and higher level)
World History
Geography
Health
Physical Education
Philosophy, Advanced Speech, Sociology, or Foreign Language
6
6
3
6
3
2
3
6
62-64
CORE
(all
sequences)
— Introduction Business
221 and 222 — Principles of Accounting
323 — Accounting for Management Decision
331 — Business Law
342 — Marketing Principles and Practices
Bus. 343 — Business Finance
Bus. 344 — Management Processes
Econ. 346 — Business and Economics Statistics
Econ. 413 — Money and Banking
Bus. 446 — Business Policies
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
101
3
to
I,
,.
c
II
I
6
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
TOTAL GENERAL AND CORE
33
95-97
Subject to change for administrative reasons without notice.
ACCOUNTING SEQUENCE
Business Administration
SPECIALIZED REQUIREMENTS
—
Bus. 321 and 322 Intermediate Accounting I, II
Bus. 421
Cost Accounting
422
Bus.
Auditing Theory and Procedures
Bus. 423— State and Federal Tax Accounting
—
—
6
3
3
3
15
ELECTIVES**
Bus. 332— Business Law II
Bus. 341
Retail Management Concepts
Bus. 345 Personnel Management
Bus. 424— Tax Problems
3
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
3
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
—
—
430 — Advanced Statistics
445 — Report Writing for Management
447 — Research Studies
Management
448 — Advanced Cost Accounting
449— CPA Problems
450 and 451 — Data Processing
in
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
6
18
The student must complete the following courses:
General
Core
Education
Specialized
Requirements
Electives
62-64
33
15
18
Typewriting or proficiency
128
Subject to change for administrative reasons, without notice.
** 30 credits offered
18 credits needed
18 If
SEMESTER
101— Eng. Comp.
Geog. 101-World Phys.
Math. Ill -Algebra
Hist. Ill-World
History
Credits
FIRST
Eng.
3
3
3
3
I
Geog.
...
H.P.E.
'Bus.
101-Phys.
_
Fitness
Princi-!cs
221— Acctg.
I
SECOND SEMESTER
Eng. 102-Eng.
Art 101 Music
Credits
Comp.
II
Mathematics
Bus.
222-Acdg.
112-World
1
Hist.
3
H.P.E.
Principles
II
....
.
History
...
150-Aquatics
1
16
16
THIRD SEMESTER
Eng.
Econ.
207-World
211— Prin.
Credits
Lit.
_
I
3
H.P.E. 100-Personal and Com.
Psy. 101— Gen. Psychology
Bus. 421— Cost Accounting
Bus. 321— Inter. Accounting
FOURTH SEMESTER
Eng. 208-World Lit.
Credits
II
....
103— Intro, to Speech
212— Prin. of Economics II
323-Acctg. for Mgmt. Dec.
Speech
Economics
of
Health
Econ.
Bus.
—
Bus. 322 Inter.
H.P.E. -Elective
I
3
3
3
3
3
...
101
Accounting
_
Econ.
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
SEMESTER
314— Money & Banking
331 -Bus. Law
441— Prin. Marketing
423— Fed. State Taxes
Credits
3
I
1
16
SIXTH
Bus.
Bus.
SEMESTER
343— Business Finance
344— Management Processes
Bus.
Bus.
Credits
3
3
3
3
3
...
Science
__
Science Elective
Phil. 211, Soc. 211
Elective
450-lntro.
to
E.D.P
346— Statistics
15
18
SEVENTH SEMESTER
422— Auditing
__
Sci.
'ol.
212 211 -Government
Speech 307— Bus. end Prof Speech
Credits
3
3
3
6
3us.
_
Electives
3
3
3
II
17
FIFTH
3
3
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Bus. 446— Bus. Policies
Credits
3
12
Electives
15
15
GENERAL BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION SEQUENCES
ELECTIVE, REQUIREMENTS
Credits
62-64
Education
General
Core
33
Electives in Business Administration
(Accounting or Economics as approved by advisor)
33
128
A
student must complete 33 elective credits which can include one
additional course in Accounting and one additional course in Economics.
The remaining courses would be
—
selected
from those
listed
under Electives
Business Administration.
Students should also refer to Core courses and General Education.
ELECTIVES
—
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Data Processing
Business
Law
Advanced
6
II
3
Statistics
3
Business Report Writing
Personnel Administration
*
Students with an
Introduction
to
accounting objective
Business.
3
3
should enroll
in
Bus.
221
in
the
first
semester and
omit
185
Credits
Transportation
Advertising Management: Organization and Planning
Marketing Research Studies
Research Studies in Management
Retail Management Concepts
Sales
3
3
3
3
3
Management
3
ELECTIVES
—
ECONOMICS
International Economics
Public Finance
3
3
—
ELECTIVES
ACCOUNTING
Tax
State and Federal
Advanced Cost Accounting
3
3
Cost Accounting
3
Tax Problems
3
SEMESTER
101— Composition
FIRST
Eng.
*Geog. 101 -World Phys. Geog
Math. Ill-Algebra _
_
101— Intro, to Business
Ill-World History
Bus.
Hist.
Credits
3
3
3
3
3
I
_
101-Fitness
H.P.E.
1
SECOND SEMESTER
Eng. 102— Composition
Art 101 /Music 101
_
II
___
Mathematics
Speech 103— Introduction to Speech
Psy. 101— General Psychology
H.P.E. 150-Aquatics
_
.„
Credits
3
_
3
3
3
3
1
16
THIRD
SEMESTER
Bus. 221— Accounting
Econ. 21 1— Principles
Eng. 207-World Lit.
H.P.E.
Credits
3
Principles
of Economics
I
_
„
I
3
3
2
3
3
100-Personal and Com. Health
_
112-World
Hist.
Biol.
103 or
History
Physical Science
_
16
FOURTH SEMESTER
Credits
222-Accounting
Bus.
Principles
3
3
II
212— Principles of Economics
**Eng. 208-World Lit. II or
Econ.
Humanities Elective
346-Statistics
H.P.E.-Elective
Science Elective
3
3
Bus.
_
1
3
_
17
16
FIFTH
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
SEMESTER
323— Acctg. for Mgt.
331— Business Law
Decisions
Credits
3
3
I
343 — Business
Finance
450— Intro, to Data Processing
345— Personnel Management _
3
3
3
SIXTH SEMESTER
344— Management Processes
342— Marketing Principles
Econ. 413— Money & Banking
Bus.
Bus.
_..
Credits
3
3
__
3
6
Electives
15
15
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Bus. 446— Business Policies
Bus. 445— Report Writing
Credits
3
...
3
.....
3
...
Pol.
Sci.
211
or 212
Electives
.....
6
EIGHTH SEMESTER
447— Research
Bus.
Studies
in
Credits
3
Management
Electives—
Business Administration, Acctg
_
or Economics
12
15
15
ECONOMICS SEQUENCES
Business Administration
General Education
Core
62
33
Specialized Economics Courses
Electives
Business Administration
15
18
—
128
Alternate Economic
Humanities
Geography
Electives:
Philosophy
Professional
Speech
or
Literature.
186
SPECIALIZED REQUIREMENTS
The student must complete the following courses
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
Credits
— Intermediate Micro Economics
— Intermediate Macro Economics
— History of Economic Thought
422 — Contrasting Economies
313 — Labor Economics
411
412
423
ELECTIVES
—
3
3
3
3
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Business Law II
Personnel Management
Cost Accounting
Federal and State Taxes
Advanced
15
3
3
3
3
3
Statistics
3
Report Writing
Research Studies
3
Introduction to Electronic Data Processing
Introduction to Computers
3
3
18
3
AND ELECTIVES
TOTAL, SPECIALIZED
33
95
ADD GENERAL AND CORE
Subject to change for administrative
SEMESTER
101— Composition
FIRST
Eng.
reasons without notice.
Credits
„....
I
*Geog. 101 -World Phys. Geog
Math. Ill— Algebra
_.
Ill-World History
Hist.
H.P.E. 101 -Fitness
Bus. 101— Intro, to
„....
3
3
3
3
1
Business
„
3
_
SECOND SEMESTER
Eng. 102— Composition
Art 101 /Music 101
Credits
3
3
3
3
3
II
Mathematics
„
Speech 103— Introduction to Speech
Psy. 101— General Psychology
H.P.E. 150-Aquatics
1
16
SEMESTER
THIRD
Credits
221 —Accounting Principles
Econ. 21 1 —Principles of Economics
Eng. 207-World Lit.
H.P.E. 100-Personal and Com. Health
Hist. 112-World History
Biol
1 03
Bus.
3
3
3
2
3
3
I
I
16
FOURTH SEMESTER
Bus. 222— Accounting Principles II
Econ. 212— Principles of Economics
**Eng. 208-World Lit
_
Credits
3
3
3
3
Bus. 346-Statistics
H.P.E. -Elective
Physics
1
3
16
17
FIFTH
SEMESTER
Credits
323-Acctg.
for Mgt. Decision
331— Business Law
343— Business Finance
450— Intro, to Data Processing
Econ. 423-Hist. Econ. Thought
***Phil. 211— Introduction to Philosophy
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
I
_...
SIXTH SEMESTER
Credits
3
3
Bus.
Bus.
344— Management Processes
342— Marketing Principles
Pol.
Sci.
3
3
Econ.
Econ.
3
211
or
3
3
3
212
314— Money & Banking
313— Industrial Relations
3
3
_
_
15
18
18
credits
** Alternate
needed
Economic Geography
For Humanities Requirement, 12 credits are required,
plus Art or Music will satisfy the requirements.
two Philosophy Courses, one
Literature
Students must complete 15 semester hour credits in the following courses to
Specialized Requirements in Economics: Econ. 41 1— Intermediate Micro Economics, 3;
Public Finance and Macro Economics, 3; Econ. 423— History of Economic Thought, 3;
Comparative Economic Systems, 3; Econ. 313 — Industrial Relations, 3.
Note.-
***Phil
—
Introduction,
Logic or Ethics
Course,
satisfy
Econ.
Econ.
the
412—
422—
187
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Econ.
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Credits
411— Inter. Micro Econ
446— Business Policies
445— Report Writing
_
Bus.
Bus.
Electives
3
3
Bus. 447— Research
Electives
3
6
Econ.
422— Comp.
Credits
Studies
Econ.
in
Management
3
9
3
Systems
—
15
15
THE FOUR YEAR
BUSINESS EDUCATION CURRICULUMS
The
Department of Public Instruction has designated the
Bloomsburg State College as one of the institutions in which secondary business teachers of the Commonwealth may be educated.
State
The primary purpose
Education
to
is
program of the Division of Business
prepare teachers for the junior and senior high
of the
schools of Pennsylvania.
Upon
completion of the Business Education Curriculum, the
Bachelor of Science Degree
made
to the State
certificate.
is
conferred and application
Department of Public Instruction
The courses included
in the
may
be
for a teaching
curriculum qualify gradu-
ates to secure certification to teach business subjects in
any junior
or senior high school in Pennsylvania.
ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
The Business Education Curriculum has proved so popular
since it was first introduced in 1930 that only a limited number of
selected students are admitted.
select this curriculum
All prospective students
plan to
should apply to the Director of Admissions
early in the year preceding the year in
in the college.
who
which they expect
to enroll
Only those high school students whose records
indi-
cate the ability to complete the curriculum satisfactorily are accepted.
This does not
mean
have had business courses
students
that students applying for admission
in
who have had no
high school or business college.
must
Many
previous business training successfully
complete the Business Education Curriculum.
As
this
curriculum
is
of college grade, advanced standing
is
not
granted for work completed in secondary schools, business colleges,
or non-accredited business schools.
188
ADVANCED STANDING
Applicants for admission to the Business Education Curriculum
who have earned
credit at other colleges or universities should sub-
mit a transcript of this credit
vanced standing
will
stitutions of college
when applying
for admission.
be granted for courses completed
grade when, in the judgment of the
at
Ad-
other in-
Dean
of In-
struction, such courses are equivalent to subjects prescribed in the
Business Education Curriculum.
If a tentative
or universities
is
evaluation of courses completed at other colleges
desired,
a transcript showing the
names
of the
courses, the grades, and the credit hours earned should be sent to
the Director of the Division of Business Education.
A
tentative
evaluation can be requested prior to making application for admission to the college.
The
1.
specific objectives of the Business
To
Education program are:
contribute to the development of a broader understand-
ing of the culture of our society.
2.
To develop an appreciation of the contributions business
teachers can make to the total educational program of the
school.
3.
To
prepare students for certification to teach or supervise
the teaching of business subjects.
4.
To develop
vocational competency in the
skill
subjects and
in accounting.
5.
To
provide
sufficient
competency and
to
basic
business
education
to
insure
develop interest in the teaching of basic
business subjects.
6.
To
provide training and experience in methods and tech-
niques of teaching business subjects.
Upon
satisfactory completion of the basic year of the curricu-
lum, students must choose one of the sequences (General, Secre-
STUDENTS
NEED NOT HAVE HAD BUSINESS TRAINING IN HIGH
SCHOOL to complete the business sequences.
tarial,
or Accounting)
shown on
the following pages.
For administrative reasons the sequence of courses
to change.
whi
e the
The
first
number
after
is
subject
each course refers to clock hours,
second indicates the number of credit hours.
189
program students must complete 128
credits of courses distributed approximately equally between General
Education and Business Education.
All Business Education
Prior to the end of the junior year students must receive clear-
ance from the Student Teaching Committee
—
Business Education
for admission to student teaching in public secondary schools.
For the Provisional Certificate
to teach Business
Education
in
a public high school in Pennsylvania, candidates must complete the
Accounting, the General, or the Secretarial Sequence (or their equi-
Bloomsburg
These sequences incorporate
courses in general, professional, and Business Education required
under the regulations published by the Department of Public Instrucvalents) at
State College.
tion.
The following high school teaching
areas and the college credits
for specific courses for these areas follow:
of accounting courses; Business English,
Bookkeeping, 12 credits
15 credits in English, in-
cluding Business Correspondence; Business Mathematics, 15 credits
in
accounting and business mathematics; Retail Selling, 9 credits
in
Salesmanship (Bus. 241), Marketing (Bus. 342) and Retailing (Bus.
Students must
341); Shorthand. 9 credits; Typewriting, 6 credits.
complete all of the courses prescribed on a particular sequence to
qualify for a certificate.
FIRST
(all
FIRST
sequences)
SECOND SEMESTER
SEMESTER
Hours
CL CR
3
3
_
101— English Composition
Math. 101— Fundamentals of Mathematics 3
Geog. 101— World Physical Geography _ 3
Eng.
Speech 103 — Introduction
H.
P.
Phil.
E.
21
YEAR
Speech
to
_
101— Physical Fitness Education
1— Intro, to Philosophy
„
3
3
3
3
2
1
3
17
3
16
Hours
CL
Eng. 102— English Composition
Phys. 101— Physical Science
Art 101— Intro, to Art or
Music 101— Intro,
H.
P.
E.
to
100— Personal
Music
and
Health
and
Organization
Business
Finance
of
4
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
3
4
3
3
21
18
Community
H. P. E. 150-Aquatics
Bus. 101— Introduction to
Bus. 221 —Principles
CR
3
Accounting
i
1
GENERAL SEQUENCE
SECOND YEAR
SECOND SEMESTER
FIRST SEMESTER
Hours
Hours
CL
Eng. 207 or 208-Survey of
Biol. 103— General
Biology
H. P. E. -Elective
World
Lit
I
Bus. 201— Elementary Typewriting
Bus. 21 1— Elementary Shorthand
Bus. 222— Principles of Accounting
I
I
II
CR
3
5
2
3
3
4
4
4
2
3
3
22
15
1
CL
218 or Hist. Ill
Bus. 202 — Elementary Typewriting II
II
Bus. 212-Elementary Shorthand
Bus. 321— Intermediate Accounting
Natural Science or Math, elective
Humanities elective
Hist.
I
_
CR
3
3
4
4
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
20
17
—
190
THIRD YEAR
Hours
CL
Psy. 101— General Psychology _
Econ. 21 1— Principles of Economics
Typewriting
Bus. 301— Advanced
Bus. 311— Advanced Shorthand
Bus. 322— Intermediate Accounting
Bus. 331— Business Law
Hours
CR
3
4
4
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
3
20
17
3
II
I
CL
Psy. 371— Educational Psychology
Econ. 212— Principles of Economics
Bus. 332-Business Law II
Bus. 334— Business Mathematics or
Bus. 333— Business Corres. and Reports
Ed. 393— Social Foundations of Education
Soc. 21 1— Principles of Sociology or
Soc. 323— Intro, to Anthropology
CR
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
18
18
FOURTH YEAR
Hours
CL
423— Hist, of Economic Thought
Sci. 211— U. S. Government
401— Clerical Practice and
3
3
3
3
Office Machines
5
3
8
6
19
15
Econ.
Pol.
Bus.
Ed.
Hours
CR
396— Curriculum and
Instruction
CL
Ed.
403— Student Teaching
Business
Subjects in the Secondary School
(Including Professional Practicum)
...
30
30
in
Secondary
School
(Including A-V Education)
CR
in
12
—
12
ACCOUNTING SEQUENCE
SECOND YEAR
Hours
CL
Eng. 207 or 208-Survey of
Biol. 103-General Biology
H. P. E. -Elective
World
Lit
I
....
;
201— Elementary Typewriting
222— Principles of Accounting
Bus.
Bus.
Business
elective
I
II
__
_
-
Hours
CR
CL
3
5
2
3
3
1
218 or Hist. Ill
Bus. 202— Elementary Typewriting
Bus. 321— Intermediate Accounting
4
4
2
Business
3
3
3
Natural Science or Math, elective
Humanities elective
21
15
3
Hist.
elective
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
19
17
4
II
I
_
CR
THIRD YEAR
Hours
CL
Psy. 101— General Psychology _
Econ. 211— Principles of Economics
Typewriting
Bus. 301— Advanced
Bus. 322— Intermediate Accounting
_
Bus. 331— Business Law
Bus. 334— Advanced Mathematics
(Business Mathematics)
I
—
3
3
....
CL
371— Educational Psychology
Econ. 212— Principles of Economics
Bus. 332-Business Law II
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
_ 3
Accounting elective
3
Ed. 393— Social Foundations of Education 3
Soc. 21 1— Principles of Sociology or
Soc. 323-lntro. to Anthropology
3
19
17
18
4
II
Hours
CR
Psy.
CR
3
3
3
3
3
18
_
3
FOURTH YEAR
SECOND SEMESTER
SEMESTER
FIRST
Hours
CL
423— History of Econ. Thought
Sci. 211— U. S. Government
401— Clerical Practice and
Econ.
Pol.
Bus.
Office
Ed.
Machines
396— Curriculum and
Secondary
(Including
-
_
Instruction
School
A-V Education)
Hours
CR
3
3
3
3
5
3
8
6
19
15
in
CL
Ed.
403— Student Teaching
Business
Subjects in the Secondary School
(Including Professional Practicum)
CR
in
...
30
12
30
12
;.'a
SECRETARIAL SEQUENCE
SECOND YEAR
Hours
CL
Eng. 207 or 208-Survey of World
Biol. 103-Generol
Biology
_
H. P. E.-Elective
Lit.
3
3
5
2
3
4
_ 4
3
2
3
3
21
15
I
I
Bus. 201— Elementary
Bus. 21 1— Elementary
Business elective _
Typewriting
Shorthand
_
I
I
Hours
CR
1
CL
Humanities Elective _
218 or Hist. Ill .
Bus. 202— Elementary Typewriting
Bus. 212— Elementary Shorthand II
3
3
3
3
4
4
3
2
3
3
3
20
17
Hist.
_
II
333— Business Corres. and Reports
Natural Science or Math, elective
Bus.
CR
3
...
THIRD YEAR
Hours
CL
Psy. 101— General Psychology
Econ. 21 1— Principles of Economics
Bus. 301— Advanced Typewriting
Bus. 311— Advanced Shorthand
Bus. 331— Business Law
Business elective
4
3
3
2
4
3
3
3
I
_....
I
Hours
CR
3
3
3
3
20
17
CL
CR
Econ. 212— Principles of Economics _.
Bus. 312— Secretarial Practice
Bus. 332— Business Law II
Psy. 371— Educational Psychology
Ed. 393— Social Foundations of Ed.
Soc. 21 1— Principles of Sociology or
Soc. 323— Intro, to Anthropology _.
.
20
18
FOURTH YEAR
Hours
CL
Econ.
423— Hist,
of
211-U.
S.
Pol. Sci.
Bus.
401— Clerical
Economic Thought
Government
Practice and
_
Office Machines
Ed. 396— Curriculum and Instruction
Secondary School „
(Including A-V Education)
Hours
CR
CL
Ed.
..
_.
403— Student Teaching
in Business
Subjects in the Secondary School
(Including Professional Practicum)
in
19
30
12
30
12
15
DIVISION OF SPECIAL EDUCATION
PURPOSE
This Division of Bloomsburg State College has been designated
by the State Department of Public Instruction to prepare people in
Training of the Mentally Retarded and in Communication Disorders
and has been tentatively approved to prepare people
Education of the Deaf.
The Bachelor of Science
degree
the
is
conferred on students
who
satisfactorily
approved Special Education curriculums.
designated major
is
in the area of
in
Education
complete any of
Certification in the
granted upon completion of the program and
approval of the faculty.
CR
192
EQUIPMENT
The
Special Education Center
majoring
is
located in
Navy
Communication Disorders have access
in
which
Hall. Students
to:
a hearing
equipped with pure-tone and speech audiometers,
a Bekesy audiometer, a psycho-galvanometer; a Voice Science Lab
suite
which
is
equipped with a speech sonograph, single and dual track
tape recorders, disc-record cutting machines and sound analysis
equipment; phonographs, auditory training units, desk and individual
is
model hearing aids, language masters, and library materials
Communication Disorders for use in Clinical Practicum.
in
Instructional aids for the Teaching of the Mentally Retarded
SRA
Reading Laboratories, tachistoscope, a primer typea collection of curriculum and workshop materials, and
include
writer,
library materials concerning all areas of mental retardation.
CLINICAL PRACTICE AND STUDENT TEACHING
Students enrolled in the Teaching of the Mentally Retarded
program have the opportunity of participating in the work with the
mentally retarded in carefully supervised and graded special classes.
After completion of the course work, students participate in full-time
student teaching programs in two separate settings for the duration
weeks each.
of nine
Those
initial
enrolled
clinical
in
Communication
Disorders
clinical
their
Upon
on campus.
practice on campus, these
experience while they are
completion of course work and
acquire
still
students are placed for two different experiences, each lasting nine
weeks, which gives them the opportunity to work
full
time with a
qualified speech correctionist in a school or clinic setting.
Student teachers in Special Education are assigned to the White
Haven
State School, the Selinsgrove State School
to the public schools of Chester,
and Hospital, and
Columbia, Cumberland, Lancaster,
Lycoming, Montgomery, Montour, Northampton and Northumberland Counties through the offices of the superintendents of those
counties.
As
greater
numbers of students
are assigned to student teach-
ing through increased enrollment, other centers will be developed.
A
student
may
be assigned to a school
entire semester, or he
may
school districts or counties.
be re-assigned
district
in
or county for an
mid-semester to other
193
COMMUNICATION DISORDERS CURRICULUM
(Subject to change for administrative reasons)
Speech Pathology Sequence
The
objectives of the curriculum are to prepare state certified
speech correctionists, to provide opportunity for students to meet
the requirements of
ASHA
for Certificate of Clinical
Competence
Speech Pathology, and to extend the competence of speech
cians so that they can adequately work with public school and
in
clini-
clinic
problems.
FIRST
SECOND SEMESTER
SEMESTER
Hours
CL
101— English Composition
Speech 103— Introduction to Speech
103-General Biology
101— World Physical Geography
Biol.
I
Geog.
one)
(Elect
Math.
Math.
...
2
1
—Fundamentals of Math.
Ill— College Algebra
lOl
101 -Physical
H.P.E.
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Eng.
Fitness
Ed
Hours
CR
102— English Composition _
Com. Dis. 152— Voice and Diction
Art 101— Introduction to Art
3
3
3
(Elect one)
_
Hist. Ill-World
Hist. 112-World
3
Eng.
Hist.
113-World
_
Hist,
Hist.
Hist,
150-Aquatics
Dis. 251 -Phonetics
H.P.E.
Com.
18
CR
CL
1500
1500-1815
since 1815
to
2
3
_
16
17
THIRD SEMESTER
100— Personal and Community
H.P.E.
Health _
Spec. Ed. 201-Education of
Exceptional Children
H.P.E. -Elective
Phys. 101-3asic Phys. Science
Com.
Com.
Psy.
Dis.
Dis.
276— intro.
to
252-Sp. Path.
101— General
Audiology
I
FIFTH
Phil.
211 -Intro,
(Elect
Psy.
Psy.
Dis.
3
2
3
Psy.
1
Com.
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
20
18
3
Dis.
...
3
3
3
18
18
3
3
3
3
6
3
3
3
18
15
30
12
30
12
3
3
15
SEVENTH SEMESTER
one)
Eng. 401 —Structure of English
Com. Dis. 360— Psycho-Linguistics
Dis.
452— Anatomy
of Speech
Mechanisms
_
Com. Dis.;
Foreign Language or Reading)
Pol. Sci. 211-U. S. Gov't
Com. Dis. 361— Clinical Problems of
Communication Disorders
Hearing
Com.
3
466,
471,
EIGHTH SEMESTER
402— Clinical Experience
3
Electives from:
Dis.
Dis.
and
Total
crs.
3
18
472 and 475 are recommended for course selections beyond
Student teaching equivalent.
128
6
3
18
(Com.
Lit.
331— Mental Hygiene
416— Adolescent Psychology
(Elect
(Two
II
Eng, 207 or 208-Survey of World
Com. Dis. 376— Aud. Training &
Sp. Reading
6
3
18
Com.
3
3
Com. Dis. 352— Clinical Practicum:
Communication Disorders
(Elective)
Foreign Language
351— Clinical Methods
Practicum
one)
Dis.
Psychology
253— Speech Pathology
SIXTH SEMESTER
467-Psy. of Sp. & Hrng.
Hist. 218-U. S. and Pa. Survey
Ed. 393-Social Foundation of Ed.
3
Philosophy
to
3
371 -Ed.
Com.
3
Soc. 211— Prin. of Sociology
Soc. 224— Cultural Anthropology
Psy. 321— Tests and Measures
Com.
and
2
SEMESTER
one)
(Elect
2
3
_
Psychology
FOURTH SEMESTER
101— Intro, to Music
Psy. 21 1— Child Growth and
Development
Music
16
(he
required.)
194
CURRICULUM FOR EDUCATION OF THE DEAF
(subject to change for administrative reasons)
The
objectives of this sequence are to prepare state certified
teachers of the deaf to provide opportunity for students to
meet
the requirements of certification of the Conference of Executives of
American Schools
for the
Deaf, and to extend the competency of
teachers of the deaf.
FIRST
SECOND SEMESTER
SEMESTER
Hours
CL
Eng. 101— English Composilion
Speech 101— Fund, of Speech
103-Gencrol Biology
Biol.
Geog. 101-World Physical Geog
I
one)
(Elect
Mafh. 101-Fund. of Malh.
Ma'h. Ill— College Alg2bra
HPE 101-Physical Fitness Ed.
3
3
3
3
5
3
3
3
3
3
2
19
Hours
CR
CL
Eng.
Com.
102— English Composilion
Dis. 152-Voice & Diction
Art — Eleclive
History — Elediva
Com. Dis. 251-Phoneiics
HPE 150-Aquaiics
1
201 -Ed. of Ex. Chn
101— Basic Physical Science
101— General Psychology
Psy.
I
Health
HPE — Recreation
Elective
__..
3
3
Music
3
3
Psy.
Psy.
3
3
Eng.
3
3
3
—
Com.
2
2
1
EOD
of
Elective
Literature
Dis.
Sp.
2
—
211 -Child Growth & Develop.
371— Educational Psychology
Psy.
211-!ntro.
321-Tests
Com.
and
Dis.
to
Philosophy
& Measures
376— Aud.
Practicum
for
the
Deaf
3
3
3
3
3
Ed.
3
Pol.
6
4
3
4
16
of
201 -History,
the Deaf
452 — Anatomy
Ed. 455— Learning
Disabilities
Elective
16
.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
18
18
3
3
3
3
3
&
& Guidance
Ed.
Education
Sci.
211— U.
Government
S.
Sp.
Ele.
the
Subj.
to
Deaf
to the Deaf
(Elect one)
Advanced Science
Advanced Math, or
.
.
3
3
4
4
6
3
4
3
19
17
30
12
Statistics
EIGHTH SEMESTER
EOD
3
Spec.
EOD 366— Classroom Pracikom
EOD 461 -Problems of EOD
1
393— Soc. Foundations
EOD 352-Tchng.
EOD 353-Tchng.
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Dis.
2
3
SIXTH SEMESTER
19
Com.
Trng.
18
351— Clinical Methods
EOD 351-Language
Elective
Reading
FIFTH SEMESTER
Phil.
3
16
4
20
Soc — Eleclive
3
3
FOURTH SEMESTER
Ed.
Com. Dis. 252-Sp. Palh.
Com. Dis. 276— inlro. to Aud.
HPE 100-Personal & Community
3
3
3
3
17
THIRD SEMESTER
Spec.
Phys.
3
3
CR
3
6
3
3
18
15
403-Student
Teaching
195
CURRICULUM FOR TEACHERS OF
THE MENTALLY RETARDED
(Subject to change for administrative reasons)
The
objectives of this curriculum are to prepare State certified teach-
ers in the area of
mental retardation and extend competency
teaching
in
of the mentally retarded.
SECOND SEMESTER
FIRST SEMESTER
Hours
CL CR
__
101— English Composition
Speech 103— Introduction to Speech
Biology
Biol. 103-Generol
Geog. 101— World Physical Geography _
Eng.
I
(Elect
one)
_
Math. 101— Fundamentals of Malh.
Math. 231— Theory of Arithmetic
H.P.E. 101 -Physical Fitness Ed
Hours
CL
Eng.
Phys.
4
3
3
3
3
__ 3
3
3
Art
3
3
(Elect
102— English Composition
101— Physical Science _
one)
18
—
1
16
(Elect one) „
Hist. Ill-World
Hist. 112-World
Hist. 113-World
H.P.E.
World
Lit.
one)
100-Personal
„
Philosophy
16
3
3
3
3
3
3
_ 3
3
3
3
Psy. 211— Child Growth and Development 3
(Elective) in Social Sciences _
_
3
2
18
18
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
15
15
30
12
30
12
_ 3
3
3
17
Pol. Sci.
211-U.
S.
Government
Music 311— Music Activities
Elementary School
Teh. MR 201-lntroduction to
Mentally Retarded
(Elective) in Humanities
in
the
_
3
3
H.P.E. -Elective
Teh. MR 303-Crafts for all Levels
of Mentally Retarded
Psy. 371— Edu'a.ional
Psychology
Ed. 371— Teaching of Reading in
Grades
(Elective) Science or
Teh. MR 351-Special
17
SEMESTER
FIFTH
Elementary
2
& Community
Health
the
to
FOURTH SEMESTER
218-U.S. and Pa. Survey
Exceptional Children
211 -Introduction to
1500
1500-1815
1815 to present
History
History
Hist.
3
3
_
18
Soc. 21 1— Principles of Sociology
Soc. 224— Cultural Anthropology
Spec. Ed. 201— Education of
Phil.
„
150-Aquatics
THIRD SEMESTER
Eng. 207 or 208-Survey of
3
Art
Music 101 — Introduction to Music
101— General Psychology
H.P.E.
Hist.
(Elect
to
Psy.
2
4
_
101— Introduction
CR
3
Math
SIXTH SEMESTER
8
3
4
3
Ed. 393— Social Foundations
of
Ed
Psy. 321— Tests and Measures
Ed. 397— Science and Math in the
3
3
3
Teh.
2
1
3
Elementary School
MR 352-Special Class
Methods: Secondary Levels
Eng.
Class
316— Children's
Literature
„
Methods: Primary and
Intermediate
Levels
3
3
22
17
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Spec.
Ed.
for
the
(Elect
EIGHTH SEMESTER
451— Speech Improvement
Classroom
3
one)
MR 401 -Student Teaching
and Professional Practicum
Teh.
3
3
3
Psy. 416— Adolescent Psychology
Psy. 331— Mental Hygiene
Teh. MR 361— Seminar in Teaching
Ihe
H.P.E.
Mentally
Retarded
420-Techniques
Health
Ed. Teachers
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
2
17
17
in
and P.E. for Spec.
Teh. MR 432— Language
for Special Classes
(Elective)
Prof, area
Arts
Total
1
28
crs.
.
196
SPECIAL
DEGREE PROGRAMS
THE TWO-YEAR DEGREE PROGRAMS
The Bloomsburg State College has been approved to offer a
two-year program to Dental Hygienists and School Nurses who are
able to meet the conditions set forth in the following paragraphs:
DEGREE CURRICULUM FOR DENTAL HYGIENISTS
(Subject to change without notice)
The degree of Bachelor of Science in Education will be conferred upon dental hygienists meeting the following requirements:
The possession of a valid license to practice dental hygiene
in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania issued by the State
Dental Council and Examining Board and the Department
of Public Instruction.
"The professional education require-
1
ments for dental hygiene are the satisfactory completion of
an approved dental hygienist course of instruction of two
years of not less than thirty-two weeks and not less than
thirty
hours each week or
its
equivalent in and graduation
from a dental hygiene school approved by the State Dental
Council and Examining Board."
2.
The
70
satisfactory completion in addition thereto of
hours of professional and general education courses
credit
distri-
buted as follows:
A. Professional Education
Ed. 393 Social Foundations of Education
Psy. 101
General Psychology
Psy. 371
Educational Psychology
Ed. 301— Audio Visual Education
—
—
—
Credit Hours
3
3
3
2
11
Total
General Education
1. English and Speech
Eng. 101 English Composition
Speech 103 Introduction to Speech
Eng. 102 English Composition
Any speech elective
Eng. 207— Survey of World Literature I
Eng. 208— Survey of World Literature II
B.
—
—
—
2.
Fine Arts
—
Art 101 Introduction to Art
Music 101 Introduction to Music
—
16
3
3
3
3
3
3
6
3
3
197
Geography
3.
6
—
Geog. 101 World Physical Geography
Geog. 102— World Cultural Geography
Social
4.
3
3
18
Studies
— United
Government
Economics I
3
Ill— World History to 1500
112— World History, 1500-1815 or
Hist. 113— World History, since 1815
Hist. 218— History of U. S. and Pa
3
Soc. 211
3
Pol. Sci. 211
Econ. 211
— Principles
States
of
3
Hist.
Hist.
C.
— Principles
of
3
3
Sociology
Total
46
Electives
13
Grand Total
70
In each category
above,
credit
will
be
given
for
equivalent
courses pursued in the two year dental hygiene curriculum.
In such
number
of credit
cases students must increase their electives by the
hours earned previously.
In the case of dental hygienists
who had
less
than two years
which they were licensed to
practice dental hygiene, proportional credit will be given.
Such per-
of specialized training
on the
basis of
sons must pursue additional general education courses in college to
make up
the deficiency.
Electives
struction
may
from any
the student
is
be chosen with the approval of the Dean of Infield or
curriculum offered
at the college in
which
enrolled.
APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION
A
culum
dental hygienist
who
desires to enroll in the
Degree Curri-
for Dental Hygienists should write for application blanks
and
information to the Director of Admissions, Bloomsburg State College,
Bloomsburg, Pennsylvania 17815.
RESIDENCE REQUIREMENTS
The
State
30 hours of credits must be earned at Bloomsburg
College.
Resident credits may be earned in day, evening, and
summer
last
classes
which are offered on campus or approved by the
college administration.
:
.
198
DEGREE CURRICULUM FOR PUBLIC SCHOOL NURSES
Effective September
1,
1961
(Subject to change without notice)
The degree of Bachelor of Science in Education will be conferred upon registered nurses who meet the following requirements:
The
1
satisfactory
completion of a three-year curriculum in
an approved school of nursing and registration by the State
Board of Examiners
for the Registration of
Nurses of Penn-
sylvania.
2.
All persons admitted to this degree
ed
to
satisfactorily
program
will
be requir-
complete 60 credit hours of additional
preparation distributed as follows:
Courses Related to Public Nursing:
NED. 301— Public School Nursing I
NED. 303— Public School Nursing II
NED. 304— Public Health Nursing
NED. 305— Nutrition
NED. 306— Family Case Work
A.
Credits
3
3
3
3
3
15
General Education:
Eng. 101 or 102 English Composition
Eng. 207 or 208— Survey of World Literature
Hist. Ill— World History to 1500 OR
Hist. 112— World History, 1500-1815 OR
Hist. 113— World History since 1815
Hist. 218— History of U. S. and Pa. Survey
Pol. Sci. 211— U. S. Government
B.
—
Psy.
— Principles of Sociology
103— General Biology
101 — General Psychology
Psy.
331— Mental Hygiene
Soc. 211
Biol.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
27
Professional Education
Ed. 393
Social Foundations of Education
Educational Psychology
Psy. 371
Child Growth and Development
Psy. 211
C.
Ed.
—
—
—
451 — Pupil
D.
Electives:
Personnel Services In The Public Schools
3
3
3
3
12
—
—
—
—
Music 101 Introduction to Music
Art 101 Introduction to Art
Math. 101 Fundamentals of Mathematics
Speech 103 Introduction to Speech
Total
3
3
3
3
6
60
199
In the case of nurses with less than three years preparation for
registration,
such persons
will
pursue
additional
courses
to
meet
the requirements for the degree.
APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION
A
registered nurse
who
desires to enroll in the
Degree Curri-
culum for Public School Nurses should write for application blanks
and information to the Director of Admissions, Bloomsburg State
College, Bloomsburg, Pennsylvania
17815.
RESIDENCE REQUIREMENTS
The
last
30 hours of
credits
must be earned
State College to qualify for graduation.
earned
in day,
evening, and
campus or approved by the
summer
at
Bloomsburg
Resident credits
classes
may be
which are offered on
college administration.
TRUSTEES
ADMINISTRATION
FACULTY
201
COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION
David H. Kurtzman, Superintendent of Public Instruction
Chairman, Board of State College Presidents
Ex-Officio Member, Board of Trustees
Frederick K. Miller, Commissioner
George W. Hoffman,
Director,
of Higher Education
Bureau of
State Colleges
STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION
Dr. Otis C. McCreary, Chairman
Council of Higher Education
Council of Basic Education
Mrs. Albert Greenfield, Chairman
Dr. Paul
S.
Christman
Dr. Otis C.
McCreary
Gail L. Rose
Parke H. Lutz
Dr. William
William H. Rea, Chairman
M.
James H. Rowland, Esq.
Potter
Walter Wilmarth
Mrs. Emaline K.
Dr. Leonard
Mohr
Walter
J.
Wolf
Burke
Members-at-Large Mario C. Celli, W. Deming Lewis, Althea
K. Hottel, Richard C. Bond, Severino Stefanon, Secretary to the
Board
:
BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Mr. William A. Lank, President
Hon. Harold
Mr.
J.
L. Paul, Vice-President
Howard
Mr. Howard
Hon. Bernard
Bloomsburg
Pottsville
Bloomsburg
Deily, Secretary-Treasurer
S.
J.
Fernsler
Pottsville
Philadelphia
Kelley
Mt. Carmel
Mr. Gerald A. Beierschmitt
Mr. E. Guy Bangs
Mr. Edgar A. Fenstermacher
Mr. William E. Booth
Dr. Harvey A. Andruss
R. D.
1,
R. D.
Orangeville
2,
Berwick
Danville
President of the College
202
BLOOMSBURG STATE COLLEGE
ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL
Harvey A. Andruss
President
Business Manager
Paul G. Martin
Thomas A. Gorrey
John
J.
Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds
Trathen
Comptroller,
Community
James B. Watts
Activities
Accounts
Director of Library Services
DEANS
John A. Hoch
Elton Hunsinger
Ellamae Jackson
Robert Norton
Dean of Instruction
Dean of Students
Dean of Women
Acting Dean of Men
DIRECTORS OF CURRICULAR DIVISIONS
Alden Buker
Emory A.
Arts and Sciences
Rarig,
Jr.
Royce O. Johnson
C. Stuart Edwards
Business Education
Elementary Education
Secondary Education
William L. Jones
Special Education
Charles H. Carlson
Graduate Studies
DIRECTORS OF COLLEGE SERVICES
Boyd
F.
John
L.
Russell
John
S.
Buckingham
Walker
E.
Houk
Athletics
Scrimgeour
...
Lee E. Aumiller
Thomas A.
Development
Admissions
Davies,
Financial Aid
Field Experiences
Placement
Jr.
CHAIRMEN OF DEPARTMENTS
Wendelin R. Frantz
Clarence A. Moore
Eric
W. Smithner
William L. Carlough
Geography and Earth Science
Health and Physical Education
Foreign Languages
Social Sciences
Hopkins
Speech
Donald D. Rabb
Biological Sciences
Melviile
;
203
Mathematics
Charles R. Reardin
William K. Decker
Music
H. M. Afshar
Education
Craig A. Newton
Louis F.
History
Thompson
...
Percival R. Roberts, III
English
...
Art
Norman E. White
Merritt W. Sanders
Physical Sciences
TejBhan S. Saini
Emily A. Reuwsaat
Economics
.
Psychology
Mental Retardation
Communication Disorders
Margaret Lefevre
FACULTY
HARVEY
President of the College
A. ANDRUSS
University of Oklahoma, A.B., Certificate in Public and Private Business, Graduate Study; Northwestern University, M.B.A., Graduate Study;
Research Reader, Bodleian Library, University of Oxford, England;
Pennsylvania State University, Ed.D.
Speech
A. ACIERNO
University of Pittsburgh, B.A.; Carnegie Institute of Technology, M.F.A.
WILLIAM
BRUCE
E.
ADAMS
Geography
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.,
Ed.D.
Education
H. M. AFSHAR
University of Teheran, B.A.; University of Florida, M.Ed.; University
of Florida, Ed.D.
WILLIAM
D.
ALABAUGH
Art
University of Colorado, M.F.A.
Maryland Institute of Art, B.F.A.;
Graduate Study, Academy of Fine Art.
RICHARD
ALDERFER
Speech
Grove City College, Bluff ton College, B.A.; Temple University, M.Ed.;
University of Pennsylvania, Pennsylvania State University, Graduate
D.
Study.
BEN
Foreign Languages
C. ALTER
Susquehanna University, B.A.; University of Maine, M.Ed.; Graduate
Study, Pennsylvania State University, Universidad de Puerto Rico, Allegheny College, Bucknell University.
M. ANDERSON
Nebraska Christian College, A.B.; Fort Hayes State
DALE
English
College, M.A.; Grad-
uate Study, Indiana University.
RICHARD
G.
ANDERSON
Western Kentucky State College, B.A.; Texas Christian
M.A.; Graduate Study, Texas Christian University.
History
University,
20U
BENJAMIN
Brown
S.
ANDREWS
Communication Disorders
University of Virginia, B.S.
State
Iowa, M.A.; Graduate Study, University of Virginia.
LEE
University,
;
AUMILLER
E.
of
Education
Pennsylvania State University, B.S.
sylvania State University, Ed.D.
JOAN
University
;
Bucknell University, M.Ed.; Penn-
AUTEN
Health and Physical Education
West Chester State College, B.S.; Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State
M.
University, Bloomsburg State College.
DONALD
R.
BASHORE
Psychology
Susquehanna University, B.A.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University, Bucknell University.
Business Education
M. BAYLER
Susquehanna University, B.S.; Bucknell University, M.S.B.A., C.P.A.
CHARLES
Elementary Education
MAE BECKLEY
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Graduate Study, Columbia University.
MRS. IVA
FRED
BEERS
E.
Bucknell University,
University.
JACK
B.S.,
M.S.;
Mathematics
Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State
BEMIS
S.
Ithaca College, B.S.;
ester, M.M., Ph.D.
Eastman School
of Music
—
Music
University of Roch-
BARRETT W. BENSON
Chemistry
Middlebury College, A.B.; University of Vermont, Ph.D.
DOUGLAS BOELHOUWER
Rutgers University, B.S.
Tulane University.
;
Health and Physical Education
University of Illinois, M.S.; Graduate Study,
RODRICK CLARK BOLER
Health and Physical Education
University of Alabama, B.S., M.A.
Mathematics
M. BRENNAN
Bloomsburg State College, B.S. Ed.; Montclair State College, M.A.
CHARLES
RICHARD
J.
BROOK
Philosophy
Antioch College, B.A.; Columbia University, M.A.
School for Social Research.
LEROY
;
Graduate Study,
New
BROWN
Mathematics
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Graduate Study, Lafayette College, Pennsylvania State University.
BOYD
H.
F.
BUCKINGHAM
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.
;
Bucknell
Director of Development
University, M.S.; Graduate
Study, Pennsylvania State University.
ALDEN BUKER
Director of Arts and Sciences
Harvard University, A.B., M.A.; Boston University, Ph.D.
—
205
ROBERT
BUNGE
L.
Registrar
Graduate
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Bucknell University, M.S.;
Study, Pennsylvania State University, Syracuse University.
WILLIAM
Hope
CARLOUGH
L.
Philosophy
Western Theological Seminary, B.D.; General Theological Seminary, S.T.M.; New York University, Ph.D.; Graduate Study,
Columbia University, University of Edinburgh.
College, B.A.;
CHARLES
Director of Graduate Studies
H. CARLSON
Reedly College, A. A.; San Jose State College, B.A.; Teachers College
Columbia University, M.A. Ed., Ph.D.
CHARLES WHITNEY CARPENTER,
Cornell University, A.B.
Foreign Languages
University of Southern California, M.A.
;
II
Assistant Dean of Women
H. CARPENTER
Oklahoma,
University of
B.A.; Southwestern State College, Utah State
University, University of Alabama, M.A.
JENNIE
WILLARD
CHRISTIAN
A.
Business
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.
Bucknell
Study, Pennsylvania State University.
BARRY
;
University,
M.S.;
COBB
E.
Graduate
Psychology
University of Maine, B.A.; Miami University, M.A.
JAMES
COLE
E.
Biological Sciences
Western Michigan University, B.A., M.A.; Michigan State University,
State University, Ph.D.
Illinois
ARTHUR
CONNER
B.
University
Ph.D.
JAMES
of
Southern
Foreign Languages
California,
A.B.;
CREASY
B.
Bloomsburg State
College, B.S.
Bucknell
Study, Pennsylvania State University.
SYLVIA
;
University
of
Iowa,
Assistant to the President
University, M.S.; Graduate
CRONIN
H.
M.A.,
Music
Rhode Island College of Education, B.Ed., M.Ed.; Pennsylvania State
University, M.Ed., Graduate Study.
ROBERT
G.
DAVENPORT
THOMAS
A.
DAVIES
Counselling
Bucknell University, B.S., M.S.; Graduate Study, Temple University,
Rutgers University, Columbia University, Syracuse University.
Waynesburg
College, B.A.;
Acting Director of Placement
Duquesne University, M.Ed.; Graduate Study,
Kent State University.
WILLIAM
K.
DECKER
Eastman School
Music
Music, B.M., M.M.; Graduate Study, Union
logical Seminary, Indiana University, University of Illinois.
BLAISE
C.
Lukow
of
DELNIS
University, A.B.;
Theo-
Foreign Languages
Fordham
University, M.A.
206
JOHN
DENNEN
E.
Bloomsburg State
JERRY
Business
College,
B.S.;
DENSTORFF
B.
Evansville University, B.S.,
Bucknell University, M.S.
Health and Physical Education
Indiana University, M.Ed.; Graduate Study,
Indiana University.
IOHN
DIETRICH
History
John's College, A. A.; Capital University, A.B.; Ohio State University,
M.A., Graduate Study.
C.
St.
LESTER
J.
DIETTERICK
Business
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Bloomsburg State College, M.S.
BERNARD
C.
DILL
Pennsylvania State University, B.S.;
State University, M.B.A.; Graduate
Temple
Study,
Business
Pennsylvania
Washington Uni-
University,
George
versity.
BARBARA
M. DILWORTH
Economics
Chestnut Hill, B.A. University of Pennsylvania, M.A.; Graduate Study,
;
Catholic University.
DOYLE
DODSON
G.
Bloomsburg State
College, M.Ed.
VIRGINIA
C.
Business
College, B.S.
;
Bucknell University; Bloomsburg State
DOERFLINGER
Speech
Syracuse University, New York University, B.S.; Columbia University,
M.A.; Graduate Study, Queens College, Montclair State College.
RICHARD
J.
DONALD
Education
East Stroudsburg State College, B.S.; Kansas State University, M.S.
ANITA
A.
DONOVAN
Wheaton
EDSON
English
College, B.A.; University of Missouri,
DRAKE
J.
M.A.
History
University of Notre Dame, B.A. Georgetown University, M.A.; Graduate Study, University of Minnesota, St. Lawrence University, School of
Advanced International Studies; Georgetown University, Ph.D.
;
STANLEY
T.
DUBELLE,
JR.
Education
Franklin and Marshall College, A.B.; California State College, Washington and Jefferson College, Pennsylvania State University, West Virginia
University, M.A.
English
A. DUCK
Pennsylvania State University, B.A.; Bucknell University, M.A; Duke
University, Pennsylvania State University, Bucknell, Graduate Study.
MRS. VIRGINIA
JOHN
EBERHART
Communication Disorders
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Syracuse University, M.A.; Graduate
Study, Temple University, Syracuse University.
C.
L.
STUART EDWARDS
Director of Secondary Education
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Graduate Study, Northwestern University; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed., Ed.D.
;
207
WILLIAM
EISENBERG
D.
Eyiglish
University of Delaware, B.A.
Duke University.
DONALD
E.
;
Lehigh University, M.A.; Graduate Study,
ENDERS
Gettysburg
College,
B.S.;
Student Teaching
Pennsylvania
New York University, M.A.;
State University, Ed.D.
Elementary Education
M. ENGLEHART
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Bucknell University, M.S.; Graduate
Study, Pennsylvania State University.
BEATRICE
JOHN
ENMAN
PHILLIP
A.
Geography
Harvard University, M.A.; University of
A.
University of Maine, B.A.;
Pittsburgh, Ph.D.
FARBER
Biological Sciences
King's College, B.S.; Boston College, M.S.; Catholic University, Ph.D.
RONALD
A.
FERDOCK
English
St. Vincent College, A.B.; Pennsylvania State University, M.A.; Graduate Study, University of Nebraska.
ROBERT
Psychology
H. FINKS
Pennsylvania State University, B.S.; Miami University, M.A.
PATRICK
FOLEY
Education
Northeastern University, A.B.; Boston University, A.M.; Harvard University, Ed.M.; University of California, Ph.D.
J.
WENDELIN
Geography
R. FRANTZ
College of Wooster, A.B.; University of Pittsburgh, M.S., Ph.D.
ERICH
FROHMAN
F.
Speech
Columbia College, B.A.; Syracuse University, M.A.
P.
JOSEPH GARCIA
Physical Sciences
Kent State University, B.S. Case Institute of Technology, Rensselaer
Polytechnic Institute, New Mexico Highlands University, M.S.; Graduate Study, University of Missouri, Kansas State University.
;
GEORGE
GELLOS
J.
Muhlenberg
College,
Biological Sciences
B.S.;
Ohio University, M.S.;
Pennsylvania State
University, Ph.D.
MARTIN
St.
M.
GILDEA
Political Science
Vincent, B.A.; University of Notre Dame, M.A.
NANCY
GILL
English
Grays Harbor College, A. A.; Washington State University, B.A., M.A.
E.
ARLINE
E. GINGOLD
Cornell University, A.B.;
Sociology
Cornell University, Temple University, M.A.
Graduate Study, Temple University.
ANTHONY
L.
GRILLO
Pennsylvania
State University,
Villanova University, M.S.L.S.
Serials Librarian
B.S.;
Pennsylvania
State
University,
208
HANS
GUNTHER
K.
History
Washington University, A.B., M.A.; Stanford University, Ph.D.; Graduate Study, University of Missouri.
A. HALLER
University of Notre Dame, B.A., M.A.
ROBERT
Director of Publications
J. HARPER
Physics
University of Nottingham, B.S.; University of Nottingham, Ph.D.
DAVID
GERROLD W. HART
Education
Springfield College, B.S.; American International College, M.A.; Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University, Temple University, M.Ed.
PAUL
HARTUNG
Mathematics
Montclair State College, B.A.; University of Colorado, M.A.
G.
RICHARD
HAUPT
B.
Assistant
Shippensburg State College,
B.S.,
Dean
of
Men
M.Ed.
MICHAEL HERBERT
Biological Sciences
University of Maryland, B.S.; Lehigh University, Ph.D.
RALPH
History
S. HERRE
Colgate University, B.S.; Teachers College, Albany, New York, M.A.;
Graduate Study, Clark University, New York University, University of
Buffalo, London School of Economics; Pennsylvania State University,
Ed.D.
NORMAN
L.
HILGAR
Business
Grove City College, B.S.;
University of Pittsburgh, M.A.;
Study, Bucknell University, University of Pittsburgh.
CRAIG
HIMES
L.
Clarion
Biological Sciences
State College, B.S.
University of Pittsburgh, M.S.;
Study, University of Pittsburgh.
CLAYTON
;
H.
Graduate
HINKEL
Graduate
Business
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.
Temple University, M.Ed.;
Graduate
Study, New York University, Pennsylvania State University, Columbia
University, University of Pennsylvania, Northwestern University.
JOHN
A.
;
HOCH
Dean
of Instruction
Pennsylvania State University, A.B.; Bucknell University, M.A.; Pennsylvania State University, Ed.D.
MELVILLE HOPKINS
Bucknell University, A.B.,
State University, Ph.D.
LEE
C.
HOPPLE
M.A.;
Syracuse University,
Speech
Pennsylvania
Geography
Pennsylvania State University, M.S.;
Kutztovvn State College, B.S.;
Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University, University of Washington.
RUSSELL
HOUK
Health and Physical Education
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; Bucknell University, M.S.; Graduate
Study, Pennsylvania State University.
E.
209
ELTON HUNSINGER
Dean
East Stroudsburg State College, B.S.
;
of Students
Bucknell University, M.A.
MARGARET ANN JACK
Business
Indiana State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
CHARLES
JACKSON
G.
Political Science
Westminster College, A.B.; University of North Carolina, M.A.; Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University.
ELLAMAE JACKSON
Dean
West Chester State
of
Women
College, B.S. Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Graduate Study, Columbia University, American University, Syracuse
;
University.
SARAH
JEFFREY
E.
Bell
Haven
College,
A.B.;
George Peabody College,
M.A.;
Art
Graduate
Study, George Peabody College.
MARY LOU JOHN
Foreign Languages
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Bucknell University, M.A.; Graduate
MRS.
Study, Pennsylvania State University.
A. JOHNSON
Geography
Indiana State College, B.S., M.Ed.; Graduate Study, Johns Hopkins University, Rutgers University, Clark University.
BRIAN
Director of Elementary Education
0. JOHNSON
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed.; Pennsylvania State University, Ed.D.
ROYCE
WARREN
JOHNSON
I.
West Chester State
College, B.S.,
Elementary Education
M.Ed.; Graduate Study, Pennsylvania
State University.
WILLIAM
Director of Special Education
L. JONES
University of Nebraska, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D.
PRAKASH
KAPIL
C.
Political Science
University of Delhi, B.A., M.A.; University of Rhode Island, M.A.; Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University.
ANDREW
J.
KARPINSKI
Mental Retardation
Pennsylvania State University,
B.S.,
M.Ed., D.Ed.
Education
M. KELLER
Indiana State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed.; Graduate
Study, University of Pittsburgh, Rutgers University.
MARTIN
LANE
L.
KEMLER
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.
State College, M.Ed.
KENNETH
G.
KIRK
Business
;
Millersville
State College,
Bloomsburg
Business
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
JEROME
J.
KLENNER
Biological Sciences
Francis College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.S.; University of
Notre Dame, Ph.D.
St.
210
ROBERT
KLINEDINST
L.
Gettysburg College,
Mathematics
B.A.;
Graduate Study,
Pennsylvania State Uni-
versity.
E. KLINGMAN
Student Teaching
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; Temple University, M.Ed.
JOEL
CHARLES
C.
KOPP
English
Frostburg (Md.) State Teachers College, B.S. West Virginia University,
M.A.; Pennsylvania State University, Ph.D.; Graduate Study, University
of London.
;
JULIUS
KROSCHEWSKY
R.
Biological Sciences
University of Texas, B.A., M.A.; Graduate Study, Oregon State University, University of Texas, Ph.D.
EDWIN
KUBACH
W.
Rutgers University, A.B.;
Yale
University,
M.P.A.;
English
Graduate Study,
University of Pennsylvania.
MING MING KUO
Assistant Catalog Librarian
Tunghai University, B.A.; Mount Holyoke College, M.A.
School of
Library Services-Columbia University, M.S.
;
YOU-YUH KUO
Psychology
Taiwan Normal University, A.B.; National Chengchi University, M.A.;
University of Maryland, M.Ed., Ed.D.
HAROLD
H.
LANTERMAN
Chemistry
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.
;
New York
University, M.A.; Pennsyl-
vania State University, Ed.D.
OLIVER
J.
LARMI
Dartmouth
JAMES
R.
College, A.B.;
Social Sciences
University of Pennsylvania, Ph.D. Candidate.
LAUFFER
Geography
Allegheny College, B.S.; University of Hawaii, M.S.
MARGARET
Communication Disorders
C. LEFEVRE
Western Michigan University, A.B.; University of Minnesota, M.A.;
Western Reserve University, Ph.D.; Graduate Study, University of Akron, Northwestern University.
ELLEN
LENSING
Business
Wisconsin State College, B.Ed.; University of Wisconsin, M.S., Ph.D.
L.
MILTON LEVIN
Education
West Chester State College, B.S.; Temple University, M.Ed.; University
of Pennsylvania, M.S.; Graduate Study, Temple University, University
of Pennsylvania.
CYRIL ALBIN LINDQUIST
University of Minnesota, B.S.;
JAMES
T.
LORELLI
Business
New York
University, M.S., Ph.D.
Geography
State University of New York at Binghamton, A.B.; Maxwell School of
Syracuse University, M.A.; Graduate Study, Maxwell School of Syracuse
University.
211
HOWARD
Education
K. MACAULEY, Jr.
Bucknell University, A.B.; Stanford University, M.A. Temple University, M.Ed.; Graduate Study, University of Pennsylvania.
;
MARY
MACDONALD
E.
Counselling
University of Michigan, A.B.;
Study, Columbia University.
Columbia
THOMAS MANLEY
Fairmount State
University,
M.A.
Graduate
;
Biological Sciences
College, B.A.;
West Virginia University, M.S.; Graduate
Study, Ohio State University, Bucknell University, Yale University.
EDILBERTO
A.
MARBAN
Foreign Languages
University of Havana, LL.D., Ph.D.; Postdoctoral Study, University
of Havana, University of Buenos Aires; Trinity College, M.A.; Graduate Study, Middlebury College.
MRS.
MARGARET
E.
McCERN
Business
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University.
LAVERE
W.
McCLURE
Geography
Mansfield State College, B.S.; University of South Dakota, M.N.S.
JOANNE
McCOMB
Health and Physical Education
Slippery Rock State College, B.S.; Graduate Study, Indiana State College,
University of Pennsylvania; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
E.
JAMES
A. McCUBBIN
Marshall University, A.B.; Western Reserve University, M.A.
ALOYSIUS
J.
MCDONNELL
Speech
Education
Pennsylvania State University, B.A., M.Ed.; Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University.
DOROTHY
0.
McHALE
English
Trinity College, A.B. University of Pittsburgh, M.A.; Graduate Study,
University of Pittsburgh.
;
MICHAEL
J.
McHALE
Speech
University of Pittsburgh, A.B.; Western Reserve, M.A.; Graduate Study,
Pennsylvania State University.
ELI W.
MCLAUGHLIN
West Chester State
Health and Physical Education
College, B.S.,
M.Ed.
Mental Retardation
M. McLAUGHLIN
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.,
D.Ed.
JOHN
ROBERT
G.
MEEKER
Lafayette College, A.B.; University of Scranton, M.A.
;
English
Graduate Study,
Temple University.
JACK
L.
MEISS
Pennsylvania State University, B.S.
Business
;
Temple University, M.Ed.
M.
BEATRICE METTLER
Health
Bucknell University, A.B.; University of Pennsylvania, M.A.; Graduate
Hopkins Hospital School of Nursing, R.N. Graduate Study.
University of Chicago.
of the Johns
RICHARD
MICHERI
0.
Fordham
NELSON
A.
;
Social Sciences
University, B.A.; Columbia University, M.A.
MILLER
Music
Indiana (Pa.) State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Graduate Study, University of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania State University.
ROBERT
MILLER
Director of Federal Programs
California State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed., Ed.D.
SCOTT
C.
E.
MILLER
University of Pittsburgh, A.B.,
LOUIS
Assistant Reference Librarian
M.A., M.L.S.
MINGRONE
V.
Biological Sciences
Slippery Rock State College, B.S.;
State University, Ph.D.
CLARENCE
Tarkio
A.
Ohio University, M.S.; Washington
MOORE
College,
A.B.;
University
of
Health and Physical Education
Alabama, M.A.
University of
;
Alabama. Ph.D.
JOSEPH
E.
MUELLER
Butler University, B.S.; University of Illinois,
Manhattan College, University of Illinois.
JOHN
M.S.;
Mathematics
Graduate Study.
MULKA
Assistant Dean of
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Ohio University, M. Ed.
S.
JAMES
J.
MURPHY
Psychology
Lafayette College, A.B.; Jefferson Medical College of Philadelphia,
John's University, M.A.; Graduate Study, St. John's University.
LOUIS
Men
St.
NAU
History
Universite Laval, Universita per Stranieri, George Washington UniverUniversity of Wisconsin, George Washington University,
sity, A.B.;
T.
M.A.
GEORGE W. NEEL
Foreign Languages
Glassboro State College, B.S.; University of Aix-Marseille, Diploma
(French); University of Heidelberg, Diploma (German); Graduate
Study, University of Pennsylvania, Princeton University.
NEWTON
CRAIG
A.
University of
Pennsylvania, B.A.; Southern
Western Reserve University, Ph.D.
CLYDE
S.
Illinois
NOBLE
Chemistry
Graduate
College, Grinnell College, A.B.
Hawaii,
Ph.D.
University
of
University;
Mellon
Augustana
ROBERT
History
M.A.;
University,
NORTON
;
Study,
Carnegie-
Acting Dean of Men
Slippery Rock State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed.; GradG.
uate Study, University of Pittsburgh.
;
213
RONALD
NOVAK
W.
Mathematics
California State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed.; Graduate Study, University of West Virginia, Penn State University, Univerversity of Illinois.
THOMAS
L.
OHL
Mathematics
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Bucknell University,
Millersville
State
College, M.S.
JANET
OLSEN
Assistant Acquisition Librarian
Kutztown State College, B.S.; Syracuse University, M.S.
R.
CLINTON
OXENRIDER
J.
Bloomsburg State
Mathematics
M.A.
College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University,
JAMES W. PERCEY
Political Science
University of Pennsylvania, A.B.; Rutgers University, M.A.;
Study, University of California at Los Angeles.
THADDEUS PIOTROWSKI
Graduate
Instructional Media
Pennsylvania State University,
(Pa.) State College, B.S.
M.Ed.; Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University, Syracuse University, Michigan State University.
California
JANE
PLUMPIS
J.
Sociology
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; St. Bonaventure University, M.A.; Graduate Study, University of Pittsburgh.
AARON POLONSKY
Acquisition Librarian
University of Pennsylvania, A.B.; Drexel Institute of Technology, B.S.-
L.S.
DEAKE
PORTER
Economics
Amherst College, A.B.; Yale University, M.A.; Graduate Study, Yale
G.
University.
H.
BENJAMIN POWELL
Drew
University,
History
A.B.
;
Lehigh University, M.A.
;
Lehigh
University,
Ph.D.
DONALD
L.
Syracuse
PRESTON
University,
Geography
B.A.
;
University of Oklahoma,
M.A.
RONALD EUGENE PUHL
Health and Physical Education
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; West Chester State College, M.A.
DONALD
RABB
Biology
Bucknell University, M.S.; Colorado
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.
University, Pennsylvania State University, Ed.D.; Graduate Study, Syracuse University, University of Colorado, Duke University, North Carolina
D.
;
State University.
FRANCIS
RADICE
Business
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Graduate Study, Bucknell University; Pennsylvania State University,
Ed.D.
J.
EUGENE RAPPAPORT
Brandeis University, B.A.; Indiana University, M.F.A.
Art
4
21
EMORY
W. RARIG, JR.
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Teachers College
—
Business
Columbia Univer-
M.A., Ed.D.
sity,
MARGARET READ-LAUER
University of Michigan, A.B.
Indiana University.
;
English
Indiana University, M.A.; Graduate Study,
GWENDOLYN REAMS
Catalog Librarian
University of Alabama, A.B.; George Peabody College, M.A.; Graduate
Study, University of North Carolina, University of Alabama, Syracuse
University.
CHARLES
REARDIN
Mathematics
Duke University, A.B.; Montclair State College, M.A.; Graduate Study,
Paterson (N.J.) State College, Tulane University.
ROBERT
R.
REEDER
R.
Pennsylvania
State
Social Sciences
University,
B.A.,
M.S.;
Indiana
University,
Uni-
versity of Colorado, M.A.
HERBERT
H. REICHARD
Physics
Pennsylvania State University, B.S., M.S.; University of Michigan, M.A.;
Graduate Study, Lehigh University, Harvard University, Pennsylvania
State University, Temple University, Rutgers University.
JAMES
T.
REIFER
DAVID
P.
REIN
Mental Retardation
Shippensburg State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
Drew
lege,
English
University, B.A.; Brown University, M.A.;
University of Michigan, M.A.
Montclair State Col-
REUWSAAT
EMILY
Mental Retardation
A.
Iowa State College, A.B., M.A.; University of Nebraska, Ed.D.
A. RHODES
University of Virginia, B.S., M.A.; Graduate
Williams College, Colorado State University.
STANLEY
Biological Sciences
Study, Duke University,
ALVA W. RICE
English
Madison College, B.S. George Washington University, Indiana University, M.A.; Graduate Study, University of Kentucky, University of Oslo,
University of London.
;
ROBERT
D.
RICHEY
Speech
Ohio State University, A.B., M.A.
JORDAN RICHMAN
Brooklyn College, B.A.; New
University of New Mexico.
KENNETH
A.
English
York University, M.A.; Graduate Study,
ROBERTS
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.;
Study, Pennsylvania
Elementary Education
Bucknell University, M.S.; Graduate
State University,
Bucknell University.
215
PERCIVAL
R.
ROBERTS,
Art
III
University of Delaware, B.A.; Haystack Mountain School, University
of Delaware, M.A.; Graduate Study, Illinois State University; L'Libre
Universite Asie, Honorary Litt.D.
ROBERT
ROSS
P.
Wesleyan
University, Washington University, B.A., M.A.;
Study, Vanderbilt University, University of Connecticut.
WILLIAM
Economics
Graduate
ROTH
English
Syracuse University, A.B.; University of Pennsylvania, M.A.; Graduate
Study, University of Missouri.
C.
JACQUELINE
B.
RUBE
Foreign Languages
University of Wisconsin, B.A.; Universite d'Aix-Marseille, University of
Wisconsin, M.A.
SUSAN RUSINKO
English
Wheaton College, B.A. Pennsylvania State University, M.A.; Graduate
Study, University of Minnesota, Columbia University.
;
ROBERT
SAGAR
G.
Biological Sciences
Ohio State University, B.S., M.S.; Graduate Study, Ohio State University.
TEJBHAN
S.
SAINI
Economics
Government College, B.A.; Punjam University, M.A. Duke University,
D.F.; Graduate Study, New School for Social Research.
;
MERRITT WILLIAM SANDERS
Drew
University, A.B., B.D.;
Psychology
New York
University, Ph.D.
MARTIN
A. SATZ
Psychology
University of Minnesota, B.A., M.A.; University of Washington, Ph.D.;
Public School Psychologist.
RICHARD
C.
SAVAGE
English
University of North Carolina, B.A.; Columbia University, M.A.; Graduate Study, University of Edinburgh, Scotland, Bucknell University.
SAWYER
JOHN
A.
University of Minnesota,
sity of New York.
TOBIAS
F.
SCARPINO
B.A.,
M.A.;
Graduate
Foreign Languages
Study, State Univer-
Physics
Kutztown State College, B.S.; Bucknell University, M.S.; Graduate Study,
Princeton University, Pennsylvania State University, Bucknell University.
BERNARD
SCHNECK
Sociology
Virginia
University,
A.M.;
Graduate
University of Scranton, A.B.; West
Study, Ohio State University.
J.
SEYMOUR SCHWIMMER
JOHN
New
York, B.S.S.; Teachers College, Columbia University,
Graduate Study, Columbia University, New York University.
City College of
M.A.;
Philosophy
SCRIMGEOUR,
Director of Financial Aid
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
S.
Jr.
216
GILBERT
R.
W. SELDERS
Education
Pennsylvania State University, B.A., M.Ed., Ed.D.
REX
SELK
Chemistry
Knox University, A.B.; State University of Iowa, M.S.; Graduate Study,
University of West Virginia, State University of Iowa, Ohio University,
E.
Emory
RALPH
University.
W. SELL
Muhlenburg
History
Lutheran Theological Seminary, College of
Chinese Studies, American Lutheran Mission, Hartford Seminary Foundation, Ph.D.
Postdoctoral Study, Harvard University, Union Theological Seminary, Columbia University.
College,
B.A.
;
;
JOHN
J.
SERFF
Shippensburg State College, B.S.
;
History
Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.,
Ph.D.
CECIL
SERONSY
C.
University of Virginia,
Harvard University, M.A.,
B.A.;
English
Ph.D.
LOUISE SERONSY
Psychology
Fort Hays Kansas State, B.S.; George Peabody College, B.A.
University, Ph.D.
THEODORE SHANOSKI
;
Purdue
History
East Stroudsburg State College, B.S.; Ohio University, M.A.
;
Graduate
Study, Temple University.
MRS.
RUTH
D.
SMEAL
Bloomsburg State
Circulation Librarian
College, B.S.;
Marywood
Graduate
College, M.S.L.S.;
Study, Pennsylvania State University.
RICHARD
M. SMITH
Edinboro State College, B.S.
;
Communication Disorders
Temple University, M.A.
ERIC W. SMITHNER
Foreign Languages
Muskingum College, A.B.; University of Cincinnati, University De Grenoble, Middlebury French School, New York University, M.A.; New
York University, Ph.D.
ROBERT
R.
SOLENBERGER
Anthropology
University of Pennsylvania, A.B., M.A.; Graduate Study, University of
Pennsylvania.
JAMES
R.
SPERRY
History
Bridgewater College, B.A.; University of Arizona, M.A., Ph.D.
MARGARET
C.
SPONSELLER
Education
Indiana State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed., Ed.D.
JANET STAMM
Mount Holyoke
WILLIAM
B.
English
College, A.B.; University of Pennsylvania, M.A., Ph.D.
STERLING
Geography
Plattsburgh (N. Y.) State Normal School, Diploma; University of BufDesfalo, B.S.; Syracuse University, M.S.; Flight Instructor's Rating.
A.
A.);
United
Air
Pilot
Lines
Examiner
No.
Flight
3499
(C.
ignated
School, Cheyenne, Wyoming; Pennsylvania State University, Ed.D.
217
GEORGE
STRADTMAN,
Mathematics
Millersville State College, B.S.; Temple University, Ed.M.; Graduate
Study, Pennsylvania State University, Temple University, Union College.
G.
Sr.
GERALD
H. STRAUSS
English
University of Pennsylvania, A.B.; Columbia University, M.A.; Graduate
Study, University of Missouri, University of Pennsylvania.
THOMAS
STURGEON
G.
English
Westminster College, A.B.; Harvard University, M.A., Ph.D.
DAVID
SUPERDOCK
A.
Physics
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Graduate Study, Bucknell University.
ANTHONY
SYLVESTER
History
Newark College of Rutgers University, A.B.; Rutgers University, M.A.;
Graduate Study, University of Chicago.
WILBERT
J.
A.
TAEBEL
Chemistry
Elmhurst College, B.S.; University of
CHARLES
D.
THOMAS
University
Michigan.
JERRY
Illinois,
of
Michigan,
B.A.,
M.A.
;
THOMAS
R.
M.S., Ph.D.
Director of Counseling Services
Graduate Study, University of
Health and Physical Education
Furman
University, B.A.; University of Alabama, M.A., Ed.S.; Graduate Study, University of Alabama.
LOUIS
F.
THOMPSON
Columbia College, A.B.
English
;
Lehigh University, M.A., Ph.D.
MARY
Assistant Dean of Women
A. TOLAN
State University of New York at Geneseo, B.S.; State University of
New York at Albany, M.S.
ALFRED
TONOLO
E.
Foreign Languages
Ca'Foscary University, Wilkes College, Scranton
Colgate University, M.A.; Madrid University, Ph.D.
Littorio College, B.A.;
University,
JUNE
TRUDNAK
L.
Mathematics
Bucknell University, M.S.; Graduate
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.;
Study, Bucknell University.
HENRY
C.
TURBERVILLE,
Health and Physical Education
Jr.
University of Alabama, B.S., M.A.
GEORGE
TURNER
A.
Eastern
Illinois
University,
B.S.,
M.S.;
History
Graduate Study, Indiana Uni-
versity.
DONALD
A.
VANNAN
Millersville
State College, B.S.;
Elementary Education
Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.,
Ed.D.
JOSEPH
VAUGHAN
P.
A and M, University of Maine, B.S.; Bowdoin
of New York, University of Maine, Pennsylvania
Colorado
College
sity,
Biological Sciences
M.Ed.;
College,
City
State Univer-
Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University.
218
EARL
W. VOSS
West Chester State
Health and Physical Education
College, B.S.; Temple University, M.Ed.; Graduate
Study, Temple University.
CONSTANCE
C.
WARD
University of Mexico, Montclair State College, A.B.;
emy
E.
of Art,
Art
Cranbrook Acad-
M.F.A.
PAUL WAGNER
Pennsylvania State University,
Psychology
M.Ed., Ed.D.; Public School Psy-
B.S.,
chologist.
J.
CALVIN WALKER
Muskingum
Psychology
University of Hartford, Temple University,
Ed.M.; Graduate Study, Temple University.
College,
B.A.;
L. WALKER
Director of Admissions
Westminster College, B.B.A., M.S.; Graduate Study, University of Pitts-
JOHN
burgh.
STEPHEN
WALLACE
C.
Music
Mansfield State College, B.S.; University of Michigan, M.S.
R.
EDWARD WARDEN
Elementary Education
State College, B.S.; West Chester State College, Villanova
University, M.A.; Graduate Study, West Chester State College, Temple
University.
Millersville
ROBERT DANIEL WARREN
History
Appalachian State Teachers College, B.S.; Georgetown University, M.A.,
Ph.D.
LYNN
WATSON
A.
Shippensburg State College, B.S.
JAMES
B.
;
Elementary Education
Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
WATTS
Director of Library Services
Birmingham-Southern, A.B.;
Study, University of
MARGARET
George Peabody College, M.A.;
Graduate
Illinois.
WEBBER
Mental Retardation
Bridgewater State College, Newark State College, Oneonta State University of New York, B.S.; Glassboro State College, Temple University,
S.
M.S.
RICHARD
P.
WETTSTONE
Pennsylvania State University, B.S.,
M.Ed.;
Assistant Dean of Men
Graduate Study, Florida
State University.
NORMAN
E.
WHITE
Chemistry
Wittenberg University, A.B.; University of Pennsylvania, M.S., Ph.D.
CHRISTINE
Ball
T.
State
WHITMER
University,
B.A.;
Pennsylvania
Foreign Languages
State University, M.A.;
Graduate Study, Middlebury College.
JAMES
Ball
R.
WHITMER
State Teachers
Teachers College.
History
College,
B.A.;
M.A.;
Graduate Study, Ball State
219
ALICE
R.
WICKENS
Communication Disorders
Morningside College,
Chicago, A.M., Ph.D.
MRS. ELIZABETH
A.B.;
Northwestern
University,
University
of
WILLIAMS
Assistant Dean of Women
Slippery Rock State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Graduate Study, Syracuse University.
KENNETH
T.
B.
WILSON,
Jr.
Edinboro State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State
Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University.
RICHARD
0.
WOLFE
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.
;
University,
Art
M.A.;
Education
Rutgers University, M.Ed.; Graduate
Study, University of Pennsylvania.
MARY
WRAY
Health and Physical Education
Graduate
Study, University of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania State University.
E.
Lake Erie
STEPHEN
G.
College, A.B.; Pennsylvania State University, M.S.;
WUKOVITZ
Physical Sciences
Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, Montclair State College, B.A., M.A.
JANICE M. YOUSE
Temple University,
Speech
B.S.,
M.A.
FACULTY EMERITI
BAKER (Retired May, 1956) Benjamin
ERNEST H. ENGELHARDT (Retired June, 1968)
HOWARD F. FENSTEMAKER (Retired May, 1963)
MRS. LUCILE
J.
Franklin School
Education
Chairman, Department of Foreign Languages
Psychology
(Retired May, 1951)
JOHN J. FISHER
WILLIAM C. FORNEY
HAUSKNECHT (Retired July, 1950)
EDNA J. HAZEN (Retired Jan., 1958) Director
ELINOR R. KEEFER (Retired July, 1968)
MARGUERITE W. KEHR (Retired June, 1953)
KIMBER C. KUSTER (Retired May, 1962)
C.
Business Education
(Retired May, 1959)
Business Manager
M.
of
Elementary Education
Library
Dean
of
Women
Chairman, Department of Science
PEARL L. MASON (Retired May, 1945)
LUCY McCAMMON (Retired Jan., 1958)
ETHEL A. RANSOM (Retired Jan., 1954)
EDWARD A. REAMS (Retired May, 1952)
H. HARRISON RUSSELL (Retired May, 1951)
J. ALMUS RUSSELL (Retired May, 1965)
WALTER S. RYGIEL (Retired Jan., 1968)
MRS. ANNA GARRISON SCOTT (Retired
GRACE
H.
WOOLWORTH
Librarian
Physical Education
Mathematics
Social Studies
Geography
English
Business Education
May, 1956)
Benjamin Franklin School
(Retired May, 1956) Benjamin Franklin School
1
INDEX
German Courses
Academic Probation 53
Academic Regulations 49
Accreditation
Grades 51
Graduate Record Examinations
Graduate Studies 56
Graduation Requirements
52
Health and Physical
1
202
Administration
Admissions
17
see Sociology
Anthropology
61
Art Courses
Biology Courses 63
Board Of Trustees 201
Books And Supplies 29
—
Buildings
Education Courses
1 1
History Courses
Incompletes
Journalism
67
4
Certificate In Journalism
91
Chemistry Courses 73
49
Class Attendance
College
Bank
College History
Physical
8
Communication Disorders 76
Community Government Association
Counseling Service
And
Business
31
Special Degree
Programs
31
Fraternities
Geography
&
130
45
Quality
Points
Refunds
27
51
Russian Courses
87
7
Earth Science Courses 104
Schedule Changes
Spanish Courses
Sociology Courses
Special
Speech
127
50
Residence Requirement
23
45, 46
French Courses
94
General Information
54
Courses
Science
Publications
196
Special Education
191
Teacher Education
145
Deans
202
Deposits
26
Education Courses
82
Education of The Deaf Courses
Economics Courses 79
English Courses
88
Enrollment Trends
21
Faculty
203
Faculty Emeriti
219
129
Psychology Courses
181
187
47
31
Progress Reports
172
Sciences
Administration
Financial Aid
Placement
Political
117
124
Placement Tests
37
Business Education
Fees
91
Education Requirement
Physics Courses
Curriculums:
Arts
51
Certificate
Philosophy Courses
29
55
107
Keys 29
Laundry
30
Mathematics Courses
Music Courses
121
Nursing Courses
123
Off Campus Students
10
Business Courses
Calendar
98
36, 5
1
101
49
102
133
Education Courses
136
137
Student Teaching
55
Summer Sessions 21, 57
Summer Theater Program
140
Teaching Of The
Mentally Retarded Courses
141
Transfers
19, 50
20
Veterans
Wills, Form Of Inside Back Cover
Withdrawal Notice
30
52
Friends and Alumni of Bloomsburg State College
contribute real property or
money bequests
who wish
should
to the institution
contact the Office of the President and/or
make
to
provisions in the
following forms.
Form of Will (Real Property)
I
give
and devise
to
the
Bloomsburg
State College,
Blooms-
burg, Pennsylvania, the following real estate (here give the description of the Real Estate).
This devise
Board of Trustees of the Bloomsburg
Pennsylvania, under the laws of the
is
to
be administered by the
State
College, Bloomsburg,
Commonwealth
of Pennsylvania.
Form of Will (Money Bequest)
I
give the bequest to the
burg, Pennsylvania, the
paid by
to the
my
executors,
sum
*.*
Bloomsburg
State College,
of $
Blooms,
my
decease,
State College,
Blooms-
months
Board of Trustees of the Bloomsburg
after
burg, Pennsylvania, to be administered under the laws of the
monwealth of Pennsylvania.
to be
Com-
Media of